Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 23, 2010
Registration No. 333-165452
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware
  5149   30-0278688
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
104 Cambridge Plaza Drive
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104
(336) 331-4000
 
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
 
 
Mark Castaneda
Chief Financial Officer
Primo Water Corporation
104 Cambridge Plaza Drive
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104
(336) 331-4000
 
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Please send copies of all communications to:
 
     
D. Scott Coward
  Rachel W. Sheridan
K&L Gates LLP
  Latham & Watkins LLP
4350 Lassiter at North Hills Avenue
  555 Eleventh Street, NW
Suite 300
  Suite 1000
Raleigh, NC 27609
  Washington, DC 20004-1036
(919) 743-7328
  (202) 637-2200
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  þ Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 23, 2010
 
IPO PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
 
PRIMO WATER LOGO
 
          Shares
Common Stock
$      per share
 
 
Primo Water Corporation is selling           shares of common stock. We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional           shares from us to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
This is an initial public offering of our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $      and $      per share. We have applied for approval to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “          ”.
 
 
INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS. SEE “RISK FACTORS” BEGINNING ON PAGE 11.
 
 
                 
    Per Share   Total
 
Initial public offering price
  $             $          
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $  
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
 
BB&T Capital Markets
 
Signal Hill
 
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2010.


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
    1  
    7  
    11  
    26  
    27  
    27  
    28  
    30  
    32  
    33  
    45  
    64  
    71  
    94  
    97  
    103  
    109  
    112  
    116  
    119  
    119  
    119  
    119  
    F-1  
  EX-3.1
  EX-3.2
  EX-3.3
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.2
  EX-10.3
  EX-10.4
  EX-10.5
  EX-10.6
  EX-10.7
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.9
  EX-10.10
  EX-10.11
  EX-10.12
  EX-10.13
  EX-10.14
  EX-10.15
  EX-10.16
  EX-10.17
  EX-10.18
  EX-10.19
  EX-10.20
  EX-10.21
  EX-10.26
  EX-10.27
  EX-10.28
  EX-10.29
  EX-16.1
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.
 
Primo ® , Taste Perfection ® , Zero Waste. Perfect Taste tm , www.primowater.com , the Primo logo and other trademarks or service marks of Primo Water Corporation appearing in this prospectus are the property of Primo Water Corporation. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of the respective owners.
 
Industry and Market Data
 
We obtained the industry and market data used throughout this prospectus through our research, surveys and studies conducted by third-parties and industry and general publications. While we believe the data is reliable, we have not independently verified this industry and market data from third-party sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published sources. None of the independent industry publications referred to in this prospectus were prepared on our behalf or at our expense. The foregoing discussion does not, in any manner, disclaim our responsibilities with respect to the disclosures contained in this prospectus.
 
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
 
Until          , 2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information about our Company and this offering contained elsewhere herein and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein, before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, the terms “Primo,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company,” or “ours” refer to Primo Water Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries but do not refer to or include information about our former subsidiary, Prima Bottled Water, Inc., which was spun off to our stockholders effective December 31, 2009.
 
Our Business
 
We are a rapidly growing provider of three- and five-gallon purified bottled water and water dispensers sold through major retailers nationwide. We believe the market for purified water is growing due to evolving taste preferences, perceived health benefits and concerns regarding the quality of municipal tap water. Our products provide an environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy solution for consuming purified water. Our business is designed to generate recurring demand for Primo purified bottled water through the initial sale of our innovative water dispensers. This business strategy is commonly referred to as “razor-razorblade” because the initial sale of a product creates a base of users who frequently purchase complementary consumable products. Once our bottled water is consumed using a water dispenser, empty bottles are exchanged at our recycling center displays where consumers receive a recycling ticket that offers a discount toward the purchase of a full bottle of Primo purified water. Primo consumers purchase an average of 35 bottles of water annually and each bottle can be sanitized and reused up to 40 times before being taken out of use, crushed and recycled, substantially reducing landfill waste compared to consumption of equivalent volumes of single-serve bottled water. As of December 31, 2009, our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers were offered in each of the contiguous United States and located in approximately 7,000 and 5,500 retail locations respectively, including Lowe’s Home Improvement, Sam’s Club, Costco, Walmart, Target, Kroger, Winn-Dixie, Albertsons and Walgreens.
 
We have created a new nationwide single-vendor water bottle exchange solution for our retail customers, addressing a market demand that we believe was previously unmet. Our water bottle exchange solution is easy for retailers to implement, requires minimal management supervision and store-based labor and provides centralized billing and detailed performance reports. Our solution offers retailers attractive financial margins and the ability to optimize typically unused retail space with our displays. Additionally, due to the recurring nature of water consumption and water bottle exchange, retailers benefit from year-round customer traffic and highly predictable revenue.
 
We deliver our solution to retailers utilizing our current relationships with 55 independent bottlers and 27 independent distributors and our company-owned distribution operations covering portions of four states, which we refer to collectively as our “national network”. Our independent bottlers and distributors typically have already made the capital investment required to deliver our solution, including investment in bottling facilities and storage and distribution assets. We focus our capital expenditures on developing new retail relationships, installing displays at store locations, raising brand awareness, research and development for new products and maintaining our management information system (“MIS”) tools. We are able to manage our national network on a real-time basis through our MIS tools, which provide resource planning and delivery schedule tracking, thus enabling us to optimize our network’s assets and respond to customer needs. In addition, our national network benefits from the recurring nature of water consumption and water bottle exchange that generates year-round demand and optimizes utilization of existing production and distribution assets. We believe our solution and national network provide us a significant competitive advantage in servicing our retail customers.
 
We benefit significantly from management experience gained over the last 15 years in exchange-based businesses, which enables us to implement best practices and develop and maintain key business relationships. Prior to founding Primo, our Chief Executive Officer founded Blue Rhino Corporation, a propane cylinder exchange


1


Table of Contents

business, in 1994 and, with several of our other key executive officers, led its initial public offering in 1998 and successful sale in 2004. At the time of the sale, we believe Blue Rhino was a market leader in propane grill cylinder exchange with over 29,000 retail locations in 49 states.
 
Industry Overview
 
We believe there are several trends that support consumer demand for our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers, including the following:
 
Emphasis on Health and Wellness
 
As part of a desire to live a healthier lifestyle, we believe consumers are increasingly focused on drinking more water relative to consumption of high caloric beverages, carbonated soft drinks and beverages containing artificial sweeteners.
 
Concerns Regarding Quality of Municipal Tap Water
 
Many consumers purchase purified water not only due to better taste, but also because of concerns regarding municipal tap water quality. Municipal water is typically surface water that is treated centrally and pumped to homes, which can allow additional contaminants to dissolve into the water through municipal or household pipes impacting taste and quality.
 
Growing Preference for Purified Water
 
We believe consumer preference toward purified water relative to tap water continues to grow as purified water has become accepted on a mainstream basis. According to a June 2009 report by independent market analyst Datamonitor, Bottled Water in the United States , consumers spent $18.4 billion in 2008 on bottled water and the bottled water industry is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 7.5%, reaching $26.5 billion by 2013.
 
Increasing Demand for Products with Lower Environmental Impact
 
We believe that consumers are increasingly favoring products with a lower environmental impact with a “reuse, recycle, reduce” mindset becoming a common driver of consumer behavior. Most single-serve polyethylene terephthalate (“PET”) water bottles are produced using fossil fuels and contribute to landfill waste given that only 27% of PET bottles are recycled according to a November 2009 Environmental Protection Agency report. Governmental legislation also reflects these concerns with numerous initiatives enacted to either tax purchases of beverages in plastic bottles or prohibit their use within government facilities or disposal in community landfills.
 
Availability of an Economical Water Bottle Exchange Service and Innovative Water Dispensers
 
Based on estimates derived from industry data, we believe the current household penetration rate of multi-gallon water dispensers is approximately 4%, with the vast majority of these households utilizing traditional home delivery services. We believe the lack of innovation, design enhancement and functionality and the retail pricing structure of our competitors’ dispenser models has prevented greater household adoption. Compounding these issues, we believe there previously was no economical water bottle exchange service with major retailer relationships nationwide to promote dispenser usage beyond the traditional home delivery model. We believe there are over 140,000 major retail locations nationwide that we can target to sell our dispensers or offer our water bottle exchange service.


2


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:
 
Appeal to Consumer Preferences
 
  •  Environmental Awareness. Our water bottle exchange service incorporates reuse of existing bottles, recycles water bottles when their lifecycle is complete and reduces landfill waste and fossil fuel usage compared to alternative methods of bottled water consumption.
 
  •  Value. We provide consumers the opportunity for cost savings when consuming our bottled water compared to both single-serve bottled water and typical home and office delivery services. Our water dispensers are sold at attractive retail prices in order to enhance consumer awareness and adoption of our water bottle exchange service, increase household penetration and drive sales of our bottled water.
 
  •  Convenience. Our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers are available at major retail locations nationwide. In addition, our water bottle exchange service provides consumers the convenience of exchanging empty bottles and purchasing full bottles at any participating retailer. We offer three- and five-gallon water bottle options to address different consumer volume preferences.
 
  •  Taste. We have dedicated significant time and effort to develop our water purification process and formulate the proprietary blend of mineral ingredients included in Primo purified water. We believe that Primo purified water has a silky smooth taste and in an independent taste test that we commissioned, four out of five participants preferred Primo purified water over municipal tap water and three out of four participants preferred Primo purified water over their region’s market-leading bottled water.
 
  •  Health and Wellness. As part of a desire to live a healthier lifestyle, we believe that consumers are increasingly focused on drinking more water relative to consumption of other beverages. As we raise our brand awareness, we believe consumers will recognize that our water bottle exchange service is an effective option for their purified water consumption needs.
 
Key Retail Relationships Served by National Single-Vendor Solution
 
We believe we are the only water bottle exchange provider with a single-vendor solution for retailers nationwide. Our national network utilizes our MIS tools and processes to optimize their production and distribution assets while servicing our retail customers. We believe the combination of our major retail relationships, unique single-vendor solution for retail customers, national network and our MIS tools is difficult to replicate. We anticipate these factors will facilitate our introduction of new purified water-related products in the future.
 
Ability to Attract and Retain Consumers
 
We offer “razor-razorblade” products designed to generate recurring demand for Primo purified bottled water (the razorblade) through the initial sale of our innovative water dispensers (the razor), which include a coupon for a free three- or five-gallon bottle of Primo purified water. We acquire new consumers and enhance recycling efforts by accepting most dispenser-compatible water bottles in exchange for a recycle ticket discount toward the purchase of a full bottle of Primo purified water. In addition, we believe our offering high-quality water dispensers enhances consumer awareness and adoption of our water bottle exchange service, increases household penetration and drives sales of our bottled water.


3


Table of Contents

Efficient Business Model
 
Our business model allows us to efficiently offer our solution to our retail partners and centrally manage our national network without a substantial capital investment. We believe our business processes and MIS tools enable us to manage the bottling and distribution of our water, our product quality, retailer inventory levels and the return of used bottles on a centralized basis, leveraging our invested capital and personnel. We believe our water bottle exchange service is unique in that we are not required to make a significant portion of the capital investment required to operate our exchange service nationwide and our independent bottlers and distributors often are able to augment their current production capacity and leverage their existing bottling and distribution assets. In addition, the flow of payments between the retailer and our bottlers and distributors is controlled efficiently through electronic data interchange.
 
Benefit from Management’s Proven Track Record
 
We benefit greatly from management experience gained over the last 15 years in exchange businesses to implement and refine best practices and develop and maintain key business relationships. In addition to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Operations, Vice President of Products and Vice President of National Accounts all held comparable positions within the Blue Rhino organization during its rapid sales and location growth.
 
Growth Strategy
 
We seek to increase our market share and drive further growth in our business by pursuing the following strategies:
 
Increase Penetration with Existing Retail Relationships and Develop New Retail Relationships
 
We believe we have significant opportunities to increase store penetration with our existing retail relationships and develop new retail relationships based on our competitive strengths. As of December 31, 2009, our water bottle exchange service was offered at approximately 6,000 of our top ten retailers’ nationwide locations representing a penetration rate of approximately 45%. We intend to further penetrate our top ten retailers and other existing retailers and our long-term strategy targets a total of approximately 40,000 retail store locations (including new locations with our existing retail customers).
 
Drive Consumer Adoption Through Innovative Water Dispenser Models
 
We intend to continue to develop and sell innovative water dispensers at attractive retail prices, which we believe is critical to increasing consumer awareness and driving consumer adoption of our water bottle exchange service. We believe our water dispensers have appealing features that will continue to drive consumer adoption. Since we first began selling our water dispensers in 2005, we have sold over 460,000 units and have expanded our retail network from four locations as of December 31, 2007, to our current network of approximately 5,500 locations. Our long term strategy is to provide multiple purified water-based-beverages from a single Primo water dispenser, with consistent promotion of our water bottle exchange service to supply the purified water.
 
Increase Same Store Sales
 
We sell our water dispensers at minimal margin and provide a free three- or five-gallon bottle of water with every water dispenser sold to drive consumer demand for our water bottle exchange service. We believe increasing unit sales of Primo purified bottled water is dependent on generating greater consumer awareness of the environmentally friendly and economical aspects of and the convenience associated with both our purified bottled water and our water bottle exchange service. We expect that our branding, marketing and sales efforts will result in greater usage of our water bottle exchange service.


4


Table of Contents

Develop and Install Other Hydration Solutions
 
We believe we have significant opportunities to leverage our national network and our systems and processes to offer other environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy hydration solutions to our retail partners without significant increases in our centralized costs. For example, we intend to offer our retail partners self-service refill vending machines that dispense purified water into bottles and other containers. In addition, we intend to offer our retail partners automated, self-bagging purified ice dispensers.
 
Pursue Strategic Acquisitions to Augment Geographic and Retail Relationships
 
We believe opportunities exist to expand through selective acquisitions, including smaller water bottle exchange businesses with established retail accounts, on-premises self-service water refill vending machine networks and retail accounts, ice dispenser machine networks and retail accounts and water dispenser companies.
 
Risk Factors
 
Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11. You should carefully consider these risks before deciding to invest in our common stock. These risks include, among others:
 
  •  We have incurred operating losses in the past and may incur operating losses in the future.
 
  •  We depend on a small number of large retailers for most of our consumer sales. Our arrangements with these retailers for our bottled water exchange services and sales of our water dispensers are nonexclusive and may be terminated at will.
 
  •  The success of our business depends on retailer and consumer acceptance of our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers.
 
  •  In our bottled water business, we depend on independent bottlers, distributors and suppliers for our business to operate.
 
  •  In our bottled water business, if our distributors do not perform to our retailers’ expectations, if we encounter difficulties in managing our distributor operations or if we or our distributors are not able to manage growth effectively, our retail relationships may be adversely impacted and our business may suffer.
 
  •  We operate in a highly competitive industry, face competition from companies with far greater resources than we have and could encounter significant competition from these companies in our niche market of water bottle exchange services and related products.
 
  •  If our bottled water became contaminated, our business could be seriously harmed.
 
  •  While many members of our senior management have experience as executives of a products and exchange services business, there can be no assurances that this experience and past success will result in our business becoming profitable.
 
  •  Interruption or disruption of our supply chain, distribution channels or national network could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
  •  In our water dispenser business, because all of our dispensers are manufactured by two manufacturers in China, a significant disruption in the operations of these manufacturers or political unrest in China could materially adversely affect us.


5


Table of Contents

 
  •  If we lose key personnel, in particular our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Billy D. Prim, or are unable to recruit qualified personnel, our ability to implement our business strategies could be delayed or hindered.
 
  •  We depend on key management information systems.
 
Our Corporate Information
 
We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation on October 20, 2004. Our headquarters are located at 104 Cambridge Plaza Drive, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104 and our telephone number is (336) 331-4000. Our website is www.primowater.com . Information on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of and is not incorporated into this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.


6


Table of Contents

 
THE OFFERING
 
Issuer Primo Water Corporation
 
Common stock offered by us           shares (           shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full)
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering           shares (          shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full)
 
Use of proceeds We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $      million (or approximately $      million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of our outstanding Series B preferred stock, to repay our 14% subordinated convertible notes due March 31, 2011 and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Dividend policy We currently do not intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock.
 
Risk factors You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors,” together with all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “          ”.
 
The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on           shares of common stock outstanding as of          , 2010. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus, including the number of shares that will be outstanding after this offering and other share-related information:
 
  •  reflects a     -for-      reverse stock split of our common stock that will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
 
  •  reflects the conversion of our Series A convertible preferred stock and our Series C convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
 
  •  reflects the conversion of 50% of our Series B preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering at a ratio of  :  , which is calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock by 90% of an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;
 
  •  reflects the redemption of the remaining 50% of our Series B preferred stock immediately following this offering;


7


Table of Contents

 
  •  excludes           shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock issued in connection with our Series B preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock that will expire           days after the closing of this offering;
 
  •  excludes          shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock issued to a third party that will expire      days after the closing of this offering;
 
  •  excludes           shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock issued in connection with our 14% subordinated convertible notes due March 31, 2011 that will expire December 30, 2019;
 
  •  excludes an aggregate of           shares of common stock issuable under our 2004 Stock Plan;
 
  •  excludes an aggregate of           shares of common stock issuable under our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we have adopted in connection with this offering;
 
  •  excludes an aggregate of           shares of common stock issuable under our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we have adopted in connection with this offering; and
 
  •  assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase up to      additional shares of our common stock.


8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
The following tables summarize our historical consolidated financial data and other information for the periods indicated. We prepared the summary historical consolidated financial data using our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this summary historical consolidated financial data in conjunction with such audited consolidated financial statements and related notes. See “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary historical consolidated financial data are not necessarily indicative of future results.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                       
Net sales
  $ 13,453     $ 34,647     $ 46,981  
Operating costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of sales
    11,969       30,776       38,771  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    10,353       13,791       9,922  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,366       3,618       4,205  
                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    25,688       48,185       52,898  
                         
Loss from operations
    (12,235 )     (13,538 )     (5,917 )
Interest (expense) and other income, net
    65       (70 )     (2,257 )
                         
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (12,170 )     (13,608 )     (8,174 )
Provision for income taxes
                 
                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (12,170 )     (13,608 )     (8,174 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
    (1,904 )     (5,738 )     (3,650 )
                         
Net loss
    (14,074 )     (19,346 )     (11,824 )
Preferred dividends and beneficial conversion charge (1)
    (2,147 )     (19,875 )     (3,042 )
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (16,221 )   $ (39,221 )   $ (14,866 )
                         
                         
Basic and diluted loss per common share:
                       
Loss from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders
  $       $       $    
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to common stockholders
                       
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $       $       $  
                         
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding:
                       
                         
 
 
(1) In 2008, we recorded a non-cash beneficial conversion charge or deemed dividend of $17.6 million on our Series C preferred stock. This was a result of the adjustment of the conversion ratio on the Series C preferred stock based upon a formula taking into account our net sales for the year ending December 31, 2008, which resulted in a final conversion ratio of 1:1.92.
 
The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data set forth below gives effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding Series A convertible preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, the conversion of 50% of our outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock into shares of our common stock at a ratio of  :  , which is calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock by 90% of an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the redemption of the remaining 50% of our outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock. The unaudited pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to our receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of           shares of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by


9


Table of Contents

us and the application of a portion of such net proceeds to repay our 14% subordinated convertible notes due March 31, 2011.
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2009  
                Pro Forma
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     As Adjusted  
    (in thousands)  
          (Unaudited)  
 
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                       
Cash
  $                  
Total assets
    22,368                  
Long-term debt, less current maturities
    14,403                  
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands, except location data)  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Other information:
                       
Water bottle exchange locations at year end
    4,700       6,400       7,000  
Water bottle units sold
    1,994       3,215       3,853  
Water dispenser units sold
    12       177       272  


10


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should read and consider carefully each of the risks and uncertainties described below together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus before you decide to invest in our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
 
We have incurred operating losses in the past and may incur operating losses in the future.
 
We have incurred operating losses in the past and expect to incur operating losses in the future. As of December 31, 2009, our accumulated deficit was approximately $91.0 million. Our losses from continuing operations were $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, $13.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, and $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. We have not been profitable since our inception, and we may not become profitable in the future. Our losses may continue as we incur additional costs and expenses related to branding and marketing, expansion of operations, product development and development of relationships with strategic business partners. If our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our financial performance will be adversely affected. If our sales do not grow to offset these increased expenses, we may not become profitable. If we do not achieve sustained profitability, we may be unable to continue operations.
 
In both our bottled water and water dispenser businesses, we depend on a small number of large retailers for most of our consumer sales. Our arrangements with these retailers for our bottled water exchange services and sales of our water dispensers are nonexclusive and may be terminated at will.
 
Certain retailers make up a significant percentage of our retail sales volume, such that if one or more of these retailers were to materially reduce or terminate its business with us, our sales would suffer. For 2009, Lowe’s Home Improvement, Sam’s Club and Walmart represented approximately 33%, 19% and 15% of our consolidated net sales, respectively. While we sell a small percentage of our dispensers directly to consumers through our online store, the vast majority of our sales for both of our water bottle exchange service and of our water dispensers are made through our retail partners.
 
While we have arrangements with certain retailers for our products and services, we cannot provide any assurance of any future sales. None of our significant retail accounts are contractually bound to offer our water dispensers or bottle exchange service. As a result, retailers can discontinue our products or services at any time and offer a competitor’s products or services, or none at all. Continued positive relations with a retailer depend upon various factors, including price, customer service, consumer demand and competition. In addition, certain of our retailers have multiple vendor policies and may seek to offer a competitor’s products or services at new or existing locations. If any significant retailer materially reduces, terminates or is unwilling to expand its relationship with us, or requires price reductions or other adverse modifications in our selling terms, our sales would suffer.
 
The success of our business depends on retailer and consumer acceptance of our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers.
 
We are a consumer products and services company operating in the highly-competitive bottled water market and rely on continued consumer demand or preference for our products and services. To generate sales and profits, we must sell products that appeal to retailers and to consumers. Our future success depends on consumer acceptance, particularly at the household level, of our bottled water products, water bottle exchange service and water dispensers. There is no guarantee that there will be significant market acceptance of our water bottle exchange service or that we will be successful in selling our water dispensers on a scale necessary to achieve sustained profitability.


11


Table of Contents

The market for bottled water related products and services is evolving rapidly and we may not be able to accurately assess the size of the market or trends that may emerge and affect our business. Consumer preferences can change due to a variety of factors, including social trends, negative publicity and economic changes. If we are unable to convince current and potential retail customers and individual consumers of the advantages of our products and services, our ability to sell our bottled water products and water dispensers will be limited. Consumer acceptance also will affect, and be affected by, our existing retail partners’ and potential new retail partners’ decision to sell our products and services and their perception of the likelihood of consumers purchasing our products and services. Even if retail customers purchase our products or services, there is no guarantee that they will be successful in selling our products or services to consumers on a scale necessary for us to achieve sustained profitability. Any significant changes in consumer preferences for purified bottled water could result in reduced demand for our water bottle exchange service and our water dispensers and erosion of our competitive and financial position.
 
In our bottled water business, we depend on independent bottlers, distributors and suppliers for our business to operate.
 
We are and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, substantially dependent on independent bottlers, distributors and suppliers to bottle and deliver our bottled water products and provide our water bottle exchange service to our retail customers. We do not have our own manufacturing facilities to produce bottled water products. We are and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, entirely dependent on third parties to supply the bottle pre-forms, bottles, water and other materials necessary to operate our bottled water business. We rely on third-party supply companies to manufacture our three- and five-gallon water bottles and deliver them to our bottlers. In turn, we rely on bottlers to properly purify the water, include our mineral enhancements and bottle the finished product without contamination and pursuant to our quality standards and preparation procedures. Finally, we rely upon our distributors to deliver bottled water to our retail partners in a timely manner, accurately enter information regarding the delivery of the bottles into our management information system, manage our recycling center displays and return used bottles to the bottlers to be sanitized or crushed and recycled.
 
We can make no assurance that we will be able to maintain these third-party relationships or establish additional relationships as necessary to support growth and profitability of our business on economically viable terms. As independent companies, these bottlers, distributors and suppliers make their own business decisions. Suppliers may choose not to do business with us for a variety of reasons, including competition, brand identity, product standards and concerns regarding our economic viability. They may have the right to determine whether, and to what extent, they produce and distribute our products, our competitors’ products and their own products. Some of the business for these bottlers, distributors and suppliers comes from producing or selling our competitors’ products. These bottlers, distributors and suppliers may devote more resources to other products or take other actions detrimental to our brands. In addition, their financial condition could also be adversely affected by conditions beyond our control and our business could suffer. In addition, we will face risks associated with any bottler’s or distributor’s failure to adhere to quality control and service guidelines we establish or failure to ensure an adequate and timely supply of product and services at retail locations. Any of these factors could negatively affect our business and financial performance. If we are unable to obtain and maintain a source of supply for bottles, water and other materials, our business will be materially and adversely affected.
 
In our bottled water business, if our distributors do not perform to our retailers’ expectations, if we encounter difficulties in managing our distributor operations or if we or our distributors are not able to manage growth effectively, our retail relationships may be adversely impacted and business may suffer.
 
We rely on our distributors to deliver our three- and five-gallon bottled water and provide our water bottle exchange service to retailers. Accordingly, our success depends on our ability to manage our retail relationships through the performance of our distributor partners. The majority of our current distributors are independent and we exercise only limited influence over the resources they devote to delivery and exchange of our three- and five-gallon water bottles. Our success depends on our ability to establish and maintain distributor relationships and on the distributors’ ability to operate viable businesses. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to maintain such relationships or establish additional relationships as necessary to support growth and profitability of our


12


Table of Contents

business on economically viable terms. Our retailers impose demanding service requirements on us and we could suffer a loss of consumer or retailer goodwill if our distributors do not adhere to our quality control and service guidelines or fail to ensure an adequate and timely supply of bottled water at retail locations. The poor performance of a single distributor to a national retailer could jeopardize our entire relationship with that retailer and cause our bottled water sales and exchange service to suffer. In addition, the number of retail locations offering our water bottle exchange service and our corresponding sales, have grown significantly over the past several years along with our national distributor network . Accordingly, our distributors must be able to adequately service an increasing number of retail accounts. If we or our distributors fail to manage our growth effectively, our bottled water sales and exchange service may suffer.
 
We operate in a highly competitive industry, face competition from companies with far greater resources than we have and could encounter significant competition from these companies in our niche market of water bottle exchange services and related products.
 
We participate in the highly competitive bottled water segment of the nonalcoholic beverage industry. While the industry is dominated by large and well-known international companies, numerous smaller firms are also seeking to establish market niches. In our business model, we not only offer three- and five-gallon bottled water but also provide consumers the ability to exchange their used containers as part of our exchange service. While we are aware of a few direct competitors that operate water bottle exchange networks at retail, we believe they operate on a much smaller scale than we do and we believe they do not have equivalent MIS tools or bottling and distribution capabilities to effectively support major retailers nationwide. Competitive factors with respect to our business include pricing, taste, advertising, sales promotion programs, product innovation, increased efficiency in production and distribution techniques, the introduction of new packaging and brand and trademark development and protection.
 
Our primary competitors in our bottled water business include Nestlé, The Coca-Cola Company, PepsiCo, Dr Pepper Snapple Group and DS Waters of America. None of these companies currently offer a nationwide water bottle exchange service at retail. However, many of these competitors are leading consumer products companies, have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do, have established a strong brand presence with consumers and have established relationships with retailers, manufacturers, bottlers and distributors necessary to start an exchange business at retail locations nationwide should they decide to do so. In addition to competition between companies within the bottled water industry, the industry itself faces significant competition from other non-alcoholic beverages, including carbonated and non-carbonated soft drinks and waters, juices, sport and energy drinks, coffees, teas and spring and tap water.
 
We also compete directly and indirectly in the water dispenser marketplace. While we have had recent success in our sales of water dispensers to retailers, there are many large consumer products companies with substantially greater financial and other resources than we do, a larger brand presence with consumers and established relationships with retailers that could decide to enter the marketplace. Should any of these consumer products companies so decide to enter the water dispenser marketplace, sales of our water dispensers could be materially and adversely impacted, which, in turn, could materially and adversely affect our sales of bottled water. Finally, our water bottle exchange service faces competition from other methods of purified water consumption such as countertop filtration systems, faucet mounted filtration systems, in-line whole-house filtration systems, water filtration dispensing products such as pitchers and jugs, standard and advanced feature water coolers and refrigerator-dispensed filtered and unfiltered water.
 
If we are unable to build and maintain our brand image and corporate reputation, our business may suffer.
 
We are a relatively new company, having been formed in late 2004 and commenced operations in June 2005. Our success depends on our ability to build and maintain the brand image for our existing bottled water products and services and effectively build the brand image for any new products. We cannot assure you, however, that any additional expenditures on advertising and marketing will have the desired impact on our products’ brand image and on consumer preferences. Actual or perceived product quality issues or allegations of product contamination,


13


Table of Contents

even if false or unfounded, could tarnish the image of our brand and may cause consumers to choose other products. Allegations of product defects or product contamination, even if untrue, may require us from time to time to recall a product from all of the markets in which the affected product was distributed. Product recalls would negatively affect our profitability and brand image. Also, adverse publicity surrounding water usage and any campaigns by activists attempting to connect our system to environmental issues, water shortages or workplace or human rights violations in certain developing countries in which we or our business partners operate, could negatively affect our overall reputation and our products’ acceptance by consumers.
 
Interruption or disruption of our supply chain, distribution channels or national network could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our ability and that of our business partners, including suppliers, bottlers, distributors and retailers, to manufacture, sell and deliver products and services is critical to our success. Interruption or disruption of our supply chain, distribution channels or service network due to unforeseen events, including war, terrorism and other international conflicts, public health issues, natural disasters such as earthquakes, fires, hurricanes or other adverse weather and climate conditions, strikes and other labor disputes, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could impair our ability to manufacture, sell or deliver our products and services.
 
If our bottled water became contaminated, our business could be seriously harmed.
 
We have adopted various quality, environmental, health and safety standards. However, our products may still not meet these standards or could otherwise become contaminated. A failure to meet these standards or contamination could occur in our operations or those of our bottlers, distributors or suppliers. Such a failure or contamination could result in expensive production interruptions, recalls and liability claims. Moreover, negative publicity could be generated even from false, unfounded or nominal liability claims or limited recalls. Any of these failures or occurrences could negatively affect our business and financial performance.
 
In our water dispenser business, because all of our dispensers are manufactured by two manufacturers in China, a significant disruption in the operations of these manufacturers or political unrest in China could materially adversely affect us.
 
We have only two manufacturers of water dispensers. Any disruption in production or inability of our manufacturers to produce quantities of water dispensers adequate to meet our needs could significantly impair our ability to operate our water dispenser business on a day-to-day basis. Our manufacturers are located in China, which exposes us to the possibility of product supply disruption and increased costs in the event of changes in the policies of the Chinese government, political unrest or unstable economic conditions in China or developments in the U.S. that are adverse to trade, including enactment of protectionist legislation. In addition, our dispensers are shipped directly from the manufacturer to our retail partners. Although we routinely inspect and monitor our manufacturing partners’ activities and products, we rely heavily upon their quality controls when producing and delivering the dispensers to our retail partners. Any of these matters could materially adversely affect our water dispenser business and, as a result, our profitability.
 
If we lose key personnel or are unable to recruit qualified personnel, our ability to implement our business strategies could be delayed or hindered. In addition, we may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled employees we need to support our planned growth.
 
We are highly dependent upon the services of our senior management because of their experience, industry relationships and knowledge of the business. We are particularly dependent on the services of Billy D. Prim, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. We do not have a formal succession plan in place for Mr. Prim. While our employment agreements with members of our senior management include customary confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation covenants, there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforceable or adequately protect us. The loss of one or more of our key employees could seriously harm our business and we may not be able to attract and retain individuals with the same or similar level of experience or expertise. We face


14


Table of Contents

competition for qualified employees from numerous sources and there can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain qualified personnel on acceptable terms. Our ability to recruit and retain such personnel will depend upon a number of factors, such as our results of operations, prospects and the level of competition then prevailing in the market for qualified personnel. Failure to recruit and retain such personnel could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
While many members of our senior management have experience as executives of a products and exchange services business, there can be no assurances that this experience and past success will result in our business becoming profitable.
 
Many members of our senior management have had experience as senior managers of a company engaged in the supply, distribution and exchange of propane gas cylinders. While the business model for that company and the model for our business are similar, the propane gas industry and the bottled water industry are very different. For example, there are no assurances that consumer demand will exist for our bottled water products, water bottle exchange service or water dispensers sufficient to enable us to be profitable. While we believe our business model will be successful, any similarity between our business model and that of our senior management’s predecessor employer should not be viewed as an indication that we will be profitable.
 
The consolidation of retail customers may adversely impact our operating margins and profitability.
 
Our customers, such as mass merchants, supermarkets, warehouse clubs, food distributors and drug and pharmacy stores, have consolidated in recent years and consolidation may continue. As a result of these consolidations, our large retail customers may seek lower pricing or increased promotions from us. If we fail to respond to these trends in our industry, our volume growth could slow or we may need to lower prices or increase trade promotions and consumer marketing for our products and services, both of which would adversely affect our financial results. These retailers may use floor or shelf space currently used for our products and services for their own private label products and services. In addition, retailers are increasingly carrying fewer brands in any one category and our results of operations will suffer if we are not selected by our significant customers to remain a vendor . In the event of consolidation involving our current retailers, we may lose key business if the surviving entities do not continue to purchase products or services from us.
 
Adverse weather conditions could negatively impact our business.
 
Unseasonable or unusual weather may negatively impact demand for our products. The sales of our bottled water products and water dispensers are influenced to some extent by weather conditions in the markets in which we operate. Unusually cool or rainy weather may reduce temporarily the demand for our products and contribute to lower sales, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations for such periods.
 
We depend on key management information systems.
 
We depend on our management information systems (MIS) to process orders, manage inventory and accounts receivable, maintain distributor and customer information, maintain cost-efficient operations and assist distributors in delivering products and services on a timely basis. Any disruption in the operation of our MIS tools, the loss of employees knowledgeable about such systems, the termination of our relationships with third-party MIS partners or our failure to continue to effectively modify such systems as business expands could require us to expend significant additional resources or to invest additional capital to continue to manage our business effectively, and could even affect our compliance with public reporting requirements. Additionally, our MIS tools are vulnerable to interruptions or other failures resulting from, among other things, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, software, equipment or telecommunications failures, processing errors, computer viruses, hackers, other security issues or supplier defaults. Security, backup and disaster recovery measures may not be adequate or implemented properly to avoid such disruptions or failures. Any disruption or failure of these systems or services could cause substantial errors, processing inefficiencies, security breaches, inability to use the systems or process transactions, loss of


15


Table of Contents

customers or other business disruptions, all of which could negatively affect our business and financial performance.
 
Water scarcity and poor quality could negatively impact our long-term profitability.
 
Water is a limited resource facing unprecedented challenges from overexploitation, population growth, increasing pollution, poor management and climate change. As demand for water continues to increase and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of available water deteriorates, our business may incur increasing costs or face capacity constraints which could adversely affect our profitability or net sales in the long run.
 
We may pursue acquisitions and investments in new product lines, businesses or technologies that involve numerous risks, which could disrupt our business or adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
In the future, we may acquire or invest in new product lines, businesses or technologies to expand our current bottled water products and services. Acquisitions present a number of potential risks and challenges that could disrupt our business operations, increase our operating costs or capital expenditure requirements and reduce the value of the acquired product line, business or technology. For example, if we identify an acquisition candidate, we may not be able to successfully negotiate or finance the acquisition on favorable terms or at all. The process of negotiating acquisitions and integrating acquired products, services, technologies, personnel or businesses might result in significant transaction costs, operating difficulties or unexpected expenditures and might require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development of our business. If we are successful in consummating an acquisition, we may not be able to integrate the acquired product line, business or technology into our existing business and products and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any acquisition . Furthermore, potential acquisitions and investments may divert our management’s attention, require considerable cash outlays and require substantial additional expenses that could harm our existing operations and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. To complete future acquisitions, we may issue equity securities, incur debt, assume contingent liabilities or incur amortization expenses and write-downs of acquired assets, any of which could dilute the interests of our stockholders or adversely affect our profitability or cash flow.
 
Changes in taxation requirements could affect our financial results.
 
We are subject to income tax in the numerous jurisdictions in which we generate net sales. In addition, our water dispensers are subject to certain import duties and sales taxes in certain jurisdictions in which we operate. Increases in income tax rates could reduce our after-tax income from affected jurisdictions, while increases in indirect taxes could affect our products’ and services’ affordability and therefore reduce demand for our products and services.
 
Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards in the United States may be limited.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had net operating losses of approximately $55.0 million for federal income tax purposes, which expire at various dates through 2029. To the extent available and not otherwise utilized, we intend to use any net operating loss carryforwards to reduce the U.S. corporate income tax liability associated with our operations. Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, generally imposes an annual limitation on the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that may be used to offset taxable income when a corporation has undergone certain changes in stock ownership. Our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards may be limited, under this section or otherwise, by the issuance of common stock in this offering. To the extent our use of net operating loss carryforwards is significantly limited, our income could be subject to U.S. corporate income tax earlier than it would if we were able to use net operating loss carryforwards, which could result in lower profits.


16


Table of Contents

Our financial results may be negatively impacted by the recent global financial events.
 
The recent global financial events have resulted in the consolidation, failure or near failure of a number of institutions in the banking, insurance and investment banking industries and have substantially reduced the ability of companies to obtain financing. These events also led to a substantial reduction in stock market valuations during 2008 and the first few months of 2009, although stock market valuations rebounded significantly in the latter half of 2009. These events could have a number of different effects on our business, including:
 
  •  a reduction in consumer spending, which could result in a reduction in our sales volume;
 
  •  a shift in the purchasing habits of our target consumers;
 
  •  a negative impact on the ability of our retail customers to timely pay their obligations to us, thus reducing our cash flow;
 
  •  a negative impact on the ability of our vendors to timely supply materials; and
 
  •  an increased likelihood that our lender may be unable to honor its commitments under our revolving credit facility.
 
Other events or conditions may arise directly or indirectly from the global financial events that could negatively impact our business.
 
Risks Relating to Regulatory and Legal Issues
 
Our products and services are heavily regulated at both the state and federal level. If we are unable to continue to comply with applicable regulations and standards in any jurisdiction, we might not be able to sell our products in that jurisdiction or they could be recalled, and our business could be seriously harmed.
 
The production, distribution and sale in the United States of our products are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Americans with Disabilities Act (the “ADA”); the Lanham Act; various environmental statutes; and various other federal, state and local statutes and regulations applicable to the production, transportation, sale, safety, advertising, promotion, labeling and ingredients of such products. For example, measures have been enacted in various localities and states that require a deposit to be charged for certain non-refillable beverage containers. The precise requirements imposed by these measures vary. Other deposit, recycling or product stewardship proposals have been introduced in various jurisdictions. We anticipate that similar legislation or regulations may be proposed in the future at the local, state and federal levels.
 
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) regulates bottled water as a food under the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. Our bottled water must meet FDA requirements of safety for human consumption, identity, quality and labeling. Further, any claims we make in marketing our products, such as claims related to the beneficial health effects of drinking water, are subject to FDA’s advertising and promotion requirements and restrictions. In addition, the FDA has established current good manufacturing practices, regulations which govern the facilities, methods, practices and controls used for the processing, bottling and distribution of bottled drinking water. We and our third-party bottling and distribution partners are subject to these requirements . In addition, all public drinking water must meet Environmental Protection Agency standards established under the Safe Drinking Water Act for mineral and chemical concentration and drinking water quality and treatment. We also must comply with overlapping and, in some cases, inconsistent state regulations in a variety of areas. These state-level regulations, among other things, set standards for approved water sources and the information that must be provided and the basis on which any therapeutic claims for water may be made. We must expend resources to continuously monitor state legislative and regulatory activities in order to identify and ensure compliance with laws and regulations that apply to our bottled water business in each state in which we operate.


17


Table of Contents

Additionally, the manufacture, sale and use of resins used to make water bottles are subject to regulation by the FDA. These regulations relate to substances used in food packaging materials, not with specific finished food packaging products. Our beverage containers are deemed to be in compliance with FDA regulations if the components used in the containers: (i) are approved by the FDA as indirect food additives for their intended uses and comply with the applicable FDA indirect food additive regulations; or (ii) are generally recognized as safe for their intended uses and are of suitable purity for those intended uses.
 
The Consumer Product Safety Commission, FDA or other applicable regulatory bodies may require the recall, repair or replacement of our products if those products are found not to be in compliance with applicable standards or regulations. The failure of our third party manufacturers or bottlers to produce merchandise that adheres to our quality control standards could damage our reputation and lead to customer litigation against us. If our manufacturers or distributors are unable or unwilling to recall products failing to meet our quality standards, we may be required to remove merchandise or recall those products at a substantial cost to us. We may be unable to recover costs related to product recalls.
 
We believe that our self-imposed standards meet or exceed those set by federal, state and local regulations. Nevertheless, our failure or the failure of our suppliers, bottlers or distributors to comply with federal or state laws, rules or regulations could subject us to potential governmental enforcement action for violation of such regulations, which could result in warning letters, fines, product recalls or seizures, civil or criminal penalties and/or temporary or permanent injunctions, each of which could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our failure, or even our perceived failure, to comply with applicable laws, rules or regulations could cause retailers and others to determine not to do business with us or reduce the amount of business they do with us.
 
In January 2010, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration issued an updated report regarding bisphenol A, or BPA, a chemical used in food and beverage packaging and other products that can possibly have adverse health effects on consumers, particularly on young children. The three- and five- gallon polycarbonate plastic bottles that we use to bottle our water contain BPA. Any significant change in perception by our customers or government regulation of polycarbonate plastic in food and beverage products could adversely affect our operations and financial results.
 
In January 2010, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration issued an updated report regarding its current perspective on the safety of BPA in food packaging materials, asserting the need for additional studies on BPA and issuing its interim public health recommendations. BPA is an industrial chemical used to make hard, clear plastic known as polycarbonate, which is currently used in our three- and five-gallon water bottles. BPA is regulated by the FDA as an indirect food additive. While the FDA notes that studies employing standardized toxicity tests support the safety of human exposure to BPA at the low levels currently experienced by consumers, the FDA’s report additionally acknowledges the results of certain recent studies which suggest some concern regarding potential developmental and behavioral effects of BPA exposure, particularly on infants and young children.
 
The FDA is continuing to evaluate these low dose toxicity studies, as well as other recent peer-reviewed studies related to BPA, and has solicited public comment and inter-agency scientific input in connection with updating its formal assessment of the safety of BPA for use in food contact applications. In the interim, the FDA’s public health recommendations include taking reasonable steps to reduce exposure of infants to BPA in the food supply and working with industry to support and evaluate manufacturing practices and alternative substances that could reduce exposure in other populations. Further, the FDA indicates that it plans to review its existing authority to shift to a more robust regulatory framework for oversight of BPA.
 
Consistent with the findings of numerous international regulatory bodies, we believe that the scientific evidence suggests that polycarbonate plastic made with BPA is a safe packing material for all consumers. Nonetheless, media reports and the FDA report have prompted concern in our marketplace among existing and


18


Table of Contents

potential customers. It is possible that developments surrounding this issue could lead to adverse effects on our business. Such developments could include:
 
  •  Increased publicity that changes public or regulatory perception regarding packaging that uses BPA, so that significant numbers of consumers stop purchasing products that are packaged in polycarbonate plastic.
 
  •  The emergence of new scientific evidence that suggests that the low doses of BPA to which consumers may be exposed when using polycarbonate plastic is unsafe.
 
  •  Interpretations of existing evidence by the FDA or other regulatory agencies that lead to prohibitions on the use of polycarbonate plastic as packaging for consumable products.
 
  •  The listing of BPA by California’s Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment on the state’s Proposition 65 list, which would require us to label our products with information about BPA content and could obligate us to evaluate the levels of exposure to BPA associated with the use of our products.
 
  •  The inability of sellers of consumable products to find an adequate supply of alternative packaging if polycarbonate plastic containing BPA becomes an undesirable or prohibited packaging material.
 
In addition, federal, state and local governmental authorities have and continue to introduce proposals intended to restrict or ban the use of BPA in food packaging materials. At this juncture, we cannot predict with certainty whether or when any such proposals may be enacted or what impact they may have on our business.
 
If any of these events were to occur, our sales and operating results could be materially adversely affected.
 
Our inability to protect our intellectual property, or our involvement in damaging and disruptive intellectual property litigation, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition or result in the loss of use of products or services.
 
We have filed certain patent applications and trademark registration applications and intend to seek additional patents, to develop additional trademarks and seek federal registrations for such trademarks and to develop other intellectual property. We consider our Primo name and related trademarks and our other intellectual property to be valuable to our business and the establishment of a national branded bottled water exchange program. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and other arrangements to protect our proprietary rights and could incur substantial expense to enforce our rights under such laws. A number of other companies, however, use trademarks similar or identical to the Primo ® mark to identify their products, and we may not be able to stop these other companies from using such trademarks. The requirement to change any of our trademarks, service marks or trade names could entail significant expense and result in the loss of any goodwill associated with that trademark, service mark or trade name. While we have filed, and intend to file in the future, patent applications, where appropriate, and to pursue such applications with the patent authorities, we cannot be sure that patents will be issued on such applications or that any issued patents will not be successfully contested by third parties. Also, since issuance of a patent does not prevent other companies from using alternative, non-infringing technology or designs, we cannot be sure that any issued patents, or patents that may be issued to others and licensed to us, will provide significant or any commercial protection, especially as new competitors enter the market.
 
In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets and other non-patented proprietary information relating to our product development, business processes and operating activities. We seek to protect this information through appropriate efforts to maintain its secrecy, including confidentiality agreements. We cannot be sure that these efforts will be successful or that confidentiality agreements will not be breached. We also cannot be sure that we would have adequate remedies for any breach of such agreements or other misappropriation of our trade secrets, or that our trade secrets and proprietary know-how will not otherwise become known or be independently discovered by others. Where necessary, we may initiate litigation to enforce our patent or other


19


Table of Contents

intellectual property rights. Any such litigation may require us to spend a substantial amount of time and money and could distract management from its day-to-day operations . Moreover, there is no assurance that we will be successful in any such litigation or that such litigation will not result in successful counterclaims or challenges to the validity of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to successfully develop intellectual property, or to successfully obtain, maintain and enforce patents, trademarks and other intellectual property, could affect our ability to distinguish our products and services from those of our competitors and could cause our sales to suffer.
 
Our business and our ability to provide products and services may be impaired by claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others. Vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights characterize the consumer products industry. These traits can result in significant, protracted and materially expensive litigation. In addition, parties making infringement and other claims may be able to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide our products, services or utilize our business methods and could cause us to pay substantial damages. In the event of a successful claim of infringement, we may need to obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may not be available at a reasonable cost, or at all. It is possible that our intellectual property rights may not be valid or that we may infringe existing or future proprietary rights of others. Any successful infringement claims could subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses on unfavorable terms, prevent us from manufacturing or selling products, providing services and utilizing business methods and require us to redesign or, in the case of trademark claims, re-brand our Company, products or services, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
 
Legislative and executive action in state and local governments enacting local taxes on bottled water to include multi-gallon bottled water could adversely affect our business and financial results.
 
Regulations have been enacted or proposed in some localities where we operate to enact local taxes on bottled water. These actions are purportedly designed to discourage the use of bottled water due in large part to concerns about the environmental effects of producing and discarding large numbers of plastic bottles. While we have not to date directly experienced any adverse effects from these concerns, and we believe that our products are sufficiently different from those affected by recent enactments, there is no assurance that our products will not be subject to future legislative and executive action by state and local governments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
 
Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities, including product liability claims, and damage our reputation.
 
We are from time to time party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. We evaluate these claims and proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. If our products are not properly manufactured or designed, personal injuries or property damage could result, which could subject us to claims for damages. The costs associated with defending product liability and other claims, and the payment of damages, could be substantial. Our reputation could also be adversely affected by such claims, whether or not successful.
 
We may establish a reserve as appropriate based upon assessments and estimates in accordance with our accounting policies. We base our assessments, estimates and disclosures on the information available to us at the time and rely on legal and management judgment. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from assessments and estimates. Actual settlements, judgments or resolutions of these claims or proceedings may negatively affect our business and financial performance. A successful claim against us that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our available insurance limits could require us to make significant payments of damages and could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.


20


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to This Offering and Our Common Stock
 
There has not been a public market for our shares and an active market may not develop or be maintained, which could limit your ability to sell shares of our common stock.
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list the common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active public market for our shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price, or at all. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our Company will lead to the development of an active trading market on The Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all.
 
The value of our common stock could be volatile.
 
The overall market and the price of our common stock may fluctuate greatly. The trading price of our common stock may be significantly affected by various factors, including:
 
  •  quarterly fluctuations in our operating results;
 
  •  changes in investors’ and analysts’ perception of the business risks and conditions of our business;
 
  •  our ability to meet the earnings estimates and other performance expectations of financial analysts or investors;
 
  •  unfavorable commentary or downgrades of our stock by equity research analysts;
 
  •  termination of lock-up agreements or other restrictions on the ability of our existing stockholders to sell their shares after this offering;
 
  •  fluctuations in the stock prices of our peer companies or in stock markets in general; and
 
  •  general economic or political conditions.
 
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our Company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.


21


Table of Contents

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.
 
Sales of a large number of our shares of common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. After the closing of this offering, we will have           shares of common stock (           shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.
 
We, our executive officers, directors and certain stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These shares will represent     % of our outstanding common stock after this offering (or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of the restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC may, in its sole discretion, release any of these shares from these restrictions at any time without notice. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.”
 
All of our shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable volume and other limitations imposed under federal securities laws. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.
 
In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions or in order to raise capital for other purposes. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with these matters could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.
 
Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value.
 
The initial public offering price per share is expected to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Purchasers of shares in this offering will experience immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of their shares. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, dilution per share in this offering will be $      per share (or     % of the price). Further, if we issue additional equity securities to raise additional capital, your ownership interest in our Company may be diluted and the value of your investment may be reduced. See “Dilution.”
 
Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.
 
Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock. In particular, Billy D. Prim, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, will beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of this offering. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. This control


22


Table of Contents

could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our Company or changes in management and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these stockholders.
 
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our Company more difficult without the approval of our Board of Directors. These provisions:
 
  •  authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;
 
  •  eliminate the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent;
 
  •  establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;
 
  •  provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and
 
  •  establish a classified board of directors the members of which will serve staggered three-year terms.
 
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock.
 
These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our Company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.
 
Since we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
 
We do not anticipate paying any dividends to our stockholders for the foreseeable future. The agreements governing our indebtedness also restrict our ability to pay dividends. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our results of operations, financial conditions, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Accordingly, you may have to sell some or all of your common stock in order to generate cash flow from your investment. You may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell our common stock and may lose some or all of the amount of your investment. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.
 
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly-traded company.
 
As a company with publicly-traded securities, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses not presently incurred. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and The Nasdaq Stock Market, require us to adopt corporate


23


Table of Contents

governance practices applicable to U.S. public companies . These rules and regulations may increase our legal and financial compliance costs.
 
If we do not timely satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.
 
As a company with publicly-traded securities, we will be subject to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. This law requires us to document and test the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with an established internal control framework and to report on our conclusion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The cost to comply with this law will affect our net income adversely. Any delays or difficulty in satisfying the requirements of Section 404 could, among other things, cause investors to lose confidence in, or otherwise be unable to rely on, the accuracy of our reported financial information, which could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition, failure to comply with Section 404 could result in The Nasdaq Stock Market imposing sanctions on us, which could include the delisting of our common stock.
 
Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness
 
Restrictive covenants in our debt instruments restrict or prohibit our ability to engage in or enter into a variety of transactions, which could adversely restrict our financial and operating flexibility and subject us to other risks.
 
Our senior revolving credit facility contains various restrictive covenants that limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to take certain actions. In particular, these agreements limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  make restricted payments (including paying dividends on, redeeming or repurchasing capital stock);
 
  •  make certain investments or acquisitions;
 
  •  create liens on our assets to secure debt;
 
  •  engage in certain types of transactions with affiliates;
 
  •  engage in sale-and-leaseback or similar transactions; and
 
  •  transfer or sell assets, merge, liquidate or wind-up.
 
Any or all of these covenants could have a material adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition or other corporate opportunities and to fund our operations. Any future debt could also contain financial and other covenants more restrictive than those imposed under our current senior revolving credit facility.
 
A breach of a covenant or other provision in any debt instrument governing our current or future indebtedness could result in a default under that instrument and, due to customary cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions, could result in a default under any other debt instrument that we may have. If the lenders under our current or future indebtedness were to so accelerate the payment of the indebtedness, we cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to repay in full our outstanding indebtedness, in which event we likely would seek reorganization or protection under bankruptcy or other, similar laws.


24


Table of Contents

Global capital and credit market issues could negatively affect our liquidity, increase our costs of borrowing and disrupt the operations of our suppliers, bottlers, distributors and customers.
 
The global capital and credit markets have experienced increased volatility and disruption over the past two years, making it more difficult for companies to access those markets. There can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets will not impair our liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing. Our business could also be negatively impacted if our suppliers, bottlers, distributors or retail customers experience disruptions resulting from tighter capital and credit markets or a slowdown in the general economy.
 
We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations. In addition, our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to support operations and other activities without debt financing could prevent future growth and success.
 
Our ability to generate cash, make scheduled payments or refinance our obligations depends on our successful financial and operating performance. Our financial and operating performance, cash flow and capital resources depend upon prevailing economic conditions and various financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell material assets or operations, obtain additional capital or restructure our debt, any or all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot assure you that we would be able to take any of these actions on terms acceptable to us, or at all, that these actions would enable us to continue to satisfy our capital requirements or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our various debt agreements.
 
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows to support capital expansion, business acquisition plans and general operating activities, and are unable obtain the necessary funding for these items through debt financing, our business could be negatively affected and we may be unable to expand into existing and new markets. Our ability to generate cash flows is dependent in part upon obtaining necessary financing at favorable interest rates. Interest rate fluctuations and other capital market conditions may prevent us from doing so.


25


Table of Contents

 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections regarding management’s beliefs and assumptions about the industry in which we operate. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies and prospects under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” When used in this prospectus, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements.
 
Forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time the statements are made and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual outcomes and results to differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to:
 
  •  our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;
 
  •  growth in the market for purified water and increased consumer preference toward purified water relative to tap water or other beverages;
 
  •  consumer recognition of our brand and our water bottle exchange service and water dispenser products;
 
  •  the use of our retail relationships, single-vendor solution, national network of independent bottlers and distributors and MIS tools to facilitate our introduction of new purified water-related products in the future;
 
  •  our opportunities to increase store penetration with our existing retail relationships and develop new retail relationships;
 
  •  the continuing development, innovation and sale of our water dispensers;
 
  •  our intention to offer new products and services, including self-service refill vending machines and automated, self-bagging purified ice dispensers;
 
  •  our expectations regarding our business strategy, anticipated profitability, liquidity position, future financial performance, mix of product sales, inflation and expense levels;
 
  •  our ability to use any net operating loss carryforwards;
 
  •  our dividend policy;
 
  •  our ability to attract and retain key personnel;
 
  •  our expectations regarding additional costs connected to the growth of our business and costs related to becoming a public company; and
 
  •  our policies regarding our executive compensation program and the level of executive compensation.
 
We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements we make. Except as required by applicable law, we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements publicly or to update the reasons why actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in any forward looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.


26


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $      million (approximately $      million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). This estimate is based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, less estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
 
  •  $     to redeem 50% of the outstanding shares of our Series B preferred stock;
 
  •  $     to repay our 14% subordinated convertible notes due March 31, 2011 (“2011 Notes”); and
 
  •  the remaining $      for working capital and general corporate purposes.
 
Of the $     in net proceeds we intend to use to redeem 50% of the outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock, $     will be used to redeem Series B preferred stock held by directors, officers and persons known to us to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock.
 
As of          , 2010, we had $15.0 million principal amount of 2011 Notes outstanding that bear interest at 14% per annum and mature on March 31, 2011. We issued the 2011 Notes on December 30, 2009 and used the proceeds of the 2011 Notes to retire $8.0 million principal amount of subordinated debt and to repay approximately $7.0 million of borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Of the $     in net proceeds we intend to use to repay our 2011 Notes, $     will be used to repay 2011 Notes held by directors, officers and persons known to us to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock. The terms of the 2011 Notes provide the noteholders the right to sell their 2011 Notes to us at an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance plus all unpaid interest that has accrued through the date of redemption upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of our common stock resulting in net proceeds to us of at least $30.0 million.
 
Pending use of the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to invest such net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing investment grade securities.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never paid or declared cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business. We do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Our senior credit agreement currently limits our ability to pay cash dividends.


27


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2009:
 
  •  on an actual basis (without giving effect to the  -for-   reverse stock split of our common stock);
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to give effect to the  -for-   reverse stock split of our common stock, to the conversion of all outstanding Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock into common stock, the conversion of 50% of our outstanding Series B preferred stock into common stock at a ratio of  :  , which is calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock by 90% of an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the redemption of the remaining 50% of our Series B preferred stock, as if the reverse stock split, the conversion and the redemption had occurred as of December 31, 2009; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the reverse stock split, conversion and redemption described above, as well as our sale of shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, and the application of a portion of the net proceeds from such sale of common stock to repay our 2011 Notes, as if each had occurred as of December 31, 2009.
 
You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2009  
                Pro Forma
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     as Adjusted  
    (in thousands, except par value data) (Unaudited)  
 
Cash
  $                                    
                         
Current liabilities
    7,326                  
Long-term liabilities
    15,451                  
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000 shares authorized
                       
Series A convertible preferred stock, 18,755 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    19                  
Series B preferred stock, 23,280 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    23                  
Series C convertible preferred stock, 12,520 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    13                  
Common stock ($0.001 par value, 200,000 shares authorized and 15,158 shares issued and outstanding, actual;           shares authorized and           shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, and           shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted)
    15                  
Additional paid-in capital
    86,723                  
Common stock warrants
    3,797                  
Accumulated deficit
    (90,999 )                
                         
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (409 )                
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 22,368                  
                         


28


Table of Contents

The shares outstanding data in the preceding table as of December 31, 2009:
 
  •  excludes           shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock issued in connection with our Series B preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock that will expire      days after the closing of this offering;
 
  •  excludes           shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock issued to a third party that will expire      days after the closing of this offering;
 
  •  excludes           shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock issued in connection with our 2011 Notes that will expire December 30, 2019;
 
  •  excludes an aggregate of           shares of common stock issuable under our 2004 Stock Plan;
 
  •  excludes an aggregate of           shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we have adopted in connection with this offering;
 
  •  excludes an aggregate of           shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we have adopted in connection with this offering; and
 
  •  assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase up to           additional shares of our common stock.


29


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the closing of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the     -for-     reverse stock split of our common stock, the conversion of all of our outstanding Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of           shares of our common stock, the conversion of 50% of our outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock into common stock at a ratio of  :  , which is calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock by 90% of an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the redemption of the remaining 50% of our outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock as if the reverse stock split, the conversion and the redemption had occurred as of December 31, 2009. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2009, was approximately $      million, or approximately $      per share.
 
After giving effect to our sale of shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, and applying the net proceeds from this sale, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of our common stock, as of December 31, 2009, would have been approximately $      million, or $      per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of $      per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $      per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
                 
Initial public offering price per share
          $             
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2009
  $                     
                 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering
  $            
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
          $    
                 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $    
                 
 
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, there will be an increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders of $      per share and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors of $      per share based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering by $      per share and increase or decrease, respectively, the pro forma as adjusted dilution per share of common stock to new investors in this offering by $      per share, in each case calculated as described above and assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2009, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and by new investors, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $     


30


Table of Contents

per share and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.
 
                                         
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     Per Share  
 
Existing stockholders
                     %     $                  %     $             
New investors
            %     $         %     $    
                                         
Total
            100%     $         100%     $    
                                         
 
The discussion and tables above are based on           shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009, on a pro forma as adjusted basis and:
 
  •  reflect a     -for-      reverse stock split of our common stock that will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
 
  •  reflect the conversion of our Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;
 
  •  reflect the conversion of 50% of our Series B preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering at a ratio of  :  , which is calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock by 90% of an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;
 
  •  reflect the redemption of the remaining 50% of our Series B preferred stock immediately following the closing of this offering;
 
  •  exclude           shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock issued in connection with our Series B preferred stock and Series C convertible preferred stock that will expire           days after the closing of this offering;
 
  •  exclude           shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock issued to a third party that will expire      days after the closing of this offering;
 
  •  exclude           shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock issued in connection with 2011 Notes that expire December 30, 2019;
 
  •  exclude an aggregate of           shares of common stock issuable under our 2004 Stock Plan;
 
  •  exclude an aggregate of           shares of common stock issuable under our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we have adopted in connection with this offering;
 
  •  exclude an aggregate of           shares of common stock issuable under our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we have adopted in connection with this offering; and
 
  •  assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase up to           additional shares of our common stock.
 
If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.


31


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
The following tables set forth our selected historical consolidated financial and other data for the periods indicated. We prepared the selected historical consolidated financial data using our consolidated financial statements for each of the years presented. The selected historical consolidated financial data for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, were derived from our audited historical consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and the selected historical consolidated financial data for each year in the two-year period ended December 31, 2006, were derived from our audited historical consolidated financial statements not appearing in this prospectus. You should read this selected historical consolidated financial data in conjunction with such audited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data are not necessarily indicative of future results.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                                       
Net sales
  $ 158     $ 6,589     $ 13,453     $ 34,647     $ 46,981  
Operating costs and expenses:
                                       
Cost of sales
    220       6,141       11,969       30,776       38,771  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    5,968       7,491       10,353       13,791       9,922  
Depreciation and amortization
    716       3,681       3,366       3,618       4,205  
                                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    6,904       17,313       25,688       48,185       52,898  
                                         
Loss from operations
    (6,746 )     (10,724 )     (12,235 )     (13,538 )     (5,917 )
Interest (expense) and other income, net
    175       116       65       (70 )     (2,257 )
                                         
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (6,571 )     (10,608 )     (12,170 )     (13,608 )     (8,174 )
Provision for income taxes
                             
                                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (6,571 )     (10,608 )     (12,170 )     (13,608 )     (8,174 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
                (1,904 )     (5,738 )     (3,650 )
                                         
Net loss
    (6,571 )     (10,608 )     (14,074 )     (19,346 )     (11,824 )
Preferred dividends and beneficial conversion charge (1)
    (851 )     (1,563 )     (2,147 )     (19,875 )     (3,042 )
                                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $  (7,422 )   $ (12,171 )   $ (16,221 )   $ (39,221 )   $ (14,866 )
                                         
Basic and diluted loss per common share:
                                       
Loss from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders
  $       $       $       $       $    
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to common stockholders
                                       
                                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $       $       $       $       $  
                                         
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
                                       
                                         
                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                                       
Cash
  $ 5,606     $ 7,638     $ 5,776     $ 516     $  
Total assets
    12,107       20,904       21,909       30,570       22,368  
Long-term debt, less current maturities
    43       13             5       14,403  
Other long-term obligations
    4                   481       1,048  
                                         
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands, except location amounts)  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Other information:
                                       
Water bottle exchange locations at year end
    300       2,300       4,700       6,400       7,000  
Water bottle units sold
    14       745       1,994       3,215       3,853  
Water dispenser units sold
                12       177       272  
 
 
(1) In 2008, we recorded a non-cash beneficial conversion charge or deemed dividend of $17.6 million on our Series C preferred stock. This was a result of the adjustment of the conversion ratio on the Series C preferred stock based upon a formula taking into account our net sales for the year ending December 31, 2008, which resulted in a final conversion ratio of 1:1.92.


32


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements included in this discussion as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.”
 
Overview
 
Primo Water Corporation is a rapidly growing provider of three- and five-gallon purified bottled water and water dispensers sold through major retailers nationwide. Our business is designed to generate recurring demand for Primo purified bottled water through the sale of our innovative water dispensers. Once our bottled water is consumed using a water dispenser, empty bottles are exchanged at our recycling center displays, which provide a recycling ticket that offers a discount toward the purchase of a new bottle of Primo purified water. We have created a nationwide single-vendor water bottle exchange service for our retail customers that requires minimal customer management supervision and store-based labor and provides centralized billing and detailed performance reports. We deliver this service utilizing our current relationships with 55 independent bottlers and 27 independent distributors and our Company-owned distribution operations covering portions of four states, which we refer to collectively as our “national network”. As of December 31, 2009, our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers were offered in each of the contiguous United States and located in approximately 7,000 and 5,500 retail locations, respectively. For 2007, 2008 and 2009, we generated net sales of $13.5 million, $34.6 million and $47.0 million, respectively.
 
In this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, when we refer to “same store sales” for our Exchange segment, we are comparing retail locations at which our water bottle exchange service had been available for at least 12 months at the beginning of the relevant period.
 
Business Segments
 
We manage our business primarily through two reporting segments: Primo Bottled Water Exchange (“Exchange”) and Primo Products (“Products”).
 
Our Exchange segment sells three- and five-gallon purified bottled water through retailers in each of the contiguous United States. We currently offer our exchange service at approximately 7,000 locations through point of purchase display racks and recycling centers that are prominently located at major retailers in space that is often underutilized. We service these retail locations through our national network of primarily independent bottlers and distributors.
 
Our Products segment sells water dispensers that are designed to dispense Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottled water. Our Products sales are primarily generated through major U.S. retailers. Our water dispensers are sold primarily through a direct-import model, where we recognize revenues for the sale of the water dispensers when title is transferred to our retailer customers. We support retail sell-through with limited domestic inventory.
 
We evaluate the financial results of these segments focusing primarily on segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations before depreciation and amortization (“segment income (loss) from operations”). We utilize segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations because we believe they provide useful information for effectively allocating our resources between business segments, evaluating the health of our business segments based on metrics that management can actively influence and gauging our investments and our ability to service, incur or pay down debt.


33


Table of Contents

Operating segments that do not meet quantitative thresholds for segment reporting are included in Other.
 
Cost of sales for Exchange consists of costs for bottling and related packaging materials and distribution costs for our bottled water. Cost of sales for Products consists of contract manufacturing, freight, duties and warehousing costs of our water dispensers.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for both segments consist primarily of personnel costs for sales, marketing, operations support and customer service, as well as other supporting costs for operating each segment.
 
Expenses not specifically related to operating segments are shown separately as Corporate. Corporate expenses are comprised mainly of compensation and other related expenses for corporate support, information systems, and human resources and administration. Corporate expenses also include certain professional fees and expenses and compensation of our Board of Directors.
 
Recent Transactions
 
In December 2009, we completed the divestiture of our former subsidiary, Prima Bottled Water, Inc. (“Prima”), by distributing the stock in Prima to our existing stockholders on a pro rata basis based upon each such stockholder’s proportionate ownership of our common stock, Series A preferred stock and Series C preferred stock on an as-converted basis. The assets, liabilities and results of operations of Prima are accounted for as discontinued operations. For 2007, 2008 and 2009, we recognized losses from discontinued operations of $1.9 million, $5.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                       
Net sales
  $ 13,453     $ 34,647     $ 46,981  
Operating costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of sales
    11,969       30,776       38,771  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    10,353       13,791       9,922  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,366       3,618       4,205  
                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    25,688       48,185       52,898  
                         
Loss from operations
    (12,235 )     (13,538 )     (5,917 )
Interest (expense) and other income, net
    65       (70 )     (2,257 )
                         
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (12,170 )     (13,608 )     (8,174 )
Provision for income taxes
                 
                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (12,170 )     (13,608 )     (8,174 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
    (1,904 )     (5,738 )     (3,650 )
                         
Net loss
    (14,074 )     (19,346 )     (11,824 )
Preferred dividends and beneficial conversion charge
    (2,147 )     (19,875 )     (3,042 )
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (16,221 )   $ (39,221 )   $ (14,866 )
                         


34


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                       
Net sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Operating costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of sales
    89.0       88.8       82.5  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    77.0       39.8       21.1  
Depreciation and amortization
    25.0       10.5       9.0  
                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    191.0       139.1       112.6  
                         
Loss from operations
    (91.0 )     (39.1 )     (12.6 )
Interest (expense) and other income, net
    0.5       (0.2 )     (4.8 )
                         
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (90.5 )     (39.3 )     (17.4 )
Provision for income taxes
                 
                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (90.5 )     (39.3 )     (17.4 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
    (14.1 )     (16.5 )     (7.8 )
                         
Net loss
    (104.6 )%     (55.8 )%     (25.2 )%
                         
 
The following table sets forth our segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations presented on a segment basis and reconciled to our consolidated loss from operations.
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
Segment Net Sales
                       
Exchange
  $ 10,875     $ 19,237     $ 22,638  
Products
    949       13,758       22,824  
Other
    1,818       1,874       1,611  
Inter-company elimination
    (189 )     (222 )     (92 )
                         
Total net sales
  $ 13,453     $ 34,647     $ 46,981  
                         
                         
Segment Income (Loss) from Operations
                       
Exchange
  $ (2,834 )   $ (1,267 )   $ 3,374  
Products
    (631 )     (1,447 )     (272 )
Other
    (175 )     (116 )     (34 )
Inter-company elimination
          (13 )     9  
Corporate
    (5,229 )     (7,077 )     (4,789 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (3,366 )     (3,618 )     (4,205 )
                         
Loss from operations
  $ (12,235 )   $ (13,538 )   $ (5,917 )
                         
                         
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Net Sales. Net sales for 2009 increased $12.3 million or 35.6% to $47.0 million from $34.6 million in 2008. The increase in sales resulted primarily from a 65.9% increase in Products sales and a 17.7% increase in Exchange sales.
 
Exchange. Exchange net sales increased $3.4 million or 17.7% to $22.6 million in 2009, representing 48.2% of our total net sales in 2009. The increase was due to an increase in water bottle units sold of approximately 0.6 million units or 19.8% to 3.9 million units sold in 2009. The increase in units sold was driven by a same store sales increase of 7.9% as well as an 8.3% increase in selling locations to approximately 7,000 at December 31, 2009. We believe the increase in same store sales is primarily a result of two factors: first, the increase in water dispenser sales results in an increasing number of consumers of three- and five-gallon bottled water and second, as more consumers become aware of and participate in our exchange program at a particular


35


Table of Contents

selling location, the number of water bottle units sold at that location typically increases over comparable prior periods. During 2009, we added approximately 600 selling locations as a result of both adding new retail customers and increased penetration with our existing retail customers. The average price per unit decreased 1.7% in 2009 compared to 2008 as a result of a shift in mix of transactions to 70.9% exchange and 29.1% non-exchange transactions in 2009 compared to 63.2% exchange and 36.8% non-exchange transactions in 2008. The shift in the mix of transactions is due to the increase in the overall number of repeat consumers utilizing our three- and five-gallon bottled water exchange service compared to the number of consumers that are new to our service. We anticipate the shift in mix towards a higher percentage of exchange transactions to continue as the overall number of consumers utilizing our exchange program continues to grow. We recognize approximately twice as much revenue on non-exchange transactions as we do on exchange transactions as a result of the discount provided to consumers for the return of an empty three- or five-gallon bottle in exchange for the purchase of a new three- or five-gallon bottle of purified water. Adding new locations at which our water bottle exchange service is offered is important to our strategy of penetrating more homes with our water dispensers as expanded locations and increased water bottle availability enhance the convenience of our service to consumers.
 
Products. Products net sales increased $9.1 million or 65.9% to $22.8 million in 2009, representing 48.6% of our total net sales in 2009. Dispenser sales increased 95,000 units or 53% to approximately 272,000 units in 2009. The increase in sales and units in 2009 is primarily a result of a greater than 100% increase in the number of retail locations offering our dispensers to approximately 5,500 at December 31, 2009. In addition, we successfully launched several new water dispenser models which accounted for approximately 48% of the total units sold in 2009. We anticipate continuing to introduce and offer new water dispenser models. Water dispenser home penetration is critical to the success of our strategy of increasing sales of our complementary recurring-revenue bottled water exchange service.
 
Gross Margin. Our overall gross margin, defined as net sales less cost of sales, as a percentage of net sales increased to 17.5% for 2009 from 11.2% for 2008.
 
Exchange . Gross margin as a percentage of net sales in our Exchange segment increased to 26.6% for 2009 from 15.2% in 2008 due primarily to decreased freight costs as a result of the addition of bottling and distribution capabilities during 2008 for which we received a full-year benefit in 2009. With these additions we believe we have sufficient bottling and distribution capabilities to service our continued growth. We anticipate slight improvements in gross margin for our Exchange segment for 2010 as we further benefit from improvements in our supply chain and realize efficiencies from our business model in which many of our variable costs are fixed.
 
Products . Gross margin as a percentage of net sales in our Products segment improved to 5.6% for 2009 from 0.5% in 2008 due primarily to improved pricing from retailers. Our strategy is to sell our water dispensers at minimal operating profit in order to increase home penetration, which we believe will lead to increased recurring-revenue, higher margin Exchange sales.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2009 decreased $3.9 million or 28.1% to $9.9 million from $13.8 million and, as a percentage of net sales, decreased to 21.1% for 2009 from 39.8% for 2008.
 
Exchange. Selling, general and administrative expenses of our Exchange segment decreased $1.5 million or 36.8% to $2.6 million from $4.2 million and as a percentage of Exchange segment net sales decreased to 11.7% in 2009 from 21.8% in 2008. The decrease is due to lower employee-related costs as a result of a reduction in headcount of seven employees as well as reduced levels of consulting fees and related travel and benefit costs resulting in approximately $1.0 million of the overall reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses. The additional personnel resources were related to our efforts in 2008 to expand our supply chain with more bottling and distribution capacity. During 2009 we were able to reduce these personnel resources when our supply chain reached what we believe to be an appropriate size. We were able to significantly grow our Exchange segment net sales and gross margins in 2009 despite the reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses.


36


Table of Contents

 
Products. Selling, general and administrative expenses of our Products segment decreased as a percentage of Products segment net sales to 6.8% in 2009 from 11.1% in 2008. Our Products segment was able to significantly increase sales without the need for additional headcount or selling, general and administrative costs.
 
Other. Other selling, general and administrative expenses for 2009, which includes our Other segment and Corporate, decreased $2.4 million or 29.1% to $5.7 million from $8.1 million, and as a percent of consolidated net sales decreased to 12.2% for 2009 from 23.3% in 2008. The decrease is primarily due to lower employee-related costs as a result of a reduction in headcount of nine employees as well as reduced levels of consulting fees and related travel and benefit costs resulting in about $1.6 million of the overall reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses. The additional resources were related to our efforts in 2008 to expand our information system and financial infrastructure as well as our efforts to establish new business segments. While we do not expect to incur significant additional costs connected with the growth of our businesses in 2010, we do expect to incur about $1.0 million in additional costs as a public company related to compliance, reporting and insurance.
 
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased $0.6 million or 16.2% to $4.2 million in 2009 from $3.6 million in 2008. The increase is the result of a full year of depreciation on the $8.3 million of capital expenditures in 2008.
 
Interest (Expense) and Other Income, Net. Net interest expense for 2009 increased to $2.3 million from $70,000 in 2008 as a result of increased use of debt to fund business operations. We expect the proceeds from this offering to repay debt and lower future interest cost relative to that experienced during 2009.
 
Preferred Dividends and Beneficial Conversion Charge. Dividends on our Series B preferred stock increased $0.7 million to $3.0 million in 2009 from $2.3 million in 2008. In January 2009, we offered holders of our Series B preferred stock the option to suspend their current cash dividend payment of 10% in exchange for a dividend accrual of 15% for 2009. Cash dividends paid on our Series B preferred stock during 2009 and 2008 were $1.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008 the accrued and unpaid dividends on our Series B preferred stock were $2.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively, which is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. Our Series C preferred stock is convertible into common stock at a ratio of 1:1.92, which was based upon a formula taking into account sales for 2008, compared to the original conversion ratio of 1:1. The change in the conversion resulted in a $17.6 million beneficial conversion or deemed dividend on the Series C preferred stock for 2008, which is included in the $19.9 million preferred dividends and beneficial conversion charge in 2008.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Net Sales. Net sales for 2008 increased $21.2 million or 157.5% to $34.6 million from $13.5 million in 2007. The increase in net sales resulted primarily from a 1,349.7% increase in Products sales and a 76.9% increase in Exchange sales.
 
Exchange. Exchange net sales increased $8.3 million to $19.2 million in 2008, representing 55.5% of our total net sales in 2008. The increase was due to an increase in water bottle units sold of 1.2 million or 61.2% to 3.2 million units sold in 2008. The increase in units was driven by a same store sales increase of 22.0% as well as a 36.1% increase in selling locations to approximately 6,400 selling locations at December 31, 2008. The average price per unit increased 9.7% in 2008 primarily as a result of a price increase implemented in mid-2008.
 
Products. Products net sales increased $12.8 million to $13.8 million, representing 39.7% of our total net sales in 2008. The increase is due to the successful launch of our Products business segment in late 2007. Product sales increased by approximately 165,000 units to approximately 177,000 units sold in 2008.
 
Gross Margin. Our overall gross margin, defined as net sales less cost of sales, as a percentage of net sales increased to 11.2% for 2008 from 11.0% for 2007.


37


Table of Contents

Exchange . Gross margin as a percentage of net sales in our Exchange segment increased to 15.2% for 2008 from 6.1% in 2007 due primarily to decreased freight costs as a result of the addition of 28 bottlers and ten distributors in 2008.
 
Products . Gross margin as a percentage of net sales in our Products segment improved to 0.5% for 2008 from (23.2)% in 2007 due primarily to limited sales volume in 2007.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding impairment charges, for 2008 increased $3.4 million or 33.2% to $13.8 million from $10.4 million and, as a percentage of net sales, decreased to 39.8% for 2008 from 77.0% for 2007.
 
Exchange. Selling, general and administrative expenses of our Exchange segment increased $0.7 million or 19.5% to $4.2 million from $3.5 million and as a percentage of Exchange segment net sales decreased to 21.8% in 2008 from 32.2% in 2007. The increase is primarily due to higher employee-related costs as a result of headcount additions, consulting fees and related travel and benefit costs resulting in about $0.3 million of the overall increase. The additional personnel and resources were related to our efforts to expand our supply chain with more bottling and distribution capacity. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of Exchange segment net sales decreased significantly as we grew net sales at a faster rate than our expense growth.
 
Products. Selling, general and administrative expenses of our Products segment increased $1.1 million or 270.3% to $1.5 million from $0.4 million and as a percentage of Products segment net sales to 11.1% in 2008 from 43.3% in 2007. The increase is primarily due to increases in employee headcount resulting from our expanded product line and significant increase in net sales in 2008.
 
Other. Other selling, general and administrative expenses for 2008, which includes our Other segment and Corporate, increased $1.6 million or 24.5% to $8.1 million from $6.5 million, and as a percentage of consolidated net sales decreased to 23.3% for 2008 from 48.3% in 2007. The increase is primarily due to higher employee-related costs as a result of additional headcount, consulting fees and related travel and benefit costs related to our efforts in 2008 to expand our information system and financial infrastructure as well as our efforts to establish new business segments.
 
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increase $0.2 million or 7.5% to $3.6 million in 2008 from $3.4 million in 2007.
 
Interest Expense and Other Income, Net. Net interest and other income for 2008 decreased to an expense of $70,000 from income of $65,000 in 2007 as a result of the use of debt to fund business operations, which were primarily funded with equity in 2007.
 
Preferred Dividends and Beneficial Conversion Charge. Dividends on our Series B preferred stock increased $0.2 million to $2.3 million in 2008 from $2.1 million in 2007. At both December 31, 2008 and 2007, the accrued and unpaid dividends on our Series B preferred stock were $0.6 million, which is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. Our Series C preferred stock is convertible into common stock at a ratio of 1:1.92, which was based upon a formula taking into account sales for 2008, compared to the original conversion ratio of 1:1. The change in the conversion resulted in a $17.6 million beneficial conversion or deemed dividend on the Series C preferred Stock for 2008, which is included in the $19.9 million of preferred dividends and beneficial conversion charge in 2008.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through the sale of preferred stock, the issuance of long term debt and borrowings under credit facilities. At December 31, 2009, our principal sources of liquidity were accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, of $1.9 million compared to cash of $0.5 million and accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, of $3.2 million at December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2009, we had a working capital deficit of $2.5 million compared to a working capital deficit of $2.6 million as of December 31, 2008.


38


Table of Contents

During 2009, the primary source of capital was proceeds from the issuance of long term debt and, as of December 31, 2009, we had an outstanding debt balance of $14.8 million, net of a $0.6 million discount. During 2008 and 2007, our primary source of capital was the proceeds of preferred stock issuances of $19.6 million and $14.1 million, respectively. Additionally, during 2008 we made borrowings under our credit facilities, which had a balance of $7.0 million at December 31, 2008.
 
Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
Net cash used in operating activities was $2.0 million for 2009, $11.8 million for 2008 and $6.8 million for 2007. For 2009, net cash used in operations was primarily the result of $8.2 million of loss from continuing operations, partially offset by non-cash depreciation and amortization of $4.2 million, non-cash interest expense of $0.7 million related to our long term debt issuances and reduction in working capital components of $0.8 million.
 
For 2008, net cash used in operations was primarily the result of $13.6 million of loss from continuing operations, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of $3.6 million. Additional working capital for accounts receivable and inventory due to revenue growth resulted in a use of cash of $1.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively and was partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $1.1 million.
 
For 2007, net cash used in operations was primarily the result of $12.2 million of loss from continuing operations, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of $3.4 million and the increase of accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively.
 
Net Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
Cash flows from investing activities included capital expenditures for property and equipment and bottles of $2.4 million in 2009, $9.4 million in 2008 and $5.0 million for 2007, which were our primary investing activities for all periods. Our capital expenditures in the past have been primarily for the installation of our recycle centers and display racks at new locations that offer our water bottle exchange service as well as related transportation racks and bottles. We also invest in technology infrastructure to manage our national network.
 
Net Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
Cash provided by financing activities was $6.3 million for 2009, $24.4 million for 2008 and $12.5 million for 2007. For 2009, financing activities were primarily the issuance of long term debt of $20.4 million that was partially offset by payments of $6.6 million on our senior revolving credit facility, payments of $5.4 million related to other long-term debt, Series B preferred stock dividend payments of $1.3 million and payment of debt issuance costs of $0.6 million. The cash component of our Series B preferred stock dividends was partially reduced in 2009 and accrued as opposed to paid currently. Additionally, the cash dividends paid will be further reduced for 2010 to approximately $0.2 million.
 
For 2008, financing activities were primarily the issuance of preferred stock of $19.6 million and borrowings of $7.0 million on our revolving credit facility that were partially offset by payments of $2.3 million of Series B preferred stock dividends.
 
For 2007, financing activities were primarily the issuance of preferred stock of $14.1 million that was partially offset by $1.6 million of Series B Preferred Stock dividend payments.
 
Credit Facility
 
We originally entered into a revolving credit facility with Wachovia Bank National Association in June 2005 and in June 2008 we amended the facility to extend the term to June 30, 2010. The current facility commitment is $10.0 million and is subject to a customary borrowing base calculation for advances. Interest on the outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility is payable quarterly at our option at (i) the LIBOR Market Index Rate (LMIR) plus the applicable margin or (ii) the greater of (A) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% or (B) the bank’s


39


Table of Contents

prime rate plus the applicable margin. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the interest rate on the outstanding balance under the facility was at the bank’s prime rate plus 2.50% and 0.75%, respectively (5.75% at December 31, 2009 and 4.00% at December 31, 2008). Beginning in January 2010 and effective with the December 2009 amendment, the applicable margin for both the prime rate and the federal funds rate options was decreased to 1.00%. The availability under the Revolver was $5.9 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
We are required to pay a fee per annum equal to 3.50% of the outstanding amount of letters of credit issued under the revolving credit facility. In addition, there is a fee of 0.50% on the unused portion of the revolver lending commitment. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
 
The revolving credit facility contains various conditions for extensions of credit and restrictive covenants including minimum quarterly EBITDA and gross revenue requirements. Substantially all of our assets are pledged as collateral to borrowings under the revolving credit facility.
 
14% Subordinated Convertible Notes due March 31, 2011
 
In December 2009, we issued our 14% subordinated convertible notes due March 31, 2011 (“2011 Notes”) to 28 investors, including existing stockholders, affiliates of existing stockholders and senior management. The 2011 Notes have a total face value of $15.0 million and are subordinated to our bank revolving credit facility. The 2011 Notes pay quarterly interest at a rate of 14% per annum. The terms of the 2011 Notes provide the noteholders the right to sell their 2011 Notes to us at an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance plus all unpaid interest that has accrued through the date of redemption upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of our common stock resulting in net proceeds to us of at least $30.0 million. We intend to use proceeds of this offering to repay the 2011 Notes.
 
Warrants to purchase 1,111,109 shares of our common stock were issued in connection with the 2011 Notes. The initial fair value of the warrants is $0.6 million and resulted in an original issue discount on the 2011 Notes which will be amortized as interest expense over the term of the 2011 Notes. The fair value of the warrants is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and will be adjusted periodically until such time as the exercise price becomes fixed at which time the then fair value will be reclassified as a component of stockholders’ equity (deficit).
 
Adequacy of Capital Resources
 
Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those now anticipated and will depend on many factors, including the rate of growth in new locations and related display and rack costs, cost to develop new water dispensers, sales and marketing resources needed to further penetrate our markets, the expansion of our operations in the United States, the response of competitors to our solutions and products and any acquisitions of other businesses. Historically, we have experienced increases in our capital expenditures consistent with the growth in our operations and personnel, and we anticipate that our expenditures will continue to increase as we grow our business. However, as of March 31, 2010, we had no material commitments for capital expenditures.
 
Our Series B preferred stock dividends will terminate upon the redemption and conversion of such stock in connection with this offering. We also anticipate amending and extending our revolving credit facility prior to its June 30, 2010 expiration. Finally, we anticipate having a cash balance of $     following the completion of this offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom. We believe our cash, the proceeds from this offering, funds available under our revolving credit facility and future cash flows from our operations will be sufficient to meet our currently anticipated working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months.
 
During the last three years, trends and conditions in the retail environment and credit markets, inflation and changing prices have not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect that these trends and conditions, inflation or changing prices will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future.


40


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, investments in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or debt. Additionally, we are not a party to any derivative contracts or synthetic leases.
 
Contractual and Commercial Commitment Summary
 
Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2009 are summarized below:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less Than
                More Than
 
Contractual Obligations (1)
  Total     1 Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years  
    (in thousands)  
 
Long-term debt obligations
  $ 15,000     $     $ 15,000     $     $  
Capital lease obligations
    7       4       3              
Operating lease obligations
    2,008       691       841       394       82  
Revolving credit facility
    423       423                    
                                         
Total
  $ 17,438     $    1,118     $ 15,844     $    394     $     82  
                                         
 
 
(1) No amounts are included herein with respect to dividends related to our Series B preferred stock as all such shares will be converted or redeemed in connection with this offering.
 
Inflation
 
During the last three years, inflation and changing prices have not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
For fixed rate debt, interest rate changes affect the fair value of financial instruments but do not impact earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair market value but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. The recorded carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to their short maturities.
 
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates on borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Our credit facility bears interest based on LIBOR and the prime rate, plus an applicable margin. To quantify our exposure to interest rate risk, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would have increased interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009 by approximately $8,000, $29,000 and $132,000, respectively. Actual changes in interest rates may differ materially from the hypothetical assumptions used in computing this exposure.
 
Seasonality
 
We have experienced and expect to continue to experience seasonal fluctuations in our sales and operating income. Our sales and operating income have been highest in the spring and summer, and lowest in the fall and winter. Our Exchange segment, which generally enjoys higher margins than our Products segment, experiences higher sales and operating income in the spring and summer. Our Products segment had historically experienced higher sales and operating income in spring and summer, however, we believe the seasonality of this segment will be more dependent on retailer inventory management and purchasing cycles and not correlated to weather. Sustained periods of poor weather, particularly in the spring and summer, can negatively impact our sales in our higher margin Exchange segment. Accordingly, our results of operations in any quarter will not necessarily be indicative of the results that we may achieve for a fiscal year or any future quarter.


41


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements and related notes, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions used to determine certain amounts that affect the financial statements are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates, judgments and assumptions and actual results, our consolidated financial statements may be affected. Some of the more significant estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories, depreciation, valuation of deferred taxes and allowance for sales returns.
 
Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized for the sale of three- and five-gallon purified bottled water upon either the delivery of inventory to the retail stores or the purchase by the consumer. Revenue is either recognized as an exchange transaction (where a discount is provided on the purchase of a three- or five-gallon bottle of purified water for the return of an empty three- or five-gallon bottle) or a non-exchange transaction. Revenues on exchange transactions are recognized net of the exchange discount. Our water dispensers are sold primarily through a direct-import model, where we recognize revenue when title is transferred to our retail customers. We have no contractual obligation to accept returns of water dispensers nor do we guarantee water dispenser sales. However, we will at times accept returns or issue credits for water dispensers that have manufacturer defects or that were damaged in transit. Revenues of water dispensers are recognized net of an estimated allowance for returns using an average return rate based upon historical experience. In addition, our customers can earn certain incentives that are netted against and reduce net sales in the consolidated statements of operations. Historically, these incentives have not been material to the overall consolidated results of operations.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from our retail customers’ inability to pay us. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically identified accounts in addition to an overall aging analysis. Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical experience and current economic trends. Actual losses could differ from those estimates.
 
Long-Lived Assets. We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset at the date it is tested for recoverability, whether in use or under development. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. We recorded an impairment charge in 2008 of $98,000, related to display racks no longer in use and to be disposed.
 
Income Taxes. We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that utilization is not presently more likely than not.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-10, Income Taxes . Previously, we had accounted for tax contingencies in accordance with ASC 450-10, Contingencies . As required by ASC 740-10, we recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. At the adoption date, we applied ASC 740-10 to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained open. The implementation of ASC 740-10 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.


42


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation. We account for our stock-based employee and director compensation plans in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation . ASC 718 requires recognition of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments in the financial statements over the period the employee is required to perform the services in exchange for the award (presumptively the vesting period). In 2007, 2008 and 2009 compensation expense related to stock options was approximately $157,000, $215,000 and $298,000 and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses from continuing operations, respectively, and approximately $25,000, $61,000 and $80,000 is included in discontinued operations, respectively.
 
We measure the fair value of each stock option grant at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average fair value per share of the options granted during 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $0.67, $0.83 and $0.49, respectively. The following assumptions were used in arriving at the fair value of options granted:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Risk-free interest rate
    4.6 %     3.2 %     2.0 %
Expected life of options in years
    6.3       5.9       5.5  
Estimated volatility
    45.0 %     39.0 %     39.0 %
Dividend yield
                 
 
The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected life of our stock options. The estimated pre-vesting forfeiture rate is based on our historical experience. The expected term of the options is based on evaluations of historical and expected future employee exercise behavior. As a non-public entity, historic volatility is not available for our shares. As a result, we estimated volatility based on a peer group of companies, which we believe collectively provide a reasonable basis for estimating volatility. We intend to continue to consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer companies to determine volatility in the future until sufficient information regarding volatility of our share price becomes available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for this purpose. We do not expect to declare dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. As of each stock option grant date, we considered the fair value of the underlying common stock, determined as described below, in order to establish the option exercise price.
 
During 2009 a total of 142,000 common stock options were granted, all on one date during the quarter ended March 31, 2009, at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. The estimated fair value of our common stock on the issuance date was $1.25 per share.
 
At December 31, 2009, we had approximately 2.9 million stock options outstanding, approximately 2.2 million of which were vested with an intrinsic value of $     , and approximately 0.7 million of which were unvested with an intrinsic value of $     . The intrinsic value reflects the amount by which $      (the midpoint of our estimated public offering price) exceeds the exercise price of the outstanding stock options.
 
Significant Factors Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Common Stock. The fair value of the shares of common stock that underlie the stock options we have granted has historically been determined by our board of directors based upon information available to it at the time of grant. Because, prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our common stock by utilizing, among other things, recent or contemporaneous valuation information from negotiated equity transactions with third parties or third party valuations. The valuation information included reviews of our business and general economic, market and other conditions that could be reasonably evaluated at that time, including our financial results, business agreements, intellectual property and capital structure. These valuation approaches are based on a number of assumptions, including our future sales and industry, general economic, market and other conditions that could reasonably be evaluated at the time of the valuation.
 
For the 142,000 stock options granted on one date in the first quarter of 2009, the fair value of our common stock was determined by the board of directors to be $1.25 per share. The fair value was based in part upon the


43


Table of Contents

finalization of the conversion ratio of the Series C Preferred Stock on December 31, 2008. The Series C Preferred Stock was issued in an arms-length transaction primarily to unrelated third parties in 2008 with an initial conversion to common stock ratio of 1:1 or $2.40 per share. However, the Series C Preferred Stock contained a beneficial conversion feature that was negotiated with the primarily unrelated third parties that adjusted and was finalized based upon the consolidated net sales for the year ending December 31, 2008. The final conversion ratio was 1:1.92 or $1.25 per share. In addition, the board of directors considered the Company’s most recent independent valuation and then current expectations of the Company’s future performance in determining that $1.25 per share was a reasonable fair valuation of common stock at December 31, 2008 and that there were not any significant changes in the business or results of operations from December 31, 2008 to the date in the first quarter of 2009 the stock options were issued that would change that estimated fair value.
 
Further, while subsequent to the date stock options were granted in the first quarter of 2009, the Company obtained a valuation from an unrelated party in December 2009 that determined the fair value of the Company’s common stock to be $1.23 per share.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance which established the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC” or “Codification”) as the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied to nongovernmental entities, and rules and interpretive releases of the SEC as authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards upon its effective date and, subsequently, the FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. The guidance is not intended to change or alter existing GAAP. The guidance became effective in our fourth quarter of 2009. The guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date. This guidance was effective for interim and annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. This guidance was amended in February 2010. It requires an entity that is a SEC filer to evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued. The adoption did not impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance, which clarifies that the stock portion of a distribution to stockholders that allows them to receive cash or stock with a potential limitation on the total amount of cash that all stockholders can elect to receive in the aggregate is considered a share issuance that is reflected in earnings per share prospectively and is not a stock dividend. This update is effective for our first quarter of 2010. The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position results of operations or cash flows.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies ASC 810 implementation issues relating to a decrease in ownership of a subsidiary that is a business or non-profit activity. This amendment affects entities that have previously adopted ASC 810-10. This update is effective for our first quarter of 2010. The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


44


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
We are a rapidly growing provider of three- and five-gallon purified bottled water and water dispensers sold through major retailers nationwide. We believe the market for purified water is growing due to evolving taste preferences, perceived health benefits and concerns regarding the quality of municipal tap water. Our products provide an environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy solution for consuming purified water. Our business is designed to generate recurring demand for Primo purified bottled water through the initial sale of our innovative water dispensers. This business strategy is commonly referred to as “razor-razorblade” because the initial sale of a product that creates a base of users who frequently purchase complementary consumable products. Once our bottled water is consumed using a water dispenser, empty bottles are exchanged at our recycling center displays where consumers receive a recycling ticket that offers a discount toward the purchase of a full bottle of Primo purified water. Primo consumers purchase an average of 35 bottles of water annually and each bottle can be sanitized and reused up to 40 times before being taken out of use, crushed and recycled, substantially reducing landfill waste compared to consumption of an equivalent volume of single-serve bottled water. As of December 31, 2009, our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers were offered in each of the contiguous United States and located in approximately 7,000 and 5,500 retail locations respectively, including Lowe’s Home Improvement, Sam’s Club, Costco, Walmart, Target, Kroger, Winn-Dixie, Albertsons and Walgreens.
 
(GRAPHIC)
 
We have created a new nationwide single-vendor water bottle exchange solution for our retail customers, addressing a market demand that we believe was previously unmet. Our water bottle exchange solution is easy for retailers to implement, requires minimal management supervision and store-based labor and provides centralized billing and detailed performance reports. Our solution offer retailers attractive financial margins and the ability to optimize typically unused retail space with our displays. Additionally, due to the recurring nature of water consumption and water bottle exchange, retailers benefit from year-round customer traffic and highly predictable revenue.
 
We deliver our solution to retailers utilizing our national network. Our independent bottlers and distributors typically have made already the capital investment required to deliver our solution, including investment in bottling facilities and storage and distribution assets. We focus our capital expenditures on developing new retail relationships, installing displays at store locations, raising brand awareness, research and development for new products and maintaining our MIS tools. We are able to manage our national network on a real-time basis through


45


Table of Contents

our MIS tools, which provide resource planning and delivery schedule tracking, thus enabling us to optimize our network’s assets and respond to customer needs. In addition, our national network benefits from the recurring nature of water consumption and water bottle exchange that generates year-round demand and optimizes utilization of their existing production and distribution assets. In addition, our national network benefits from our MIS tools that assist resource planning and delivery schedule optimization. We believe our solution and national network provide us a significant competitive advantage in servicing our retail customers.
 
We benefit significantly from management experience gained over the last 15 years in exchange-based businesses, which enables us to implement best practices and develop and maintain key business relationships. Prior to founding Primo, our Chief Executive Officer founded Blue Rhino Corporation, a propane cylinder exchange business, in 1994 and, with several of our other key executive officers, led its initial public offering in 1998 and successful sale in 2004. At the time of the sale, we believe Blue Rhino was a market leader in propane grill cylinder exchange with over 29,000 retail locations in 49 states.
 
Industry Background
 
We believe there are several trends that support consumer demand for our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers, including the following:
 
Emphasis on Health and Wellness
 
The majority of the human body is comprised of water and nearly all critical body functions rely on proper hydration. As part of a desire to live a healthier lifestyle, we believe consumers are increasingly focused on drinking more water relative to consumption of high caloric beverages, carbonated soft drinks and beverages containing artificial sweeteners.
 
Concerns Regarding Quality of Municipal Tap Water
 
Many consumers purchase purified water not only due to better taste, but also because of concerns regarding municipal tap water quality. Municipal water is typically surface water that is treated centrally and pumped to homes, which can allow additional contaminants to dissolve into the water through municipal or household pipes impacting taste and quality. There have been many recent publications highlighting pollution and quality issues with municipal water in the United States. Additionally, due to budgetary deficits, municipalities are increasingly privatizing their water treatment and distribution systems, and there have been many compliance and quality issues documented in connection with privatized municipal water systems.
 
Growing Preference for Purified Water
 
We believe consumer preference toward purified water relative to tap water continues to grow. With increasing availability in recent years, purified water has become accepted on a mainstream basis and preferred by many over municipal tap water. While it is difficult to quantify purified water consumption in all of its forms, we believe the growth of bottled water consumption reflects this trend. According to a June 2009 report by independent market analyst Datamonitor, Bottled Water in the United States , consumers spent $18.4 billion in 2008 on bottled water and the industry is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 7.5%, reaching $26.5 billion by 2013.
 
Increasing Demand for Products with Lower Environmental Impact
 
We believe that consumers are increasingly favoring products with a lower environmental impact with a “reuse, recycle, reduce” mindset becoming a common driver of consumer behavior. Areas of concern include products’ packaging materials, carbon footprint and crude oil usage in production and distribution and the impact on landfills when disposed. Most single-serve PET water bottles are produced using fossil fuels and contribute to landfill waste given that only 27% of PET bottles are recycled according to a November 2009 Environmental


46


Table of Contents

Protection Agency report. Additionally, according to the December 2008 report, Bottled Water-U.S., by Mintel International Group Limited, the incidence of people who do not drink single-serve PET bottled water because of environmental concerns nearly doubled from 18.0% in 2007 to 35.0% in 2008. Governmental legislation also reflects these concerns with the passage of “bottle bills” in many jurisdictions that tax the purchase of plastic water bottles, require deposits with the purchase of certain plastic bottles, prohibit the use of government funds to purchase plastic water bottles and ban certain plastic bottles from landfills.
 
(GRAPHIC)
 
 
Source: National Association for PET Container Resources 2005 and 2008 Reports on Postconsumer PET Container Recycling Activity.
 
Availability of an Economical Water Bottle Exchange Service and Innovative Water Dispensers
 
According to 2007 United States census data, there are approximately 112 million households. Based on estimates derived from industry data, we believe the current household penetration rate of multi-gallon water dispensers is approximately 4%, with the vast majority of these households utilizing traditional home delivery services. Until recently, there has been little innovation, design enhancement and functionality improvement in water dispensers to meet modern household needs and competing water dispensers have traditionally retailed at prices we believe are unlikely to support greater household adoption. Compounding these issues, there previously was no viable provider of an economical water bottle exchange service with major retailer relationships nationwide to promote dispenser usage beyond the traditional home delivery model. We believe our water bottle exchange service provides this alternative and we believe we are currently the only provider delivering a solution nationally to retailers. We believe there are over 140,000 major retail locations nationwide that we could target to sell our dispensers or offer our water bottle exchange service.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:
 
Appeal to Consumer Preferences
 
  •  Environmental Awareness. Our water bottle exchange service incorporates reuse of existing bottles, recycles water bottles when their lifecycle is complete and reduces landfill waste and fossil fuel usage compared to alternative methods of bottled water consumption. Our three- and five-gallon water bottles are exchanged, sanitized and reused up to 40 times before being taken out of service, crushed and recycled. Given its typical exchange lifecycle, one Primo five-gallon water bottle provides consumers with water in an amount equivalent to approximately 1,200 16 ounce single-serve PET bottles. When used as an alternative for consuming purified water, based on current recycling rates, one Primo five-gallon water bottle can prevent


47


Table of Contents

  approximately 875 16 ounce single-serve PET bottles from contributing to landfill waste. In addition, we believe our water bottle exchange service uses less fossil fuel in the distribution process and has a lower carbon footprint than alternative methods of bottled water consumption. Our geographically dispersed national network is typically closer to major retailers than our centralized single-serve bottled water competitors. In addition, our exchange service is utilized by consumers as part of their ordinary shopping patterns, compared to separate, non-optimized deliveries typically associated with traditional home delivery providers, generally by less fuel efficient vehicles.
 
  •  Value. We provide consumers the opportunity for cost savings when consuming our bottled water compared to both single-serve bottled water and typical home and office delivery services. We believe our five-gallon bottles of purified water typically cost a consumer between $4.69 and $7.99, after giving effect to the discount provided by our recycling ticket. We believe this compares favorably to the cost of single-serve PET bottles, case pack water and most home and office delivery services. The cost savings provided by our recycle ticket also provides consumers an incentive to remain a user of our water bottle exchange service. Finally, our water dispensers are sold at attractive retail prices in order to enhance consumer awareness and adoption of our water bottle exchange service, increase household penetration and drive sales of our bottled water.
 
  •  Convenience. Our water bottle exchange service and water dispensers are available at major retail locations nationwide. In addition, our water bottle exchange service provides consumers the convenience of exchanging empty bottles and purchasing full bottles at any participating retailer. We offer three- and five-gallon water bottle options to address different consumer volume preferences. We believe our water bottle exchange service provides a convenient way to consume purified water compared to self-service refill machines and home and office delivery services. Our water bottle sales displays are fully stocked and ready for consumer purchases, eliminating refill time. In addition, our exchange service permits consumers to purchase only the number of water bottles they need without the water bottle purchase minimums or bottle deposits often charged by home and office delivery providers.
 
  •  Taste. We have dedicated significant time and effort in developing our water purification process and formulating the proprietary blend of mineral ingredients included in Primo purified water that we believe has a silky smooth taste. In an independent taste test that we commissioned and was conducted in six regions throughout the United States in 2007, four out of five participants on average preferred Primo purified water over municipal tap water and three out of four participants on average preferred Primo purified water over their region’s market-leading bottled water.
 
  •  Health and Wellness. As part of a desire to live a healthier lifestyle, we believe that consumers are increasingly focused on drinking more water relative to consumption of other beverages. As we raise our brand awareness, we believe consumers will recognize that our water bottle exchange service is an effective option for their purified water consumption needs.
 
Key Retail Relationships Served by National Single-Vendor Solution
 
We believe we are the only water bottle exchange provider with a single-vendor solution for retailers nationwide. Our solution is easy to implement and supervise for national and regionally concentrated major retailers. We manage our national network to service our retail customers. This network utilizes our MIS tools and processes to optimize their production and distribution assets while servicing our retail customers. We believe the combination of our major retail relationships, unique single-vendor solution for retail customers, national network and our MIS tools is difficult to replicate. We anticipate these factors will facilitate our introduction of new purified water-related products in the future.


48


Table of Contents

Ability to Attract and Retain Consumers
 
We offer “razor-razorblade” products designed to generate recurring demand for Primo purified bottled water (the razorblade) through the initial sale of our innovative water dispensers (the razor), which include a coupon for a free three- or five-gallon Primo bottle of water. We acquire new consumers and enhance recycling efforts by accepting most dispenser-compatible water bottles in exchange for a recycle ticket discount toward the purchase of a full bottle of Primo purified water. Our water bottle exchange service is attractive to retailers as our consumers purchase an average of 35 bottles of Primo purified water per year, which facilitates repeat consumer traffic in our retailers’ stores. In addition, we believe we are a leading provider of water dispensers to U.S. retailers, a status we believe we achieved within less than two years of entering the market. We believe this rapid success is due to the innovative features, design elements and attractive retail prices of our water dispensers. We further believe our offering high-quality water dispensers enhances consumer awareness and adoption of our water bottle exchange service, increases household penetration and drives sales of our bottled water.
 
Efficient Business Model
 
Our business model allows us to efficiently offer our solution to our retail partners and centrally manage our national network without a substantial capital investment. Our business processes and MIS tools enable us to manage the bottling and distribution of our water, our product quality, retailer inventory levels and the return of used bottles on a centralized basis, leveraging our invested capital and personnel. We own the bottles, transportation racks, mineral injectors and sales and recycling displays to ensure product quality and proper positioning of the Primo brand. We focus our capital expenditures on developing new retail relationships, installing displays at store locations, raising brand awareness, research and development for new products and maintaining our MIS tools. We believe our water bottle exchange service is unique in that we are not required to make a significant portion of the capital investment required to operate our exchange service nationwide. Participation in our water bottle exchange service does not typically require independent bottlers and distributors to make substantial new investments because they often are able to augment their current production capacity and leverage their existing bottling and distribution assets. In addition, the flow of payments between the retailer and our bottlers and independent distributors is a critical component of our overall relationship with our major retail accounts that we control efficiently through electronic data interchange.
 
Benefit from Management’s Proven Track Record
 
We benefit greatly from management experience gained over the last 15 years in exchange businesses, which enables us to implement and refine best practices and develop and maintain key business relationships. Our Chief Executive Officer, Billy D. Prim, founded Blue Rhino Corporation, a propane cylinder exchange business, in 1994 and led its IPO in 1998 and its successful sale in 2004. At the time of the sale, Blue Rhino was the market leader of propane grill cylinder exchange with over 29,000 retail locations in 49 states. In addition to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Operations, Vice President of Products and Vice President of National Accounts all held comparable positions within the Blue Rhino organization during its rapid sales and location growth.
 
Growth Strategy
 
We seek to increase our market share and drive further growth in our business by pursuing the following strategies:
 
Increase Penetration with Existing Retail Relationships and Develop New Retail Relationships
 
We believe we have significant opportunities to increase store penetration with our existing retail relationships and develop new retail relationships based on our competitive strengths. As of December 31, 2009, our water bottle exchange service was offered at 6,000 of our top ten retailers’ nationwide locations. Such retailers present us an opportunity of approximately 7,500 additional nationwide locations. We intend to further penetrate our other existing retailers, which collectively provide us the opportunity to be present in an additional 22,400 locations


49


Table of Contents

nationwide. Our long-term strategy includes targeting up to approximately 40,000 total retail store locations (which includes new locations with our existing retail customers) within our primary retail categories of home centers, hardware stores, mass merchants, membership warehouses and grocery and drug stores.
 
Within two years of our inception, we expanded our retail presence from 13 states to our current locations within each of the contiguous United States. In addition, from 2005 through 2009, we increased our water bottle exchange locations from approximately 300 to 7,000, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 120%.
 
Drive Consumer Adoption Through Innovative Water Dispenser Models
 
We intend to continue to develop and sell innovative water dispensers at attractive retail prices, which we believe is critical to increasing consumer awareness and driving consumer adoption of our water bottle exchange service. We believe our water dispensers have appealing features, such as stainless steel finishes, adjustable hot and cold temperature controls and hidden bottle bottom-loading features for convenience. As a result of our strategy of developing innovative water dispensers, we believe we became the leading seller of water dispensers to retailers within less than two years of our entry into the market. Since we began selling our water dispensers in 2005, we have sold over 460,000 units, and have expanded our retail network from four locations as of December 31, 2007, to our current network of approximately 5,500 locations. We plan to continue introducing new dispenser models at attractive retail price points to meet the evolving needs of consumers, enhance consumer awareness and adoption of our water bottle exchange service, and increase household penetration. Our long term strategy is to provide multiple purified water-based beverages from a single Primo water dispenser, with consistent promotion of our water bottle exchange service to supply the purified water.
 
Increase Same Store Sales
 
We offer “razor-razorblade” products designed to generate recurring demand for Primo purified bottled water (the razorblade) through the initial sale of water dispensers (the razor). We sell our water dispensers at minimal margin and provide a free three- or five-gallon bottle of water with every water dispenser sold to drive consumer demand for our water bottle exchange service.
 
We believe increasing unit sales of Primo purified bottled water is dependent on generating greater consumer awareness of the environmentally friendly and economical aspects of and the convenience associated with both our purified bottled water and our water bottle exchange service. We expect that our branding, marketing and sales efforts will result in greater usage of our water bottle exchange service. We are also increasing our public relations initiatives associated with new market launches, developing additional cooperative advertising programs with retail distribution partners and increasing our field marketing activities. In addition, as consumers exchange dispenser-compatible water bottles, we encourage the use of our water bottle exchange service by providing them a recycling ticket that provides a discount on a full bottle of Primo purified water.
 
Develop and Install Other Hydration Solutions
 
We believe we have significant opportunities to leverage our national network and our systems and processes to offer other environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy hydration solutions to our retail partners without significant increases in our centralized costs. For example, we intend to offer our retail partners self-service refill vending machines that dispense purified water into bottles and other containers. We believe this offering will cater to a more price-sensitive consumer. In addition, we intend to offer to our retail partners automated, self-bagging purified ice dispensers. These purified ice dispensers will provide a simplified method of acquiring ice in customized offering sizes without the extensive manufacturing and storage networks typical of the ice dispensing industry.


50


Table of Contents

Pursue Strategic Acquisitions to Augment Geographic and Retail Relationships
 
We believe opportunities exist to expand through selective acquisitions, including smaller water bottle exchange businesses with established retail accounts, on-premises self-service water refill vending machine networks and retail accounts, ice dispenser machine networks and retail accounts and water dispenser companies.
 
Product Overview
 
Water
 
We have dedicated significant time and effort in developing our water purification process and formulating the proprietary blend of mineral ingredients included in our purified water. Our proprietary blend of mineral ingredients was developed with the assistance of consultants and several months of lab work and taste tests and has what we believe to be a silky smooth taste. In an independent taste test that we commissioned and was conducted in six regions throughout the United States in 2007, four out of five participants on average preferred Primo purified bottled water over tap water and three out of four participants on average preferred Primo over their region’s market-leading bottled water brand. We believe it is important that each bottle of Primo purified water has consistent taste and each production lot is tested to ensure it meets our standards. In addition, to ensure that our safety standards are met and FDA and industry standards are met or exceeded, each production lot of our purified water undergoes chemical and microbiological testing by the bottler and all facilities bottling Primo purified water undergo regular hygiene audits by a third party hired by us.
 
Water Bottles
 
(GRAPHIC OF WATER BOTTLES)
 
We currently source three- and five-gallon water bottles from multiple independent vendors for use in our exchange service. Each of our Primo water bottles includes a handle designed for easy transportation and lifting when installing the bottle onto or into one of our water dispensers. Our bottles also include a specially designed cap that prevents spills when carrying or installing.


51


Table of Contents

Water Dispensers
 
We currently source and market three lines of water dispensers comprised of 15 models:
 
(GRAPHIC OF WATER DISPENSERS)
 
Our dispensers are designed to dispense Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottled water. Our dispensers have manufacturer suggested retail prices that range from $199.99 for our top-of-the-line bottom-loading model with a stainless steel finish to $14.99 for a simple pump that can be installed on a bottle and operated by hand.
 
Currently, more than 95% of our dispenser sales are attributable to our bottom- and top-loading products. Consistent with our environmental focus, our electric dispensers are Energy Star ® rated, and, we believe, utilize less energy than competing water dispensers without this industry rating. In addition, some of our dispenser models feature power switches to individually control the hot and cold tanks of the dispenser, saving additional energy when not in use and providing a child-safety feature. We believe both our bottom- and top-loading models dispense water twice as fast as competing products and have the fastest recovery time for heating and cooling water. In addition, certain models of our bottom- and top-loading dispensers come equipped with adjustable hot and cold temperature controls conveniently located on the top of the dispenser.
 
We believe our bottom loading dispensers are attractive to consumers and will drive the greatest increase in household penetration as a result of their innovative styling and features. Water bottles are loaded and concealed inside our bottom-loading dispensers by a hinged door for ease of use and a clean aesthetic appearance.
 
Currently, all of our water dispensers are manufactured by independent suppliers in China. Our dispensers are shipped directly to our retailer partners and we do not use distributors in connection with our water dispensers. We also provide private label water dispensers to Target that are branded as Black & Decker products pursuant to a license agreement with The Black & Decker Corporation.
 
Primo Water Marketing
 
Our marketing efforts focus primarily on developing and maintaining a brand identity synonymous with an environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy solution for purified water consumption. We direct our marketing efforts as close as possible to the point of sale to strengthen our brand and promote consumer


52


Table of Contents

awareness of our water bottle exchange service. We believe our water bottle exchange service develops consumer loyalty through the use of our recycling tickets. Our marketing efforts include the following initiatives:
 
Primo Water Packaging
 
Our three- and five-gallon water bottles, sales and recycling center displays, water dispensers and certain distributor delivery vehicles prominently display our Primo logo and distinctive four-bubble design.
 
Primo Water Displays
 
Our sales and recycling center displays are typically located near the front of a store, providing point-of-sale advertising and branding. We believe our displays enhance consumer awareness of the Primo brand and reinforce the association of our water with an environmentally friendly, economical, convenient and healthy solution for purified water consumption. Our displays include Primo graphics, slogans and instructions on the exchange process that simply attach to the displays. We have the ability to quickly replace, customize or introduce new marketing materials on our displays throughout our retail network. In addition, we work with retailers to customize in-store solutions to best promote our brand.
 
Promotions
 
Our promotional activities target new customers by:
 
  •  Accepting third-party dispenser-compatible water bottles in the exchange process (which we believe is unique in the industry);
 
  •  Providing attractive pricing on our water dispensers;
 
  •  Offering a free bottle of water with the purchase of a water dispenser;
 
  •  Advertising in retailers’ weekly circulars; and
 
  •  Providing samples of our purified water and water dispensers on-site at our retailers’ locations and educating consumers on the benefits of our purified bottled water and dispensers.
 
We promote our brand through social media, our website ( www.primowater.com ) and other public relations efforts. We also maintain a blog ( www.breakfree411.com ) that is styled as a third-party website and provides updates on the water industry. In addition, we seek to raise awareness of our brand and products through blogs and related periodicals that target women as well as household and kitchen matters. We believe that women often significantly influence household and kitchen appliance decisions and concentrating our efforts in this manner is designed to improve the effectiveness of our advertising campaigns and improve household penetration.
 
Our promotional activities have evolved from our “Taste Perfection” campaign to our “Zero Waste. Perfect Taste,” campaign emphasizing our environmental efforts while simultaneously focusing on the taste of our purified water. We plan to increase our promotional activity as we expand our business.
 
The Primo Water Bottle Exchange Supply Chain
 
Water Purification and Bottling
 
Our bottling process begins with either spring water or water from a public source that is processed through a pre-filtration stage to remove large particles. The water is then passed through polishing filters to catch smaller particles followed by a carbon filtration process that removes odors, tastes, sanitization by-products and pharmaceutical chemicals. A microfiltration process then removes microbes before the water is passed through a softener to


53


Table of Contents

increase the purification efficiency. The water next passes through the last phase of reverse osmosis or distillation, completing the purification process. After the purification process is complete, our proprietary blend of mineral ingredients is injected into the water followed by the final ozonation process to sanitize the water. A bottle is filled with Primo purified water only after the inspection and sanitization steps outlined below are completed. Each of our production lots is placed on a 48-hour hold to allow for testing by the bottler and to ensure successful compliance with chemical and microbiological standards. We have the ability to trace each bottle of Primo water to its bottling and distributor sources, and we regularly perform recall tests to ensure our ability to react to a contamination event should it occur. In comparison, municipal water is generally treated at a centralized processing facility and then distributed throughout the pipeline network. As the water flows to the point of use, contaminants and other foreign objects may be dissolved into the water, and household piping and faucets may collect sediment that over time reduces the quality of municipally supplied water.
 
(GRAPHIC)
 
Our distributors are responsible for collecting empty Primo bottles and other dispenser-compatible bottles that are deposited into our recycling center displays. At the completion of the delivery cycle, a distributor inspects the exchanged bottles for reusability and coordinates the recycling efforts with our operations personnel to ensure that reuse of each water bottle we receive in the exchange process is being optimized. Our water bottles can be sanitized and reused up to 40 times before being taken out of use, crushed and recycled, substantially reducing landfill waste compared to consumption of similar amounts of single-serve PET bottled water. Bottles that pass a distributor’s initial inspection are subject to three washing cycles to remove particles. Bottles are then passed through two sanitization stages before a final rinse with hyper-ozonated water to kill or inactivate any microbes that remain at that point in the sanitation process. The water bottles are then ready to be filled with our purified water.
 
(GRAPHIC)
 
Distribution Network
 
We rely on our national network to deliver our solution to retailers. Our water bottle exchange process begins when a distributor is directed through our proprietary MIS tool, Routeview, to stock or replenish a Primo bottled water retail location. Routeview enables our distributors to review delivery quantities and tentative scheduling requirements in their territory. Our systems provide anticipated demand based on historical sales and, to the extent available, retailer point of sale (“POS”) data. Each distributor is provided information to enable the distributor to load a truck with the appropriate inventory to stock or restock the water bottle sales displays on its route, including a tailored amount of excess bottles as safety stock. Upon arrival at each retail location, the driver first visits the recycling center display to collect empty Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottles. The driver enters data related to empty bottles on a handheld device to collect exchange efficiency information and potential customer conversion data and then loads empty bottles onto the truck. The driver next checks the in-store sales display to compare the number of remaining bottles of water with the anticipated demand report generated by our MIS


54


Table of Contents

tools. After entering current stock levels, the driver is instructed by our MIS tools through the handheld device and based on proprietary algorithms, to replenish the sales display with an appropriate quantity of bottles.
 
At the completion of the delivery cycle and after inspection of the bottles, our distributors typically are responsible for coordinating the sanitization and bottling process with our bottlers. In addition, distributors must run end-of-day reports on their handheld devices which transmit crucial data points into our databases and validate daily activity. Our handheld devices also capture electronic signatures, significantly reducing paper exchange. This greatly improves our verification procedures and enhances our environmental efforts.
 
 
We have the ability to test and refine procedures through our Company-operated distribution system before implementing them with our independent distributors nationwide. In addition, we regularly solicit feedback from our independent distributors to improve processes.
 
Flow of Payments and Capital Requirements
 
We control the flow of payments between our retail customers and our bottlers and distributors through electronic data interchange. Our distributors are responsible for handling distribution and servicing our sales and recycling center displays. Through our handheld devices, distributors report their deliveries which are received by our systems and verified by data integrity checks. Depending on the retailer, our distributors either present the store manager with an invoice for the bottles delivered or our systems electronically bill the retailer. We compensate our distributors with a fixed payment per delivered water bottle on the fifteenth day of the month following the delivery activity. Our fixed payment is a gross amount from which the distributor must typically pay the bottler. In order to maximize their returns and profitability, our distributors increasingly are becoming vertically integrated, using their capital to build bottling facilities. Due to the high degree of automation during our billing and


55


Table of Contents

inventory management procedures, we are able to leverage our centralized personnel and believe we will be able to significantly expand our business with minimal increases in variable cost.
 
We focus our capital expenditures on developing new retail relationships, installing displays at store locations, raising brand awareness, research and development for new products and maintaining our MIS tools. We are also responsible for the centralized operations and personnel, sales and recycling displays, bottles, transportation racks, mineral packets and mineral injectors and handheld devices. Our national network typically has made the capital investment required to operate our exchange service nationwide, including a majority of the capital expenditures related to the bottling, sanitization and refill process and the distribution assets such as delivery trucks and warehouse storage. Participation in our water bottle exchange service does not typically require the independent bottlers and distributors to make substantial new investments because they often are able to augment their current production capacity and leverage their existing bottling and distribution assets. In addition, many of our major retail customers have invested their capital to expand store locations and generate customer traffic.
 
Flow of Payments and Capital Requirements
 
(GRAPHIC)
 
Retailer Relationships
 
We target major retailers with either a national footprint or a significant regional concentration. Our relationships are diversified among the following retail categories and major accounts:
 
     
Retail Category
 
Major Accounts
 
Home Centers / Hardware Stores
  Lowe’s Home Improvement, Ace Hardware, True Value
Mass Merchants
  Walmart, Target, Kmart
Grocery Stores
  Kroger, Winn-Dixie, Albertsons, Food Lion
Membership Warehouses
  Sam’s Club, Costco
Drug Stores
  Walgreens, CVS
 
Retailer Opportunity
 
We offer retailers a single-vendor solution. Our water bottle exchange service provides retailers with a year-round consumer product and an opportunity to increase sales and profits with minimal labor and financial investment. Through our national network, we are able to service major retailers nationwide. Retailers benefit from our water bottle exchange service that offers high margin and generates productivity from often underutilized interior and exterior retail space. In addition, our water bottle exchange service has the potential to increase retailers’ sales of ancillary products through increased traffic from repeat water bottle exchange consumers, who purchase an average of 35 water bottles annually.


56


Table of Contents

Account Set-Up
 
We actively pursue headquarters-based retail relationships to better serve our retail partners and minimize layers of approval and decision-making with regard to the roll-out of our water bottle exchange service to multiple locations. Upon confirmation of new retail locations, we coordinate with the retailer and distributor to schedule openings in a timely manner. We actively assist retailers in developing site plans for the setup of our sales and recycling center displays. While retailer setup preferences may vary, retailers often like to locate the recycling center display prominently on the exterior of their store to ease the transaction process, showcase their recycling and environmental efforts and conserve inside floor space while at the same time promoting the Primo brand.
 
Account Service
 
Our water bottle exchange service is a turn-key program for retailers in which we and our distributors actively service each retail account. After the retail location is established, our distributors complete on-site training and have an economic interest in supporting and growing the business relationship to increase product throughput. Distributors deliver three- and five-gallon Primo bottled water directly to retail locations and maintain the sales and recycling center displays.
 
Sales Support
 
While distributors service our retail accounts, the customer relationship is “owned” and maintained by our experienced retail sales organization, which allows us to develop strong brand affinity and maintain key headquarters-based relationships to secure and maintain our national retail network. Our retail relationships are divided into regions and managed by our sales personnel. In addition, we leverage our independent distributors who typically employ their own sales representatives. This combined team is responsible for selling and supporting our water bottle exchange service to targeted retailers.
 
Systems Support
 
We supply each major retail customer with a customized sales and business update on a monthly basis. The monthly update consists of a graphical dashboard highlighting sales trends and location-based information as well as qualitative commentary to assist store and headquarters personnel in their business decisions. We believe our reports help retail personnel monitor the success of our water bottle exchange service and highlight our analytical and customer support capabilities as a retail partner. In many cases, our retail customers do not have internal reporting capabilities to develop comparable analyses.
 
Customer Service
 
We maintain a single 1-800 number for all distributors, retailers and customers to contact us directly with questions regarding our bottled water, water bottle exchange process and customer service inquires. In addition, we maintain a separate 1-800 number for our water dispensers. We believe maintaining our own customer service numbers allows us to effectively monitor all aspects of our business and receive feedback on issues first-hand that we can direct to our distributors or dispenser suppliers.
 
Significant Customers
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, Lowe’s Home Improvement, Sam’s Club and Walmart represented approximately 33%, 19% and 15% of our total sales, respectively.
 
National Bottler and Distributor Network
 
In an effort to build a market-leading single-vendor national water bottle exchange service, we have sought to attract experienced and well-capitalized independent bottlers and distributors to support our retail partners. As of


57


Table of Contents

December 31, 2009, we had 55 independent bottlers and 27 independent distributors as well as our Company-owned distribution operations covering portions of four states.
 
Bottler and Distributor Opportunity
 
We provide independent bottlers and distributors with an attractive business opportunity, complementing many of their existing operations. We continually pursue new relationships and additional locations with existing retail partners to increase the production at each bottler’s manufacturing facility and the retail customer density within each distributor’s territory.
 
Bottler and Distributor Standards
 
We work very closely with our national network to ensure their production and storage standards meet or exceed the requirements of the United States Food and Drug Administration and other industry regulations. As we seek to promote our brand, we believe it is critical to provide bottled water that has consistent taste and is produced in a manner that exceeds current industry requirements. We regularly monitor, test and arrange for third-party hygiene audits of each bottling facility.
 
In addition, we regularly monitor our distributors’ performance to ensure a high level of account service. Distributors are generally required to develop an infrastructure sufficient to:
 
  •  Complete customer installations within 30 days of the notification of a newly established account;
 
  •  Monitor and maintain inventory levels with assigned retail accounts; and
 
  •  Resolve water bottle stock-outs within 36 hours.
 
Bottler and Distributor Selection Process
 
We have selectively identified and pursued high quality independent bottlers and distributors that can support our major retailers nationwide. We screen all independent bottler and distributor candidates by reviewing credit reports, safety records and manufacturing compliance reports, and conducting management reference checks. As a result of this thorough selection process, we have established what we believe to be highly dependable relationships with our independent bottlers and distributors. We currently maintain three distributor or bottler relationships that have relatively high customer concentrations in the geographic areas they serve. None of these independent distributors or bottlers, however, had responsibility for more than 8.0% of the bottling or more than 12.6% of the distribution with respect to our water bottle exchange volume for the year ended December 31, 2009. We believe we have a positive relationship with each of these parties and our senior executives have maintained a business relationship with each such party since they were managing operations at Blue Rhino Corporation.
 
Bottler and Distributor Services
 
We currently employ raw material procurement and supply chain personnel who perform periodic inventory audits and month-end review procedures. In addition we have operations personnel who manage our independent bottler and distributor relationships, including training and monitoring personnel and activities. We also employ customer service personnel who handle bottler, distributor, retailer and end-user phone calls.
 
Company Owned Distribution Operations
 
We currently own and operate distribution operations that have distribution responsibilities for certain regions that are relatively near our primary facilities. We distribute our bottled water to major retailers in portions of North Carolina, South Carolina, Florida and Virginia. We believe distributing our bottled water in these areas is an important way for us to better understand the bottled water exchange process and provides us the necessary


58


Table of Contents

feedback to enhance our independent bottler and distributor relationships. In addition, distributing our bottled water in these areas should assist us in validating the economic arrangements we offer our bottlers and distributors and developing industry knowledge that we can deploy throughout our system. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our Company-owned distribution operations accounted for approximately 23.5% of our water bottle exchange volume.
 
Independent Bottler and Distributor Agreements
 
We have entered into bottler and distributor agreements with each of our independent bottlers and distributors on substantially similar terms. While individual agreements contain variances and exceptions, the material terms of such agreements are described generally below. No individual bottler or distributor is material to our overall financial condition or results of operations.
 
Independent Bottler Agreement
 
In our independent bottler agreement, we appoint a bottler as a non-exclusive supplier of our purified drinking water. The bottler is restricted from competing with us during the term of the agreement and for a specified period after the term in a specified geography.
 
The bottler is required to bottle and deliver product in conformance with our specifications, including our proprietary mineral formula. The bottler must ensure that our bottled water products comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations (including those of the FDA), industry standards (including those of the International Bottled Water Association) and our quality requirements. The agreement also imposes requirements on the bottler with respect to the maintenance of its facilities and equipment that are intended to ensure the quality of our products.
 
We provide the necessary bottles, caps, labels, transportation racks, mineral injectors and formula minerals at no charge to the bottler to support the bottling and supply of our bottled water products. The bottler is required to maintain inventory levels necessary to satisfy our production requirements. Product may not be released for shipment until the bottler meets all applicable quality requirements.
 
Pricing is set forth in the agreement, and we have the right to modify pricing on thirty days notice to the bottler. The agreements generally have a three-year term, and if not otherwise terminated, automatically renew for successive one-year periods after the initial term. Either party may terminate the agreement in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party.
 
Independent Distributor Agreement
 
In our independent distributor agreement, we grant a distributor the right to serve as our exclusive delivery and service agent and representative with respect to our bottled water exchange service for a specified term in a specified geographic territory. The distributor is restricted from competing with us during the term of the agreement and for a specified period after the term in the specified geography. We have the right, at any time, to purchase a distributor’s rights under the agreement, along with related distribution equipment, for an amount based on the distributor’s revenues under the agreement for the prior twelve-month period and the fair market value of the equipment being purchased.
 
The distributor must perform its services under the agreement in conformance with our distributor manual and all applicable laws and regulations, including those of the FDA.
 
We compensate a distributor for its services while maintaining a direct relationship with and collecting payments from our retailer customers within the distributor’s service territory. Pricing is set forth in the agreement, and we have the right to modify pricing and payment terms on thirty days notice to the distributor.


59


Table of Contents

The agreements generally have a ten-year term, and if not otherwise terminated, automatically renew for successive one-year terms after the initial ten-year term. Either party may terminate the agreement for, among other reasons, an uncured material breach by the other party.
 
Management Information Systems
 
We have made a substantial investment in MIS tools which enhance our ability to process orders, manage inventory and accounts receivable, maintain distributor and customer information, maintain cost-efficient operations and assist distributors in delivering products and services on a timely basis. Our technology utilizes highly integrated, scalable software applications that cost-effectively support our growing retail network. Our MIS tools also allow us to analyze historical trends and data to further enhance the execution, service and identification of new markets and marketing opportunities. The primary components of our systems include the following:
 
Sales and Marketing Support Systems
 
We operate a single customer relationship management database that integrates all financial and transaction-based data with respect to each retail account. Our MIS tools provide our account managers and customer service representatives access to crucial data to effectively manage each bottler, distributor and retail relationship.
 
Bottler and Distributor Level Technology
 
Our distribution process is highly automated and scalable. Our technology allows bottlers and distributors timely access to information for customer support needs and provides access to real-time data to enhance decisions. In addition, each distributor is electronically linked to our systems with our proprietary Routeview software. Routeview enables distributors to review delivery quantities and tentative scheduling requirements across our entire national network. In addition, our MIS tools allow drivers to update delivery, inventory and invoicing information through handheld devices. This technology provides retailers with accurate and timely inventory and invoices and assists each distributor in managing its responsibilities.
 
Financial Integration
 
We utilize Microsoft’s Dynamics GP software as our core platform which interfaces with all of our systems. Each handheld device is based on Microsoft’s operating system and ensures integration within our reporting and financial databases. All delivery transactions are validated and data is imported into our database tables and mapped to corresponding accounting ledgers.
 
Manufacturing and Sourcing
 
Our manufacturing strategy is to utilize independent manufacturers to produce empty water bottles, sales displays and recycle centers and water dispensers at a reasonable cost. We believe that using independent manufacturers has several advantages over our manufacturing these items directly, including (i) decreased capital investment in manufacturing plants and equipment and working capital, (ii) the ability to leverage independent manufacturers’ purchasing relationships for lower materials costs, (iii) minimal fixed costs of maintaining unused manufacturing capacity and (iv) the ability to utilize our suppliers’ broad technical and process expertise.
 
Currently, the majority of our water dispensers are assembled by a single independent manufacturer in China, which utilizes several sub-suppliers to provide components and subassemblies. We have the sole North American rights to develop products with this manufacturer and each dispenser unit is produced to our design specifications. Each unit is inspected and tested for quality by the manufacturer’s personnel prior to shipment and any units returned by consumers or retailers are sent directly to the manufacturer for a credit, replacement or refund issued by the manufacturer. Our units generally are shipped directly from Hong Kong to the retailer. For the year ended December 31, 2009, this manufacturer produced water dispenser units that accounted for more than 95% of our water dispenser billings.


60


Table of Contents

 
Our water bottles and caps are produced by multiple independent vendors throughout the United States. We select suppliers based on price, quality and geographic proximity to our bottlers. We only purchase water bottles with handles as a convenience feature for consumers.
 
Our sales displays and recycle centers are made to our design. We frequently request bids from multiple independent manufacturers to achieve optimal pricing.
 
Product Design and Development
 
A primary focus of our product research and development efforts is developing innovative water dispensers as part of our strategy to enhance consumer awareness and adoption of our water bottle exchange service, increase household penetration and drive sales of our bottled water. We continually work to improve water dispenser features, seek to lower manufacturing costs so that our innovative products are more affordable and introduce new models. Innovative improvements developed in cooperation with our manufacturing partners include bottom-loading dispensers, adjustable hot and cold temperature controls and faster water dispensing capabilities. Our water dispenser models are designed to appeal to consumers of diverse demographic audiences. We are currently working with our manufacturing partners to develop new product lines that include self-bagging automated purified ice dispensers and purified water refill dispensers to be located on-site at our retail customers. We expect to introduce these new product lines in 2010. We are also in the early development stage of creating a water dispenser product that provides consumers the ability to dispense multiple purified water-based beverages, including traditional hot drink products and flavored and carbonated beverages.
 
Competition
 
We participate in the highly competitive bottled water segment of the nonalcoholic beverage industry. While the industry is dominated by large and well-known international companies, numerous smaller firms are also seeking to establish market niches. We believe we have a unique business model in the bottled water market in the United States in that we not only offer three- and five-gallon bottled water on a nationwide basis but also provide consumers the ability to exchange their used containers as part of our water bottle exchange service. We believe that we are one of the first companies to provide a national water bottle exchange service at retail. While we are aware of a few direct competitors that operate similar networks, we believe they operate on a much smaller scale than we do and do not have equivalent MIS tools or bottler and distributor capabilities to effectively support major retailers nationwide. Competitive factors with respect to our business include pricing, taste, advertising, sales promotion programs, product innovation, efficient production and distribution techniques, introduction of new packaging, and brand and trademark development and protection.
 
Our primary competitors in our bottled water business include Nestlé, The Coca-Cola Company, PepsiCo, Dr Pepper Snapple Group and DS Waters of America. None of these companies currently offer a nationwide water bottle exchange service at retail. However, many of these competitors are leading consumer products companies, have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do, have established a strong brand presence with consumers and have established relationships with retailers, manufacturers, bottlers and distributors necessary to start an exchange business at retail locations nationwide should they decide to do so. In addition to competition between firms within the bottled water industry, the industry itself faces significant competition from other non-alcoholic beverages, including carbonated and non-carbonated soft drinks and waters, juices, sport and energy drinks, coffees, teas and spring and tap water.
 
We also compete directly and indirectly in the water dispenser marketplace. This marketplace is diverse and faces competition from other methods of purified water consumption such as countertop filtration systems, faucet mounted filtration systems, in-line whole-house filtration systems, water filtration dispensing products such as pitchers and jugs, standard and advanced feature water coolers and refrigerator-dispensed filtered and unfiltered water.


61


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property and Trademarks
 
We believe that our intellectual property provides a competitive advantage and we have invested substantial time, effort and capital in establishing and protecting our intellectual property rights. We have filed certain patent applications and trademark registration applications and intend to seek additional patents, to develop additional trademarks and seek federal registrations for such trademarks and to develop other intellectual property. We consider our Primo name and related trademarks and our other intellectual property to be valuable to our business and the establishment of a national branded bottled water exchange service. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and other arrangements to protect our proprietary rights. We own ten United States federal trademark registrations, including registrations for our Primo ® and Taste Perfection ® trademarks, our Primo ® logo and our distinctive four bubble design. U.S. federal trademark registrations generally have a perpetual duration if they are properly maintained and renewed. We also own a pending application to register our Zero Waste. Perfect Taste tm trademark in the United States and Canada for use in association with drinking water dispensers, bottled drinking water and a variety of other non-alcoholic beverages. In addition, the design of our recycling center displays is protected by four United States design patents and two Canadian industrial design registrations. The United States design patents expire between May 2021 and April 2022 and, assuming that certain required fees are paid, the Canadian industrial design registrations expire in May 2017. We own three pending utility patent applications in the United States for our bottled water distribution method and bottle return apparatus (or our recycling center displays). Additionally, we are party to a license agreement with The Black & Decker Corporation, which expires December 31, 2010, pursuant to which we provide private label water dispensers to Target that are branded as Black & Decker products.
 
In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trade secrets and other non-patented proprietary information relating to our product development, business processes and operating activities. We regard portions of our proprietary MIS tools, various algorithms used in our business and the composition of our mineral formula to be valuable trade secrets of the Company. We seek to protect this information through appropriate efforts to maintain its secrecy, including confidentiality agreements.
 
Governmental Regulation
 
The conduct of our businesses and the production, distribution, advertising, promotion, labeling, safety, transportation, sale and use of our products are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States. It is our policy to abide by the laws and regulations that apply to us, and we require our bottling, manufacturing, and distributing partners to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to them.
 
We are required to comply with:
 
  •  federal laws, such as the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act;
 
  •  customs and foreign trade laws and regulations;
 
  •  state consumer protection laws;
 
  •  federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws;
 
  •  laws governing equal employment opportunity and workplace activities; and
 
  •  various other federal, state and local statutes and regulations.
 
We maintain environmental, health and safety policies and a quality, environmental, health and safety program designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations.


62


Table of Contents

The United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) regulates bottled water as a food under the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. Our bottled water must meet FDA requirements of safety for human consumption, identity, quality and labeling. Further, the sale and marketing of our products is subject to FDA’s advertising and promotion requirements and restrictions. In addition, FDA has established current “good manufacturing practice” regulations, which govern the facilities, methods, practices and controls used for the processing, bottling and distribution of bottled drinking water. We and our third-party supply, bottling and distribution partners are subject to these requirements. We also must comply with overlapping and sometimes inconsistent state regulations in various jurisdictions. As a result, we must expend resources to continuously monitor state legislative and regulatory activities for purposes of identifying and ensuring compliance with the laws and regulations that apply to our bottled water business in each state in which we operate. While we must meet the government-mandated standards, we believe that our self-imposed standards meet or exceed those set by federal, state and local regulations.
 
Additionally, the manufacture, sale and use of resins used to make water bottles is subject to regulation by the FDA. Those regulations are concerned with substances used in food packaging materials, not with specific finished food packaging products. We believe our beverage containers are in compliance with FDA regulations. Additionally, the use of polycarbonates in food containers used by children under three years of age is subject to certain state and local restrictions.
 
Measures have been enacted in various localities and states that require a deposit or tax to be charged for certain non-refillable beverage containers. The precise requirements imposed by these measures vary. Other deposit, recycling or product stewardship proposals have been introduced in various jurisdictions. We anticipate that similar legislation or regulations may be proposed in the future at the local, state and federal levels.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
From time to time, we are a party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings arising from our normal business activities. We have not had, and we do not believe that we have currently, any proceedings that, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
 
Facilities
 
Our corporate headquarters, including our principal administrative, marketing, sales, technical support and research and development facilities, are located in Winston-Salem, North Carolina where we lease approximately 14,200 square feet under an agreement that expires on May 31, 2011.
 
In addition we lease warehouse space in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, Lakeland, Florida and Petersburg, Virginia to support our Company-owned operations in these regions. These facilities have lease expirations that vary from November 2010 to May 2012.
 
We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs, and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate expansion of our operations.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had 75 employees. We believe that our continued success will depend on our ability to continue to attract and retain skilled personnel. We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees are represented by a labor union. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.


63


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Set forth below are our executive officers and directors, together with their positions and ages as of March 1, 2010.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Billy D. Prim
    54     Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Mark Castaneda
    45     Chief Financial Officer
Michael S. Gunter
    41     Senior Vice President, Operations
Duane G. Goodwin
    51     Senior Vice President, Business Development
Richard A. Brenner
    46     Director
David W. Dupree
    55     Director
Malcolm McQuilkin
    63     Director
David L. Warnock
    51     Director
 
Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of our directors and executive officers.
 
Billy D. Prim — Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director. Mr. Prim has been our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President since he founded the Company in 2004. Mr. Prim has also served on our Board of Directors since 2004. Prior to founding the Company, Mr. Prim founded Blue Rhino Corporation (a provider of propane cylinder exchange and complementary propane and non-propane products) in March 1994 and served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. He led Blue Rhino’s initial public offering in May 1998 and remained its Chief Executive Officer until April 2004, when Blue Rhino was acquired by Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., at which time he was elected to the Ferrellgas board of directors on which he served until November 2008. Mr. Prim currently serves on the board of directors of Towne Park Ltd. and previously served on the board of directors of Southern Community Bank and Trust from 1996 until 2005. Mr. Prim brings extensive business, managerial and leadership experience to our Board of Directors. Mr. Prim’s service as an executive and a Director of Primo provide our Board of Directors with a vital understanding and appreciation of our business. In addition, Mr. Prim’s leadership abilities, his experience at Blue Rhino and his extensive knowledge of the bottled water industry position him well for service on our Board of Directors.
 
Mark Castaneda — Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Castaneda has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2008. Prior to joining our Company, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Tecta America, Inc. (a private national roofing contractor) from October 2007 until March 2008, as Chief Financial Officer for Interact Public Safety (a private software company) from September 2006 until October 2007 and as Chief Financial Officer for Pike Electric Corporation (a publicly-traded energy solutions provider) from October 2004 until August 2006, where he helped lead its initial public offering in July 2005. Mr. Castaneda served Blue Rhino Corporation as its Chief Financial Officer from November 1997 until October 2004 and as a Director from September 1998 until April 2004. Mr. Castaneda helped lead Blue Rhino’s initial public offering with Mr. Prim in May 1998. Mr. Castaneda began his career with Deloitte & Touche in 1988 and is a certified public accountant.
 
Michael S. Gunter — Senior Vice President, Operations. Mr. Gunter has served as our Senior Vice President of Operations since March 2010 and previously served as our Vice President of Operations from our founding in October 2004 through February 2010. Prior to joining our Company, he served as the Senior Director of Strategy and Financial Analysis as well as the Director of Information Technology for Blue Rhino Corporation from 2000 until October 2004. Mr. Gunter served as an Artillery Officer in the United States Marine Corps from 1990 to 1996.
 
Duane G. Goodwin — Senior Vice President, Business Development. Mr. Goodwin has served as our Senior Vice President of Business Development since February 2010. Prior to joining our Company, he served as Chief Supply Chain Officer for BlueLinx Corporation (a distributor of building products) from December 2005 until April 2009, as Senior Operations Consultant for Cerberus Capital Management (a private investment firm) from June 2005 until December 2005 and in various management roles for The Home Depot (a home


64


Table of Contents

improvement retailer) from 1994 until January 2005. Before joining The Home Depot Mr. Goodwin was with Walmart Stores, Inc. (a mass merchant retailer), where he served in a variety of roles from 1985 through 1994.
 
Richard A. Brenner — Director. Mr. Brenner has served on our Board of Directors since 2005. He has been the Chief Executive Officer of Amarr Garage Doors (a manufacturer and distributor of garage doors) since July 2002 and was its President from July 1993 until June 2002. Mr. Brenner also serves on several boards of private and nonprofit entities, including ABC of North Carolina, Idealliance and Wake Forest University Health Sciences, and was a member of the board of directors of Blue Rhino Corporation from 1998 to 2004. Mr. Brenner’s significant executive and board service experience qualify him for service on our Board of Directors.
 
David W. Dupree — Director. Mr. Dupree has served on our Board of Directors since April 2008. As a founder of The Halifax Group (a private equity group) in 1999, he serves as the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Halifax. As the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Halifax, Mr. Dupree has an active role with many of Halifax’s portfolio companies, including serving as the managing member of GenPar Primo, LLC, the general partner of Primo Investors, L.P. Prior to co-founding Halifax, Mr. Dupree was a Managing Director and Partner with The Carlyle Group, where he was primarily responsible for investments in healthcare and related sectors. Mr. Dupree is also a Director Emeritus of Whole Foods Markets, Inc. where he served as a director from 1997 until 2008 and served on the Audit Committee and was Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee. Mr. Dupree also serves on several boards of private and non-profit organizations, including the Wake Forest University Board of Trustees. Mr. Dupree’s business, financial, executive and managerial experience as well as service on the boards of various entities position him well to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.
 
Malcolm McQuilkin — Director. Mr. McQuilkin has served on our Board of Directors since 2005. Since 1990, he has been Chief Executive Officer of Blue Rhino Global Sourcing, LLC (an import and design company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Ferrellgas Propane Partners). As the current Chief Executive Officer of Blue Rhino Global Sourcing, Mr. McQuilkin provides our Board of Directors with significant leadership and executive experience. Mr. McQuilkin’s leadership abilities, his international business expertise (particularly with respect to outsourcing) and his extensive knowledge of complex financial and operational issues facing large companies qualify him to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.
 
David L. Warnock — Director. Mr. Warnock has served on our Board of Directors since 2005. He is a founder and managing member of Camden Partners Holdings, LLC (a private investment management firm established in 1995 and formerly known as Cahill Warnock & Company, LLC). Mr. Warnock also serves as the managing member of the general partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Mr. Warnock serves on the board of National American University, Inc., New Horizons Worldwide, Inc., Nobel Learning Communities, Inc., Questar Assessment, Inc., Towne Park Ltd., Ranir LLC, and CIBT School of Business and Technology Corp., and was a member of the board of directors of Blue Rhino Corporation from 2000 to 2004. Mr. Warnock brings to our Board of Directors a unique and valuable perspective from his years of experience in private investment management. Mr. Warnock’s business acumen and his financial, managerial, leadership and board service experience qualify him to serve on our Board of Directors.
 
Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our Board of Directors.
 
Board of Directors
 
Immediately following the closing of this offering, our Board of Directors will consist of five members. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately following the closing of this offering permit our Board of Directors to establish the authorized number of directors, and five directors are currently authorized. These amended and restated bylaws also provide that any vacancies or newly-created directorships may be filled only by the remaining members of our Board of Directors.


65


Table of Contents

As of the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:
 
  •  the Class I directors will be Billy D. Prim and David W. Dupree, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2011;
 
  •  the Class II directors will be David L. Warnock and Malcolm McQuilkin, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012; and
 
  •  the Class III director will be Richard A. Brenner, and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013.
 
Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for a three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of that director’s successor, or that director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our Board of Directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our Company.
 
Director Independence
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Under the applicable Nasdaq listing standards, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s Board of Directors within a specified period following the closing of its initial public offering. In addition, Nasdaq’s rules require that, subject to specific exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit committee and those members of the board of directors determining executive compensation and director nominations be independent. Audit committee members also must satisfy the independence criteria set forth in rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the Nasdaq rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
 
In order to be considered independent for purposes of rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
In           2010, our Board of Directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our Board of Directors has determined that none of Messrs.                    , representing      of our five current directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under Nasdaq rules. Our Board of Directors also determined that Messrs.                    , who comprise our audit committee, Messrs., who comprise our compensation committee, and Messrs.                    , who comprise our nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of Nasdaq. In making these determinations, our Board of Directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our Company and all other facts and circumstances our Board of Directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. There is no family relationship between any director, executive officer or person nominated to become a director or executive officer.


66


Table of Contents

Board Committees
 
Our Board of Directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. Our Board of Directors may establish other committees from time to time to facilitate our corporate governance.
 
Audit Committee. Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Brenner, Dupree and Warnock, with Mr. Dupree acting as chair. The principal responsibilities and functions of our audit committee are to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight of (i) the integrity of our financial statements, (ii) the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, (iii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (iv) the qualifications and independence of our registered public accounting firm, and (v) the performance of our registered public accounting firm. In carrying out its oversight responsibilities and functions, our audit committee, among other things, oversees and interacts with our independent auditors regarding the auditors’ engagement and/or dismissal, duties, compensation, qualifications and performance; reviews and discusses with our independent auditors the scope of audits and our accounting principles, policies and practices; reviews and discusses our audited annual financial statements with our independent auditors and management; and reviews and approves or ratifies (if appropriate) related party transactions. Our audit committee also is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent auditors.
 
Our Board of Directors has determined that           is an audit committee financial expert, as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC, and that all members of the audit committee are “independent” within the meaning of the applicable Nasdaq listing standards and the independence standards of rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Each of the members of the audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market.
 
Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock, with Mr. Warnock acting as the chair. The principal functions of our compensation committee include (i) reviewing our compensation practices and policies, (ii) reviewing and approving the compensation for our senior executives, (iii) evaluating the performance of our senior executives, and (iv) assisting in the Company’s compliance with the regulations of the SEC regarding executive compensation disclosure. Our Board of Directors has determined that all members of the compensation committee are “independent” within the meaning of the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.
 
Nominating and Governance Committee. Our nominating and governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Brenner, Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock, with Mr. Brenner acting as the chair. The principal functions of our nominating and corporate governance committee are, among other things, to (i) establish membership criteria for our Board of Directors, (ii) establish and communicate to stockholders a method of recommending potential director nominees for the committee’s consideration, (iii) identify individuals qualified to become directors consistent with such criteria and select the director nominees, (iv) plan for continuity on our Board of Directors, (v) recommend action to our Board of Directors upon any vacancies on our Board of Directors, (vi) facilitate the annual evaluation of the performance of our Board of Directors and its committees, (vii) periodically review management succession plans, and (viii) consider and recommend to our Board of Directors other actions relating to our Board of Directors, its members and its committees. Our Board of Directors has determined that all members of the nominating and governance committee are “independent” within the meaning of the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.
 
Code of Conduct
 
Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. This code will apply to all of our employees, officers, and directors, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available upon the closing of this offering on our corporate website


67


Table of Contents

( www.primowater.com ). We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.
 
Director Compensation
 
We have not historically had any policy regarding compensation payable to our directors. Instead, we have from time to time in the past made awards of stock options to our non-employee directors. We made no such awards in 2008 or 2009 and we have not otherwise compensated our directors for services. In February 2010, we awarded each of our non-employee directors 60,000 shares of restricted common stock that vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period.
 
After giving effect to these awards, our non-employee directors hold the following equity awards received as director compensation:
 
                 
Name
  Stock Options (#) (1)     Restricted Stock (#) (2)  
 
Richard A. Brenner
    24,000       60,000  
David W. Dupree
          60,000  
Malcolm McQuilkin
    12,000       60,000  
David L. Warnock
    24,000       60,000  
 
 
(1) These stock options were granted prior to 2008, are vested in their entirety and have an exercise price of $1.25 per share. As of December 31, 2009, the only outstanding equity awards were the stock options listed above.
 
(2) These shares of restricted stock were granted on February 18, 2010 and vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period.
 
In connection with this offering, our Board of Directors approved and adopted our Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy. Under the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, each non-employee director will receive an annual retainer of $25,000, to be paid one-half in restricted common stock and one-half in options to purchase common stock, granted on the first business day following each annual meeting of our stockholders. Additionally, non-employee directors will receive the following cash awards: (i) a $5,000 retainer for directors who also serve as committee chairs and a $2,500 retainer for other directors; (ii) $2,500 for each regularly scheduled Board of Directors meeting attended in person ($1,000 if attended telephonically); (iii) $1,000 for each ad hoc telephonic special Board of Directors meeting attended; (iv) $1,000 for each regularly scheduled committee meeting attended; and (v) $500 for each ad hoc telephonic committee meeting attended. Grants made under the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy will be made pursuant to the 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan and will vest in full on the day immediately following the first anniversary of the grant date.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
Upon the closing of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock. During 2009, Messrs. Prim, Brenner, McQuilkin and Warnock served on our compensation committee. Mr. Filipowski, a former member of our Board of Directors, also served on our compensation committee through the end of January 2009.
 
Interlocks
 
With the exception of Mr. Prim who served on our compensation committee through the end of 2009, none of the members of our current compensation committee or our compensation committee during 2009 is or has at any time been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our Board of Directors or compensation committee during 2009.


68


Table of Contents

 
The following paragraphs provide a description of certain transactions between the company and current members of the compensation committee and former members of the compensation committee who served at any time during 2009. See “Related Party Transactions” for additional information regarding these transactions.
 
Sale of Subordinated Convertible Notes and Warrants
 
Messrs. Prim, Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock (either individually or through an affiliated entity) purchased an aggregate of $3.04 million of our 2011 Notes and an aggregate of 225,185 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock in a private placement on December 30, 2009. We issued a total of $15.0 million of 2011 Notes and a total of 1,111,109 warrants in that private placement. The exercise price of these warrants is either (a) $1.25 per share or (b) following a public offering in which we realize at least $30.0 million in net proceeds, 80% of the per share price of the shares issued in the offering. The following table sets forth certain information regarding such persons’ purchase of the 2011 Notes and the related warrants.
 
                     
        Principal
       
        Amount of Notes
       
        Purchased
    Warrants
 
Name
  Affiliated Investor   ($)     (#)  
 
Billy D. Prim
      540,000       40,000  
David W. Dupree
      100,000       7,407  
Malcolm McQuilkin
  Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust     1,000,000       74,074  
David L. Warnock
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, LP     1,344,140       99,566  
David L. Warnock
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, LP     55,860       4,138  
 
Sale of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants
 
Messrs. Prim, Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock (either individually or through an affiliated entity) purchased an aggregate of 5,826,947 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 582,695 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share in private placement transactions between December 14, 2007 and May 20, 2008. We issued a total of 12,520,001 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,252,001 shares of common stock in connection with these private placement transactions. The following table sets forth certain information regarding such persons’ ownership of those shares and warrants.
 
                             
        Shares
    Warrants
    Amount Paid for
 
        Purchased
    Purchased
    Shares and Warrants
 
Name
  Affiliated Investor   (#)     (#)     ($)  
 
Billy D. Prim
      512,363       51,237       1,229,671  
David W. Dupree
  Primo Investors, L.P.     4,281,250       428,125       10,275,000  
Malcolm McQuilkin
  Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust     200,000       20,000       480,000  
David L. Warnock
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, LP     800,084       80,008       1,920,202  
David L. Warnock
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, LP     33,250       3,325       79,800  
 
Sale of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants
 
Messrs. Prim, McQuilkin, Warnock and Filipowski (either individually or through or with an affiliated entity or person) purchased an aggregate of 8,999,691 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,402,916 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share in private placement transactions between April 28, 2006 and June 30, 2007. We issued a total of 23,280,221 shares of Series B


69


Table of Contents

preferred stock and warrants to purchase a total of 6,215,813 shares of common stock in these private placement transactions. The following table sets forth certain information regarding such persons’ ownership of those shares.
 
                             
        Shares
    Warrants
    Amount Paid for
 
        Purchased
    Purchased
    Shares and Warrants
 
Name
  Affiliated Investor   (#)     (#)     ($)  
 
Billy D. Prim
      5,164,846       1,379,013       5,164,846  
Billy D. Prim
  Deborah Prim     70,000       18,690       70,000  
Malcolm McQuilkin
  Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust     600,000       160,200       600,000  
David L. Warnock
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, LP     2,880,300       769,040       2,880,300  
David L. Warnock
  Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, LP     119,700       31,959       119,700  
Andrew J. Filipowski
      164,845       44,014       164,845  


70


Table of Contents

 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our (1) principal executive officer (Billy D. Prim), (2) principal financial officer (Mark Castaneda) and (3) three most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer and principal financial officer who were serving as executive officers on December 31, 2009 (Michael S. Gunter, Richard E. Belmont and Brent C. Boydston, and collectively with Messrs. Prim and Castaneda, our NEOs) should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on our current considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation and the compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from current or planned programs as summarized in this discussion.
 
Introduction
 
Our compensation discussion and analysis discusses the total compensation for our NEOs, and it describes our overall compensation philosophy, objectives and practices. Our compensation philosophy and objectives generally apply to all of our employees and all of our employees are eligible to participate in the main components our compensation program consisting of:
 
  •  base salary;
 
  •  annual cash bonus; and
 
  •  equity compensation.
 
The relative value of each of these components for individual employees varies based on job role and responsibility, as well as our financial performance.
 
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
 
Our compensation approach is necessarily tied to our stage of development. Our compensation philosophy is to offer our executive officers, including our NEOs, compensation and benefits that are competitive and meet our goals of attracting, retaining and motivating highly skilled management, which is necessary to achieve our financial and strategic objectives and create long-term value for our stockholders. Accordingly, our executive officer compensation program is designed to link annual and long-term cash and stock incentives to the achievement of Company and individual performance goals and to align the interests of executive officers with the creation of stockholder value.
 
We believe compensation should be determined within a framework that is intended to reward individual contribution and the achievement of Company objectives. Within this overall philosophy, our objectives are to:
 
  •  attract, retain and motivate our executives by providing a total compensation program that takes into consideration competitive market requirements and strategic business needs;
 
  •  align the financial interests of executive officers with those of our stockholders, both in the short and long term;
 
  •  provide incentives for achieving and exceeding annual and long-term performance goals; and
 
  •  appropriately reward executive officers for creating long-term stockholder value.


71


Table of Contents

 
Each of Messrs. Prim, Castaneda and Gunter is entering into an employment agreement with the Company in connection with this offering. We are also entering into an employment agreement in connection with this offering with Duane G. Goodwin who joined our Company as Senior Vice President, Business Development in February 2010. The material terms of those employment agreements are described below.
 
Role of Directors and Executive Officers in Setting Compensation
 
Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company. As a result, we have not been subject to any stock exchange listing or SEC rules requiring a majority of our Board of Directors to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of Board committees, including our compensation committee. Historically, we have informally considered the competitive market for corresponding positions within comparable geographic areas and companies of similar size and stage of development, including other small, high-growth public companies. This consideration was based on the general knowledge possessed by members of our compensation committee and also included consultations with our Chief Executive Officer. As we gain experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve. For example, over time, we expect to reduce our reliance upon subjective determinations in favor of a more empirically based approach that could involve, among other practices, benchmarking the compensation paid to our NEOs against peer companies that we identify and the use of clearly defined, objective targets to determine incentive compensation awards.
 
The compensation committee typically considers, but is not required to accept, our Chief Executive Officer’s evaluation regarding the performance and recommendation regarding proposed base salary and bonus and equity awards for the other NEOs, as well as himself. The compensation committee may also request the assistance of our Chief Financial Officer in evaluating the financial, accounting and tax implications of various compensation awards paid to the NEOs. However, our Chief Financial Officer does not recommend or determine the amounts or types of compensation paid to the NEOs. Our Chief Executive Officer and certain of our other NEOs may attend compensation committee meetings, as requested by the chairman of the compensation committee. Our NEOs, including our Chief Executive Officer, typically do not attend any portion of the compensation committee meetings during which their compensation is established and approved.
 
We believe the levels of compensation we provide should be competitive, reasonable and appropriate for our business needs and circumstances. To date, the compensation committee has not engaged a compensation consultant. Rather, the compensation committee and our Chief Executive Officer applied subjective discretion to make compensation decisions and they have not used a specific formula or matrix to set compensation in relation to compensation paid by other companies. To date, our compensation committee has not established any percentile targets for the levels of compensation provided to our NEOs. Similarly, the compensation committee has not performed competitive reviews of our compensation programs with those of similarly-situated companies, nor have we engaged in benchmarking of compensation paid to our NEOs. Our historical approach has been to consider competitive compensation practices and other factors such as how much compensation was necessary to recruit and retain an executive and individual performance rather than establishing compensation at specific benchmark percentiles. This approach has enabled us to respond to dynamics in the labor market and provided us with flexibility in maintaining and enhancing our NEOs’ engagement, focus, motivation and enthusiasm for our future. However, as mentioned above, we expect to build some of these practices into our compensation approach over time as we review, evaluate and refine our compensation policies and practices as a public company.
 
The amount of past compensation, including annual discretionary bonus awards and amounts realizable from prior stock option awards, is generally not a significant factor in the compensation committee’s considerations because these awards would have been earned based on performance in prior years. The compensation committee does, however, consider prior awards when considering the retention aspects of our compensation program.
 
Our NEOs are not subject to mandated stock ownership or stock retention guidelines. It is the belief of the compensation committee that the equity component of our executive compensation program ensures that our


72


Table of Contents

NEOs are also owners and those components work to align the NEOs’ goals with the best interests of our stockholders.
 
Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program
 
The principal elements of our executive compensation program have to date been base salary, a discretionary annual cash bonus and long-term equity compensation in the form of stock options. Each of these compensation elements satisfies one or more of our compensation objectives.
 
We have not adopted any policies with respect to long-term versus currently-paid compensation, but feel that both elements are necessary for achieving our compensation objectives. Currently-paid salary compensation provides financial stability for each of our NEOs and annual increases in base salary provide a reward for short-term Company and individual performance. Annual cash bonuses likewise provide a reward for short-term Company and individual performance. Long-term equity compensation rewards achievement of strategic long-term objectives and contributes toward overall stockholder value. Similarly, while we have not adopted any policies with respect to cash versus non-cash compensation (or among different forms of non-cash compensation), we feel that it is important to encourage or provide for a meaningful amount of equity ownership by our NEOs to help align their interests with those of stockholders, one of our compensation objectives. We have also used equity compensation in order to preserve the Company’s cash to the extent practicable in order to facilitate our growth and development. We combine the compensation elements for each NEO in a manner that the compensation committee believes, in its discretion and judgment, is consistent with the executive’s contributions to our Company and our overall goals with respect to executive compensation.
 
Base Salary
 
We believe that a competitive base salary is an important component of compensation as it provides a degree of financial stability for our NEOs and is critical to recruiting and retaining our executives. Base salary is also designed to recognize the scope of responsibilities placed on each NEO and reward each executive for his or her unique leadership skills, management experience and contributions. We make a subjective determination of base salary after considering such factors collectively.
 
Annual Bonuses
 
Our cash bonus compensation is designed to reward achievement of goals that support our objective of enhancing stockholder value and motivating executives to achieve superior performance in their areas of responsibility. We generally utilize incentive plans that tie payment of cash bonuses to the Company’s achievement of certain objectives, including revenue targets, EBITDA targets and new selling locations. Our incentive plans also base a portion of the bonus payment on the achievement of individual initiatives that are determined by the Chief Executive Officer, or, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, by the compensation committee. We determined not to establish an annual incentive plan for 2009 given our desire to reduce expenses in the face of uncertain U.S. economic conditions. As a result, we paid no bonuses to our NEOs with respect to the 2009 performance year.
 
We have, however, established such an annual incentive plan for 2010, which includes an opportunity for a cash award and an equity award as follows:
 
  •  Cash award:
 
  A cash incentive pool will be created based upon the amount by which the Company’s actual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for 2010 exceeds target EBITDA (based on the Company’s 2010 budget). This cash pool with be funded as follows:
 
  n   50% of the first $1.0 million of actual EBITDA in excess of target EBITDA; plus


73


Table of Contents

 
  n   30% of the next $1.0 million of actual EBITDA in excess of target EBITDA; plus
 
  n   20% of any actual EBITDA more than $2.0 million in excess of target EBITDA.
 
  Each participant in the annual incentive plan for 2010 will be entitled to a portion of the cash incentive pool equal to that participant’s individual 2010 salary over the total 2010 salaries of all the participants in the 2010 annual incentive plan multiplied by the total amount in the cash incentive pool.
 
  •  Equity award:
 
  Target amounts are based on Company and employee-specific performance;
 
  50% of the award will be payable in stock options and 50% will be payable in restricted stock; and
 
  Actual awards will be based on the compensation committee’s subjective evaluation of the Company’s and each individual’s performance.
 
Long-Term Equity Compensation
 
Historically, we have provided long-term equity compensation primarily through grants of stock options. However, no such equity compensation was paid in 2009 other than certain awards that were made with respect to 2008 performance. Beginning in 2010, we intend to use a combination of stock options and restricted stock.
 
We have granted stock options and intend to grant stock options and restricted stock through annually-adopted executive incentive plans, initial grants to new employees and, on occasion, through additional grants approved by our Board of Directors or the compensation committee. We believe that such grants further our compensation objectives of aligning the interests of our NEOs with those of our stockholders, encouraging long-term performance, and providing a simple and easy-to-understand form of equity compensation that promotes executive retention. We view such grants both as incentives for future performance and as compensation for past accomplishments.
 
We generally have used stock options in the past, rather than other forms of long-term incentives, because they create value for the executive only if stockholder value is increased through appreciation of our share price. Prior to this offering, all stock option grants were made pursuant to our 2004 Stock Plan. Historically, the exercise price of our stock options has been at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Prior to this offering, the fair market value of our common stock has been established by our Board of Directors using factors it considered appropriate for a reasonable valuation. Following this offering, the fair market value of our common stock will be the closing price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market on the date of the grant, provided our shares are approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market. As a privately owned company prior to the date of this offering, we have not established a program, plan or practice pertaining to the timing of stock option grants to executive officers coinciding with the release of material non-public information. We have adopted a policy, to take effect upon completion of this offering, that provides for our compensation committee to approve stock option grants up to four times per year at its regularly scheduled quarterly meetings, and further provides that such grants will be effective on the third trading day following the date of the next public disclosure of our financial results following the date of each such meeting.
 
Following this offering, we anticipate that we will continue to use stock option grants, as well as restricted stock and other forms of equity compensation. We believe restricted stock aligns the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders and serves as a retention tool as it will typically be subject to a multi-year vesting period. Following this offering, all equity award grants will be made pursuant to our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. The exercise price of stock options will be based on the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date as described above.


74


Table of Contents

Our Chief Executive Officer received an initial stock option grant to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock in 2004 in connection with the formation of the Company. Our other NEOs received stock option grants in connection with their initial hire. The number of stock options granted to our NEOs in connection with their initial hire was determined based upon negotiations with each executive, represented the number necessary to recruit each executive from his then-current position and reflected our Board of Directors’ subjective evaluation of the executive’s experience and potential for future performance.
 
We have made additional discretionary grants of equity compensation to all of our executive officers from time to time, as determined by our Board of Directors or the compensation committee taking into consideration factors such as individual performance and competitive market conditions.
 
Perquisites and Other Benefits
 
As a general matter, we do not intend to offer perquisites or other benefits to any executive officer, including the NEOs, with an aggregate value in excess of $10,000 annually, because we believe we can provide better incentives for desired performance with compensation in the forms described above. We recognize that, from time to time, it may be appropriate to provide some perquisites or other benefits in order to attract, motivate and retain our executives, with any such decision to be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee as needed.
 
Our executive officers are eligible to participate in standard employee benefit plans, including medical, dental, vision, life and any other employee benefit or insurance plan made available to employees. We maintain a 401(k) plan, which is intended to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. In general, all of our employees are eligible to participate in this plan. The 401(k) plan includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to 90% or the statutory limit, $16,500 in 2009, whichever is less, and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We made no matching contributions during 2009; however, in 2010 our Board of Directors established a Company match of up to 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of their salaries, with 50% of the matching amount being contingent upon our achievement of certain objectives to be determined by our Board of Directors.
 
Employment and Severance and Change of Control Benefits
 
We believe that a strong, experienced management team is essential to the best interests of the Company and our stockholders. We recognize that the possibility of a change of control could arise and that such a possibility could result in the departure or distraction of members of the management team to the detriment of our Company and our stockholders. We are entering into new employment agreements with certain of our NEOs in connection with this offering, which are intended to minimize employment security concerns arising in the course of negotiating and completing a change of control transaction. A more detailed description of the change of control provisions provided in these employment agreements is available under the section captioned “Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements” below, and the change of control benefits are quantified in the section captioned “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control.”
 
Analysis of 2009 Compensation for Named Executive Officers
 
Base Salary
 
In light of the uncertain U.S. economic conditions, we did not increase the base salaries of our NEOs for 2009 compared to 2008.
 
During 2008 and 2009, the base salary of our Chief Executive Officer, Billy D. Prim, was $400,000 per year.


75


Table of Contents

Mark Castaneda, our Chief Financial Officer, became an employee of the Company in 2008. At that time, our Board of Directors set his base salary at $225,000 per year. Mr. Castaneda’s 2009 base salary remained at $225,000 per year.
 
During 2008 and 2009, the base salary of Michael S. Gunter, our Senior Vice President, Operations, was $173,363.
 
Richard E. Belmont, our Vice President, Products, became an employee of the Company in 2008. At that time, our Board of Directors set his base salary at $183,195 per year. Mr. Belmont’s 2009 base salary remained at $183,195 per year.
 
During 2008 and 2009, the base salary of Brent C. Boydston, our former Vice President, Business Development and current Vice President, National Accounts, was $217,350.
 
In February 2010, we approved base salaries for our NEOs as follows:
 
         
Name
  Amount ($)
 
Billy D. Prim
    400,000  
Mark Castaneda
    250,000  
Michael S. Gunter
    225,000  
Richard E. Belmont
    190,000  
Brent C. Boydston
    150,000  
 
Annual Cash Bonuses
 
We did not make any cash bonus payments to NEOs for 2009. The compensation committee decided not to establish an annual incentive plan for 2009 given its desire to reduce expenses in the face of uncertain U.S. economic conditions. We paid the following cash bonuses to our NEOs for 2008:
 
         
Name
  Amount ($)
 
Billy D. Prim
     
Mark Castaneda
    30,000  
Michael S. Gunter
    22,000  
Richard E. Belmont
    15,300  
Brent C. Boydston
    14,000  
 
Long-Term Equity Compensation
 
We did not make any equity awards to NEOs for 2009 because, as noted above, the compensation committee determined not to establish an annual incentive plan for 2009. We awarded our NEOs options to purchase the following number of shares (at an exercise price of $1.25 per share) in 2009 for 2008 performance:
 
         
    Number
Name
  of Options
 
Billy D. Prim
     
Mark Castaneda
    40,000  
Michael S. Gunter
     
Richard E. Belmont
    23,800  
Brent C. Boydston
    21,000  
 
Tax Considerations
 
Other than our Chief Executive Officer, we have not provided any executive officer or director with a gross-up or other reimbursement for tax amounts the executive might pay pursuant to Section 280G or Section 409A of the


76


Table of Contents

Internal Revenue Code. As described in the section below captioned “Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements,” any payments our Chief Executive Officer receives in connection with a change of control may be subject to increase to cover any excise tax imposed by Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Section 280G and related Code sections provide that executive officers, directors who hold significant stockholder interests and certain other service providers could be subject to significant additional taxes if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change of control that exceed certain limits, and that we or our successor could lose a deduction on the amounts subject to the additional tax. Section 409A also imposes additional significant taxes on the individual in the event that an executive officer, director or service provider receives “deferred compensation” that does not meet the requirements of Section 409A.
 
Because of the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), our federal income tax deduction for compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and to certain other highly compensated executive officers (other than our Chief Financial Officer) may be limited if the compensation exceeds $1,000,000 per person during any fiscal year, unless it is “performance-based” under Code Section 162(m) or meets another exception to the deduction limits. In addition to salary and bonus compensation, upon the exercise of stock options that are not treated as incentive stock options, the excess of the current market price over the option price, or the option spread, is treated as compensation and accordingly, in any year, such exercise may cause an officer’s total compensation to exceed $1,000,000. However, option compensation will not be subject to the $1,000,000 cap on deductibility if the options meet certain requirements, and in the past we have granted options that we believe met those requirements. Additionally, under a special Code Section 162(m) transition rule, any compensation paid pursuant to a compensation plan in existence before the effective date of this public offering will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation until the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected after the close of the third calendar year following the year in which the public offering occurs, unless the compensation plan is materially modified. While the compensation committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact our compensation programs in future years, the compensation committee intends to maintain an approach to executive compensation that links pay to performance. In addition, while the compensation committee has not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our NEOs, the compensation committee intends to consider tax deductibility under Code Section 162(m) as a factor in compensation decisions.
 
Risk Analysis of Compensation Program
 
The compensation committee has reviewed the Company’s compensation program and does not believe that it encourages excessive or unnecessary risk taking. Base salaries are fixed in amount and thus do not encourage risk taking. By utilizing annual cash bonuses that are tied to individual and Company-wide performance measures and long-term equity compensation as a significant portion of total compensation, the compensation committee believes that it has aligned our executive officers’ objectives with those of our long-term stockholders.
 
Conclusion
 
The compensation committee believes that our executive leadership is a key element to our success and that the compensation package offered to our NEOs is a key element in attracting and retaining the appropriate personnel.
 
The compensation committee believes it has maintained compensation for our NEOs at levels that are reflective of the talent and success of the individuals being compensated, and with the inclusion of additional compensation directly tied to performance, the compensation committee believes executive compensation will be sufficiently comparable to its industry peers to allow us to retain our key personnel at costs which are appropriate for us.
 
The compensation committee will continue to develop, analyze and review its methods for aligning our executive officers’ long-term compensation with the benefits generated for stockholders. The compensation committee believes the idea of creating ownership helps align management’s interests with the interests of stockholders. The compensation committee has no pre-determined timeline for implementing new or ongoing


77


Table of Contents

long-term incentive plans. New plans are reviewed, discussed and implemented as the compensation committee believes it is necessary or appropriate as a measure to incentivize, retain and reward our NEOs.
 
Summary Compensation Table for 2009
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned in 2009 for our NEOs.
 
                                         
            Option
  All Other
   
        Salary
  Awards
  Compensation
  Total
Name and Principal Position
  Year   ($)   (#) (1)   ($) (2)   ($)
 
Billy D. Prim
Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and President
    2009       400,000             138       400,138  
Mark Castaneda
Chief Financial Officer
    2009       225,000       19,399       93       244,492  
Michael S. Gunter
Senior Vice President, Operations
    2009       173,363             62       173,425  
Richard E. Belmont
Vice President, Products
    2009       183,195       11,542       143       194,880  
Brent C. Boydston
Vice President, Business
Development (3)
    2009       217,350       10,184       62       227,596  
 
 
(1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options awarded in 2009 calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718 (formerly referred to as SFAS 123(R)). For a description of the assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value of the option awards as reported in this column, see note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
(2) Amounts shown in this column consist of life insurance premiums paid on behalf of each NEO.
 
(3) Mr. Boydston served as Vice President, Business Development through February 15, 2010. Mr. Boydston currently serves the Company as Vice President, National Accounts.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2009
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our NEOs in 2009.
 
                                 
          All Other
             
          Option Awards:
             
          Number of
    Exercise or
    Grant Date
 
          Securities
    Base Price of
    Fair Value of
 
          Underlying
    Option
    Option
 
    Grant
    Options
    Awards
    Awards
 
Name
  Date     (#) (1)     ($/Sh)     ($) (2)  
Billy D. Prim
                       
Mark Castaneda
    1/29/2009       40,000       1.25       19,399  
Michael S. Gunter
                       
Richard E. Belmont
    1/29/2009       23,800       1.25       11,542  
Brent C. Boydston
    1/29/2009       21,000       1.25       10,184  
 
 
(1) We granted the stock options listed in this column under our 2004 Stock Plan in 2009 for 2008 performance. The vesting schedule applicable to each award is set forth below in the section entitled “Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2009.”
 
(2) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718 (formerly referred to as SFAS 123(R)). For a description of the assumptions used in estimating such fair value, see note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009.


78


Table of Contents

 
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2009
 
The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2009.
 
                                 
    Option Awards
    Number of Shares
  Number of Shares
       
    Underlying
  Underlying
       
    Unexercised
  Unexercised
  Option
  Option
    Options (#)
  Options (#)
  Exercise Price
  Expiration
Name
  Exercisable   Unexercisable   ($)   Date
 
Billy D. Prim
    100,000             1.00       11/01/14  
      225,000             1.00       01/01/16  
      10,000       10,000 (1)     1.25       01/25/17  
      100,000             1.98       05/01/18  
Mark Castaneda
    37,500       112,500 (2)     1.98       05/01/18  
            40,000 (3)     1.25       01/29/19  
Michael S. Gunter
    100,000             1.00       11/01/14  
      90,000             1.00       01/01/16  
      4,187       4,188 (1)     1.25       01/25/17  
            53,125 (4)     1.25       01/25/17  
Richard E. Belmont
    75,000       25,000 (5)     1.25       09/11/16  
      4,425       4,425 (1)     1.25       01/25/17  
      33,188             1.98       05/01/18  
            23,800 (3)     1.25       01/29/19  
Brent C. Boydston
    100,000             1.00       11/01/14  
      82,500             1.00       01/01/16  
      5,250       5,250 (1)     1.25       01/25/17  
            18,750 (4)     1.25       01/25/17  
      39,375             1.98       05/01/18  
            21,000 (3)     1.25       01/29/19  
 
 
(1) These options vest in two equal annual installments on January 1, 2010 and January 1, 2011.
 
(2) These options vest in three equal annual installments on May 1, 2010, May 1, 2011 and May 1, 2012.
 
(3) These options vested in their entirety on January 30, 2010.
 
(4) These options vested in their entirety on January 1, 2010.
 
(5) These options vest in their entirety on September 11, 2010.
 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested for 2009
 
No stock options held by our NEOs were exercised during 2009. As of December 31, 2009, none of our NEOs held any unvested restricted stock.
 
Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements
 
The following summaries of the employment agreements of Messrs. Prim, Castaneda and Gunter describe the new employment agreements with such individuals that are being entered into in connection with this offering.
 
Employment Agreement with Mr. Prim
 
Mr. Prim’s employment agreement provides for a base annual salary of $400,000, which may be adjusted up but not down by our Board of Directors. Mr. Prim will also be eligible to receive bonuses and awards of equity and non-equity compensation as approved by our Board of Directors. The employment agreement entitles Mr. Prim to participate in all other Company benefits generally available to other senior executives. Mr. Prim’s employment


79


Table of Contents

agreement also provides for: (i) an annual automatic cost of living increase to base salary based on the Consumer Price Index; (ii) long-term disability coverage at 100% of base annual salary; (iii) an annual physical paid for by the Company; and (iv) Company’s payment of certain attorneys fees incurred in the event Mr. Prim has to take action to enforce his rights under the employment agreement. We have agreed to maintain insurance coverage for and indemnify Mr. Prim in connection with his capacity as our director and officer.
 
Our employment agreement with Mr. Prim provides for an initial three-year employment term commencing                and automatically extending for additional one-year periods unless terminated by Mr. Prim or us upon at least 90 days prior written notice of intention not to renew. The agreement may also be terminated by us or Mr. Prim for other reasons and, subject to the conditions set forth in the employment agreement, provides for certain payments to Mr. Prim upon a termination of his employment or a change of control of the Company, as described below.
 
If Mr. Prim’s employment is terminated for any reason, he will be entitled to continued coverage under our directors’ and officers’ insurance policy and to continued rights to corporate indemnification, each as offered to (and on the same terms as) other executive officers for six years following his termination date. Unless Mr. Prim is terminated for Cause or he resigns without Good Reason (each as defined below), he will be entitled to any applicable prorated annual bonus for such year and any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the immediately preceding year. Additionally, if Mr. Prim is terminated without Cause, resigns for Good Reason or we do not renew his employment agreement at the end of its term, Mr. Prim will be entitled to (a) severance payments in an amount equal to (i) his highest annual base salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to his termination date plus (ii) the average annual bonus earned by him for the most recent two fiscal years ending prior to his termination date; (b) coverage under health, dental, life, accident, disability and similar benefit plans offered to (and on the same terms as) other executive officers for 12 months following his termination date; and (c) the immediate vesting of any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards scheduled to vest within six months after his termination date.
 
If Mr. Prim is terminated without Cause or if he resigns for Good Reason within two years following a Change of Control (as defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to (a) any applicable prorated annual bonus for such year and any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the immediately preceding year; (b) severance payments in an amount equal to two times the sum of (i) his highest annual base salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to his termination date plus (ii) the average annual bonus earned by Mr. Prim for the most recent two fiscal years ending prior to his termination date; and (c) coverage under health, dental, life, accident, disability and similar benefit plans offered to (and on the same terms as) the other executive officers for the 24 months following his termination date. In addition, any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards will immediately vest as of the date of the Change of Control.
 
As defined in Mr. Prim’s employment agreement, “Cause” means (a) continued willful failure to substantially perform his duties with the Company, (b) willful engaging in misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or (c) his uncured material breach of the agreement. Mr. Prim may terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (i) if there is a material reduction in his duties or responsibilities, (ii) if he is required to relocate to an employment location more than 50 miles from his initial employment location, or (iii) upon our uncured material breach of the agreement.
 
If Mr. Prim becomes subject to excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, we will make a tax gross-up payment to him in an amount sufficient to cover such excise taxes and any interest or penalties thereon.
 
Mr. Prim’s employment agreement also contains confidentiality provisions and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants prohibiting, among other things, Mr. Prim’s competition with us or his solicitation of our customers, suppliers or employees for the 12-month period following the termination of his employment.


80


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements with Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter
 
The Company’s employment agreements with Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter are substantially similar to our employment agreement with Mr. Prim, except that the economic terms differ among the agreements and their agreements do not provide for: (i) an annual automatic cost of living increase to base salary; (ii) additional long-term disability coverage; (iii) a Company-paid annual physical; (iv) Company payment of certain attorney fees; and (v) a Section 4999 excise tax gross-up payment to cover certain taxes and penalties. Mr. Castaneda’s employment agreement provides for a base annual salary of $250,000 and Mr. Gunter’s employment agreement provides for a base annual salary of $225,000, which base salaries may be adjusted up but not down by our Board of Directors. Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter will also each be eligible to receive bonuses and awards of equity and non-equity compensation as approved by our Board of Directors. The employment agreements entitle each of Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter to participate in all other Company benefits generally available to other senior executives. We have agreed to maintain insurance coverage for and indemnify each of Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter in connection with their respective capacities as officers.
 
Our employment agreements with each of Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter provide for initial three-year employment terms commencing                and automatically extending for additional one-year periods unless terminated by the NEO or us upon at least 90 days prior written notice of intention not to renew. The agreement may also be terminated by us or the NEO for other reasons and, subject to the conditions set forth in the employment agreement, provides for certain payments to be made to such NEO upon a termination of his employment or a change of control of the Company, as described below.
 
If either of Messrs. Castaneda or Gunter is terminated for any reason, he will be entitled to continued coverage under our directors’ and officers’ insurance policy and continued rights to corporate indemnification, each as offered to (and on the same terms as) other executive officers for six years following his termination date. Unless either of Messrs. Castaneda or Gunter is terminated for Cause or resigns without Good Reason (each as defined above with respect to Mr. Prim’s employment agreement), he will be entitled to any applicable prorated annual bonus for such year and any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the immediately preceding year. Additionally, if either of Messrs. Castaneda or Gunter is terminated without Cause, resigns for Good Reason or we do not renew his employment agreement at the end of its term, he will be entitled to (a) severance payments in an amount equal to (i) his highest annual base salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to his termination date plus (ii) the average annual bonus earned by him for the most recent two fiscal years ending prior to his termination date; (b) coverage under health, dental, life, accident, disability and similar benefit plans offered to (and on the same terms as) other executive officers for 12 months following his termination date; and (c) the immediate vesting of any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards scheduled to vest within six months after his termination date.
 
If either of Messrs. Castaneda or Gunter is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason within two years following a Change of Control (as defined in the employment agreements), he will be entitled to (a) any applicable prorated annual bonus for such year and any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the immediately preceding year; (b) severance payments in an amount equal to 1.5 times the sum of (i) his highest base salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to his termination date plus (ii) the average annual bonus earned by him for the most recent two fiscal years ending prior to his termination date; and (c) coverage under health, dental, life, accident, disability and similar benefit plans offered to (and on the same terms as) the other executive officers for the 18 months following his termination date. In addition, any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards will immediately vest as of the date of the Change of Control.
 
If either of Messrs. Castaneda or Gunter becomes subject to excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any interest or penalty is incurred by any of them with respect to such excise taxes, then the payments owed under the applicable employment agreement will be reduced to avoid such taxes, interest or penalties if doing so will result in greater after tax payments to the executive.


81


Table of Contents

The employment agreements also contain confidentiality provisions and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants prohibiting Messrs. Castaneda and Gunter from, among other things, competing with us or soliciting our customers, suppliers or employees for the 12-month period following the termination of their respective employment.
 
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
 
Arrangements in Effect Prior to this Offering
 
Until Messrs. Prim, Castaneda and Gunter entered into the new employment agreements discussed below in connection with this offering, no NEO was party to any change of control agreement or employee agreement that would provide benefits to that NEO upon his termination or upon a change of control of the Company. The NEOs are entitled to certain benefits payable by our insurance carrier under our current insurance policies in the case of a termination resulting from death or disability. Certain option award agreements with our NEOs provide for accelerated vesting upon a change of control.
 
The following table sets forth the amounts payable to Messrs. Prim, Castaneda, Gunter, Belmont and Boydston upon a “Change in Control” as defined in such NEO’s option award agreement, assuming the Change of Control occurred on December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, no such NEO was entitled to any other compensation or benefits in connection with his termination or upon a change of control.
 
                 
    Number of Shares Underlying
   
    Unvested Options Subject
  Amount Payable Upon a
    to Vesting Upon a Change
  Change of Control
Name
  of Control (#)   ($) (1)
 
Billy D. Prim
           
Mark Castaneda
    112,500          
Michael S. Gunter
           
Richard E. Belmont
           
Brent C. Boydston
           
 
 
(1) Represents the value of unvested stock options held at December 31, 2009, based upon the amount by which the fair market value on December 31, 2009 ($      ) of the shares of common stock underlying those options exceeded the $1.98 exercise price of such options. The fair market value on December 31, 2009 represents the midpoint range of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
New Employment Agreements
 
In connection with this offering, we are entering into new employment agreements with each of Messrs. Prim, Castaneda and Gunter. Under these new agreements, these NEOs will be entitled to certain benefits upon their termination or upon a Change of Control (as defined in the employment agreement). A more detailed description of the terms of these employment agreements and the definitions of “Cause” and “Good Reason” are available under the section captioned “Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements” above.
 
Unless any of Messrs. Prim, Castaneda or Gunter is terminated for Cause or resigns without Good Reason, he will be entitled to any applicable prorated annual bonus for that year and any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the immediately preceding year.
 
Under these new employment agreements, if any of Messrs. Prim, Castaneda or Gunter is terminated without Cause or if any of Messrs. Prim, Castaneda or Gunter resigns for Good Reason, then such individual will be entitled to the following benefits:
 
  •  severance payments in an amount equal to (i) his highest annual base salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to his termination date plus (ii) the average annual bonus earned by him for the most recent two fiscal years ending prior to his termination date;
 
  •  coverage under health, dental, life, accident, disability and similar benefit plans offered to (and on the same terms as) the other executive officers for the 12 months following his termination date; and


82


Table of Contents

 
  •  the immediate vesting of any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards scheduled to vest within six months his termination date.
 
Under these new employment agreements, if any of Messrs. Prim, Castaneda or Gunter is terminated without Cause or if any such individual resigns for Good Reason within two years following a Change of Control, then he will be entitled to the following benefits under his employment agreement:
 
  •  severance payments in an amount equal to 1.5 times (two times in the case of Mr. Prim) the sum of (i) his highest annual base salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to his termination date plus (ii) the average annual bonus earned by him for the most recent two fiscal years ending prior to his termination date; and
 
  •  coverage under health, dental, life, accident, disability and similar benefit plans offered to (and on the same terms as) the other executive officers for the 18 months (24 months in the case of Mr. Prim) following his termination date.
 
In addition, any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards that are unvested will immediately vest as of the date of the Change of Control.
 
The following table sets forth the amounts payable to Messrs. Prim, Castaneda and, Gunter upon termination of employment or a “Change in Control” as defined in their employment agreements, assuming each of the events occurred on December 31, 2009 and assuming that the employment agreements that such individuals are entering into in connection with this offering were in effect as of December 31, 2009. As described in “Arrangements in Effect Prior to this Offering,” neither Mr. Belmont nor Mr. Boydston is entitled to any compensation or benefits in connection with his termination or upon Change of Control.
 
                                                 
    Termination
    Termination
    Termination
                   
    for Cause or
    Without Cause
    Without Cause or
    Termination
    Termination
    Change of
 
Benefits and Payments
  Without Good
    or for Good
    for Good Reason
    Due to
    Due to
    Control (No
 
Upon Termination
  Reason ($)     Reason ($)     Following a Change of Control ($)     Disability ($) (1)     Death ($) (2)     Termination) ($) (3)  
 
Billy D. Prim:
                                               
Base Salary (4)
          400,000       800,000                    
Annual Cash Bonus
                                   
Unvested Stock Options
          (5)     (6)                    
Health Insurance (7)
          5,500       11,000                    
Life Insurance (7)
          204       408                    
Disability Coverage (7)
          923       1,846                    
                                                 
Total:
                                         
                                                 
Mark Castaneda:
                                               
Base Salary (8)
          250,000       375,000                    
Annual Cash Bonus (9)
          15,000       22,500                    
Unvested Stock Options
          (5)     (6)                    
Health Insurance (10)
          7,672       11,508                    
Life Insurance (10)
          204       306                    
Disability Coverage (10)
          923       1,385                    
                                                 
Total:
                                         
                                                 


83


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Termination
    Termination
    Termination
                   
    for Cause or
    Without Cause
    Without Cause or
    Termination
    Termination
    Change of
 
Benefits and Payments
  Without Good
    or for Good
    for Good Reason
    Due to
    Due to
    Control (No
 
Upon Termination
  Reason ($)     Reason ($)     Following a Change of Control ($)     Disability ($) (1)     Death ($) (2)     Termination) ($) (3)  
 
Michael S. Gunter:
                                               
Base Salary (8)
          225,000       337,500                    
Annual Cash Bonus (9)
          26,703       40,055                    
Unvested Stock Options
          (5)     (6)                    
Health Insurance (10)
          7,672       11,508                    
Life Insurance (10)
          204       306                    
Disability Coverage (10)
          846       1,296                    
                                                 
Total:
                                         
                                                 
 
 
(1) Excludes amounts payable to the executive by our insurance carrier upon termination resulting from the disability of such executive under disability insurance policies maintained for the benefit of the executive.
 
(2) Excludes amounts payable to the executive by our insurance carrier upon termination resulting from the death of such executive under life insurance policies maintained for the benefit of the executive.
 
(3) Represents the value of unvested stock options subject to vesting in connection with a Change of Control (as defined in the executive’s option award agreement) held at December 31, 2009, based upon the amount by which the fair market value on December 31, 2009 ($  ) of the shares of common stock underlying those options exceeded the exercise price of such options. The fair market value on December 31, 2009 represents the midpoint range of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
(4) Represents a payment equal to Mr. Prim’s highest base salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to the termination date in the case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason and a payment equal to two times Mr. Prim’s highest base salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to the termination date in the case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control.
 
(5) Represents the value of unvested stock options held at December 31, 2009 which are scheduled to vest within six month of such date, based upon the amount by which the fair market value on December 31, 2009 ($          ) of the shares of common stock underlying those options exceeded the exercise price of such options. The fair market value on December 31, 2009 represents the midpoint range of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
(6) Represents the value of all unvested stock options held at December 31, 2009, based upon the amount by which the fair market value on December 31, 2009 ($          ) of the shares of common stock underlying those options exceeded the exercise price of such options. The fair market value on December 31, 2009 represents the midpoint range of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
(7) In the case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason, represents the estimated incremental cost to maintain coverage under the applicable policy for 12 months. In the case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control, represents the estimated incremental cost to us maintain coverage under the applicable policy for 24 months.
 
(8) Represents a payment equal to such executive’s highest base salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to the termination date in the case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason and a payment equal to 1.5 times such executive’s highest base salary in effect during the 12 months immediately prior to the termination date in the case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control.
 
(9) Represents a payment equal to the average annual bonus earned by the executive for the most recent two fiscal years ending prior to the termination date in the case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason and a payment equal to 1.5 times the average annual bonus earned by the executive for the most recent two fiscal years ending prior to the termination date in the case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control.
 
(10) In the case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason, represents the estimated incremental cost to maintain coverage under the applicable policy for 12 months. In the case of a termination without Cause or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control, represents the estimated incremental cost to us maintain coverage under the applicable policy for 18 months.
 
Equity and Stock Option Plans
 
2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
In March 2010 our Board of Directors adopted and in April 2010 our stockholders approved the Primo Water Corporation 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Omnibus Plan and

84


Table of Contents

which will be effective prior to the closing of this offering. The material terms of the 2010 Omnibus Plan are summarized below.
 
Administration of the Plan. Our Board of Directors has such powers and authorities related to the administration of the 2010 Omnibus Plan as are consistent with our corporate governance documents and applicable law. The Board of Directors may (and in some cases under applicable law, our governance documents or regulatory requirements, must) delegate to a committee (the “committee”) administration of all or some parts of the 2010 Omnibus Plan. Following the initial public offering and to the extent required by applicable law, the committee or a sub-committee, as applicable, to which administrative responsibility will be delegated will be comprised of directors who (i) qualify as “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), (ii) meet such other requirements as may be established from time to time by the SEC for plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (iii) comply with the independence requirements of the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed.
 
Number of Authorized Shares. The initial number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Omnibus Plan is 7,500,000. In addition, any shares of our stock which are subject to stock options granted under the 2004 Stock Plan and are canceled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares, will be available for issuance under the 2010 Omnibus Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2010 Omnibus Plan,                of the reserved shares may be issued pursuant to incentive stock options (“ISOs”). Following the end of the Transition Period (as defined herein) and subject to adjustment as described below, the maximum number of each type of award granted to any grantee in any 36-month period and intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) will not exceed the following:
 
  •  options — 1,000,000;
 
  •  stock appreciation rights — 1,000,000;
 
  •  restricted stock — 1,000,000;
 
  •  restricted stock units — 1,000,000; and
 
  •  other stock-based performance awards — 1,000,000.
 
Any shares covered by an award that are forfeited, expired, cancelled, settled in cash, settled by issuance of fewer shares than the amount underlying the award, or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares to the grantee, will be available for future grants under the 2010 Omnibus Plan. The number and class of shares available under the 2010 Omnibus Plan and/or subject to outstanding awards may be equitably adjusted by our Board of Directors in the event of various changes in the capitalization of the Company.
 
Eligibility and Participation. Eligibility to participate in the 2010 Omnibus Plan is limited to such employees, officers, non-employee directors, consultants and advisors of the Company, or of any affiliate, as our Board of Directors may determine and designate from time to time.
 
Type of Awards. The following types of awards are available for grant under the 2010 Omnibus Plan: ISOs, non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units, cash- or stock-based performance awards and other stock-based awards.
 
Stock Options and SARs
 
Grant of Options and SARs. Our Board of Directors may award ISOs, NSOs (together, “Options”), and SARs to grantees. Our Board of Directors is authorized to grant SARs either in tandem with or as a component of other awards or alone.


85


Table of Contents

Exercise Price of Options and SARs. The exercise price per share of an Option will be at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our stock underlying the award on the grant date and in no case will the exercise price of any Option be less than the par value of a share of our stock. A SAR will confer on the grantee a right to receive, upon exercise, a payment of the excess of (i) the fair market value of one share of our stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the grant price of the SAR as determined by our Board of Directors. The grant price will be fixed at the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of grant. SARs granted in tandem with an outstanding Option following the grant date of such Option will have a grant price that is equal to the Option’s exercise price; provided, however, that the SAR’s grant price may not be less than the fair market value of a share of stock on the grant date of the SAR.
 
Vesting of Options and SARs. Our Board of Directors will determine the terms and conditions (including any performance requirements) under which an Option or SAR will become exercisable and will include such information in the award agreement.
 
Special Limitations on ISOs. In the case of a grant of an Option intended to qualify as an ISO to a grantee that owns more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock (a “Ten Percent Stockholder”), the exercise price of the Option will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our stock on the grant date. Additionally, an Option will constitute an ISO only (i) if the grantee is an employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, (ii) to the extent such Option is specifically designated as an ISO in the related award agreement, and (iii) to the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the shares of stock with respect to which all ISOs held by such grantee become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the 2010 Omnibus Plan and all other plans of the grantee’s employer and its affiliates) does not exceed $100,000.
 
Exercise of Options and SARs. An Option may be exercised by the delivery to us of written notice of exercise and payment in full of the exercise price (plus the amount of any taxes which we may be required to withhold). The minimum number of shares with respect to which an Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time will be the lesser of (i) the number set forth in the applicable award agreement and (ii) the maximum number of shares available for purchase under the Option at the time of exercise. Our Board of Directors has the discretion to determine the method or methods by which a SAR may be exercised.
 
Expiration of Options and SARs. Options and SARs will expire at such time as our Board of Directors determines; provided, however, that no Option may be exercised more than ten years from the date of grant, or in the case of an ISO held by a Ten Percent Stockholder, not more than five years from the date of grant.
 
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
 
Restricted Stock. At the time a grant of restricted stock is made, our Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, establish the applicable “restricted period” and prescribe restrictions in addition to or other than the expiration of the restricted period, including the satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives. Unless our Board of Directors otherwise provides in an award agreement, holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote such stock and the right to receive any dividends declared or paid with respect to such stock. Our Board of Directors may provide that any such dividends paid must be reinvested in shares of stock, which may or may not be subject to the same vesting conditions and restrictions applicable to such restricted stock. All distributions, if any, received by a grantee with respect to restricted stock as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, or other similar transaction will be subject to the restrictions applicable to the original grant.
 
The grantee will be required, to the extent required by applicable law, to purchase the restricted stock at a price equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate par value of the shares of stock represented by such restricted stock or (ii) the price, if any, specified in the award agreement relating to such restricted stock. If specified in the award agreement, the price may be deemed paid by services already rendered.


86


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units. At the time a grant of restricted stock units is made, our Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, establish the applicable “restricted period” and prescribe restrictions in addition to or other than the expiration of the restricted period, including the satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives. Holders of restricted stock units will have no rights as stockholders of the Company. Our Board of Directors may provide that the holder of restricted stock units will be entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights, which may be deemed reinvested in additional restricted stock units.
 
Cash- and Stock-Based Performance Awards
 
The right of a grantee to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may, subject to certain limitations in the case of a performance award intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code (“Section 162(m)”), exercise its discretion to reduce the amounts payable under any award subject to performance conditions.
 
Following the completion of the Transition Period (as defined herein), we intend that performance awards granted to persons who are designated by our Board of Directors as likely to be “Covered Employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder will, if so designated by our Board of Directors, constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. The grant, exercise and/or settlement of such performance awards will be contingent upon achievement of pre-established performance goals which will consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criterion. Performance goals will be objective and will otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. In addition, after the Transition Period, the maximum amount of each cash-based performance award intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) granted to a grantee in any 12-month period will not exceed $2,000,000.
 
One or more of the following business criteria for the Company will be used exclusively by our Board of Directors in establishing performance goals for such awards: net sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre-or after-tax income (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonuses); net earnings; earnings per share; net income (before or after taxes); return on equity; total stockholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of, share price; market share; gross profits; earnings (including earnings before taxes, earnings before interest and taxes or earnings before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization); economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; reduction in costs; cash flows or cash flows per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow return on investment; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels; operating margins; gross margins or cash margin; year-end cash; debt reductions; stockholder equity; regulatory performance; implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, products or projects and recruiting and maintaining personnel; and, prior to the completion of the Transition Period (as defined herein), to the extent permitted by applicable law, any other business criteria as determined by our Board of Directors.
 
Other Stock-Based Awards
 
Our Board of Directors may, in its discretion, grant other stock-based awards, consisting of stock units or other awards, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based upon, our common stock. The terms of such other stock-based awards will be set forth in the applicable award agreements.
 
Effect of Certain Transactions. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of (a) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (b) a reorganization, merger, exchange or consolidation of the Company or involving the shares of our common stock (a “Transaction”), the 2010 Omnibus Plan and the awards issued pursuant to the plan shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms, except that following a Transaction either (i) each outstanding award will be treated as provided for in the agreement entered into in


87


Table of Contents

connection with the Transaction or (ii) if not so provided in such agreement, each grantee will be entitled to receive in respect of each share of our common stock subject to any outstanding awards, upon exercise or payment or transfer in respect of any award, the same number and kind of stock, securities, cash, property or other consideration that each holder of a share of our common stock was entitled to receive in the Transaction in respect of a share of common stock; provided, however, that, unless otherwise determined by our Board of Directors, such stock, securities, cash, property or other consideration shall remain subject to all of the conditions, restrictions and performance criteria which were applicable to the awards prior to such Transaction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the treatment of outstanding Options and SARS in connection with a Transaction in which the consideration paid or distributed to our stockholders is not entirely shares of common stock of the acquiring or resulting corporation may include the cancellation of outstanding Options and SARS upon consummation of the Transaction as long as, at the election of our Board of Directors, (x) the holders of affected Options and SARs have been given a period of at least fifteen days prior to the date of the consummation of the Transaction to exercise the Options or SARs (whether or not they were otherwise exercisable) or (y) the holders of the affected Options and SARs are paid (in cash or cash equivalents) in respect of each share covered by the Option or SAR being canceled an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per share price paid or distributed to our stockholders in the Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion) over the Option or SAR exercise price, as applicable. For avoidance of doubt, (1) the cancellation of Options and SARs as described in the preceding sentence may be effected notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the 2010 Omnibus Plan or any award agreement and (2) if the amount determined pursuant to the preceding sentence is zero or less, the affected Option or SAR may be cancelled without any payment therefor.
 
Change in Control. Our Board of Directors will determine the effect of a change in control (as defined in the 2010 Omnibus Plan) of the Company with respect to any Award or Awards, including but not limited to, acceleration of vesting, termination or assumption of Awards.
 
Deferral Arrangements. Our Board of Directors may permit or require the deferral of any award payment into a deferred compensation arrangement.
 
Nontransferability of Awards. Generally, during the lifetime of a grantee, only the grantee may exercise rights under the 2010 Omnibus Plan and no award will be assignable or transferable other than by will or laws of descent and distribution. If authorized in the award agreement, a grantee may transfer, not for value, all or part of an award (other than an ISO) to certain family members (including trusts and foundations for the benefit thereof). Neither restricted stock nor restricted stock units may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the restricted period or prior to the satisfaction of any other restrictions prescribed by our Board of Directors.
 
Separation from Service. Our Board of Directors may provide in the applicable award agreements for actions that will be taken upon a grantee’s separation from service from the Company, including but not limited to, accelerated vesting or termination of awards.
 
Tax Withholding and Tax Offset Payments. We will have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a grantee any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to an award or upon the issuance of any shares of stock upon the exercise of an Option or pursuant to an award.
 
Term of Plan. Unless earlier terminated by our Board of Directors, the authority to make grants under the 2010 Omnibus Plan will terminate on the date that is ten years after it is adopted by our Board of Directors.
 
Amendment and Termination. Our Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate the 2010 Omnibus Plan as to any shares of stock as to which awards have not been made. An amendment will be contingent on approval of our stockholders to the extent stated by our Board of Directors, required by applicable law or required by applicable stock exchange listing requirements. No awards will be made after termination of the 2010 Omnibus Plan. No amendment, suspension, or termination of the 2010 Omnibus


88


Table of Contents

Plan will, without the consent of the grantee, impair rights or obligations under any award theretofore awarded under the 2010 Omnibus Plan.
 
New Plan Benefits. All grants of awards under the 2010 Omnibus Plan will be discretionary. Therefore, in general, the benefits and amounts that will be received under the 2010 Omnibus Plan are not determinable.
 
Federal Income Tax Consequences. The following is a summary of the general federal income tax consequences to the Company and to U.S. taxpayers of awards granted under the 2010 Omnibus Plan. Tax consequences for any particular individual or under state or non-U.S. tax laws may be different.
 
NSOs and SARs. No taxable income is reportable when a NSO or SAR is granted. Upon exercise, generally, the recipient will have ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the underlying shares of stock on the exercise date minus the exercise price. Any gain or loss upon the disposition of the stock received upon exercise will be capital gain or loss to the recipient if the appropriate holding period under federal tax law is met for such treatment.
 
ISOs. No taxable income is reportable when an ISO is granted or exercised (except for grantees who are subject to the alternative minimum tax, who may be required to recognize income in the year in which the ISO is exercised). If the recipient exercises the ISO and then sells the underlying shares of stock more than two years after the grant date and more than one year after the exercise date, the excess of the sale price over the exercise price will be taxed as long-term capital gain or loss. If the recipient exercises the ISO and sells the shares before the end of the two- or one-year holding periods, he or she generally will have ordinary income at the time of the sale equal to the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (or the sale price, if less) minus the exercise price of the ISO.
 
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. A recipient of restricted stock or restricted stock units will not have taxable income upon the grant unless, in the case of restricted stock, he or she elects to be taxed at that time. Instead, he or she will have ordinary income at the time of vesting equal to the fair market value on the vesting date of the shares (or cash) received minus any amount paid for the shares.
 
Cash- and Stock-Based Performance Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. Typically, a recipient will not have taxable income upon the grant of cash or stock-based performance awards or other stock-based awards. Subsequently, when the conditions and requirements for the grants have been satisfied and the payment determined, any cash received and the fair market value of any common stock received will constitute ordinary income to the recipient.
 
Tax Effect for the Company. We generally will receive a tax deduction for any ordinary income recognized by a grantee in respect of an award under the 2010 Omnibus Plan (for example, upon the exercise of a NSO). In the case of ISOs that meet the holding period requirements described above, the grantee will not recognize ordinary income; therefore, we will not receive a deduction.
 
Once we become a public company, special rules limit the deductibility of compensation paid to our CEO and to each of our three most highly compensated executive officers whose compensation is required to be reported annually in our proxy. Under Section 162(m), the annual compensation paid to each of these executives may not be deductible to the extent that it exceeds $1 million. However, we intend to rely on Treas. Reg. Section 1.162-27(f) which provides that the deduction limit of Section 162(m) does not apply to any remuneration paid pursuant to a compensation plan or agreement that existed during the period in which the company was not publicly held. Subject to certain requirements, we may rely on this “grandfather” provision until the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected that occurs after the end of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the offering occurs (the “Transition Period”). Additionally, after the expiration of the grandfather period, we can preserve the deductibility of compensation over $1 million if certain conditions of Section 162(m) are met. These conditions include stockholder approval of the 2010 Omnibus Plan, setting limits on the number of awards that any individual may receive and, for awards other than Options and SARs,


89


Table of Contents

establishing performance criteria that must be met before the award will actually be granted, be settled, vest or be paid. The 2010 Omnibus Plan has been designed to permit our Board of Directors to grant awards that qualify as performance-based for purposes of satisfying the conditions of Section 162(m).
 
Registration of Shares. Following the closing of this offering we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the full number of shares of our common stock which will be reserved for issuance under the 2010 Omnibus Plan, as described in the section titled “ Number of Authorized Shares ” above (plus such number of shares reserved under the 2004 Stock Plan that become available for issuance under the 2010 Omnibus Plan), as well as registration statements on Form S-8 to register shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Plan.
 
2004 Stock Plan
 
On November 1, 2004, our Board of Directors adopted the Primo Water Corporation 2004 Stock Plan, which we refer to as the 2004 Stock Plan. The material terms of the 2004 Stock Plan are summarized below.
 
Administration of the Plan. Our Board of Directors has such powers and authorities related to the administration of the 2004 Stock Plan as are consistent with our corporate governance documents and applicable law and may delegate to a committee administration of all or some parts of the 2004 Stock Plan. Our Board of Directors has the authority to, among other things, interpret the plan, terminate or amend the plan, determine individuals eligible to participate in the plan and determine the size and terms of awards granted under the plan.
 
Number of Authorized Shares. A total of 4,500,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Plan. As of April 1, 2010, options to purchase a total of 3,200,087 shares of our common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $1.26 were outstanding under our 2004 Stock Plan. In addition, 1,102,500 shares of restricted stock have been issued pursuant to the 2004 Stock Plan. We do not intend to issue any additional awards under the 2004 Stock Plan following the closing of this offering. All awards outstanding under the 2004 Stock Plan will remain in effect and will continue to be governed by their existing terms.
 
Eligibility and Participation. Eligibility to participate in the 2004 Stock Plan is limited to such key employees, non-employee directors and consultants of the Company, or of any parent or subsidiary, as our Board of Directors may determine and designate from time to time.
 
Types of Awards. The following types of awards are available for grant under the 2004 Stock Plan: incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NSOs”, and together with ISOs, “Options”) and rights to purchase restricted shares of our common stock (“Purchase Rights”).
 
Stock Options
 
Grant of Options. Our Board of Directors may award ISO and NSOs to grantees under the 2004 Stock Plan. The exercise price per share of an Option is determined by our Board of Directors; provided, however, in no event will the exercise price of an ISO be less than 100% of the fair market value per share of our stock underlying the award on the grant date. In the case of a grant of an Option intended to qualify as an ISO to a grantee that owns more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the exercise price of the Option will not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our stock on the grant date. Additionally, an Option will constitute an ISO only (i) if the grantee is an employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, (ii) to the extent specifically provided in the related award agreement, and (iii) to the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the shares of stock with respect to which all ISOs held by such grantee become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the 2004 Stock Plan and all other plans of the grantee’s employer and its affiliates) does not exceed $100,000.


90


Table of Contents

        Stock Option Vesting and Exercise. Our Board of Directors will determine the vesting terms of all Options and will include such information in the award agreement. An Option may be exercised by the delivery to us of written notice of exercise and payment in full of the exercise price (plus the amount of any taxes which we may be required to withhold). The exercise price may be paid in cash or, at the discretion of our Board of Directors, in shares of the Company’s stock having a fair market value equal to the exercise price or by a combination of cash and stock. Once vested, Options granted under the 2004 Stock Plan remain exercisable for the term of the Option, which may not exceed ten years, provided that the Options may terminate prior to the end of the term if the grantee’s service relationship with us terminates.
 
        Transferability of Options. A grantee of an Option under the 2004 Stock Plan may not transfer such Option except by will or the laws of descent or distribution.
 
       Stock Purchase Rights
 
Our Board of Directors may award Purchase Rights evidenced by restricted stock agreements and/or subscription agreements under the 2004 Stock Plan. Our Board of Directors will determine the number of shares subject to the Purchase Right and the purchase price for each share to be purchased pursuant to the Purchase Right and set forth this information in the grantee’s award agreement. Our Board of Directors will also determine any transfer restrictions on shares purchased pursuant to a Purchase Right and may, in their sole discretion, provide for a right of the Company to repurchase any shares purchased pursuant to a Purchase Right in the grantee’s award agreement. Upon the exercise of a Purchase Right, the grantee will possess all rights of a stockholder of the Company.
 
Change in Control. The 2004 Stock Plan does not specify any particular effect of a change in control of the Company on awards granted under the 2004 Stock Plan. A majority of the Option awards currently outstanding under the 2004 Stock Plan will be deemed 100% vested and exercisable upon a “Transfer of Control” (as defined in the Option award agreements) of the Company. This offering will not qualify as a Transfer of Control for purposes of the Option award agreements under the 2004 Stock Plan.
 
Corporate Event. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, our Board of Directors may make such adjustments to the awards granted under the 2004 Stock Plan as it deems appropriate and equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted under the 2004 Stock Plan.
 
Term of Plan. Unless earlier terminated by our Board of Directors, the authority to make grants under the 2004 Stock Plan will terminate on October 31, 2014. However, we do not intend to issue any additional awards under the 2004 Stock Plan following the closing of this offering.
 
Federal Income Tax Consequences. The following is a summary of the general federal income tax consequences to the Company and to U.S. taxpayers of awards granted under the 2004 Stock Plan. Tax consequences for any particular individual or under state or non-U.S. tax laws may be different.
 
NSOs. No taxable income is reportable when a NSO is granted. Upon exercise, generally, the recipient will have ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the underlying shares of stock on the exercise date minus the exercise price. Any gain or loss upon the disposition of the stock received upon exercise will be capital gain or loss to the recipient if the appropriate holding period under federal tax law is met for such treatment.
 
ISOs. No taxable income is reportable when an ISO is granted or exercised (except for grantees who are subject to the alternative minimum tax, who may be required to recognize income in the year in which the ISO is exercised). If the recipient exercises the ISO and then sells the underlying shares of stock more than two years after the grant date and more than one year after the exercise date, the excess of the sale price over the exercise price will be taxed as long-term capital gain or loss. If the recipient exercises the ISO and sells the shares before the end of the two- or one-year holding periods, he or she generally will have ordinary income at the time


91


Table of Contents

of the sale equal to the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (or the sale price, if less) minus the exercise price of the ISO.
 
Purchase Rights. A recipient of a Purchase Right will recognize ordinary income on the later of the date the Purchase Right is exercised and the date any applicable vesting conditions with respect to the Purchase Rights have been met. The amount of taxable income recognized by the recipient will be the difference between the fair market value of the stock on the exercise or vesting date, as applicable, and the purchase price paid for the shares.
 
Tax Effect for the Company. We generally will receive a tax deduction for any ordinary income recognized by a grantee in respect of an award under the 2004 Stock Plan (for example, upon the exercise of a NSO). In the case of ISOs that meet the holding period requirements described above, the grantee will not recognize ordinary income; therefore, we will not receive a deduction.
 
Once we become a public company, special rules limit the deductibility of compensation paid to our CEO and to each of our three most highly compensated executive officers (other than our Chief Financial Officer) whose compensation is required to be reported annually in our proxy. Under Section 162(m), the annual compensation paid to each of these executives may not be deductible to the extent that it exceeds $1 million. However, we intend to rely on Treas. Reg. Section 1.162-27(f) which provides that the deduction limit of Section 162(m) does not apply to any remuneration paid pursuant to a compensation plan or agreement that existed during the period in which the company was not publicly held. Subject to certain requirements, we may rely on this “grandfather” provision until the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected that occurs after the end of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the offering occurs (the “Transition Period”). Additionally, after the expiration of the grandfather period, we can preserve the deductibility of compensation over $1 million if certain conditions of Section 162(m) are met. These conditions include stockholder approval of the 2004 Stock Plan, setting limits on the number of awards that any individual may receive and, for awards other than Options, establishing performance criteria that must be met before the award will actually be granted, be settled, vest or be paid.
 
Registration of Shares. Following the closing of this offering we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the           shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding awards under the 2004 Stock Plan.
 
2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
In March 2010 our Board of Directors adopted and in April 2010 our stockholders approved the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Our ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” as defined under Section 423 of the Code and will become effective on the day preceding the consummation of this offering.
 
Administration of the ESPP. The compensation committee of our Board has authority to interpret and implement the terms of the ESPP. The committee will have the discretion to set the terms of each offering in accordance with the provisions of the ESPP, to make all determinations regarding the ESPP, including eligibility, and otherwise administer the ESPP.
 
Number of Authorized Shares. A total of 250,000 shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under our ESPP, subject to adjustment in the event of any significant change in our capitalization, such as a stock split, a combination or exchange or shares, or a stock dividend or other distribution.
 
Eligibility and Participation. All of our employees generally are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. The committee may exclude from an offering period highly-compensated employees or employees


92


Table of Contents

who have not satisfied a minimum period of employment with us which may not exceed a period of two years. In addition, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee would:
 
  •  immediately after any grant of purchase rights, own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or
 
  •  hold rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year.
 
Offer Periods and Purchase Periods. The ESPP provides for offering periods of up to 27 months. The initial offering period under the ESPP will begin on the effective date of this offering and will end on December 31, 2010. Subsequent offerings are expected to consist of 12-month offering periods, with a new offering period beginning every January 1 and separate purchases taking place every 6 months during each offering period. However, we may change the timing and duration of offering periods and the frequency of purchases, as long as such changes comply with the terms of the ESPP. Unless otherwise specified by the committee, a participant may purchase a maximum of 50,000 shares of common stock during an offering period. No grant of purchase rights will be made under the ESPP prior to the consummation of this offering.
 
Payroll Deductions. Our ESPP permits participants to exercise their stock purchase rights under the ESPP through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant’s gross base compensation from the Company, excluding overtime payments, sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments.
 
Exercise of Purchase Rights. Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each purchase period during an offering period. The purchase price of the shares will not be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the last day of the applicable purchase period, whichever is lower. Participants may withdraw from participation in the ESPP at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.
 
Change in Control. In the event of a “Change in Control” (as defined in the ESPP), the committee may provide for the successor corporation to assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right, cashout of the participant’s purchase right, acceleration of the next purchase date or termination of the current offering period without a purchase.
 
Amendment and Termination. The ESPP will automatically terminate in 2020, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our Board of Directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.
 
Registration of Shares. Following the completion of this offering we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the full number of shares of our common stock which will be reserved for issuance under the ESPP, as described in the section titled “ Number of Authorized Shares ” above.


93


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 1, 2010, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by this prospectus, by:
 
  •  each of our named executive officers;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  all of our directors and current executive officers as a group; and
 
  •  each person (or group of affiliated persons) known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock.
 
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Under these rules, beneficial ownership also includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of within 60 days of April 1, 2010 through the exercise of any warrant, stock option or other right. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe that the stockholders named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
 
Beneficial ownership is based upon shares of common stock outstanding as of April 1, 2010, and assumes the conversion of all of our issued and outstanding Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, the conversion of 50% of our issued and outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock at a ratio of  :  , which is calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock by 90% of an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the redemption of the remaining 50% of our issued and outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock effective upon such date. The information in the table below has not been adjusted to reflect our anticipated reverse stock split.
 
Except as set forth below, the address of all stockholders listed under “Directors and named executive officers” and “5% or greater stockholders” is c/o 104 Cambridge Plaza Drive, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104.
 
                                 
        Percentage Ownership
            After Offering
  After Offering
            (Assuming No
  (Assuming Full
    Number of
  Prior to
  Exercise of Over-
  Exercise of Over-
    Shares (#)   Offering (%)   Allotment) (%)   Allotment) (%)
 
Directors and named executive officers
                               
Billy D. Prim (1)
                               
Richard A. Brenner (2)
                               
David W. Dupree (3)
                               
Malcolm McQuilkin (4)
                               
David L. Warnock (5)
                               
Richard E. Belmont (6)
                               
Brent C. Boydston (7)
                               
Mark Castaneda (8)
                               
Michael S. Gunter (9)
                               
All directors and current executive officers as a group (8 individuals)
                               


94


Table of Contents

                                 
        Percentage Ownership
            After Offering
  After Offering
            (Assuming No
  (Assuming Full
    Number of
  Prior to
  Exercise of Over-
  Exercise of Over-
    Shares (#)   Offering (%)   Allotment) (%)   Allotment) (%)
 
5% or greater stockholders
                               
Primo Investors, L.P. (10)
                               
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. (11)
                               
Andrew J. Filipowski (12)
                               
Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust (13)
                               
Charles Ergen (14)
                               
Edward A. Fortino Trust (15)
                               
 
 
Indicates less than 1%.
 
(1) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock held directly; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; (c) shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; (d)            shares of common stock held by Mr. Prim’s spouse; (e) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held by Mr. Prim’s spouse; (f)            shares of common stock held by BD Prim, LLC, of which Mr. Prim is the sole manager; (g)            shares of common stock held by the 2010 Irrevocable Trust fbo Sarcanda W. Bellissimo, of which Mr. Prim is the sole trustee; (h)            shares of common stock held by the 2010 Irrevocable Trust fbo Anthony Gray Westmoreland, of which Mr. Prim is the sole trustee; (i)            shares of common stock held by the 2010 Irrevocable Trust fbo Jager Grayln Dean Bellissimo, of which Mr. Prim is the sole trustee; (j)            shares of common stock held by the 2010 Irrevocable Trust fbo Joseph Alexander Bellissimo, of which Mr. Prim is the sole trustee; and (k)           shares held by the Billy D. Prim Revocable Trust, of which Mr. Prim is the sole trustee. Mr. Prim may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to securities held by his spouse, BD Prim, LLC or the aforementioned irrevocable trusts and expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
 
(2) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock held directly, which includes           shares of restricted common stock over which Mr. Brenner has voting but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; (c) shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; (d) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held by the ALB-3 Trust, of which he is the trustee; and (e) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held by the ALB-5 Trust, of which he is the trustee. Mr. Benner may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to securities held by the ALB-3 Trust or the ALB-5 Trust and expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
 
(3) Consists of (a)            shares of restricted common stock over which Mr. DuPree has voting but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; (c)            shares of common stock held by Primo Investors, L.P.; and (d) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held by Primo Investors, L.P. Mr. Dupree is the managing member of GenPar Primo, L.L.C., the general partner of Primo Investors, L.P., and as such, he may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to all securities beneficially owned by Primo Investors, L.P. Mr. Dupree disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities held by Primo Investors, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
 
(4) Consists of (a)            shares of restricted common stock over which Mr. McQuilken has voting but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; (c)            shares of common stock held by the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust; and (d) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held by the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust. Mr. McQuilkin is a co-trustee of the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust and as such, he may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Mr. McQuilken expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities held in the trust, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
 
(5) Consists of (a)            shares of restricted common stock over which Mr. Warnock has voting but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; (c)            shares of common stock held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.; (d) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.; (e)            shares of common stock held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.; and (f) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P., and as such, he may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to all securities beneficially owned by such entities. Mr. Warnock expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
 
(6) Consists of (a) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; (c)           restricted shares of common stock over which Mr. Belmont has voting but not dispositive power; (d)            shares of common stock held by Mr. Belmont’s spouse;

95


Table of Contents

(e) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held by Mr. Belmont’s spouse; (f)            shares of common stock held by Mr. Belmont’s son; (g) warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held by Mr. Belmont’s son; (h)            shares of common stock held by Mr. Belmont’s daughter; and (i) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held by Mr. Belmont’s daughter. Mr. Belmont may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to securities held by his spouse or children and expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of any such securities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
 
(7) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock held directly; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; and (c) shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase           shares of common stock held directly.
 
(8) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock held directly, which includes           shares of restricted common stock over which Mr. Castaneda has voting but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; and (c) shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase           shares of common stock held directly.
 
(9) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock held directly, which includes           shares of restricted common stock over which Mr. Gunter has voting but not dispositive power; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held directly; and (c) shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase           shares of common stock held directly.
 
(10) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock; and (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock.
 
(11) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock; and (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock.
 
(12) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock; (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock; and (c) shares issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase           shares of common stock.
 
(13) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock; and (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock.
 
(14) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock held directly; and (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held directly.
 
(15) Consists of (a)            shares of common stock held directly; and (b) shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase           shares of common stock held directly.


96


Table of Contents

 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Our Audit Committee Charter that we are adopting in connection with this offering will require our Audit Committee to review and approve or ratify any transaction that is required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. In the course of its review or approval of a transaction, our Audit Committee will consider:
 
  •  the nature of the related person’s interest in the transaction, including the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the related person;
 
  •  the material terms of the transaction and their commercial reasonableness;
 
  •  the significance of the transaction to the related person;
 
  •  the significance of the transaction to us and the benefit and perceived benefits, or lack thereof, to us;
 
  •  opportunity costs of alternate transactions;
 
  •  whether the transaction would impair the judgment of a director or executive officer to act in the best interest of the Company; and
 
  •  any other matters the Committee deems appropriate.
 
Our audit committee will not approve or ratify a related person transaction unless it determines that, upon consideration of all relevant information, the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, the best interests of our Company and stockholders. No related person transaction will be consummated without the approval or ratification of our audit committee, and directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote relating to a related person transaction in which they have an interest.
 
Set forth below are certain transactions that have occurred since January 1, 2007, and through the date of this prospectus with our directors, executive officers, holders of more than five percent of our voting securities and affiliates of our directors, executive officers and five percent stockholders. We did not have a formal review and approval policy for related party transactions at the time of any transaction described in this “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” section. Based on our experience in the business sectors in which we participate and the terms of our transactions with unaffiliated third persons, we believe that all of the transactions set forth below were on terms and conditions that were not materially less favorable to us than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
Conversion of Series A and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Conversion and Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock
 
In connection with this offering, all outstanding shares of Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock are being converted into common stock of the Company. Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is being converted into           shares of common stock and each share of Series C convertible preferred stock is being converted into           shares of common stock. Additionally, 50% of the outstanding Series B preferred stock will be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a ratio of  :  , which will be calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock by 90% of the initial public offering price, and the other 50% of the outstanding Series B preferred stock will be redeemed for cash. The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock being issued to our executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock in connection with conversion of all of the Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock and 50% of the Series B preferred stock (assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus) and the dollar amount to be


97


Table of Contents

received by each of the executive officers, directors and five percent or greater shareholders in connection with the redemption of the remaining 50% of the Series B preferred stock:
 
                 
          Amount to be Received Upon
 
    Number of Shares of Common
    Redemption of Series B
 
Directors and executive officers
  Stock to be Issued (#)     Preferred Stock ($)  
 
Billy D. Prim (1)
               
Richard A. Brenner
               
David W. Dupree (2)
               
Malcolm McQuilkin (3)
               
David L. Warnock (4)
               
Mark Castaneda
               
Michael S. Gunter
               
Richard E. Belmont (5)
               
Brent C. Boydston
               
                 
5% or greater stockholders
               
Primo Investors, L.P.
               
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.
               
Andrew J. Filipowski Holdings
               
Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust
               
Charles Ergen
               
Edward A. Fortino Trust
               
 
 
(1) Consists of (a)             shares issued to Mr. Prim directly; (b)             shares issued to Mr. Prim’s spouse; (c)              shares issued to BD Prim, LLC, of which Mr. Prim is the sole manager; and (d)             shares issued to Billy D. Prim Revocable Trust, of which Mr. Prim is the sole trustee.
 
(2) Consists of (a)             shares issued to Mr. Dupree directly; and (b)             shares issued to Primo Investors, L.P. Mr. Dupree is the managing member of GenPar Primo, L.L.C., the general partner of Primo Investors, L.P.
 
(3) Consists of             shares issued to the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust. Mr. McQuilkin is a co-trustee of the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust.
 
(4) Consists of (a)             shares issued to Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.; and (b)             shares issued to Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
 
(5) Consists of (a)             shares issued to Mr. Belmont directly; (b)             shares issued to Mr. Belmont’s spouse; (c)             shares issued to Mr. Belmont’s son; and (d)             shares issued to Mr. Belmont’s daughter.
 
Sale of Subordinated Convertible Notes and Warrants
 
Messrs. Prim, Castaneda, Belmont, Brenner, Dupree, McQuilkin, Warnock, Ergen, Duchossois and Fortino (either individually or through an affiliated entity) purchased an aggregate of $3.52 million of our 2011 Notes with an aggregate of 260,740 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock in a private placement transaction on December 30, 2009. We issued a total of $15.0 million of 2011 Notes and a total of 1,111,109 warrants in this private placement transaction. The exercise price of these warrants after giving effect to this offering will be          


98


Table of Contents

per share. The following table sets forth certain information regarding such persons’ ownership of the 2011 Notes and the related warrants.
 
                                         
    Maximum
    Amount Owned at
                   
    Amount Owned
    December 31, 2009
    Principal Paid in
    Interest Paid in
       
Name
  in 2009 ($)     ($)     2009 ($)     2009 ($)     Warrants (#)  
 
Billy D. Prim
    540,000       540,000                   40,000  
Mark Castaneda
    300,000       300,000                   22,222  
Rick E. Belmont
    100,000       100,000                   7,407  
Richard A. Brenner (1)
    80,000       80,000                   5,926  
David W. Dupree
    100,000       100,000                   7,407  
Malcolm McQuilkin (2)
    1,000,000       1,000,000                   74,074  
David L. Warnock (3)
    1,400,000       1,400,000                   103,704  
Charles Ergen
    740,000       740,000                   54,815  
Craig J. Duchossois (4)
    1,030,000       1,030,000                   76,296  
Edward A. Fortino (5)
    740,000       740,000                   54,815  
 
 
(1) Consists of $60,000 in 2011 Notes and 4,444 warrants held by Mr. Brenner individually, $10,000 in 2011 Notes and 741 warrants held by the ALB-3 Trust and $10,000 in 2011 Notes and 741 warrants held by the ALB-5 Trust. Mr. Brenner is the trustee of both the ALB-3 Trust and the ALB-5 Trust. Mr. Brenner disclaims beneficial ownership of 2011 Notes owned by the ALB-3 Trust and the ALB-5 Trust except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(2) Consists of $1,000,000 in 2011 Notes and 74,074 warrants held by the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust. Mr. McQuilkin is a co-trustee of the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust.
 
(3) Consists of $1,344,140 in 2011 Notes and 99,566 warrants held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and $55,860 in 2011 Notes and 4,138 warrants held by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Mr. Warnock disclaims beneficial ownership of 2011 Notes owned by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(4) Consists of $1,030,000 in 2011 Notes and 76,296 warrants held by the Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989. Mr. Duchossois is trustee of the Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989.
 
(5) Consists of $740,000 in 2011 Notes and 54,815 warrants held by the Edward A. Fortino Revocable Trust UAD 12/15/1994. Mr. Fortino is trustee of the Edward A. Fortino Revocable Trust UAD 12/15/1994.
 
Sale of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants
 
Messrs. Prim, Castaneda, Belmont, Boydston, Dupree, McQuilkin, Warnock, Ergen and Duchossois (either individually or through an affiliated entity) purchased an aggregate of 8,906,976 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 890,697 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share in private placement transactions between December 14, 2007 and May 20, 2008. We issued a total of 12,520,001 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,252,001 shares of common stock during in connection with these private placement transactions. The following table sets forth certain information regarding such persons’ ownership of those shares and warrants.
 
                         
                Amount Paid for
 
                Shares and Warrants
 
Name
  Shares Purchased (#)     Warrants Purchased (#)     ($)  
 
Billy D. Prim
    512,363       51,237       1,229,671  
Mark Castaneda
    116,696       11,670       280,070  
Rick E. Belmont (1)
    30,000       3,000       72,000  
Brent C. Boydston
    16,666       1,666       39,998  
David W. Dupree (2)
    4,281,250       428,125       10,275,000  
Malcolm McQuilkin (3)
    200,000       20,000       480,000  
David L. Warnock (4)
    833,334       83,333       2,000,002  
Charles Ergen
    2,083,334       208,333       5,000,002  
Craig J. Duchossois (5)
    833,333       83,333       1,999,999  
 
 
(1) Consists of: (a) 10,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Belmont’s spouse; (b) 10,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock


99


Table of Contents

purchased by Mr. Belmont’s son; and (c) 10,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Belmont’s daughter.
 
(2) Consists of 4,281,250 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 428,125 shares of common stock purchased by Primo Investors, L.P. Mr. Dupree is the managing member of GenPar Primo, L.L.C., the general partner of Primo Investors, L.P. Mr. Dupree disclaims beneficial ownership of the Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants owned by Primo Investors, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(3) Consists of 200,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock purchased by the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust. Mr. McQuilkin is a co-trustee of the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust.
 
(4) Consists of 800,084 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 80,008 shares of common stock purchased by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and 33,250 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 3,325 shares of common stock purchased by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Mr. Warnock disclaims beneficial ownership of the Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants owned by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(5) Consists of 833,333 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase 83,333 shares of common stock purchased by Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989. Mr. Duchossois is trustee of the Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989.
 
Sale of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants
 
Messrs. Prim, Brenner, McQuilkin, Warnock, Castaneda, Gunter, Filipowski, Duchossois and Fortino (either individually or through an affiliated entity) purchased an aggregate of 11,561,511 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,086,921 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share in private placement transactions between April 28, 2006 and June 30, 2007. We issued a total of 23,280,221 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase a total of 6,215,813 shares of common stock in these private placement transactions. The following table sets forth certain information regarding such persons’ ownership of those shares and warrants.
 
                         
            Amount Paid for Shares
Name
  Shares Purchased (#)   Warrants Purchased (#)   and Warrants ($)
 
Billy D. Prim (1)
    5,234,846       1,397,703       5,234,846  
Richard Brenner
    250,000       66,750       250,000  
Malcolm McQuilkin (2)
    600,000       160,200       600,000  
David L. Warnock (3)
    3,000,000       800,999       3,000,000  
Mark Castaneda
    50,000       13,350       50,000  
Michael S. Gunter
    11,820       3,155       11,820  
Andrew J. Filipowski
    164,845       44,014       164,845  
Craig J. Duchossois (4)
    1,125,000       300,375       1,125,000  
Edward A Fortino (5)
    1,125,000       300,375       1,125,000  
 
 
(1) Consists of 5,164,846 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 1,379,013 shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Prim and 70,000 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 18,690 shares of common stock purchased by Mr. Prim’s spouse.
 
(2) Consists of 600,000 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 160,200 shares of common stock purchased by the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust. Mr. McQuilkin is a co-trustee of the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust.
 
(3) Consists of 2,880,300 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 769,040 shares of common stock purchased by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and 119,700 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 31,959 shares of common stock purchased by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Mr. Warnock disclaims beneficial ownership of the Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock owned by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
 
(4) Consists of 1,125,000 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 300,375 shares of common stock purchased by the Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989. Mr. Duchossois is trustee of the Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust UAD 9/11/1989.
 
(5) Consists of 1,125,000 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 300,375 shares of common stock purchased by the Edward A. Fortino Trust UAD 12/15/1994. Mr. Fortino is trustee of the Edward A. Fortino Trust UAD 12/15/1994.
 
PWC Leasing, LLC
 
On March 29, 2006 we entered into a Master Equipment Lease Agreement with PWC Leasing, LLC (the “Lease Agreement”), pursuant to which we leased certain equipment used in our water bottle exchange service. Primier, LLC, a


100


Table of Contents

company wholly-owned by Mr. Prim, was a one third owner of PWC Leasing, LLC. We made payments to PWC Leasing, LLC pursuant to the Lease Agreement that totaled approximately $693,000 and $318,000 in 2007 and the first six months of 2008, respectively. On June 30, 2008, we purchased the leased assets from PWC Leasing, LLC at their fair value of $3,500,000 and terminated the Lease Agreement. Our Board of Directors authorized and approved this transaction after obtaining an independent, third-party evaluation of a fair and reasonable price for the assets.
 
Spin-Off of Prima Bottled Water, Inc. and Related Transactions
 
On December 31, 2009, we distributed all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Prima Bottle Water, Inc. (“Prima”), to all of the holders of our Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock and common stock on a pro rata basis assuming the conversion of all Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock into common stock (the “Spin-Off ‘”). Recipients of the Prima shares included our directors, officers and holders of more than five percent of our voting securities, but only in direct proportion to each individual’s ownership of our Series A and Series C preferred stock and common stock at the time of the Spin-Off. An aggregate of 57,950,457 shares of Prima common stock were issued pursuant to the Spin-off.
 
The business purpose of the Spin-off was to divest the Company of certain of its non-core assets and operations related to the sale of bottled water in single-serve containers. The Company’s strategic focus had shifted since it had originally determined to pursue this line of business and management of the Company did not believe that it was appropriate for the Company to divert further time, energy or resources to the sale of bottled water in single-serve containers. The Company believed the spin-off would allow the management of each of its businesses to focus solely on its particular business and would permit Prima to pursue certain strategic relationships that it could not otherwise pursue as a subsidiary of the Company.
 
On March 15, 2010, we entered into a license agreement with Prima pursuant to which we license the Prima ® trademark to Prima in exchange for a license fee based upon the number of bottles manufactured from bioresin by Prima, an affiliate of Prima and certain third parties.
 
The following table sets forth the number of shares of Prima common stock issued to our named executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock:
 
         
    Number of Shares of Prima Common Stock Issued
 
Directors and named executive officers
   (#)  
 
Billy D. Prim (1)
    16,358,737  
Richard A. Brenner
    350,000  
David W. Dupree (2)
    8,220,000  
Malcolm McQuilkin (3)
    1,384,000  
David L. Warnock (4)
    4,600,001  
Mark Castaneda
    274,056  
Michael S. Gunter
    20,000  
Richard E. Belmont (5)
    57,600  
Brent C. Boydston
    291,999  
         
5% or greater stockholders
       
Primo Investors, L.P. 
    8,220,000  
Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. 
    4,416,461  
Andrew J. Filipowski Holdings
    5,900,000  
Craig J. Duchossois Revocable Trust
    4,474,999  
Charles Ergen
    4,000,001  
Edward A. Fortino Trust
    2,875,000  


101


Table of Contents

 
(1) Consists of (a) 16,308,737 shares issued to Mr. Prim directly; and (b) 50,000 shares issued to Mr. Prim’s spouse.
 
(2) Consists of 8,220,000 shares issued to Primo Investors, L.P. Mr. Dupree is the managing member of GenPar Primo, L.L.C., the general partner of Primo Investors, L.P.
 
(3) Consists of 1,384,000 shares issued to the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust. Mr. McQuilkin is a co-trustee of the Malcolm McQuilkin Living Trust.
 
(4) Consists of (a) 4,416,461 shares issued to Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.; and (b) 183,540 shares issued to Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P. Mr. Warnock is the managing member of the general partner of both Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners Strategic Fund III-A, L.P.
 
(5) Consists of (a) 19,200 shares issued to Mr. Belmont’s spouse; (b) 19,200 shares issued to Mr. Belmont’s son; and (c) 19,200 shares issued to Mr. Belmont’s daughter.


102


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
The following is a description of the material provisions of our capital stock, as well as other material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect as of the completion of this offering. This description is only a summary. For more detailed information, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Authorized Capital
 
Prior to the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock consists of: (1) 200,000,000 shares of common stock (16,305,180 of which were outstanding at April 1, 2010) and (2) 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, including 18,780,000 authorized shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (18,755,000 of which were outstanding at April 1, 2010), 30,000,000 authorized shares of Series B preferred stock (23,280,221 of which were outstanding at April 1, 2010) and 14,000,000 authorized shares of Series C convertible preferred stock (12,520,001 of which were outstanding at April 1, 2010). Each share of Series A convertible preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock and each share of Series C convertible preferred stock is convertible into 1.92 shares of common stock. As of April 1, 2010, there were 19 holders of record of our common stock, 37 holders of record of our Series A convertible preferred stock, 41 holders of record of our Series B preferred stock and 38 holders of record of our Series C convertible preferred stock.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation to provide that our authorized capital stock will consist of (1)           shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share and (2)           shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of our Series A and Series C preferred stock will be converted into shares of common stock, 50% of our outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock will be converted into shares of common stock at a ratio of  :  , which will be calculated by dividing the liquidation preference of the Series B preferred stock by 90% of the initial public offering price per share and a           -for-          reverse stock split of our common stock will occur. Immediately following the closing of this offering, the remaining 50% of our outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock will be redeemed. Following the sale of shares of common stock in this offering and the redemption of the remaining outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock, we expect to have           shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding (or           shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares to cover overallotments, if any).
 
Common Stock
 
Voting. Except as otherwise required by Delaware law, at every annual or special meeting of stockholders, every holder of common stock is entitled to one vote per share. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors.
 
Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of our common stock will receive ratably any dividends declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. We have never paid or declared cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business. We do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Our senior revolving credit agreement currently limits our ability to pay cash dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”
 
Liquidation and Preemptive Rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior


103


Table of Contents

distribution rights of our preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive or other subscription rights.
 
Our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Following the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Upon the closing of this offering and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors will be authorized to issue from time to time up to      million shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our Board of Directors will have the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until our Board of Directors determines the specific rights associated with that preferred stock. Although we have no current plans to issue shares of preferred stock, the effects of issuing preferred stock could include one or more of the following:
 
  •  decreasing the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock;
 
  •  restricting dividends on the common stock;
 
  •  diluting the voting power of the common stock;
 
  •  impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or
 
  •  delaying, deferring or preventing changes in our control or management.
 
We believe that the ability of our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock will provide us with flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions, and in meeting other corporate needs that may arise. The authorized shares of preferred stock, as well as authorized and unissued shares of common stock, will be available for issuance without action by our stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded.
 
Our Board of Directors may authorize, without stockholder approval, the issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of holders of common stock. Although our Board of Directors has no current intention of doing so, it could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, impede the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt of our Company. Our Board of Directors could also issue preferred stock having terms that could discourage an acquisition attempt through which an acquirer may be able to change the composition of our Board of Directors, including a tender offer or other transaction that some, or a majority, of our stockholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which stockholders might receive a premium for their stock over the then-current market price. Any issuance of preferred stock therefore could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.
 
Our Board of Directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to the best interests of our Company and its stockholders. We have no current plan to issue any preferred stock after this offering.


104


Table of Contents

Stock Options and Restricted Stock
 
As of April 1, 2010, we had granted options to purchase a total of 3,200,087 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.26 per share. Of this total, 2,573,895 options have vested and 626,192 remain unvested. As of April 1, 2010, we had also granted 1,102,500 shares of restricted stock, all of which are unvested. As of April 1, 2010, an additional 19,733 shares of common stock were available for future awards under our 2004 Stock Plan. Upon the closing of this offering, an additional 7,500,000 shares of our common stock will be available for future awards under our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan.
 
Warrants
 
As of April 1, 2010, we had issued warrants to purchase a total of 8,678,923 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $      per share.
 
Warrants to purchase a total of 1,111,109 shares of our common stock were issued in connection with our 2011 Notes. These warrants will remain outstanding after this offering, will expire December 30, 2019 and will have an exercise price of $      per share.
 
Warrants to purchase a total of 6,215,813 shares of our common stock were issued in connection with the private placement of our Series B preferred stock. The exercise price of these warrants is $1.25 per share and they will expire      days after the closing of this offering.
 
Warrants to purchase a total of 1,252,001 shares of our common stock were issued in connection with the private placement of our Series C convertible preferred stock. The exercise price of these warrants is $1.98 per share and they will expire      days after the closing of this offering.
 
A warrant to purchase a total of 100,000 shares of common stock was issued on June 4, 2008 to two individuals in connection with a potential business arrangement. The exercise price of the warrant is $1.98 per share and it will expire     days after the closing of this offering.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be effective upon the closing of this offering contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our Company or changes in our Board of Directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. The following is a summary of these provisions.
 
Delaware Law
 
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
 
  •  prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  upon the consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and (b) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or


105


Table of Contents

 
  •  on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
Section 203 defines a business combination to include:
 
  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;
 
  •  subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; and
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
 
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our Board of Directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights, preferences and privileges that could have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our Company or management.
 
Limits on Ability to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting. We have provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that our stockholders may not act by written consent. This limit on the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent may, in the future, lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.
 
In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by our Board of Directors. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.
 
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our Board of Directors or a committee of our Board of Directors. Stockholders must notify our corporate secretary in writing prior to the meeting at which the matters are to be acted upon or directors are to be elected. The notice must contain the information specified in our amended and restated bylaws. To be timely, the notice must be received at our principal executive office not later than the 90th day nor earlier than the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders. If the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder, to be timely, must be received not earlier than the 120th day prior to the annual meeting, and not later than the later of the 90th day prior to the annual meeting, or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made or notice of the meeting date is mailed, whichever occurs first.
 
Our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from


106


Table of Contents

conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company.
 
Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may elect a director to fill a vacancy, including vacancies created by the expansion of our Board of Directors.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. The absence of cumulative voting may make it more difficult for stockholders who own an aggregate of less than a majority of our voting power to elect any directors to our Board of Directors.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws provide that our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Our classified Board of Directors could have the effect of delaying or discouraging an acquisition of us or a change in management.
 
Limitations of Directors’ Liability and Indemnification
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for any:
 
  •  breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
 
  •  transaction from which the directors derived an improper personal benefit.
 
These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.
 
Our amended and restated bylaws, in the form that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law or, if applicable, pursuant to indemnification agreements. They further provide that we may choose to indemnify other employees or agents of the corporation from time to time. Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with his or her services to us, regardless of whether our bylaws permit indemnification. We have obtained a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy.
 
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors that provide, in general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.
 
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.


107


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                    .
 
Stock Market
 
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “          ”.


108


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could also adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. See “Risk Factors.”
 
Eligibility of Restricted Shares for Resale in the Public Markets
 
Upon the closing of this offering, based on our outstanding shares as of March 1, 2010, and assuming the conversion of our Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock and no exercise of options or warrants, we will have outstanding an aggregate of           shares of our common stock (           shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full). Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, who may sell only the volume of shares described below and whose sales would be subject to additional restrictions described below. The remaining           shares of common stock will be held by our existing stockholders and will be considered “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Of these restricted securities,           shares will be subject to transfer restrictions for 180 days from the date of this prospectus pursuant to the lock-up agreements described below. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 of the Securities Act, as described below. In addition, the shares underlying options and warrants will become available for resale into the public markets as described below under “— Options, Restricted Stock and Warrants.”
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
All of our officers and directors, holders of           shares of our common stock (after giving effect to the conversion of our Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock) and holders of           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants have entered into lock-up agreements pursuant to which they have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC. There are no contractually specified conditions for the waiver of lock-up restrictions and any waiver is at the sole discretion of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, which may be granted by Thomas Weisel Partners LLC for any reason. The 180-day lock-up period will be automatically extended if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in this paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event. After the lock-up period, these shares may be sold, subject to applicable securities laws. See “Underwriting.”
 
Rule 144
 
In general, and beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available and, after owning such shares for at least one year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our


109


Table of Contents

common stock without restriction. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
 
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
 
Upon expiration of the lock-up period described above,           additional shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144, including shares eligible for resale immediately upon the closing of this offering as described above. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.
 
Rule 701
 
In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquires common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, to the extent not subject to a lock-up agreement, is entitled to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144.
 
The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the lock-up agreements described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than affiliates, as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its minimum holding period requirement.
 
Options, Restricted Stock and Warrants
 
Upon the closing of this offering, options to purchase a total of 3,200,087 shares of our common stock will be outstanding with a weighted average per share exercise price of $1.26 and expiration dates between November 1, 2014 and February 17, 2020. As of April 1, 2010, we had also granted 1,102,500 shares of restricted stock, all of which are unvested. As of April 1, 2010, an additional 19,733 shares of common stock were available for future awards under our 2004 Stock Plan. We have also reserved an additional 7,500,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan and an additional 250,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to our 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, both of which we will adopt in connection with this offering.
 
Upon the closing of this offering, warrants to purchase a total of 8,678,923 shares of our common stock will be outstanding with a weighted average per share exercise price of $      per share.
 
Warrants to purchase a total of 1,111,109 shares of our common stock were issued in connection with our 2011 Notes. These warrants will remain outstanding after this offering, will expire December 30, 2019 and will have an exercise price of $      per share.
 
Warrants to purchase a total of 6,215,813 shares of our common stock were issued in connection with the private placement of our Series B preferred stock. The exercise price of these warrants is $1.25 per share and they will expire      days after the closing of this offering.


110


Table of Contents

Warrants to purchase a total of 1,252,001 shares of our common stock were issued in connection with the private placement of our Series C convertible preferred stock. The exercise price of these warrants is $1.98 per share and they will expire      days after the closing of this offering.
 
A warrant to purchase a total of 100,000 shares of common stock was issued on June 4, 2008 to two individuals in connection with a potential business arrangement. The exercise price of the warrant is $1.98 per share and it will expire     days after the closing of this offering.
 
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares of our common stock from us pursuant to options granted prior to the closing of this offering under our 2004 Stock Plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
 
Additionally, following the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the sale of shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of our currently outstanding stock options as well as pursuant to our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan and 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The registration statements will become effective upon filing. Subject to the exercise of issued and outstanding options and contractual restrictions, shares of our directors and executive officers to which Rule 701 is applicable or which are to be registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for sale into the public market after the expiration of the 180-day lock-up agreements with the underwriters described under the caption “Underwriting.”


111


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
 
The following discussion summarizes certain material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock purchased in this offering by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below). This discussion is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. All of these authorities may be subject to differing interpretations or repealed, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive effect, which could materially alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus.
 
There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position to the tax consequences described herein or that such position will not be sustained by a court. No ruling from the IRS has been obtained with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.
 
This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. All prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.
 
As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not any of the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
 
  •  an individual who is a citizen or a resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that was created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;
 
  •  a trust (a) if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (b) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or
 
  •  an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes if all of its interests are owned by a single person described above.
 
An individual may be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a resident of the United States in any calendar year by being present in the United States on at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. The 183-day test is determined by counting all of the days the individual is treated as being present in the current year, one-third of such days in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of such days in the second preceding year. Residents are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens.
 
This discussion assumes that a prospective non-U.S. holder will hold shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not address any aspect of U.S. federal alternative minimum, U.S. state or U.S. local or non-U.S. taxes, or the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:
 
  •  insurance companies and financial institutions;
 
  •  tax-exempt organizations;


112


Table of Contents

 
  •  partnerships or other pass-through entities;
 
  •  regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;
 
  •  pension plans;
 
  •  persons who received our common stock as compensation;
 
  •  brokers and dealers in securities;
 
  •  owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; and
 
  •  former citizens or residents of the United States subject to tax as expatriates.
 
If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is an owner of our common stock, the treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. We urge any owner of our common stock that is a partnership and partners in that partnership to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock.
 
Distributions on Our Common Stock
 
Any distribution on our common stock paid to non-U.S. holders will generally constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will generally constitute a return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock, and will be applied against and reduce the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “— Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock.”
 
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are not treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the gross amount paid, unless the non-U.S. holder is entitled to an exemption from or reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. In order to claim the benefit of a tax treaty, a non-U.S. holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) prior to the payment of dividends. A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of withholding pursuant to an income tax treaty may be eligible to obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.
 
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, are also attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained within the United States by the non-U.S. holder) are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To obtain the exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) prior to the payment of the dividend. Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax at rates applicable to U.S. persons. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.


113


Table of Contents

A non-U.S. holder who provides us with an IRS Form W-8BEN, Form W-8ECI or other form must update the form or submit a new form, as applicable, if there is a change in circumstances that makes any information on such form incorrect.
 
Gain On Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock
 
In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax or withholding on any gain realized from the non-U.S. holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is also attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained within the United States by the non-U.S. holder), in which case the gain will be taxed on a net income basis generally in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, the additional branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock” may also apply;
 
  •  the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any; or
 
  •  we are, or have been at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter), a “United States real property holding corporation.”
 
Generally, we will be a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of our worldwide real property interests and other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, all as determined under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We believe that we have not been and are not currently, and do not anticipate becoming in the future, a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of distributions paid to such holder and the amount of tax withheld, if any. Copies of the information returns filed with the IRS to report the distributions and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in a country in which the non-U.S. holder is a resident under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.
 
The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on the gross amount of dividends and certain other types of payments. Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding if proper certification of foreign status (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) is provided, and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the non-U.S. holder is a U.S. person. In addition, no backup withholding or information reporting will be required regarding the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock made by a non-U.S. holder within the United States or conducted through certain U.S. financial intermediaries if the payor receives the certification of foreign status described in the preceding sentence and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-U.S. holder is a U.S. person or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.


114


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Estate Tax
 
An individual non-U.S. holder who is treated as the owner, or who has made certain lifetime transfers, of an interest in our common stock will be required to include the value of the common stock in his or her gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise or no U.S. federal estate tax is in effect.
 
Recently-Enacted Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts
 
Legislation has been recently enacted that imposes significant certification, information reporting and other requirements on “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities. The legislation is generally effective for payments made after December 31, 2012. The failure to comply with the certification, information reporting and other specified requirements in the legislation would result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to foreign financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. holders. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the application of this legislation to them.


115


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the aggregate number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below:
 
         
Underwriters
 
Number of Shares
 
 
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
       
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC
       
Signal Hill Capital Group LLC
           
         
Total
           
         
 
All of the           shares to be purchased by the underwriters will be purchased from us.
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to various conditions, including approval of legal matters by counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below.
 
The underwriting agreement provides that we will indemnify the underwriters against liabilities specified in the underwriting agreement under the Securities Act, or will contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make relating to these liabilities.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about          , 2010.
 
Over-Allotment Option
 
We have granted a 30-day over-allotment option to the underwriters to purchase up to a total of           additional shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount payable by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option in whole or in part, then each of the underwriters will be separately committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of our common stock in proportion to their respective commitments set forth in the table above.
 
Determination of Offering Price
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include the valuation multiples of publicly-traded companies that the representatives of the underwriters believe are comparable to us, our financial information, our history and prospects and the outlook for our industry, an assessment of our management, our past and present business operations and relationships, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future sales and an assessment of these factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
 
We cannot assure you that an active or orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or that our common stock will trade in the public markets subsequent to this offering at or above the initial offering price.
 
Commissions and Discounts
 
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and at this price less a concession not in excess of $      per


116


Table of Contents

share of common stock to other dealers specified in a master agreement among underwriters who are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. The underwriters may allow, and the other dealers specified may re-allow, concessions not in excess of $      per share of common stock to these other dealers. After this offering, the offering price, concessions and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Our common stock is offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the underwriters and to other conditions, including the right to reject orders in whole or in part.
 
The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid to the underwriters by us and the proceeds, before expenses, payable to us:
 
                         
          Total  
          Without
    With
 
    Per Share
    Over-Allotment
    Over-Allotment
 
    ($)     ($)     ($)  
 
Public offering price
                                   
Underwriting discount
                       
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
                       
 
Indemnification of Underwriters
 
We will indemnify the underwriters against some civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
 
No Sales of Similar Securities
 
The underwriters will require all of our directors and officers and certain other of our stockholders to agree, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we will not, without the prior written consent of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities that are substantially similar to the common stock, including but not limited to any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or any such substantially similar securities except for the shares of common stock offered in this offering, the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants on the date of this prospectus and the shares of our common stock that are issued under our 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we will adopt in connection with this offering.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding two paragraphs will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we release earnings results or announce material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event.
 
Nasdaq Global Market Listing
 
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “          ”.


117


Table of Contents

Short Sales, Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids
 
In order to facilitate this offering, persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules of the SEC.
 
Short sales. Short sales involve the sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are short sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option to purchase shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Naked short sales are any short sales in excess of such over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.
 
Stabilizing transactions. The underwriters may make bids for or purchases of the shares for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the shares, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
Penalty bids.   If the underwriters purchase shares in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of this offering. Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of the shares to be higher than it would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the shares if it discourages presales of the shares.
 
The transactions above may occur on the Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. If these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.
 
Relationships
 
The underwriters may, from time to time, perform investment banking and advisory services for us or engage in transactions with us for which they may receive customary fees and expenses.


118


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby and certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by K&L Gates LLP, Raleigh, North Carolina. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Washington, DC.
 
EXPERTS
 
The financial statements of Primo Water Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus and registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
On February 10, 2009, our Board of Directors approved the dismissal of Ernst & Young LLP (“E&Y”), as our independent registered public accounting firm, which was immediately effective, and appointed McGladrey & Pullen, LLP (“McGladrey”) as our independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
E&Y’s report on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007, did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During our two most recent fiscal years and any subsequent interim period preceding the dismissal of E&Y, there were no disagreements with E&Y on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to E&Y’s satisfaction, would have caused E&Y to make reference to the matter in their report, and there have been no “reportable events” as defined in Item 304 (a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
 
Prior to the engagement of McGladrey, we did not consult with such firm regarding the application of accounting principles to a specific completed or contemplated transaction, or any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement or a reportable event. We also did not consult with McGladrey regarding the type of audit opinion which might be rendered on our financial statements and no oral or written report was provided by McGladrey.
 
We have provided E&Y with a copy of this disclosure prior to its filing with the Commission and have requested E&Y to furnish us with a letter addressed to the Commission stating whether it agrees with the above statements regarding E&Y and, if not, stating the respects in which is does not agree. A copy of this letter, dated March 12, 2010, which states that E&Y agrees with these statements, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement, portions of which are omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information pertaining to us and the common stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. On the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We anticipate making these documents


119


Table of Contents

publicly available, free of charge, on our website ( www.primowater.com ) as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC.
 
You can read the registration statement and our future filings with the SEC over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may request copies of the filing, at no cost, by telephone at (336) 331-4000 or by mail at Primo Water Corporation, 104 Cambridge Plaza Drive, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.


120


Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Primo Water Corporation
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Primo Water Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Primo Water Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
March 12, 2010


F-2


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except par value data)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2009  
 
Assets
               
Current assets:
               
Cash
  $ 516     $  
Accounts receivable, net
    3,205       1,888  
Inventories
    2,818       1,849  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    281       1,083  
Assets associated with discontinued operations
    4,573        
                 
Total current assets
    11,393       4,820  
Bottles, net
    2,069       1,997  
Property and equipment, net
    15,574       14,321  
Intangible assets, net
    1,427       1,077  
Other assets
    107       153  
                 
Total assets
  $ 30,570     $ 22,368  
                 
Liabilities and equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 2,704     $ 2,756  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    2,925       4,144  
Current portion of long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable
    7,006       426  
Liabilities associated with discontinued operations
    1,322        
                 
Total current liabilities
    13,957       7,326  
Long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable, net of current portion
    5       14,403  
Other long-term liabilities
    481       1,048  
                 
Total liabilities
    14,443       22,777  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
               
Common stock, $0.001 par value — 200,000 shares authorized, 15,158 and 15,157 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
    15       15  
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value — 100,000 shares authorized
               
Series A preferred stock, 18,755 shares issued and outstanding
    19       19  
Series B preferred stock, 23,280 shares issued and outstanding
    23       23  
Series C preferred stock, 12,520 shares issued and outstanding
    13       13  
Additional paid-in capital
    86,343       86,723  
Common stock warrants
    3,797       3,797  
Accumulated deficit
    (74,083)       (90,999)  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    16,127       (409)  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 30,570     $ 22,368  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


F-3


Table of Contents

 
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Net sales
  $ 13,453     $ 34,647     $ 46,981  
Operating costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of sales
    11,969       30,776       38,771  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    10,353       13,791       9,922  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,366       3,618       4,205  
                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    25,688       48,185       52,898  
                         
Loss from operations
    (12,235)       (13,538)       (5,917)  
Interest expense
    (29)       (153)       (2,258)  
Other income, net
    94       83       1  
                         
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (12,170)       (13,608)       (8,174)  
Provision for income taxes
                 
                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (12,170)       (13,608)       (8,174)  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
    (1,904)       (5,738)       (3,650)  
                         
Net loss
    (14,074)       (19,346)       (11,824)  
Preferred dividends and beneficial conversion charge
    (2,147)       (19,875)       (3,042)  
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (16,221)     $ (39,221)     $ (14,866)  
                         
Basic and diluted loss per common share:
                       
Loss from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders
  $ (0.95)     $ (2.21)     $ (0.74)  
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to common stockholders
    (0.12)       (0.38)       (0.24)  
                         
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (1.07)     $ (2.59)     $ (0.98)  
                         
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    15,114       15,150       15,158  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


F-4


Table of Contents

 
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(in thousands)
 
                                                                                                         
                Preferred Stock     Preferred Stock
    Additional
    Common
          Total
 
    Common Stock     Series A     Series B     Series C     Subscriptions
    Paid-in
    Stock
    Accumulated
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Receivable     Capital     Warrants     Deficit     Equity (Deficit)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2006
    15,085     $   15       18,755     $  19       23,274     $  23           $   —     $   (3,773)     $ 39,404     $ 2,742     $ (18,641)     $ 19,789  
Issuance of common stock
    62                                                       62                   62  
Issuance of preferred stock, Series B
                            6                         3,773       (508)                   3,265  
Warrants attached to Series B Preferred Stock
                                                                510             510  
Issuance of preferred stock, Series C
                                        4,515       5       (489)       10,633                   10,149  
Warrants attached to Series C Preferred Stock
                                                                181             181  
Stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures
                                                          181                   181  
Dividends accrued
                                                                      (2,147)       (2,147)  
Net loss
                                                                      (14,074)       (14,074)  
                                                                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2007
    15,147       15       18,755       19       23,280       23       4,515       5       (489)       49,772       3,433       (34,862)       17,916  
Issuance of common stock
    10                                                       12                   12  
Issuance of preferred stock, Series C
                                        8,005       8       489       18,735                   19,232  
Warrants attached to Series C Preferred Stock
                                                                320             320  
Warrants issued
                                                                44             44  
Stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures
                                                          276                   276  
Beneficial conversion feature of Series C Preferred Stock
                                                          17,548             (17,548)        
Dividends accrued
                                                                      (2,327)       (2,327)  
Net loss
                                                                      (19,346)       (19,346)  
                                                                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2008
    15,157       15       18,755       19       23,280       23       12,520       13             86,343       3,797       (74,083)     $ 16,127  
Issuance of common stock
    1                                                       2                   2  
Stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures
                                                          378                   378  
Dividend of subsidiary stock
                                                                      (2,050)       (2,050)  
Dividends accrued
                                                                      (3,042)       (3,042)  
Net loss
                                                                      (11,824)       (11,824)  
                                                                                                         
Balance, December 31, 2009
    15,158     $ 15       18,755     $ 19       23,280     $ 23       12,520     $ 13     $     $ 86,723     $ 3,797     $ (90,999)     $ (409)  
                                                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes.
 


F-5


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Operating activities
                       
Net loss
  $ (14,074)     $ (19,346)     $ (11,824)  
Less: Loss from discontinued operations
    (1,904)       (5,738)       (3,650)  
                         
Loss from continuing operations
    (12,170)       (13,608)       (8,174)  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to net cash used in operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    3,366       3,618       4,205  
Stock-based compensation expense
    156       259       298  
Non-cash interest expense
          26       696  
Bad debt expense
    362       139       153  
Other
    20       120       15  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (427)       (1,943)       1,164  
Inventories
    (316)       (1,277)       969  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (89)       (93)       (782)  
Accounts payable
    1,004       1,140       198  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    1,342       (213)       (714)  
                         
Net cash used in operating activities
    (6,752)       (11,832)       (1,972)  
Investing activities
                       
Purchases of property and equipment
    (3,917)       (8,331)       (1,589)  
Purchases of bottles, net of disposals
    (1,076)       (1,089)       (835)  
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
    1       24       22  
Additions to and acquisitions of intangible assets
          (232)       (48)  
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (4,992)       (9,628)       (2,450)  
Financing activities
                       
Net borrowings from revolving line of credit
          7,004       (6,580)  
Issuance of long term debt
                20,350  
Note payable and capital lease payments
    (74)       (13)       (5,353)  
Debt issuance costs
          (134)       (636)  
Prepaid equity issuance costs
                (105)  
Net change in book overdraft
          266       (147)  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    62       13       2  
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
    14,104       19,552        
Dividends paid
    (1,563)       (2,327)       (1,257)  
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    12,529       24,361       6,274  
                         
Net increase in cash from continuing operations
    785       2,901       1,852  
Cash, beginning of year
    7,638       5,776       516  
Cash used in discontinued operations from:
                       
Operating Activities
    (2,269)       (6,764)       (1,514)  
Investing Activities
    (378)       (1,194)       (41)  
Financing Activities
          (203)       (813)  
                         
Cash used in discontinued operations
    (2,647)       (8,161)       (2,368)  
                         
Cash, end of year
  $ 5,776     $ 516     $  
                         
Supplemental cash flow information
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 8     $ 69     $ 1,535  
                         
Assets acquired under capital lease
  $     $ 8     $  
                         
Preferred dividends accrued not paid
  $ 584     $     $ 1,785  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


F-6


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
1.  Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies
 
Business
 
Primo Water Corporation (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Primo”, “we”, “our”, the “Company”) is a rapidly growing provider of three- and five-gallon purified bottled water and water dispensers sold through major retailers nationwide.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany amounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Our consolidated statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”).
 
Operating Segments
 
We manage our business primarily through two reporting segments, Primo Bottled Water Exchange (Exchange) and Primo Products (Products). Our Exchange segment sells three- and five-gallon purified bottled water through retailers in the each of the contiguous United States. We service the retail locations through our national network of primarily independent bottlers and distributors. Our Products segment sells water dispensers that are designed to dispense Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottled water through major U.S. retailers. We design, market and arrange for certification and inspection of our products.
 
Unless otherwise indicated, information in these notes to consolidated financial statements relates to continuing operations. Certain of our operations have been presented as discontinued. See Note 13.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions used to determine certain amounts that affect the financial statements are reasonable, based on information available at the time they are made. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our consolidated financial statements may be affected. Some of the more significant estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories, depreciation, valuation of deferred taxes and allowance for sales returns.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Revenue is recognized for the sale of three- and five-gallon purified bottled water upon either the delivery of inventory to the retail stores or the purchase by the consumer. Revenue is either recognized as an exchange transaction (where a discount is provided on the purchase of a three- or five-gallon bottle of purified water for the return of an empty three- or five-gallon bottle) or a non-exchange transaction. Revenues on exchange transactions are recognized net of the exchange discount.
 
Our water dispensers are sold primarily through a direct-import model, where we recognize revenue when title is transferred to our retail customers. We have no contractual obligation to accept returns of water dispensers nor do we guarantee water dispenser sales. However, we will at times accept returns or issue credits for water


F-7


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
dispensers that have manufacturer defects or that were damaged in transit. Revenues of water dispensers are recognized net of an estimated allowance for returns using an average return rate based upon historical experience.
 
In addition, our customers can earn certain incentives that are netted against and reduce net sales in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
All trade accounts receivable are due from customers located within the United States. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of specifically identified accounts in addition to an overall aging analysis. Judgments are made with respect to the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical experience and current economic trends. Actual losses could differ from those estimates.
 
The following table shows the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the preceding three years:
 
                                 
          Amounts
             
          Charged to
             
    Beginning
    Sales, Costs
          End
 
    of Year     or Expense     Deductions     of Year  
 
December 31, 2007
  $       362       (58)     $ 304  
                                 
December 31, 2008
  $ 304       139       (18)     $ 425  
                                 
December 31, 2009
  $ 425       166       (479)     $ 112  
                                 
 
Inventories
 
Our inventories consist primarily of finished goods and are valued at the lower of cost or realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Miscellaneous selling supplies such as labels are expensed when incurred.
 
Bottles
 
Bottles consist of three- and five- gallon refillable polycarbonate bottles used in our exchange business and are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of three years.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. For internally developed software, certain costs during the application development stage and related to upgrades and enhancements that provide additional functionality are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the


F-8


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
software. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using straight-line methods over estimated useful lives that range from two to 10 years.
 
Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets consist of customer lists, patents, and trademarks. Intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Patent costs are amortized using a straight-line basis over estimated lives of three years, while customer lists are amortized on an accelerated basis over an estimated useful life of 10 years.
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset at the date it is tested for recoverability, whether in use or under development. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. We recorded an impairment charge in 2008 of $98, reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses of the Exchange segment in the statement of operations, related to display racks no longer in use and to be disposed.
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, for financial assets and liabilities. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The adoption of ASC 820 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 also describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
 
  •  Level 1 — quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
 
  •  Level 2 — observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
 
  •  Level 3 — unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.
 
The table below presents our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009:
 
                                 
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
 
Common stock warrants
  $ 600                 $ 600  
                                 


F-9


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The following is a reconciliation of the common stock warrants, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs):
 
         
Balance as of January 1, 2008
  $  
Total (gains) losses recognized
     
         
Balance at December 31, 2008
     
Total (gains) losses recognized
     
Initial fair value
    600  
         
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $   600  
         
 
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued expenses, approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable approximates fair value.
 
Advertising Costs
 
Costs incurred for producing and distributing advertising and advertising materials are expensed when incurred. Advertising costs totaled approximately $948, $717 and $270 for 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses.
 
Beneficial Conversion Charges
 
Our Series C Preferred Stock (Series C) is convertible into common stock and was issued with an adjustable conversion feature, which was based upon consolidated sales for the year ending December 31, 2008 with a conversion price ranging from $1.25 to $2.40 per common equivalent share. A beneficial conversion charge is measured as the difference between the initial price of $2.40 per share and the conversion price at December 31, 2008 of $1.25 per share.
 
At December 31, 2008 we recorded a beneficial conversion charge (also referred to as a deemed dividend) of approximately $17,500 related to the adjustment in the conversion price of the Series C convertible preferred stock, based upon consolidated sales for the year ending December 31, 2008. The beneficial conversion charge for equity instruments is recorded to additional paid in capital with no effect on total stockholders’ equity or the consolidated statement of operations.
 
Concentrations of Risk
 
Our principal financial instruments subject to potential concentration of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses. We invest our funds in a highly rated institution and believe the financial risks associated with cash and cash equivalents are minimal. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, approximately $250 and $0, respectively, of our cash on deposit exceeded the federally insured limits.
 
We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and maintain allowances for doubtful accounts that we believe are sufficient to provide for losses that may be sustained on realization of accounts receivable. We had one customer that accounted for approximately 59% of sales in 2007 and two customers that accounted for 42% and 21% of sales in 2008 and three customers that accounted for approximately


F-10


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
33%, 19% and 15% of sales in 2009. We had two customers that accounted for approximately 32% and 11% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2008 and one customer with a balance that accounted for approximately 21% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2009.
 
Basic and Diluted Net loss Per Share
 
Net loss per share has been computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Diluted amounts per share include the dilutive impact, if any, of the Company’s outstanding potential common shares, such as options and warrants and convertible preferred stock. Potential common shares that are anti-dilutive are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per common share.
 
The following outstanding options, convertible preferred stock and warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
Options to purchase common stock
    2,451       1,478       1,448  
Convertible preferred stock
    34,279       52,992       57,952  
Common stock warrants
    6,215              
 
Income Taxes
 
We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that utilization is not presently more likely than not.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-10, Income Taxes . Previously, we had accounted for tax contingencies in accordance with ASC 450-10, Contingencies . As required by ASC 740-10, we recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. At the adoption date, we applied ASC 740-10 to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained open. The implementation of ASC 740-10 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance which established the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC” or “Codification”) as the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied to nongovernmental entities, and rules and interpretive releases of the SEC as authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards upon its effective date and, subsequently, the FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. The guidance is not intended to change


F-11


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
or alter existing GAAP. The guidance became effective in our fourth quarter of 2009. The guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date. This guidance was effective for interim and annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. This guidance was amended in February 2010. It requires public reporting companies to evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued. The adoption did not impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance which clarifies that the stock portion of a distribution to stockholders that allows them to receive cash or stock with a potential limitation on the total amount of cash that all stockholders can elect to receive in the aggregate is considered a share issuance that is reflected in earnings per share prospectively and is not a stock dividend. This update is effective for our first quarter of 2010. The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies ASC 810 implementation issues relating to a decrease in ownership of a subsidiary that is a business or non-profit activity. This amendment affects entities that have previously adopted ASC 810-10. This update is effective for our first quarter of 2010. The adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
2.  Change in Accounting Estimate
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we changed our method of depreciation for property and equipment from accelerated methods to the straight-line method. Originally, we utilized accelerated methods due to our business model being new and the related uncertainty in the sustainability of the business model. Also, initial projections showed that upon installation of a new retail customer the sales would initially peak and then diminish over time, so using accelerated methods of depreciation was expected to reflect the pattern of use. However, after we developed some history and sustainability in our business model we determined that sales did not peak after installation and then diminish over time. Instead, sales have maintained at their initial level or increased steadily following the installation of our water bottle exchange services at a retail customer. Therefore, the straight-line method is more reflective of the pattern of use and also provides a better matching of depreciation expense to the related sales. We accounted for the change as a change in accounting estimate in the period of the change and did not restate prior periods. The effect on depreciation expense for 2008 was a decrease of approximately $1,100.
 
3.  Bottles
 
Bottles are summarized as follows at December 31:
 
                 
    2008     2009  
 
Cost
  $ 2,600     $ 2,637  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (531)       (640)  
                 
    $  2,069     $  1,997  
                 
 
Depreciation expense for bottles was approximately $721, $853 and $907 in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and is reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.


F-12


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
4.  Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment is summarized as follows at December 31:
 
                 
    2008     2009  
 
Leasehold improvements
  $ 72     $ 72  
Machinery and equipment
    3,232       3,640  
Racks and display panels
    11,530       12,389  
Office furniture and equipment
    218       218  
Software and computer equipment
    2,521       2,770  
Transportation racks
    3,944       4,039  
                 
      21,517       23,128  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (5,943)       (8,807)  
                 
    $ 15,574     $ 14,321  
                 
 
Depreciation expense for property and equipment was approximately $1,935, $2,223 and $2,897 in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and is reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
5.  Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets are summarized as follows at December 31:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2009  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
          Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
       
    Amount     Amortization     Net     Amount     Amortization     Net  
 
Amortized intangible assets:
                                               
Customer lists
  $ 2,985     $ (1,699)     $ 1,286     $ 2,985     $ (2,089)     $ 896  
Patent costs
    35       (26)       9       71       (36)       35  
                                                 
      3,020       (1,725)       1,295       3,056       (2,125)       931  
Unamortized intangible assets:
                                               
Trademarks
    132             132       146             146  
                                                 
Total
  $ 3,152     $ (1,725)     $ 1,427     $ 3,202     $ (2,125)     $ 1,077  
                                                 
 
Amortization expense for intangible assets was approximately $710, $542 and $401 respectively, in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and is reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.


F-13


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Amortization expense related to intangible assets, which is an estimate for each future year and subject to change, is as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 295  
2011
    215  
2012
    150  
2013
    106  
2014
    77  
2015 and thereafter
    88  
         
Total
  $ 931  
         
 
6.  Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities is summarized as follows at December 31:
 
                 
    2008     2009  
 
Dividends payable
  $ 582     $ 2,367  
Accrued payroll and related items
    410       184  
Accrued professional and other expenses
    927       580  
Accrued interest
    80       107  
Accrued sales tax payable
    518       534  
Accrued advertising
    87       17  
Accrued receipts not invoiced
    244       182  
Other
    77       173  
                 
    $ 2,925     $ 4,144  
                 
 
7.  Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases and Notes Payable
 
Long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable are summarized as follows at December 31:
 
                 
    2008     2009  
 
Senior loan agreement
  $ 7,004     $ 423  
Subordinated convertible notes payable, net of original issue discount
          14,400  
Capital leases
    7       6  
                 
      7,011       14,829  
Less current portion
    (7,006 )     (426 )
                 
Long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable, net of current portion
  $ 5     $ 14,403  
                 
 
We entered into a Loan and Security Agreement in June 2005 that was amended in April 2006, April 2007, June 2008, January 2009 and December 2009 (the “Senior Loan Agreement”) pursuant to which the bank originally provided a $25,000 revolving loan commitment (the “Revolver”). In June 2008, the Revolver commitment was reduced to $20,000 and subsequently reduced to $10,000 in January 2009. The Revolver is subject to certain borrowing base restrictions based on eligible accounts receivable, eligible inventory less reserves, and the aggregate face amount of undrawn trade letters of credit of which the Company is the beneficiary. The Revolver also provides for letters of credit issued to our vendors, which reduce the amount available for cash


F-14


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
borrowings. The availability under the Revolver was approximately $1,500 and $5,900 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. All amounts outstanding under the Revolver are due in full on June 30, 2010; however, at December 31, 2008 the Revolver is classified as current in the consolidated balance sheet due to the terms and conditions included in the Senior Loan Agreement. At December 31, 2008 and 2009, there were outstanding letters of credit under the Revolver totaling approximately $296 and $371, respectively.
 
Interest on the outstanding borrowings under the Revolver is payable quarterly at the option of the Company at (i) the LIBOR Market Index Rate plus the applicable margin or (ii) the greater of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or (b) the bank’s prime rate plus in either case the applicable margin. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the interest rate on the outstanding balance on the Revolver was based on the bank’s prime rate plus 2.50% and 0.75%, respectively (5.75% at December 31, 2009 and 4.00% at December 31, 2008). Beginning in January 2010 and effective with the December 2009 amendment, the applicable margin for both the prime rate and the federal funds rate options was decreased to 1.00%.
 
We are required to pay a fee of 3.50% on the outstanding amount of letters of credit issued under the Revolver. In addition, there is a fee of 0.50% on the unused portion of the Revolver lending commitment.
 
On January 7, 2009, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with our primary bank that was subordinated to the Senior Loan Agreement (the “Prior Subordinated Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which a $10,000 term loan was provided (the “Prior Subordinated Loan”). The bank acted as syndication agent and provided $4,100 of the facility. Twelve existing investors in the Company (including our CEO and CFO) funded the $5,900 balance of the facility. The proceeds of the Prior Subordinated Loan were used to repay the then outstanding balance on the Revolver and for working capital purposes. Interest on the Prior Subordinated Loan was at the bank’s prime rate plus 10.0%, payable monthly. The Prior Subordinated Loan had an original maturity of January 6, 2010; however, the balance was paid in full in December 2009. In connection with the Prior Subordinated Loan the Company paid fees totaling approximately $575, which were deferred and amortized as a component of interest expense.
 
The Senior Loan Agreement contains and the Prior Subordinated Loan Agreement contained various conditions precedent to extensions of credit and restrictive covenants including minimum EBITDA and gross sales requirements. We were in violation of certain covenants and received a waiver from the bank at December 31, 2009. Substantially all of the Company’s assets are pledged as collateral to for borrowings under the Senior Loan Agreement and were pledged as collateral for borrowings under the Prior Subordinated Loan Agreement.
 
On December 30, 2009, we issued Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes (“Notes”) to existing and new investors that have a total face value of $15,000 and are subordinated to the Senior Loan Agreement. The Notes pay quarterly interest at 14% and are payable in full on March 31, 2011 (the “Maturity Date”). We may prepay the Notes at any time prior to the Maturity Date with a prepayment premium of 2% of the principal amount being prepaid, except where such prepayment is made in connection with an initial public offering of our common stock. Upon (i) an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $30,000 (a “Qualified IPO”), (ii) the consummation by the Company of a merger or consolidation with or into another entity or other corporate reorganization in which the Company is not the surviving entity, (iii) the sale of all of the capital stock of the Company, or (iv) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the holders of the Notes may elect to sell to the Company and the Company will be required to purchase the Notes in full by payment of an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance thereof, plus, all unpaid interest accrued thereon through the date of redemption, plus in the case of clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) above the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed multiplied by the prepayment premium of 2%.


F-15


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
In addition, if a Qualified IPO has not occurred by the Maturity Date and the Company has completed a sale of shares of its capital stock within 90 days of the Maturity Date or anytime thereafter resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $5,000 (a “Qualified Equity Financing”), all unpaid principal on any Notes and unpaid accrued interest is convertible, at the option of the Note holders, into the securities being issued in the Qualified Equity Financing. If the Notes become convertible there would be a beneficial conversion that would be calculated as the intrinsic value at the measurement or commitment date.
 
The Notes are accompanied by detachable warrants with a value at issuance equal to 4% of the face amount of the corresponding Notes. The exercise price per share of the warrants is equal to 80% of the purchase price per share of common stock in a Qualified IPO (if a Qualified IPO has occurred by the time of such exercise) or ($1.25 if a Qualified IPO has not occurred by the time of such exercise). The total number of shares of common stock issuable under the warrants is 1,111. The initial fair value of the warrants is $600 and resulted in an original issue discount on the Notes which will be amortized as interest expense over the term of the Notes. The fair value of the warrants is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet based upon the estimated fair value and will be adjusted periodically until such time as the exercise price becomes fixed at which time the then fair value will be reclassified as a component of stockholders’ equity (deficit).
 
Our CEO, CFO, Vice President of Products and certain members of our Board of Directors (either individually or through an affiliated entity) purchased an aggregate of $3,520 of the Notes with an aggregate of 261 warrants to purchase common stock. Substantially all of the Company’s assets are pledged as collateral to secure the Notes, which security interest is junior to that securing the Senior Loan Agreement.
 
The aggregate future maturities of long-term debt, capital leases and notes payable as of December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 426  
2011
    15,003  
         
      15,429  
Less: Amounts representing interest
     
         
Total
  $ 15,429  
         
 
8.  Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common Stock
 
In 2008, we amended and restated our Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of shares authorized to be issued to 200,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock.
 
Series A Preferred Stock
 
We are authorized to issue up to 100,000 shares of $0.001 par value preferred stock. We designated 18,780 shares of preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A”). At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had outstanding 18,755 shares of the Series A that were issued at a price of $1.00 per share. Dividends on the Series A are neither mandatory nor cumulative; however, no dividends will be paid on common stock unless equivalent dividends are paid on the Series A on a pro rata basis with the common stock and Series C.


F-16


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
In liquidation, either voluntary or involuntary, holders of the Series A will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the original purchase price per share together with any dividends declared but unpaid thereon in preference to the holders of the common stock. Each share of the Series A is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into common stock. The initial conversion price of the shares is equal to the consideration paid per share and the initial conversion ratio is 1:1. Conversion will be mandatory in the event of a public offering of common stock at a price per share of at least $5.00 (as adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits or other similar events) resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least $20,000 or upon a vote or written consent of the holders of more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of the Series A.
 
Series B Preferred Stock
 
The Company designated 30,000 shares of preferred stock as Series B Preferred Stock (“Series B”). At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had outstanding 23,280 shares of Series B that were issued at a price of $1.00 per share. The Series B shares are non-voting and non-convertible. Each share of the Series B is accompanied by a warrant to purchase 0.267 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.25 per share (both subject to adjustment in the case of stock splits, reverse stock splits or other similar events). Each warrant will be exercisable through the earliest to occur of (i) the sixteenth (16 th ) day after delivery of a notice of an exercise event (which includes an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock resulting in proceeds of at least $20,000), (ii) ten (10) years from the date of such warrant, or (iii) five (5) years after the date of exercise of either the put or repurchase rights with respect to the Series B. The value of the warrants was determined to be approximately $3,252 and is included in common stock warrants on the consolidated balance sheet. No warrants had been exercised as of December 31, 2009.
 
Dividends on the Series B accrue at an annual rate of $0.10 per share or 10%, payable when declared by the Board of Directors, and are cumulative. All accrued dividends on the Company’s Series B will be paid prior to the payment of any dividends on the Company’s Series A, Series C or common stock. In January 2009, the Company offered Series B investors the option to suspend their current dividend payment of 10% in exchange for a dividend accrual of 15% for 2009. In January 2010 the dividends began to accrue at 10%. Series B dividends paid during 2007, 2008 and 2009 were $1,563, $2,327 and $1,257, respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2009 the accrued and unpaid dividends were $582 and $2,367, respectively, which is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
In liquidation, either voluntary or involuntary, holders of the Series B will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the original purchase price per share together with any dividends declared but unpaid thereon in preference to the holders of the Company’s Series A and common stock.
 
Series C Preferred Stock
 
In 2008, the Company amended and restated its Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of shares authorized to be issued and designated 14,000 shares of preferred stock as Series C. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had issued 12,520 shares of the Series C, at a price of $2.40 per share. The Series C is convertible into the Company’s common stock based upon a formula taking into account the Company’s sales for the year ending December 31, 2008, which resulted in a conversion ratio of 1:1.92 as of December 31, 2008. In accordance with GAAP the Company determined that a beneficial conversion resulted from the change in the conversion ratio from 1:1 on the issuance date of the Series C to 1:1.92 on December 31, 2008. The value of the beneficial conversion feature is analogous to a dividend and is recognized as a return to the preferred stockholders over the period from the date of issuance to the commitment or measurement date, which was December 31,


F-17


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
2008. At December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a beneficial conversion or deemed dividend of approximately $17,548.
 
Conversion of the Series C will be mandatory in the event of a public offering of common stock at a price per share of at least $5.00 (as adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits or similar events) resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least $20,000 or upon a vote or written consent of the holders of more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of Series C.
 
Each share of Series C is accompanied by a warrant to purchase 0.10 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.98 per share (subject to adjustment in the case of stock splits, reverse stock splits or other similar events). Each warrant will be exercisable through the earlier to occur of (i) the sixteenth (16 th ) day after delivery of a notice of an exercise event (which includes an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least $20,000) or (ii) December 14, 2017. The total value of the warrants was determined to be approximately $501 and is included in common stock warrants in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. No warrants had been exercised as of December 31, 2009.
 
Dividends on Series C are neither mandatory nor cumulative; however, no dividends will be paid on common stock or the Series A unless equivalent dividends are paid on the Series C.
 
In liquidation, either voluntary or involuntary, holders of the Series C will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the original purchase price per share together with any dividends declared but unpaid thereon in preference to the holders of the Company’s Series A, Series B and common stock. Each share of Series C is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into common stock.
 
9.  Stock-Based Compensation
 
The Company has a stock-based compensation plan (the “Plan”) for employees, including officers, non-employee directors and non-employee consultants. The Plan provides for the issuance of incentive or nonqualified stock options and restricted common stock. The Company has reserved 4,500 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan.
 
We account for our stock-based employee and director compensation plans in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation . ASC 718 requires recognition of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments in the financial statements over the period the employee is required to perform the services in exchange for the award (presumptively the vesting period). In 2007, 2008 and 2009 compensation expense related to stock options was approximately $157, $215 and $298 and is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses from continuing operations, respectively, and approximately $25, $61 and $80 is included in discontinued operations, respectively.
 
Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of grant. The options generally vest over a period of one to four years, based on graded vesting, and expire ten years from the date of grant. The terms and conditions of the awards made under the Plan vary but, in general, are at the discretion of the board of directors or its appointed committee.


F-18


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
We measure the fair value of each stock option grant at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average fair value per share of the options granted during 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $0.67, $0.83, and $0.49 respectively. The following assumptions were used in arriving at the fair value of options granted:
 
                         
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Expected life of options in years
    6.3       5.9       5.5  
Risk-free interest rate
    4.6 %     3.2 %     2.0 %
Expected volatility
    45.0 %     39.0 %     39.0 %
Dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
 
The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate for the expected life of the options at the time of grant. As a non-public entity, historic volatility is not available for our shares. As a result, we estimated volatility based on a peer group of companies, which collectively provide a reasonable basis for estimating volatility. We intend to continue to consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer companies to determine volatility in the future until sufficient information regarding volatility of our share price becomes available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for this purpose. The expected life is based on the estimated average life of the options, and forfeitures are estimated on the date of grant based on certain historical data and management estimates.


F-19


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
A summary of awards under the Plan at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and changes during the years then ended is presented in the table below:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
                Average
       
          Weighted
    Remaining
    Aggregate
 
    Number of
    Average Price
    Contractual
    Intrinsic
 
    Shares     per Share     Life (Years)     Value  
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    2,115     $ 1.04                  
Granted
    677       1.38                  
Exercised
    (62 )     1.00                  
Forfeited
    (265 )     1.05                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    2,465       1.13       8.1     $ 3,123  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2007
    1,368     $ 1.03       8.1     $ 3,114  
                                 
Available for grant at December 31, 2007
    1,913                          
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    2,465     $ 1.13                  
Granted
    552       1.98                  
Exercised
    (10 )     1.25                  
Forfeited
    (175 )     1.73                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    2,832       1.26       7.5     $ 367  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2008
    1,672     $ 1.04       6.7     $ 349  
                                 
Available for grant at December 31, 2008
    1,536                          
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    2,832     $ 1.26                  
Granted
    142       1.25                  
Exercised
    (1 )     1.25                  
Forfeited
    (50 )     1.20                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    2,923       1.26       6.6     $ 331  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
    2,197     $ 1.21       6.2     $ 329  
                                 
Available for grant at December 31, 2009
    1,444                          
                                 
 
During 2009 a total of 142 common stock options were granted, all issued on one date during the first quarter, at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. The estimated fair value of the common stock on the issuance date was $1.25 per share. The fair value determination was based in part upon the finalization of the conversion ratio of the Series C Preferred Stock on December 31, 2008. The board of directors also considered the Company’s most recent independent valuation and then current expectations of the Company’s future performance in determining the fair value.
 
The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during 2007, 2008 and 2009 was approximately $16, $8 and $0, respectively, with proceeds to the Company of $62, $13 and $2, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2009 there was approximately $244 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock-based compensation grants. This unrecognized compensation is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.0 years.


F-20


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
In March 2010 our Board of Directors adopted the 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2010 ESPP”). The 2010 ESPP provides for the purchase of common stock and is generally available to all employees. The Company has reserved 250 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2010 ESPP.
 
2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
In March 2010 our Board of Directors adopted the 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). The 2010 Plan is limited to employees, officers, non-employee directors, consultants and advisors. The 2010 Plan provides for the issuance of incentive or nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, cash- or stock-based performance awards and other stock-based awards. The Company has reserved 7,500 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2010 Plan.
 
10.  Commitments and Contingencies
 
Operating Leases
 
The Company leases office space and vehicles under various lease arrangements. Total rental expense from continuing operations for 2007, 2008 and 2009 was approximately $1,658, $1,496 and $1,101, respectively. The rental expense includes $693 and $325 in 2007 and 2008, respectively, paid to PWC Leasing, LLC, which is an entity with common ownership. On June 30, 2008, we purchased the leased assets of PWC Leasing, LLC at the fair value of $3,500 and terminated the related lease agreement. At December 31, 2009, future minimum rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:
 
         
2010
  $ 691  
2011
    472  
2012
    369  
2013
    266  
2014
    128  
2015 and thereafter
    82  
         
Total
  $ 2,008  
         
 
Sales Tax
 
We routinely purchase equipment for use in operations from various vendors. These purchases are subject to sales tax depending on the equipment type and local sales tax regulations, however, certain vendors have not assessed the appropriate sales tax. For purchases that are subject to sales tax in which the vendor did not assess the appropriate amount, we accrue an estimate of the sales tax liability we ultimately expect to pay.
 
Other Contingencies
 
In the normal course of business the Company may be involved in various claims and legal actions. Management believes that the outcome of such legal actions will not have a significant adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


F-21


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
11.  Income Taxes
 
There is no income tax provision (benefit) for federal or state income taxes as the Company has incurred operating losses since inception.
 
A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate and effective tax rates is as follows:
 
                                     
    2007       2008       2009    
 
Federal statutory taxes
    34 .0   %     34 .0   %     34 .0   %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    3 .5   %     3 .9   %     3 .9   %
Permanent differences
    (0 .5 ) %     (0 .2 ) %     (0 .2 ) %
Change in valuation allowance
    (35 .9 ) %     (37 .7 ) %     (37 .9 ) %
Other
    (1 .1 ) %     0 .0   %     0 .2   %
                               
      0 .0   %     0 .0   %     0 .0   %
                               
 
Deferred income taxes are recorded based upon differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities. The following deferred income taxes are recorded:
 
                 
    2008     2009  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Federal net operating loss carryforward
  $ 15,131     $ 18,802  
State net economic loss carryforward
    1,967       2,314  
Intangible assets
    1,240       1,325  
Allowance for bad debts
    538       506  
Reserve for obsolescence
    546       3  
Stock-based compensation
    254       399  
Other
    84       93  
                 
Total gross deferred tax assets
    19,760       23,442  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Fixed assets
  $ (861 )   $ (67 )
                 
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
    (861 )     (67 )
                 
Valuation allowance
    (18,899 )     (23,375 )
                 
Total net deferred tax liability
  $     $  
                 
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, available taxes in the carryback periods, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
 
Accordingly, in connection with the losses incurred in 2008 and 2009, the Company has provided a valuation allowance of $18,899 and $23,375 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively to reduce the net deferred tax asset to a realizable value. The net increase in the valuation allowance of $4,476 primarily reflects the net increase in the federal and state NOL deferred tax assets.


F-22


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The Company has approximately $55,000 in federal net operating loss carryforwards that begin to expire in 2025, and approximately $51,000 state net economic loss carryforwards that begin to expire in 2020. Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets may be subject to certain limitations under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 and similar state income tax provisions.
 
12.  Segments
 
We manage our business primarily through two reporting segments, Primo Bottled Water Exchange (Exchange) and Primo Products (Products). Our Exchange segment sells three- and five-gallon purified bottled water through retailers in each of the contiguous United States. We service the retail locations through our national network of primarily independent bottlers and distributors. Our Products segment sells water dispensers that are designed to dispense Primo and other dispenser-compatible bottled water through major U.S. retailers. We design, market and arrange for certification and inspection of our products.
 
We utilize segment net sales and segment income (loss) from operations before depreciation and amortization because we believe they provide useful information for effectively allocating resources among business segments, evaluating the health of our business segments based on metrics that management can actively influence, and gauging our investments and our ability to service, incur or pay down debt.
 
Operating segments that do not meet quantitative thresholds for segment reporting are included in Other.
 
Cost of sales for Exchange consists of costs for bottling, related packaging materials and distribution costs for our bottled water. Cost of sales for Products consists of contract manufacturing, freight, duties, and warehousing costs of our water dispensers.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for sales, marketing, operations support, customer service, as well as other supporting cost for operating the segment.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses not specifically related to operating segments are shown separately as Corporate. Corporate expenses are comprised mainly of the compensation and other related expenses for corporate support, information systems and human resources and administration. Corporate expenses also include certain professional fees and expenses and compensation of our Board of Directors.
 
The following table presents segment information for each of the last three years:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Segment Net Sales
                       
Exchange
  $ 10,875     $ 19,237     $ 22,638  
Products
    949       13,758       22,824  
Other
    1,818       1,874       1,611  
Inter-company elimination
    (189 )     (222 )     (92 )
                       
Total net sales
  $ 13,453     $ 34,647     $ 46,981  
                       


F-23


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Segment Income (Loss) From Operations
                       
Exchange
  $ (2,834 )   $ (1,267)     $ 3,374  
Products
    (631 )     (1,447)       (272 )
Other
    (175 )     (116)       (34 )
Inter-company elimination
          (13)       9  
Corporate
    (5,229 )     (7,077)       (4,789 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (3,366 )     (3,618)       (4,205 )
                       
Loss from operations
  $ (12,235 )   $ (13,538)     $ (5,917 )
                       
Depreciation and Amortization Expense:
                       
Exchange
  $ 2,084     $ 2,592     $ 3,124  
Products
          69       133  
Other
    774       618       491  
Corporate
    508       339       457  
                       
Total
  $ 3,366     $ 3,618     $ 4,205  
                       
Capital Expenditures:
                       
Exchange
  $ 4,487     $ 8,174     $ 1,916  
Products
    105       336       95  
Other
    189       238       165  
Corporate
    212       672       248  
                       
Total
  $ 4,993     $ 9,420     $ 2,424  
                       
                         
                         
          As of December 31  
          2008     2009  
 
Identifiable Assets:
                       
Exchange
          $ 18,939     $ 16,685  
Products
            3,541       2,655  
Other
            2,000       1,601  
Corporate
            1,517       1,427  
                       
Total
          $ 25,997     $ 22,368  
                       
 
13.  Discontinued Operations
 
In July, 2008, the Company and its Board of Directors made the decision to divest the operations of its subsidiary, Prima Bottled Water, Inc. (“Prima”). As a result, the related assets, liabilities and results of the operations of Prima are accounted for as discontinued operations. In December 2009, the Company completed the divestiture by distributing the stock in Prima to existing stockholders of the Company. Each stockholder received a number of shares in Prima based upon such stockholder’s proportionate ownership of our Series A, Series C and common stock on an as converted basis as of the date of distribution. This transaction is reflected as a dividend of subsidiary stock in the statement of stockholders’ equity (deficit) in the amount of $2,050, the book value of the net assets of Prima as of the distribution date.

F-24


Table of Contents

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Net sales and operating results classified as discontinued operations were as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2007     2008     2009  
 
Net sales
  $ 239     $ 1,888     $ 561  
Cost of sales
    443       4,456       428  
                         
Gross profit
    (204 )     (2,568 )     133  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,700       2,930       1,313  
Impairment of assets held for sale
          174       2,407  
                         
Operating loss
    (1,904 )     (5,672 )     (3,587 )
Interest (expense) income, net
          (66 )     (63 )
                         
Loss from discontinued operations, before income taxes
    (1,904 )     (5,738 )     (3,650 )
Provision for income taxes
                 
                         
Loss from discontinued operations
  $ (1,904 )   $ (5,738 )   $ (3,650 )
                         
 
The assets and liabilities that comprise the discontinued operations are summarized as follows at December 31, 2008:
 
         
Discontinued Assets
       
Accounts receivable
  $ 246  
Inventory
    1,962  
Property and equipment
    2,185  
Other
    180  
         
    $ 4,573  
         
Discontinued Liabilities
       
Accounts payable
  $ 476  
Notes payable
    829  
Other
    17  
         
    $ 1,322  
         
 
14.  Employee Retirement Savings Plan
 
Effective April 1, 2005, the Company established the Primo Water Corporation 401(k) Plan & Trust retirement plan covering substantially all full-time employees who are at least 21 years of age and who have completed at least two months of service. Plan participants may make before tax elective contributions up to the maximum percentage of compensation and dollar amount allowed under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company’s matching contributions to the Plan are discretionary and determined with respect to each Plan year. The Company did not make any matching contributions during 2007, 2008 or 2009. Plan participants are 100% vested in their elective contributions at all times, and are vested 25% per year of service for four years in the Company’s discretionary contributions. A year of service for vesting purposes is 1,000 hours of service in a Plan year. In 2010, our Board of Directors established a Company match of up to 50% of the employee contributions up to 6% of their salaries, with 50% of the matching amount being contingent upon our achievement of certain specified objectives to be determined by our Board of Directors.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
PRIMO WATER LOGO
 
          Shares
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
PROSPECTUS
     , 2010
 
 
 
 
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
BB&T Capital Markets
Signal Hill
 
 
Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. When you make a decision about whether to invest in our common stock, you should not rely upon any information other than the information in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our common stock means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy these shares of common stock in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.
 
Until          , 2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.  Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution
 
The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee.
 
         
Item
  Amount  
 
SEC Registration Fee
  $ 4,278  
FINRA Fee
    6,500  
Nasdaq Global Market Listing Fee
    100,000  
Printing Fees and Expenses
    *  
Legal Fees and Expenses
    *  
Accounting Fees and Expenses
    *  
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous
    *  
         
Total
  $  
         
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
Item 14.  Indemnification Of Directors And Officers
 
We are a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Our amended and restated bylaws, in the form that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers (and may choose to indemnify and advance expenses to other employees and other agents) to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided, however, that if we enter into an indemnification agreement with such directors or officers, such agreement controls.
 
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:
 
  •  breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
 
  •  act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares; or
 
  •  transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.


II-1


Table of Contents

 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, in the form that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that our directors are not personally liable for breaches of fiduciary duties to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.
 
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation. Our amended and restated bylaws, in the form that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our bylaws permit indemnification. We have directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our directors that require us to indemnify such persons against various actions including, but not limited to, third-party actions where such director, by reason of his or her corporate status, is a party or is threatened to be made a party to an action, or by reason of anything done or not done by such director in any such capacity. We intend to indemnify directors against all costs, judgments, penalties, fines, liabilities, amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf such directors and for any expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such directors in connection with such action, if such directors acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. We also intend to advance to our directors expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by such directors in advance of the final disposition of any action after the receipt by the corporation of a statement or statements from directors requesting such payment or payments from time to time, provided that such statement or statements are accompanied by an undertaking, by or on behalf of such directors, to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that they are not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses by the corporation.
 
The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses, including, among others, provisions about providing notice to the corporation of any action in connection with which a director seeks indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation and provisions concerning the determination of entitlement to indemnification or advancement of expenses.
 
Prior to the closing of this offering we plan to enter into an underwriting agreement, which will provide that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities.
 
Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we issued the securities indicated below that were not registered under the Securities Act. All share and price information does not reflect the conversion of all of our issued and outstanding shares Series A and Series C convertible preferred stock into common stock or the reverse stock split of our common stock, both of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
 
Stock, Warrants and Convertible Subordinated Notes
 
1. On February 18, 2010, we granted to 18 employees and four non-employee directors 1,102,500 shares of restricted common stock. We received no consideration from the individuals in connection with the grant of the restricted stock.


II-2


Table of Contents

2. On December 30, 2009, we issued subordinated convertible promissory notes, bearing interest at 14% per annum, in an aggregate original principal amount of $15,000,000, and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,111,109 shares of common stock to 28 accredited investors. The aggregate consideration received by us was $15,000,000.
 
3. On June 4, 2008, we issued a warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock to two residents of Ontario, Canada. The consideration received by us was $10.
 
4. Between December 14, 2007 and June 2, 2008, we issued an aggregate of 12,520,001 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,252,001 shares of common stock to 37 accredited investors. The aggregate consideration received by us was $30,048,002.
 
5. Between November 19, 2007 and February 26, 2009, we issued an aggregate of 73,305 shares of our common stock to five employees. The aggregate consideration received by us was $76,118.
 
6. Between June 1, 2007 and July 13, 2007, we issued an aggregate of 3,530,495 shares of Series B preferred stock to 26 accredited investors. The aggregate consideration received by us was $3,530,495.
 
7. On January 10, 2007, we issued 3,000 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 801 shares of common stock to one accredited investor. The consideration received by us was $3000.
 
The grants of restricted common stock described in (1) above were made pursuant to our 2004 Stock Plan to our officers, directors and employees in reliance upon an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including those contained in Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act. Among other things, we relied on the fact that, under Rule 701, companies that are not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act are exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to certain offers and sales of securities pursuant to “compensatory benefit plans” as defined under that rule. We believe that our 2004 Stock Plan qualifies as a compensatory benefit plan.
 
We believe that the offer and sale of the securities referenced in (2), (4), (6) and (7) above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which we relied on Section 4(2) and/or Regulation D represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act. The purchasers in each case represented that they intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that they either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information; appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions; and offers and sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising.
 
The sales of common stock referenced in (5) above was made pursuant to the exercise of stock options granted under our 2004 Stock Plan to our officers, directors, employees and consultants and, we believe, were made in reliance upon an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including those contained in Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act. Among other things, we relied on the fact that, under Rule 701, companies that are not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act are exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to certain offers and sales of securities pursuant to “compensatory benefit plans” as defined under that rule. We believe that our 2004 Stock Plan qualifies as a compensatory benefit plan.
 
We believe the sales of common stock referenced in (3) above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Regulation S promulgated thereunder. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which we relied on Regulation S represented that they were not acquiring the securities for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person as defined by Regulation S.


II-3


Table of Contents

There were no underwriters engaged in connection with any of the transactions referenced above.
 
Stock Options
 
1. On February 18, 2010, we granted one of our employees an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.23 per share. We received no consideration from this individual in connection with the issuance of such option.
 
2. On January 28, 2010, we granted to three of our employees options to purchase 225,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.23 per share. We received no consideration from these individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
3. On January 29, 2009, we granted to seven of our employees options to purchase an aggregate of 142,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. We received no consideration from these individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
4. On August 1, 2008, we granted to two of our employees options to purchase an aggregate of 30,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share. We received no consideration from these individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
5. On July 23, 2008, we granted to one employee an option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share. We received no consideration from this individual in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
6. On June 25, 2008, we granted to one employee an option to purchase 8,310 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share. We received no consideration from this individual in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
7. On May 1, 2008, we granted to 18 employees options to purchase an aggregate of 471,807 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share. We received no consideration from these individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
8. On January 31, 2008, we granted to one employee an option to purchase 1,944 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.98 per share. We received no consideration from this individual in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
9. On December 31, 2007, we granted to three employees options to purchase an aggregate of 75,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. We received no consideration from these individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
10. On October 31, 2007, we granted to three employees options to purchase an aggregate of 72,038 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. We received no consideration from these individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
11. On August 15, 2007, we granted to one employee an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. We received no consideration from this individual in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
12. On August 10, 2007, we granted to two employees options to purchase and aggregate of 15,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. We received no consideration from these individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.


II-4


Table of Contents

13. On April 26, 2007, we granted to one employee an option to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. We received no consideration from this individual in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
14. On January 25, 2007, we granted to 16 employees options to purchase an aggregate of 347,295 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. We received no consideration from these individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
15. On January 25, 2007, we granted to four non-employee directors options to purchase an aggregate of 148,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share. We received no consideration from these individuals in connection with the issuance of such options.
 
All of the stock options described above were granted under our 2004 Stock Plan to our officers, directors, employees and consultants in reliance upon an available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including those contained in Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act. Among other things, we relied on the fact that, under Rule 701, companies that are not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act are exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to certain offers and sales of securities pursuant to “compensatory benefit plans” as defined under that rule. We believe that our 2004 Stock Plan qualifies as a compensatory benefit plan.
 
There were no underwriters engaged in connection with any of the transactions referenced above.
 
Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
See Exhibit Index following the signature page.
 
Item 17.  Undertakings
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-5


Table of Contents

 
(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
(4) For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.


II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Winston-Salem, State of North Carolina, on April 23, 2010.
 
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
  By:  
/s/   Billy D. Prim
Billy D. Prim
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated, in each case on April 23, 2010:
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/   Billy D. Prim

Billy D. Prim
  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/   Mark Castaneda

Mark Castaneda
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
     
/s/   David J. Mills

David J. Mills
  Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
     
*

Richard A. Brenner
  Director
     
*

David W. Dupree
  Director
     
*

Malcolm McQuilkin
  Director
     
*

David L. Warnock
  Director
 
*By:  
/s/   Billy D. Prim
Billy D. Prim
Attorney-in-fact


II-7


Table of Contents

 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  1 .1*   Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1   Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Primo Water Corporation
  3 .2   First Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Primo Water Corporation
  3 .3   Second Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Primo Water Corporation
  3 .4*   Form of Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Primo Water Corporation
  3 .5*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Primo Water Corporation
  4 .1*   Specimen Certificate representing shares of common stock of Primo Water Corporation
  5 .1*   Opinion of K&L Gates LLP
  10 .1   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2005, among Primo Water Corporation, Primo To Go, LLC, Primo Products, LLC, Primo Direct, LLC, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (the “Credit Agreement”)
  10 .2   First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2006, among Primo Water Corporation and Wachovia Bank, National Association
  10 .3   Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2007, among Primo Water Corporation and Wachovia Bank, National Association
  10 .4   Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2008, among Primo Water Corporation, Primo To Go, LLC, Primo Products, LLC, Primo Direct, LLC, and Wachovia Bank, National Association
  10 .5   Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2009, among Primo Water Corporation, Primo To Go, LLC, Primo Products, LLC, Primo Direct, LLC, and Wachovia Bank, National Association
  10 .6   Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2009, among Primo Water Corporation, Primo To Go, LLC, Primo Products, LLC, Primo Direct, LLC, and Wachovia Bank, National Association
  10 .7   Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2009, among Primo Water Corporation, Primo To Go, LLC, Primo Products, LLC, Primo Direct, LLC, and Wachovia Bank, National Association
  10 .8   Form of 14% Subordinated Convertible Note, dated as of December 30, 2009
  10 .9   Form of Subordinated Convertible Debt — Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated as of December 30, 2009
  10 .10   Form of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Subscription Agreement
  10 .11   Form of Series C — Common Stock Purchase Warrant
  10 .12   Form of First Amendment to Series C — Common Stock Purchase Warrant
  10 .13   Form of Series B Preferred Stock Subscription Agreement
  10 .14   Form of Series B — Common Stock Purchase Warrant
  10 .15   2004 Stock Plan**
  10 .16   2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2010 Omnibus Plan”)**
  10 .17   Form of Option Agreement under 2010 Omnibus Plan**
  10 .18   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2010 Omnibus Plan**
  10 .19   2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan**
  10 .20   2010 Executive Incentive Plan**
  10 .21   Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy**
  10 .22*   Employment Agreement dated as of               between the Company and Billy D. Prim**
  10 .23*   Employment Agreement dated as of               between the Company and Mark Castaneda**
  10 .24*   Employment Agreement dated as of               between the Company and Michael S. Gunter**


II-8


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .25*   Employment Agreement dated as of               between the Company and Duane Goodwin**
  10 .26   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of Messrs. Prim, Brenner, Dupree, McQuilkin and Warnock
  10 .27   Master Equipment Lease Agreement with PWC Leasing, LLC, dated as of March 29, 2006
  10 .28   Termination Agreement of Master Equipment Lease Agreement with PWC Leasing, LLC, dated as of June 30, 2008
  10 .29   Assignment Separate from Certificate for Shares of Prima Bottled Water, Inc., dated December 31, 2009
  16 .1   Letter from Independent Registered Accounting Firm
  21 .1   List of subsidiaries of Primo Water Corporation
  23 .1   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen LLP
  23 .2*   Consent of K&L Gates LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1†   Powers of Attorney
 
 
†  Previously filed.
 
To be filed by amendment.
 
** Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

II-9

Exhibit 3.1
FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)
          Primo Water Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”),
      DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
          1. That the name of this corporation is Primo Water Corporation, and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the DGCL on October 20, 2004 under the name Primier Corporation.
          2. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:
           RESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
          FIRST: The name of this corporation is Primo Water Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).
          SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.
          THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
          FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).
     The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Article refer to sections and subsections of this Article Fourth.

 


 

A. COMMON STOCK
     1.  General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of Preferred Stock set forth herein and as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) with respect to any series of Preferred Stock as authorized herein.
     2.  Voting . The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.
B. PREFERRED STOCK
     Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such terms, rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications and limitations with respect thereto, as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board as hereinafter provided.
     Subject to any vote expressly required by the Certificate of Incorporation, authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board from time to time to issue Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of the shares thereof, to determine and fix such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation thereof, dividend rights, special voting rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to Preferred Stock of any other series to the extent permitted by law.
     Eighteen Million Seven Hundred Eighty Thousand (18,780,000) shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”). Thirty Million (30,000,000) shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as the Series B Non-voting Non-convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”). Fourteen Million (14,000,000) shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”). The rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications and limitations of the Preferred Stock shall be as follows.

2


 

     1.  Dividends .
     The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock in any year, out of assets legally available therefor (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock), unless the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive a dividend on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock in an amount equal to ten cents ($0.10) per share per annum (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares), payable when, as and if declared by the Board. Such dividends shall be cumulative and accrue from day-to-day, whether or not earned or declared. No dividends shall be paid or set aside with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) until all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are paid or set aside for payment to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock. After the payment or setting aside of dividends payable on shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, any additional dividends declared or paid in such year shall be declared or paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pari passu, in an amount equal to the product of (a) the dividend payable per share, multiplied by (b) the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, on an as-converted basis, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend.
     2.  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .
          (a) Payments to Holders of Series C Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (on a pari passu basis with the holders of any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock), and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series C Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to Two Dollars and Forty Cents ($2.40) per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares) (the “ Series C Original Issue Price ”), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Liquidation Amount ”). If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the remaining assets available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock the full aforesaid preferential amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

3


 

          (b) Payments to Holders of Series B Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking on liquidation senior to the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (on a pari passu basis with the holders of any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock), and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series B Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to One Dollar ($1.00) per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares) (the “ Series B Original Issue Price ”), plus any dividends accrued but unpaid thereon (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount ”). If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the remaining assets available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock the full aforesaid preferential amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.
          (c) Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking on liquidation senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distributions to its stockholders (on a pari passu basis with the holders of any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock), and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series A Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount equal to One Dollar ($1.00) per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the remaining assets available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock the full aforesaid preferential amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and any class or series of stock ranking on liquidation on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

4


 

          (d) Payments to Holders of Common Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking on liquidation senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders as otherwise set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.
          (e) Deemed Liquidation Events .
               (i) The following events shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2 (each, a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”), unless the holders of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of each of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, each voting as a separate series and on an as-converted basis, elect otherwise by written notice given to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event: (A) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation or entity in which outstanding shares of the Corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation or entity or its subsidiary (other than a mere reincorporation transaction) or (B) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, unless in either such case described in (A) and (B) the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or sale hold or will hold, immediately after such merger, consolidation or sale, at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring corporation or entity.
               (ii) The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation or sale shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board.
     3.  Voting . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and each holder of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Series A Preferred Stock and holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock, and with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock the terms of which so provide, as a single class. Except as provided by law, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to voting rights.
     4.  Optional Conversion .

5


 

     The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any conversion rights. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):
          (a) Right to Convert . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing One Dollar ($1.00) by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing Two Dollars and Forty Cents ($2.40) by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to the Series A Original Issue Price (determined without regard to any adjustment otherwise provided herein). The “ Series C Conversion Price ” shall be (i) for the period from and after the Original Issue Date (as defined below) until the Formula Triggering Event (as defined below), equal to the Series C Original Issue Price (determined without regard to any adjustment otherwise provided herein), and (ii) for the period from and after the completion of the independent audit of the Corporation’s 2008 financial statements (the “ Formula Triggering Event ”), equal to the amount determined in accordance with that certain Statement of Series C Conversion Price Formula issued by the Corporation to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock dated as of March ___, 2008.
     Such initial Series A Conversion Price and Series C Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. As used herein, “ Convertible Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock and/or the Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, and “ Conversion Price ” means the Series A Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price, as applicable.
     In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock.
          (b) Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.
          (c) Mechanics of Conversion .

6


 

               (i) In order for a holder of Convertible Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Convertible Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Convertible Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.
               (ii) The Corporation shall at all times when Convertible Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Convertible Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing a Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.
               (iii) All shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment

7


 

of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of such series accordingly.
               (iv) Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Convertible Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.
               (v) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
          (d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .
               (i) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4, the following definitions shall apply:
                    (A) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.
                    (B) “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued.
                    (C) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.
                    (D) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than the following (“ Exempted Securities ”):
  (I)   shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued as a dividend or distribution on the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock;
 
  (II)   shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4(e) or 4(f) below;

8


 

  (III)   shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board;
 
  (IV)   shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security, including any amendments thereto; or
 
  (V)   shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board, or shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board.
               (ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in a Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if: (a) the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(v)) for such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (b) prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.
               (iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .
                    (A) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities pursuant to Subsections 4(d)(i)(D)(I), (II), (III), (IV) or (V)) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor,

9


 

the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.
                    (B) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment pursuant to this clause (B) shall have the effect of increasing a Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.
                    (C) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities pursuant to Subsections 4(d)(i)(D)(I), (II), (III), (IV) or (V)), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(v) hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than such Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4(d)(iii)(A) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.
                    (D) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) below, such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

10


 

               (iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii)), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than a Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:
CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ¸ (A + C)
For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:
                    (A) CP 2 shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;
                    (B) CP 1 shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;
                    (C) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Convertible Preferred Stock) outstanding immediately prior to such issue);
                    (D) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and
                    (E) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.
               (v) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:
                    (A) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:
  (I)   insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;
 
  (II)   insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board; and

11


 

  (III)   in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board.
                    (B) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing
  (I)   the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by
 
  (II)   the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
               (vi) Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) above then, upon the final such issuance, such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without additional giving effect to any adjustments as a result of any subsequent issuances within such period).
          (e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a comparable subdivision of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series C

12


 

Preferred Stock or combine the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock without a comparable combination of the Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision or combination shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a comparable combination of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock or effect a subdivision of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock without a comparable subdivision of the Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination or subdivision shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.
          (f) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event each Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:
          (1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and
          (2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;
provided, however , that if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and provided, further , that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of such Convertible Preferred Stock simultaneously receive (i) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event or (ii) a dividend or other distribution of shares of such Convertible Preferred Stock which are convertible, as of the date of such event, into such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the number of additional

13


 

shares of Common Stock being issued with respect to each share of Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.
          (g) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Subsection (f) do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of such capital stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.
          (h) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2(c), if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Convertible Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections (e), (f) or (g) of this Section 4), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Convertible Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of one share of such Convertible Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock.
          (i) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Convertible Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such Convertible Preferred Stock.

14


 

          (j) Notice of Record Date . In the event:
               (i) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or
               (ii) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or
               (iii) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,
then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Convertible Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice. Any notice required by the provisions hereof to be given to a holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be deemed sent to such holder if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such holder at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.
     5.  Mandatory Conversion .
          (a) Upon the earlier of (i) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least Five Dollars ($5.00) per share (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other similar recapitalizations affecting such shares), in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under such Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation, resulting in at least Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) of gross proceeds to the Corporation or (ii) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (A) all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (B) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series. Upon the earlier of (x) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least Three Dollars ($3.00) per share (subject to

15


 

appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other similar recapitalizations affecting such shares), in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under such Act (or any successor thereto) or to an employee benefit plan of the Corporation, resulting in at least Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) of gross proceeds to the Corporation or (y) a date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Mandatory Conversion Date ”), (1) all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (2) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series. As used herein, “ Mandatory Conversion Date ” means the Series A Mandatory Conversion Date and/or the Series C Mandatory Conversion Date, as applicable.
          (b) All holders of record of shares of the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the DGCL, to each record holder of the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5. On the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Convertible Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Convertible Preferred Stock has been converted, and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates for the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4(b) in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.
          (c) All certificates evidencing shares of Convertible Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Convertible Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into

16


 

Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Convertible Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such Series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock accordingly.
     6.  Repurchase Right . The Corporation may, at any time, and upon delivery of written notice to each holder of the then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, repurchase all, but not less than all, of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding (the “ Repurchase ”) by paying cash to each such holder in respect to each such share in an amount equal to the sum of (i) One Dollar ($1.00) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares), plus (ii) all dividends accrued and unpaid thereupon, plus (iii) the Repurchase Premium, if applicable (as defined below). For purposes hereof, the “ Repurchase Premium ” shall mean (x) if the Corporation effectuates the Repurchase before the first anniversary of the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued (the “ Series B Original Issue Date ”), an amount equal to three cents ($0.03) per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares), (y) if the Corporation effectuates the Repurchase on or after the first anniversary of the Series B Original Issue Date but before the second anniversary of the Series B Original Issue Date, an amount equal to two cents ($0.02) per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares), and (z) if the Corporation effectuates the Repurchase on or after the second anniversary of the Series B Original Issue Date, but before the third anniversary of the Series B Original Issue Date, an amount equal to one cent ($0.01) per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares). In exchange for such payment by the Corporation, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the notice provided herein, the certificate(s) representing each such holder’s shares to be repurchased.
     7.  Put Right .
          (a) The Corporation shall, within thirty (30) days of the Corporation’s receipt of written notice or notices delivered to the Corporation at any time on or after the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Series B Original Issue Date (the “ Put Date ”) by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Electing Holders ”), electing to cause a redemption of such holders’ shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Election Notice ”), redeem all, but not less than all, of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such Electing Holders, by paying cash to such Electing Holders in respect to each such share in an amount equal to One Dollar ($1.00) per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares) plus all dividends accrued and unpaid thereon (the “ Put Price ”); provided, however, that the put right established herein shall be conditioned on the Corporation having, for the five (5) year period ending on December 31, 2011, cumulative, aggregate, gross operating profits in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

17


 

          (b) Within ten (10) days of the Corporation’s receipt of the Election Notice, the Corporation shall mail to each Electing Holder, at its post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, a written notice specifying (i) the Put Date, (ii) such Electing Holder’s aggregate Put Price to which it is entitled in exchange for such Electing Holder’s then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) the place at which payment of the Put Price may be obtained, and (iv) calling upon such Electing Holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, the certificate(s) representing such Electing Holder’s shares to be redeemed.
          (c) The put right established by this Section 7 shall be deemed absolute and vested upon the occurrence of the conditions specified herein; provided, however , actual redemption hereunder shall be further conditioned upon, and subject to, the legal availability of funds, and to the extent delayed, shall occur as soon thereafter as and when funds become legally available therefor.
     8.  No Reissuance of Preferred Stock . Any shares of Preferred Stock which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately canceled and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.
     9.  Waiver . Any of the rights, powers or preferences set forth herein of the each of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, may be waived or defeased by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be.
          FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.
          SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
          SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
          EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
          NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of

18


 

the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL so amended.
          Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.
          TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which DGCL permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL.
          Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or other agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.
          ELEVENTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
          3. The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.
          4. That said Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL.
* * *

19


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 29th day of April , 2008.
         
 
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Billy Prim
 
       
 
      Billy Prim, Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
     Primo Water Corporation (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”),
      DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
      FIRST: The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name “Primier Corporation”, and the original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 20, 2004, was amended and restated by an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 28, 2005, was amended by a Certificate of Amendment, changing the name of the Corporation from “Primier Corporation” to “Primo Water Corporation”, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 16, 2005, was amended and restated by a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 27, 2006, was amended and restated by a Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 13, 2007, and was amended and restated by a Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 29, 2008.
      SECOND: The amendments set forth herein were duly adopted by the written consent of directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 141, 242 and 228 of the DGCL. Notice of the action taken hereby is being delivered to stockholders who did not vote hereon as required by Section 228(e) of the DGCL.
      THIRD: Article Fourth, Section B (“Preferred Stock”), Subsection 1 (“Dividends”) of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
     1.  Dividends .
     The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock in any year, out of assets legally available therefor (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock), unless the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive a dividend on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock in an amount equal to ten cents ($0.10) per share per annum (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares), payable when, as and if declared by the Board. Such dividends shall be cumulative and accrue from day-to-day, whether or not

 


 

earned or declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Corporation requests that a holder of Series B Preferred Stock voluntarily defer dividend payments for any period(s), and such holder agrees to such voluntary deferral in writing, such holder shall be entitled, at the discretion of the Board, to a cumulative accrual with respect to such voluntarily deferred dividends in an amount equal to fifteen cents ($0.15), rather than ten cents ($0.10), per share per annum (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares) until such deferred dividends are paid by the Corporation to such holder, such voluntarily deferred dividends being payable at any time (without regard to the payment or non-payment of dividends to other holders of Series B Preferred Stock who did not voluntarily defer dividends) when, as and if declared by the Board. In the event of any voluntary deferral of dividends as described above, holders agreeing in writing to such deferral shall be entitled to payment of the full amount of the deferred dividends, cumulatively accrued at the rate of fifteen cents ($0.15) per share per annum, prior to the accrual rate on dividends payable to such holder being reduced back to ten cents ($0.10) per share per annum. No dividends shall be paid or set aside with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) until all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are paid or set aside for payment to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock. After the payment or setting aside of dividends payable on shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, any additional dividends declared or paid in such year shall be declared or paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pari passu, in an amount equal to the product of (a) the dividend payable per share, multiplied by (b) the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, on an as-converted basis, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend.
* * *

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to be signed by the undersigned this 30th day of March , 2009.
         
 
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Billy D. Prim
 
       
 
  Name:   Billy D. Prim
 
  Title:   President and CEO

 

Exhibit 3.3
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
     Primo Water Corporation (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”),
      DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
      FIRST: The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name “Primier Corporation”, and the original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 20, 2004, was amended and restated by an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 28, 2005, was amended by a Certificate of Amendment, changing the name of the Corporation from “Primier Corporation” to “Primo Water Corporation”, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 16, 2005, was amended and restated by a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 27, 2006, was amended and restated by a Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 13, 2007, was amended and restated by a Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 29, 2008, and was amended by a Certificate of Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 30, 2009.
      SECOND: The amendments set forth herein were duly adopted by the written consent of directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 141, 242 and 228 of the DGCL. Notice of the action taken hereby is being delivered to stockholders who did not vote hereon as required by Section 228(e) of the DGCL.
      THIRD: Article Fourth, Section B (“Preferred Stock”), Subsection 1 (“Dividends”) of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as amended) is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
     1.  Dividends .
     The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock in any year, out of assets legally available therefor (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock), unless the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive a dividend on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock in an amount equal to ten cents ($0.10) per share per annum (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or

 


 

similar recapitalization affecting such shares), payable when, as and if declared by the Board. Such dividends shall be cumulative and accrue from day-to-day, whether or not earned or declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, prior to December 31, 2009, the Corporation requests that a holder of Series B Preferred Stock voluntarily defer dividend payments, and if, prior to December 31, 2009, such holder agrees to such voluntary deferral in writing, such holder shall be entitled, at the discretion of the Board, to a cumulative accrual with respect to such voluntarily deferred dividend payments in an amount equal to fifteen cents ($0.15), rather than ten cents ($0.10), per share per annum (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares) from the effective date of such voluntary deferral until December 31, 2009, after which date the rate of the cumulative accrual with respect to all shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be ten cents ($0.10) per share per annum (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization affecting such shares). All such voluntarily deferred dividends are payable at any time (without regard to the payment or non-payment of dividends to other holders of Series B Preferred Stock who did not voluntarily defer dividend payments) when, as and if declared by the Board. No dividends shall be paid or set aside with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) until all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are paid or set aside for payment to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock. After the payment or setting aside of dividends payable on shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, any additional dividends declared or paid in such year shall be declared or paid to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pari passu, in an amount equal to the product of (a) the dividend payable per share, multiplied by (b) the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, on an as-converted basis, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend.
* * *

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to be signed by the undersigned this 28th day of December , 2009.
         
 
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Billy D. Prim
 
       
 
  Name:
Title:
  Billy D. Prim
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

Exhibit 10.1
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
between
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
and
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Dated: June 23, 2005

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
1.
  Definitions     1  
 
  1.1 Defined Terms:     1  
 
  1.2 Financial Terms     11  
 
           
2.
  The Credit Facilities; Letters of Credit; Interest and Fees     11  
 
  2.1 The Credit Facilities     11  
 
  2.2 Collections Account     12  
 
  2.3 Interest     12  
 
  2.4 Interest Rate Adjustments     12  
 
  2.5 Notice and Manner of Borrowing     12  
 
  2.6 Repayment of Loans     13  
 
  2.7 Additional Payment Provisions     14  
 
  2.8 Default Rate     15  
 
  2.9 Calculation of Interest     15  
 
  2.10 Letters of Credit     15  
 
  2.11 Fees     16  
 
  2.12 Statement of Account     16  
 
  2.13 Termination     16  
 
  2.14 USA Patriot Act Notice     17  
 
  2.15 Financial Management Account Agreement     17  
 
  2.16 Automatic Debit of Checking Account for Loan Payments     17  
 
           
3.
  Conditions Precedent to Extensions of Credit     17  
 
  3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Revolver Loan     17  
 
  3.2 Conditions Precedent to Term Loan     18  
 
  3.3 Conditions Precedent to Each Revolver Loan     20  
 
  3.4 Conditions Precedent to Each Term Loan Advance     20  
 
           
4.
  Representations and Warranties     21  
 
  4.1 Valid Existence and Power     21  
 
  4.2 Authority     21  
 
  4.3 Financial Condition     21  
 
  4.4 Litigation     21  
 
  4.5 Agreements, Etc     21  
 
  4.6 Authorizations     22  
 
  4.7 Title     22  
 
  4.8 Collateral     22  
 
  4.9 Jurisdiction of Organization; Location     22  
 
  4.10 Taxes     22  
 
  4.11 Labor Law Matters     22  
 
  4.12 Accounts     22  
 
  4.13 Judgment Liens     23  
 
  4.14 Corporate Structure     23  
 
  4.15 Deposit Accounts     23  
 
  4.16 Environmental     23  
 
  4.17 ERISA     23  
 
  4.18 Investment Company Act     23  
 
  4.19 Names     23  
 
  4.20 Insider     24  
 
  4.21 Sanctioned Persons; Sanctioned Countries     24  
 
  4.22 Compliance with Covenants; No Default     24  

i


 

             
        Page  
 
  4.23 Full Disclosure     24  
 
  4.24 Borrower Information Certificate     24  
 
           
5.
  Affirmative Covenants of Borrower     24  
 
  5.1 Use of Revolver Loan Proceeds     24  
 
  5.2 Maintenance of Business and Properties     24  
 
  5.3 Insurance     24  
 
  5.4 Notice of Default     25  
 
  5.5 Inspections of Books and Records and Field Examinations     25  
 
  5.6 Financial Information     25  
 
  5.7 Maintenance of Existence and Rights     26  
 
  5.8 Payment of Taxes, Etc     26  
 
  5.9 Subordination     26  
 
  5.10 Compliance; Hazardous Materials     26  
 
  5.11 Further Assurances     27  
 
  5.12 Covenants Regarding Collateral     27  
 
           
6.
  Negative Covenants of Borrower     27  
 
  6.1 Debt     27  
 
  6.2 Liens     28  
 
  6.3 Restricted Payments     28  
 
  6.4 Loans and Other Investments     29  
 
  6.5 Change in Business     29  
 
  6.6 Accounts     29  
 
  6.7 Transactions with Affiliates     29  
 
  6.8 No Change in Name, Offices or Jurisdiction of Organization; Removal of Collateral     30  
 
  6.9 No Sale, Leaseback     30  
 
  6.10 Margin Stock     30  
 
  6.11 Tangible Collateral     30  
 
  6.12 Subsidiaries     30  
 
  6.13 Liquidation, Mergers, Consolidations and Dispositions of Substantial Assets, Name and Good Standing     30  
 
  6.14 Change of Fiscal Year or Accounting Methods     30  
 
  6.15 Depositary Relationship     30  
 
           
7.
  Other Covenants of Borrower     30  
 
  7.1 Minimum EBITDA     30  
 
  7.2 Minimum Gross Revenues     31  
 
  7.3 Leases     31  
 
           
8.
  Default     31  
 
  8.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default     31  
 
  8.2 Remedies     33  
 
  8.3 Receiver     33  
 
  8.4 Deposits; Insurance     33  
 
           
9.
  Security Agreement     33  
 
  9.1 Security Interest     33  
 
  9.2 Financing Statements; Power of Attorney     34  
 
  9.3 Entry     34  
 
  9.4 Other Rights     35  
 
  9.5 Accounts     35  
 
  9.6 Waiver of Marshaling     35  
 
  9.7 Control     35  
 
           
10.
  Miscellaneous.     35  
 
  10.1 No Waiver, Remedies Cumulative     35  

ii


 

             
        Page  
 
  10.2 Survival of Representations     35  
 
  10.3 Indemnity By Borrower; Expenses     35  
 
  10.4 Notices     36  
 
  10.5 Governing Law     36  
 
  10.6 Successors and Assigns     37  
 
  10.7 Counterparts; Telecopied Signatures     37  
 
  10.8 No Usury     37  
 
  10.9 Powers     37  
 
  10.10 Approvals; Amendments     37  
 
  10.11 Participations and Assignments     37  
 
  10.12 Dealings with Multiple Borrowers     37  
 
  10.13 Waiver of Certain Defenses     37  
 
  10.14 Integration; Final Agreement     38  
 
  10.15 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; WAIVER OF PUNITIVE DAMAGES     38  
 
  10.16 BINDING ARBITRATION; PRESERVATION OF REMEDIES     38  
EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
     
Exhibit A-1
  Revolver Note
Exhibit B
  Joinder Agreement
Exhibit C
  Form of Guaranty Agreement
Exhibit 3.1.2
  Borrower Information Certificate
Exhibit 4
  Exceptions to Representations and Warranties
Exhibit 5.6(a)
  Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit 5.6(d)
  Compliance and No Default Certificates

iii


 

Loan and Security Agreement
     THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of June 23 , 2005 between PRIMO WATER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Primo”), and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, “Bank”);
WITNESSETH:
     In consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained and to induce Bank to extend credit to Borrower, the parties agree as follows:
      1.  Definitions . Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1.
          1.1 Defined Terms:
          “ Accession ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Code, together with any guaranties, letters of credit, Letter-of-Credit Rights, and other security therefor, including Supporting Obligations.
          “ Account Debtor ” means a Person who is obligated under any Account, Chattel Paper, General Intangible or Instrument.
          “ Affiliate ” of a Person means (a) any Person directly or indirectly owning 25% or more of the voting stock or equity interests of such named Person or of which the named Person owns 25% or more of such voting stock or equity interests; (b) any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such named Person; (c) any officer, director or employee of such named Person or any Affiliate of the named Person; and (d) any family member of the named Person or any Affiliate of such named Person.
          “ Applicable Margin ” means (a) as to any Revolver Loan, or portion thereof, that is a LMIR Loan, 2.50%; and
          (b) as to the Term Loan, or portion thereof that is a LMIR Loan, 1.50% until the Reduction Date, and, thereafter, 2.50%.
          “ Arbitration Rules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.16.
          “ Borrower ” means Primo and any Subsidiary who hereafter executes and delivers to Bank a Joinder Agreement.
          “ Borrower Information Certificate ” means a certificate submitted by Borrower to Bank on or before the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.1 hereto concerning certain factual information about Borrower, to be substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.1.2 hereto.
          “ Borrowing Base ” means, on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to:
               (i) until January 1, 2006, 90% of the total amount of Eligible Accounts, and after January 1, 2006, 80% of the total amount of Eligible Accounts, plus

 


 

               (ii) until October 1, 2005, 20% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory; after October 1, 2005, and until January 1, 2006, 30% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory; and after January 1, 2006, 40% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory; minus
               (iii) any Reserves;
provided, however, that at no time shall the portion of the Revolver Loan applicable to Inventory exceed 50% of the aggregate Borrowing Base and of the portion applicable to Inventory, no more than one-half shall be applicable to Placed Inventory.
          “ Borrowing Base Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a).
          “ Bottled Water Product Inventory ” means (a) all bottles and other containers that hold or contain, or are intended for use to hold or contain, Borrower’s bottled water products; (b) all caps, labels (whether or not affixed to any such bottles or other containers), and minerals necessary to produce Borrower’s bottled water products; and (c) all drinking water contained in any such bottles and other containers at any time, in each case whether Controlled Inventory or Placed Inventory.
          “ Business Day ” means a weekday on which Bank is open for business in Charlotte, North Carolina.
          “ Chattel Paper ” has the meaning set forth in the Code, including Electronic Chattel Paper and Tangible Chattel Paper, together with any guaranties, letters of credit, Letter-of-Credit Rights, and other security therefore, including Supporting Obligations.
          “ Closing Date ” means the date on which all of the conditions precedent in Section 3 of this Agreement applicable to the Revolver Loan are satisfied and the initial Revolver Loan is made under this Agreement.
          “ Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute), as adopted and in force in the Jurisdiction or, when the laws of any other state govern the method or manner of the perfection or enforcement of any security interest in any of the Collateral, the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute) of such state. Any term used in this Agreement and in any financing statement filed in connection herewith which is defined in the Code and not otherwise defined in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document has the meaning given to the term in the Code.
          “ Collateral ” means the following property of Borrower, wherever located and whether now owned by Borrower or hereafter acquired: (a) all Inventory; (b) all General Intangibles; (c) all Accounts; (d) all Chattel Paper; (e) all Instruments and Documents and any other instrument or intangible representing payment for goods or services; (f) all Equipment; (g) all Investment Property; (h) all Commercial Tort Claims; (i) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; (j) all Deposit Accounts and funds on deposit therein, including but not limited to any Disbursements Account, Collections Account or funds otherwise on deposit with or under the control of Bank or its agents or correspondents; (k) all Fixtures; and (l) all parts, replacements, substitutions, profits, products, Accessions and cash and non-cash Proceeds and Supporting Obligations of any of the foregoing (including, but not limited to, insurance proceeds) in any form and wherever located. Collateral shall include all written or electronically recorded books and records relating to any such Collateral and other rights relating thereto.
          “ Collateral Location ” means any location where Collateral is located, as identified and certified by Borrower from time to time.
          “ Collections Account ” means any Deposit Account maintained by Borrower at Bank to which collections, deposits and other payments on or with respect to Collateral may be made pursuant to the terms hereof, to which only Bank shall have access to withdraw or otherwise direct the disposition of funds on deposit therein.

2


 

          “ Commercial Tort Claim ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Controlled Inventory ” means Bottled Water Product Inventory in the possession of Borrower or a Manufacturer or Distributor.
          “ Debt ” means all liabilities of a Person as determined under GAAP and all obligations which such Person has guaranteed or endorsed or is otherwise secondarily or jointly liable for, and shall include, without limitation (a) all obligations for borrowed money or purchased assets, (b) obligations secured by assets whether or not any personal liability exists, (c) the capitalized amount of any capital or finance lease obligations, (d) the unfunded portion of pension or benefit plans or other similar liabilities, (e) obligations as a general partner, (f) contingent obligations pursuant to guaranties, endorsements, letters of credit and other secondary liabilities, (g) obligations for deposits, and (h) obligations under Swap Agreements.
          “ Default ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Event of Default.
          “ Default Rate ” means the Interest Rate (including the Applicable Margin) plus 2 percent per annum.
          “ Deposit Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Disbursements Account ” means any Deposit Account maintained by Borrower with Bank for the purpose of depositing the proceeds of Loans made pursuant hereto.
          “ Distributor ” means a Person located within the United States of America with whom Borrower has contracted for distribution of Bottled Water Product Inventory between Manufacturers and Retailers.
          “ Document ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Electronic Chattel Paper ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Eligible Accounts ” means all Accounts in U.S. dollars evidenced by a paper invoice or electronic equivalent (valued at the face amount of such invoice, less maximum discounts, credits and allowances which may be taken by Account Debtors on such Accounts, and net of any sales tax, finance charges or late payment charges included in the invoiced amount) created or acquired by Borrower arising from the sale of Inventory and/or the provision of certain services in Borrower’s ordinary course of business (as approved by Bank) in which Bank has a first (and only) priority, perfected security interest, but excluding, without duplication,
          (a) Accounts outstanding for longer than (i) ninety (90) days from original invoice date or (ii) sixty (60) days from the original due date, whichever is shorter;
          (b) all Accounts owed by an Account Debtor if more than fifty percent (50%) of the Accounts owed by such Account Debtor to Borrower are deemed ineligible hereunder pursuant to clause (a);
          (c) Accounts owing from any Affiliate of Borrower;
          (d) Accounts owed by a creditor of Borrower to the extent of the amount of the indebtedness of Borrower to such creditor;
          (e) Accounts which are in dispute or subject to any counterclaim, contra-account, volume rebate, cooperative advertising accrual, deposit or offset;
          (f) Accounts owing by any Account Debtor which is not Solvent;

3


 

          (g) Accounts arising from a sale on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, or sale-on-approval basis or from the delivery of Bottled Water Product Inventory to a Retailer on a consignment or similar basis prior to the sale thereof by the Retailer to consumer(s);
          (h) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor that (1) is a Sanctioned Person or (2) is located outside of the United States of America, unless in its sole and absolute discretion Bank agrees to allow such Account to be an Eligible Account and such Account is supported by a letter of credit or credit insurance assigned to Bank and which is issued by a financial institution and in an amount and on terms which are acceptable to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion;
          (i) Accounts owed by the United States of America or other governmental or quasi-governmental unit, agency or subdivision unless Borrower shall have complied with all applicable federal and state assignment of claims laws;
          (j) Accounts as to which the goods giving rise to the Account have not been delivered to and accepted by the Account Debtor or the service giving rise to the Account has not been completely performed or which do not represent a final sale;
          (k) Accounts evidenced by a note or other Instrument or Chattel Paper or reduced to judgment;
          (l) Accounts for which the total of all Accounts from an Account Debtor (together with the Affiliates of the Account Debtor) exceed fifty percent (50%) until the first anniversary of the Closing Date and twenty-five (25%) thereafter of the total Accounts of Borrower (to the extent of such excess);
          (m) Accounts which, by contract, subrogation, mechanics’ lien laws or otherwise, are subject to claims by Borrower’s creditors or other third parties or which are owed by Account Debtors as to whom any creditor of Borrower (including any bonding company) has lien or retainage rights, unless such lien or retainage rights have been effectively waived in writing by such creditor;
          (n) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor which is located in a jurisdiction where Borrower is required by such jurisdiction to qualify to transact business or to file reports in order to seek judicial enforcement of the Account, unless Borrower has so qualified or filed;
          (o) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor who disputes the liability therefor;
          (p) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor that shall be the subject of any proceeding of the type described in Section 8.1(f) or (g); and
          (q) Aged credits outstanding for longer than the sooner of (i) ninety (90) days from original invoice date or (ii) sixty (60) days from the original due date.
          No Account shall be an Eligible Account if any representation, warranty or covenant herein relating thereto shall be untrue, misleading or in default.
          “ Eligible Inventory ” means all Controlled Inventory and Placed Inventory acquired by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business as presently conducted consisting of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods, valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis, but excluding , however , in any event, without limitation of the foregoing, unless otherwise approved by Bank, any such Inventory which
          (a) is not at all times subject to a duly perfected, first priority (and only) security interest in favor of Bank (other than any rights of Distributors and Manufacturers in the ordinary course of business and with respect to the rights of Retailers and others under the Code as to Placed Inventory);

4


 

          (b) is not in good and saleable condition;
          (c) is on consignment from, or subject to any repurchase agreement with any supplier (other than with respect to Placed Inventory;
          (d) constitutes returned (other than empty bottles for Borrower’s bottled water products returned to Borrower or a Distributor or Manufacturer in the ordinary course of business); or repossessed, damaged, defective, obsolete, or slow-moving goods as determined by Bank;
          (e) does not conform in any material respect to the warranties and representations set forth in the Loan Documents in respect of Inventory Collateral or Collateral generally;
          (f) is subject to a negotiable document of title (unless issued or endorsed to Bank);
          (g) is subject to any license or other agreement that limits or restricts Borrower’s or Bank’s right to sell or otherwise dispose of such inventory (unless the licensor and Borrower enter into a licensor waiver in form and substance satisfactory to Bank);
          (h) is located at a Collateral Location with respect to which, if not owned and controlled by Borrower, Bank has not received from the Person owning such property or in control thereof a Third Party Waiver (unless Reserves are imposed with regard thereto as determined by Bank in its sole and absolute discretion) (other than Placed Inventory in the possession of a Retailer);
          (i) consists of any packaging materials (other than bottles for Borrower’s bottled water products, caps and labels therefor and minerals for use with such bottled water), supplies or promotional materials;
          (j) has been returned to, or repossessed by, Borrower (other than empty bottles for Borrower’s bottled water products returned to Borrower or a Distributor or Manufacturer in the ordinary course of business); or
          (k) which Bank otherwise in its reasonable discretion deems to not be Eligible Inventory.
          “ Environmental Laws ” means, collectively the following acts and laws, as amended: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980; the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; the Toxic Substances Act; the Clean Water Act; the Clean Air Act; the Oil Pollution and Hazardous Substances Control Act of 1978; and any other “Superfund” or “Superlien” law or any other federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material, as now or at any time hereafter in effect.
          “ Equipment ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.
          “ Event of Default ” means any event specified as such in Section 8.1 hereof (“ Events of Default ”), provided that there shall have been satisfied any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both; “ Default ” or “default” means any of such events, whether or not any such requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time or the happening of any further condition, event or act shall have been satisfied.
          “ Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal, for each day during such period, to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a

5


 

Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Bank from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
          “ Financial Management Account Agreement ” means any Financial Management Account – Investment/Commercial Loan Access Agreement or similar agreement now or hereafter entered into between Bank and Borrower.
          “ Fiscal Quarter ” means any fiscal quarter of the Borrower.
          “ Fiscal Year ” means any fiscal year of the Borrower.
          “ Fixtures ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the Unites States from time to time.
          “ General Intangibles ” has the meaning set forth in the Code, and includes, without limitation, general intangibles of Borrower, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by Borrower, including all choses in action, causes of action, company or other business records, inventions, blueprints, designs, patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, trade names, trade secrets, service marks, goodwill, brand names, copyrights, registrations, licenses, franchises, customer lists, permits, tax refund claims, computer programs, operational manuals, internet addresses and domain names, insurance refunds and premium rebates, all claims under guaranties, security interests or other security held by or granted to Borrower to secure payment of any of Borrower’s Accounts by an Account Debtor, all rights to indemnification and all other intangible property of Borrower of every kind and nature (other than Accounts).
          “ Guarantor ” means any Person hereafter guaranteeing, endorsing or otherwise becoming liable for the Term Loan. For purposes of this Agreement, no Person shall be considered a Guarantor unless and until the Term Loan is made.
          “ Guaranty Agreement ” means any guaranty substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof, hereafter executed and delivered by any Guarantor to Bank, as it may be modified, with respect to the Term Loan.
          “ Guaranty Removal Date ” means the last day of any Fiscal Quarter as of which Consolidated EBITDA has been positive for that Fiscal Quarter and for the immediately preceding three Fiscal Quarters, and during all such Fiscal Quarters no Default has occurred.
          “ Instrument ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Interest Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.
          “ Inventory ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Investment Property ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Item ” means any “item” as defined in Section 4-104 of the Code, and shall also mean and include checks, drafts, money orders or other media of payment.
          “ Joinder Agreement ” means a document substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, pursuant to which a Subsidiary agrees to become a party-Borrower to this Agreement.

6


 

          “ Jurisdiction ” means the State of North Carolina.
          “ Letter of Credit ” means a letter of credit issued by Bank for the account of Borrower as provided in Section 2.1.1 and 2.10 hereof.
          “ Letter of Credit Obligations ” means all obligations of Borrower to Bank, including but not limited to reimbursement obligations, commissions and fees, incurred by Borrower in connection with Bank’s issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of Letters of Credit hereunder.
          “ Letter-of-Credit Right ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, pledge, statutory lien or other lien arising by operation of law, security interest, trust arrangement, security deed, financing lease, collateral assignment or other encumbrance, conditional sale or title retention agreement, or any other interest in property designed to secure the repayment of Obligations, whether arising by agreement or under any statute or law or otherwise.
          “ LMIR Loan ” means a Loan, or portion thereof, during any period in which it bears interest at a rate based upon the LIBOR Market Index Rate.
          “ Loans ” means the Revolver Loans and the Term Loan.
          “ Loan Documents ” means the Loan Documents – Term Loan and Loan Documents – Revolver, together.
          “ Loan Documents — Revolver ” means this Agreement, each other Security Agreement, the Revolver Note, the Notice of Borrowings, the Borrower Information Certificate, Borrowing Base Certificates, UCC-1 financing statements and all other documents and instruments now or hereafter evidencing, describing, guaranteeing or securing the Revolver Loan contemplated hereby or delivered in connection herewith, as they may be modified, amended, extended, renewed or substituted from time to time, but does not include Swap Agreements.
          “ Loan Documents – Term Loan ” means this Agreement, each other Security Agreement, the Term Note, each Guaranty Agreement, the Term Loan Request, UCC-1 Financing Statements and all other documents and instruments now or hereafter evidencing, describing, guaranteeing or securing the Term Loan contemplated hereby or delivered in connection herewith, as they may be modified, amended, extended, renewed or substituted from time to time, but does not include Swap Agreements.
          “ Manufacturer ” means a Person located within the United States of America with whom Borrower has contracted for the manufacturer and production of Bottled Water Product Inventory.
          “ Material Adverse Effect ” means any (i) material adverse effect upon the validity, performance or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) material adverse effect upon the properties, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and/or any other Person obligated under any of the Loan Documents, (iii) material adverse effect upon the ability of Borrower or any other Person to fulfill any obligation under any of the Loan Documents, or (iv) material adverse effect on the Collateral.
          “ Material Agreement ” means an agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party (other than the Loan Documents) (i) which is deemed to be a material contract as provided in Regulation S-K promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or (ii) for which breach, termination, cancellation, nonperformance or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          “ Net Proceeds ” means, with respect to a disposition of any Collateral, proceeds (including cash receivable (when received) by way of deferred payment) received by Borrower in cash from the sale, lease, transfer

7


 

or other disposition of such Collateral, including insurance proceeds and awards of compensation received with respect to the destruction or condemnation of all or part of such Collateral, net of: (i) the reasonable and customary costs and expenses of such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (including legal fees and sales commissions); (ii) amounts applied to repayment of Debt for borrowed money (other than the Obligations) secured by a Permitted Lien on such Collateral disposed of that is senior to Bank’s Liens; and (iii) in connection with any sale of Collateral, a reasonable reserve (not to exceed 5% of the total purchase price) for post-closing adjustments to the purchase price, provided that upon the expiration of not more than ninety (90) days after the sale, any remaining reserve balance is remitted to Bank for application to the Obligations.
          “ Notes ” shall mean the Revolver Note and, when and if executed and delivered, the Term Note and any other promissory note now or hereafter evidencing any Obligations, and all modifications, extensions and renewals thereof.
          “ Notice of Borrowing ” with respect to Revolver Loans means the written request for a Revolver Loan as identified in Section 2.5.2 hereof .
          “ OFAC ” means the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or any successor thereto.
          “ Obligations ” means all obligations now or hereafter owed to Bank or any Affiliate of Bank by Borrower, whether related or unrelated to the Loans, this Agreement or the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, amounts owed or to be owed under the terms of the Loan Documents, or arising out of the transactions described therein, including, without limitation, the Loans, any Debt arising out of or relating to any Deposit Accounts of Borrower at Bank or any Affiliate of Bank or any cash management services or other products or services, including merchant card and ACH transfer services, Letter of Credit Obligations for outstanding Letters of Credit, obligations for banker’s acceptances issued for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, amounts paid by Bank under Letters of Credit or drafts accepted by Bank for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, together with all interest accruing thereon, including any interest on pre-petition Debt accruing after bankruptcy, all existing and future obligations under any Swap Agreements between Bank or any Affiliate of Bank and Borrower whenever executed (including obligations under Swap Agreements entered into prior to any transfer or sale of Bank’s interests hereunder if Bank ceases to be a party hereto), all fees, all costs of collection, attorneys’ fees and expenses of or advances by Bank which Bank pays or incurs in discharge of obligations of Borrower or to inspect, repossess, protect, preserve, store or dispose of any Collateral, whether such amounts are now due or hereafter become due, direct or indirect and whether such amounts due are from time to time reduced or entirely extinguished and thereafter re-incurred.
          “ Permitted Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.
          “ Permitted Liens ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.
          “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust, joint-stock company, joint venture, association, company, limited or general partnership, limited liability company, any government or any agency or political subdivision of any government, or any other entity or organization.
          “ Placed Inventory ” means Bottled Water Product Inventory placed by Borrower with a Retailer at a location within the United States of America for sale or exchange to consumers in any situation where a final sale of such Bottled Water Product Inventory to such Retailer has not occurred such that no Account with respect to such sale has been created.
          “ Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Projections “ has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(h) hereof.

8


 

          “ Properly Contested ” means, in the case of any Debt of Borrower or any Guarantor (including any taxes) that is not paid as and when due or payable by reason of Borrower’s or such Guarantor’s bona fide dispute concerning its liability to pay same or concerning the amount thereof, (i) such Debt is being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; (ii) Borrower or such Guarantor has established appropriate reserves as shall be required in conformity with GAAP; (iii) the non-payment of such Debt will not have a Material Adverse Effect and will not result in a forfeiture or sale of any assets of Borrower or such Guarantor; (iv) no Lien is imposed upon any of Borrower’s or such Guarantor’s assets with respect to such Debt unless such Lien is at all times junior and subordinate in priority to the Liens in favor of Bank (except only with respect to property taxes that have priority as a matter of applicable state law) and enforcement of such Lien is stayed during the period prior to the final resolution or disposition of such dispute; (v) if the Debt results from, or is determined by the entry, rendition or issuance against Borrower or such Guarantor or any of its assets of a judgment, writ, order or decree, enforcement of such judgment, writ, order or decree is stayed pending a timely appeal or other judicial review; and (vi) if such contest is abandoned, settled or determined adversely (in whole or in part) to Borrower or such Guarantor, Borrower or such Guarantor forthwith pays such Debt and all penalties, interest and other amounts due in connection therewith.
          “ Reduction Date ” has the same meaning as “Guaranty Removal Date.”
          “ Regulated Materials ” means any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material, the generation, handling, storage, disposal, treatment or emission of which is subject to any Environmental Law.
          “ Retailer ” means any Person who is a merchant with respect to Borrower’s Bottled Water Product Inventory.
          “ Reserves ” means, on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to the sum of the following (without duplication): (i) such reserves as may be established from time to time in good faith by Bank in the exercise of its reasonable commercial judgment to reflect changes in the salability of any Eligible Inventory in the ordinary course of business of Borrower or such other factors as may negatively impact the value of any Eligible Inventory, including reserves based on obsolescence, seasonality, theft or other shrinkage, imbalance, change in composition or mix, or markdowns; (ii) all amounts of past due rent, fees or other charges owing at such time by Borrower or any Guarantor to any landlord of any premises where any of the Collateral is located or to any processor, repairman, mechanic or other Person who is in possession of any Collateral or has asserted any Lien or claim thereto; (iii) any amounts which Borrower or any Guarantor is obligated to pay pursuant to the provisions of any of the Loan Documents that Bank elects to pay for the account of Borrower or such Guarantor in accordance with authority contained in any of the Loan Documents; (iv) all customer deposits or other prepayments held by Borrower; (v) the aggregate amount of all liabilities and obligations that are secured by Liens upon any of the Collateral that are senior in priority to Bank’s Liens if such Liens are not Permitted Liens (provided that the imposition of a reserve hereunder on account of such Liens shall not be deemed a waiver of the Event of Default that arises from the existence of such Liens); and (vi) such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as Bank in its reasonable discretion may elect to impose from time to time.
          “ Revolver Commitment ” means the commitment of Bank, subject to the terms and conditions herein, to make Revolver Loans and issue Letters of Credit in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 hereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000.00 at any one time.
          “ Revolver Loan ” means a loan made by Bank as provided in Section 2.1.1 hereof.
          “ Revolver Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2 hereof.
          “ Sanctioned Country ” means a country subject to the sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html or as otherwise published from time to time.

9


 

          “ Sanctioned Person ” means (i) a Person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals or Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html or as otherwise published from time to time, or (ii) (A) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (B) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (C) a Person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC.
          “ Security Agreement ” means this Agreement as it relates to a security interest in the Collateral, and any other mortgage instrument, security agreement or similar instrument now or hereafter executed by Borrower or other Person granting Bank a security interest in any Collateral to secure the Obligations.
          “ Senior Officer ” means the chairman of the board of directors, the president or the chief financial officer of, or in-house legal counsel to, Borrower.
          “ Solvent ” means, as to any Person, that such Person has capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions in which it is currently engaged and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage, is able to pay its debts as they mature, and has assets having a fair value greater than its liabilities, at fair valuation.
          “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership or other entity in which Borrower, directly or indirectly, owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock, capital or income interests, or other beneficial interests, or which is effectively controlled by such Person.
          “ Supporting Obligation ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Swap Agreement ” has the meaning for swap agreement as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101, as in effect from time to time, or any successor statute, and includes, without limitation, any rate swap agreement, forward rate agreement, commodity swap, commodity option, interest rate option, forward foreign exchange agreement, spot foreign exchange agreement, rate cap agreement, rate floor agreement, rate collar agreement, currency swap agreement, cross-currency rate swap agreement, currency option and any other similar agreement.
          “ Tangible Chattel Paper ” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
          “ Term ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including the Termination Date.
          “ Termination Date ” means the earliest of (i) the second anniversary of the Closing Date, (ii) the date on which Borrower terminates this Agreement and the credit facilities provided hereunder pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof, and (iii) the date on which Bank terminates its obligation to make Loans and other extensions of credit to Borrower pursuant to Section 8.2(a) hereof.
          “ Term Loan ” means the term loan which may be made, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, by Bank to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1.3 of this Agreement.
          “ Term Loan Acceptance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.3 hereof.
          “ Term Loan Commitment ” means the commitment of Bank to make the Term Loan in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1.3 of this Agreement.
          “ Term Loan Maturity Date ” means the second anniversary of the Closing Date.
          “ Term Loan Request “ has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.3 hereof.
          “ Term Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.4 of this Agreement.

10


 

          “ Third Party Waiver ” means a waiver or subordination of Liens satisfactory to Bank from any Manufacturers, Distributors, lessors, mortgages, warehouse operators, processors or other third parties that might have lienholders’ enforcement rights against any Collateral, waiving or subordinating those rights in favor of Bank and assuring Bank’s access to the Collateral in exercise of Bank’s rights hereunder.
          “ USA Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001.
          1.2 Financial Terms . . All financial terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them under GAAP unless another meaning shall be specified.
      2.  The Credit Facilities; Letters of Credit; Interest and Fees.
          2.1 The Credit Facilities .
               2.1.1 Revolver Commitment . Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make Revolver Loans to Borrower and to issue Letters of Credit on behalf of Borrower from time to time during the Term in amounts such that the aggregate principal amount of Revolver Loans and the face amount of any Letters of Credit at any one time outstanding will not exceed the lesser of (i) the Revolver Commitment and (ii) the Borrowing Base. Within the foregoing limit, Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolver Loans at any time during the Term.
               2.1.2 Revolver Note . Borrower shall execute and deliver to Bank, on the Closing Date, a promissory note in the form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Revolver Note”), which Revolver Note, in addition to the records of Bank, shall evidence the Revolver Loans and interest accruing thereon. All outstanding principal amounts and accrued interest under the Revolver Note shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Revolver Note and this Agreement.
               2.1.3 Term Loan Commitment . Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and upon the written request of Borrower given not later than the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Term Loan Acceptance”), to make a term loan (the “Term Loan”) to Borrower in the aggregate principal amount of up to $15,000,000.00. The Term Loan shall be funded by Bank, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at such times after the Closing Date and until the Term Loan Maturity Date, as the Borrower may request in writing (“Term Loan Request”) in accordance with the provisions hereof, provided that the aggregate amount of Term Loan advances shall not exceed $15,000,000.00, and provided further that, in recognition of the requirement contained in Section 2.6.2 for the aggregate principal amount, if any, of the Term Loan outstanding on the first anniversary of the Closing Date to be amortized over the last year of the Term, only the difference between $15,000,000.00 less the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan advanced prior to such first anniversary of the Closing Date may be borrowed during the last year of the Term. The proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used solely by Borrower for the following purposes: the acquisition of racking and shelving, trailers, furniture and fixtures, return bins and computer equipment. Borrower shall not be entitled to obtain Term Loan advances more frequently than twice per month, and Borrower shall not be entitled to reborrow any amounts repaid with respect to the Term Loan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Borrower shall not be obligated to give the Term Loan Acceptance, make any Term Loan Request or otherwise request or obtain advances of the Term Loan.
               2.1.4 Term Note . Borrower shall execute and deliver to Bank, prior to any request by Borrower for an advance of the Term Loan, a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Term Note”), which Term Note shall be in the principal amount of up to $15,000,000.00, and which Term Note, in addition to the records of Bank, shall evidence the Term Loan and interest accruing thereon. All outstanding principal amounts and accrued interest under the Term Note shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Term Note and this Agreement. Amounts advanced under the Term Note and thereafter repaid may not be reborrowed.

11


 

          2.2 Collections Account.
               2.2.1 Collections Account . All payments on Accounts and other Collateral shall be forwarded by Borrower to the Collections Account; provided, however, Bank, in its sole discretion, may require Borrower to establish a lockbox under the control of Bank to which all Account Debtors shall forward payments on the Accounts. Borrower shall pay all of Bank’s standard fees and charges in connection with such lockbox arrangement (if any) and Collections Account as such fees and charges may change from time to time. In the event Bank requires a lockbox arrangement hereunder, Borrower shall promptly after request from Bank notify Account Debtors on the Accounts to forward payments on the Accounts to the lockbox; provided, however, that following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right to directly contact Account Debtors at any time to ensure that payments on the Accounts are directed to the lockbox. All payment items received by Borrower on Accounts and sale of Inventory and other Collateral shall be held by Borrower in trust for Bank and not commingled with Borrower’s funds and shall be deposited promptly by Borrower to the Collections Account. All such items shall be the exclusive property of Bank upon the earlier of the receipt thereof by Bank or by Borrower. Borrower hereby grants to Bank a security interest in and lien upon all items and balances held in any lockbox, the Disbursements Account and the Collections Account as Collateral for the Obligations, in addition to and cumulative with the general security interest in all assets of Borrower (including all Deposit Accounts) contained in Section 9.1 hereof.
               2.2.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any duly authorized Person designated by Bank) as Borrower’s attorney-in-fact to endorse Borrower’s name on any checks, drafts, money orders or other media of payment which come into Bank’s possession or control; this power being coupled with an interest is irrevocable so long as any of the Obligations remain outstanding. Such endorsement by Bank under power of attorney shall, for all purposes, be deemed to have been made by Borrower (prior to any subsequent endorsement by Bank) in negotiation of the item.
               2.2.3 Application of Payments . Payment items received into the Collections Account shall be applied by Bank on account of the Revolver Loans the day after deposited by Borrower, subject to chargebacks for uncollected payment items, and if no Event of Default exists and no Revolver Loans are then outstanding or have been repaid, Bank shall pay over such of the proceeds of such payments to a Deposit Account maintained by Borrower at Bank and designated in writing by Borrower. No payment item received by Bank shall constitute payment to Bank until such item is actually collected by Bank and credited to the Collections Account; provided, however, that Bank shall have the right to charge back to the Collections Account (or any other account of Borrower maintained at Bank) an item which is returned for inability to collect, plus accrued interest during the period of Bank’s provisional credit for such item prior to receiving notice of dishonor.
          2.3 Interest . Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of all unpaid principal amounts of the Loans from the respective dates such principal amounts are advanced until paid (whether at stated maturity, on acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time plus the LMIR in effect from time to time (“Interest Rate”).
          2.4 Interest Rate Adjustments.
               2.4.1 LMIR Loan . The interest rate shall be adjusted daily as applicable to reflect LIBOR Market Index Rate then in effect.
          2.5 Notice and Manner of Borrowing.
               2.5.1 Loans . Borrower shall give Bank irrevocable telephonic notice of each proposed Revolver Loan and each Term Loan advance not later than 11:00 a.m. (local time in Charlotte, North Carolina) on the same business day as each proposed Loan, or advance. Each such notice shall specify (i) the date of such Loan, which shall be a Business Day, (ii) the amount of each Loan and (iii) in the case of a Term Loan advance, the use the Borrower shall make with the proceeds of such advance, which shall be one of the uses set forth in Section 2.1.3, together with such other evidence (e.g., invoices, statements, contracts, purchase orders, etc.)

12


 

satisfactory to Bank regarding each use. Notices received after 11:00 a.m. (local time in Charlotte, North Carolina) shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Bank’s acceptance of such a request shall be indicated by its making the Loan or advance requested. Such a Loan or advance shall be made available to Borrower in immediately available funds by deposit into the Disbursement Account.
               2.5.2 Additional Provisions for Requests for Revolver Loans . Bank, in its discretion, may require from Borrower a signed written request for a Revolver Loan in form of a Notice of Borrowing satisfactory to Bank, which request shall be irrevocable and shall be delivered to Bank no later than 11:00 a.m. (local time in Charlotte, North Carolina) on the date determined in accordance with Section 2.5.1, and shall set forth the calculation of the Borrowing Base and a reconciliation to the previous request or Borrowing Base Certificate, specify the information required by Section 2.5.1 for the proposed Revolver Loan and provide such other information as Bank may require.
                    (a) Subject to subsection 2.5.2(c) below, unless payment is otherwise timely made by Borrower, the becoming due of any amount required to be paid with respect to any of the Obligations (whether as principal, accrued interest, fees or other charges owed to Bank or any Affiliate of Bank) shall be deemed irrevocably to be a request (without the requirement for the submission of a Notice of Borrowing) for Revolver Loans on the due date of, and in an aggregate amount required to pay, such Obligations, and Bank may disburse the proceeds of such Revolver Loans by way of direct payment of the relevant Obligations.
                    (b) Subject to subsection 2.5.2(c) below, the presentation for payment of any check or other item of payment drawn on the Disbursement Account at a time when there are insufficient funds in such account to cover such item shall be deemed irrevocably to be a request (without any requirement for the submission of a Notice of Borrowing) for Revolver Loans on the date of such presentation in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the items presented for payment, and Bank may disburse the proceeds of such Revolver Loans to the Disbursement Account.
                    (c) Bank shall have no obligation to Borrower to honor any deemed request for a Revolver Loan under Section 2.5.2(a) or Section 2.5.2(b) above after the Termination Date or when the principal amount of such Revolver Loan, when added to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolver Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations would exceed the lesser of the Revolver Commitment and the Borrowing Base at such time or when any condition precedent in Section 3.3 hereof is not satisfied, but may do so in its discretion and without regard to the existence of, and without being deemed to have waived, any Default or Event of Default.
               2.5.3 Excess Outstandings . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, make or permit to remain outstanding Revolver Loans which, when added to the principal amount of all other Revolver Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations, exceed the Revolver Commitment or the Borrowing Base, and all such amounts shall (i) be part of the Obligations evidenced by the Revolver Note, (ii) bear interest as provided herein, (iii) be payable upon demand by Bank, and (iv) be secured by the Collateral and be entitled to all rights and security as provided under the Loan Documents.
          2.6 Repayment of Loans .
               2.6.1 Repayment of Revolver Loans .
                    (a) The outstanding principal amount of the Revolver Loans shall be repaid as follows: Any portion of the Revolver Loans shall be paid by Borrower to Bank immediately upon each receipt by Bank or Borrower of any proceeds of any Accounts or Inventory, to the extent of such proceeds. Bank may apply all proceeds of Accounts or other Collateral received by Bank and all other payments in respect of the Obligations to the Revolver Loans whether or not then due or to any other Obligations then due, in whatever order or manner Bank shall determine. In any event, the outstanding principal amount of Revolver Loans shall be due and payable on the Termination Date.

13


 

                    (b) Interest accrued on the Revolver Loans shall be due and payable on (i) the first day of each Fiscal Quarter for the immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter, computed through the last calendar day of the preceding Fiscal Quarter; and (ii) on the Termination Date.
               2.6.2 Repayment of Term Loan .
                    (a) The principal amount of the Term Loan, if made and if not sooner paid, shall be due and payable and shall be repaid by Borrower in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date. In addition, beginning the first day of the first Fiscal Quarter on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date and continuing on the first day of each Fiscal Quarter thereafter, Borrower shall make quarterly payments of the Term Loan, each in an amount equal to one-twentieth (1/20 th ) of the principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding on the first anniversary of the Closing Date.
                    (b) Interest accrued on the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan shall be due and payable on (i) the first calendar day of each Fiscal Quarter for the immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter, computed through the last calendar day of the preceding Fiscal Quarter.
               2.6.3 Optional Prepayments of Term Loan . Borrower may, at its option, prepay any portion of the Term Loan in whole at any time or in part from time to time, in amounts aggregating not less than $500,000.00 or if less, the principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding, by paying the principal amount to be prepaid together with interest accrued or unpaid thereon to the date of prepayment. Borrower shall give written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to Bank of any intended prepayment not less than one (1) Business Day prior to any prepayment. Such notice, once given, shall be irrevocable. Each prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied first to accrued but unpaid interest and the balance to installments of principal in the inverse order of their maturities.
               2.6.4 Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loan . Borrower shall repay the entire unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan, if any, and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on the Termination Date. If the Term Loan is made, Borrower shall also be required to prepay the principal balance of the Term Loan, in inverse order of their maturities, as follows:
                    (a) Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan in connection with dispositions of Equipment by Borrower subsequent to the first Term Loan advance in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of such disposition, except for dispositions of obsolete or worn out Equipment in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that the foregoing prepayment requirement shall not apply with respect to the disposition of Equipment in a single transaction resulting in Net Proceeds of less than $10,000.
                    (b) Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of insurance or condemnation awards paid subsequent to the first Term Loan advance in respect of any Equipment, except to the extent that such Net Proceeds are applied to purchase replacement Equipment; provided, that the foregoing prepayment requirement shall not apply with respect to an insurance or condemnation award resulting in Net Proceeds of less than $10,000.
                    (c) The terms of this Section 2.6.4 shall be not be deemed to evidence Bank’s consent to any disposition of any Collateral, if Borrower is otherwise required by the terms of this Agreement to obtain such prior consent from Bank. Any Net Proceeds due to be turned over to Bank for prepayment of the Obligations hereunder shall be applied to the Term Loan in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion.
          2.7 Additional Payment Provisions .
               2.7.1 Payment of Other Obligations . The balance of the Obligations under the Loan Documents requiring the payment of money shall be repaid by Borrower to Bank as and when provided in the relevant Loan Documents, or, if no date of payment is otherwise specified in the Loan Documents, on demand .

14


 

               2.7.2 Authorization to Debit . Bank may debit the Disbursement Account, the Collections Account and any account subject to Bank’s control (as such term is used in Article 9 of the Code) and/or make Revolver Loans to Borrower (whether or not in excess of the lesser of the Revolver Commitment and the Borrowing Base) and apply such amounts to the payment of interest, fees, expenses and other amounts to which Bank may be entitled from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized to do so without the consent of Borrower.
               2.7.3 Time and Location of Payment . Borrower shall make each payment of principal of and interest on the Loans and fees hereunder not later than 12:00 noon (local Charlotte, North Carolina time) on the date when due, without set off, counterclaim or other deduction, in immediately available funds to Bank at its address referred to in Section 10.4. Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Loans or of fees shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If the date for any payment of principal is extended by operation of law or otherwise, interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.
               2.7.4 Late Charge . If any payments are not timely made, Borrower shall also pay to Bank a late charge equal to 4% of each payment past due for 15 or more days. This late charge shall not apply to payments due at maturity or by acceleration of the Loans, unless such late payment is in an amount not greater than the highest periodic payment due hereunder.
               2.7.5 Excess Over Borrowing Base . To the extent that the aggregate amount of all Revolver Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations exceeds the Borrowing Base at any time, the amount of such excess will be paid immediately to Bank.
               2.7.6 Swaps Are Independent . Any prepayment shall not affect Borrower’s obligation to continue making payments under any Swap Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such prepayment, subject to the terms of such Swap Agreement.
               2.7.7 Capital Requirements . If either (a) the introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any applicable law or (b) compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or comparable agency or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law), has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of, or has affected or would affect the amount of capital required to be maintained by Bank or any corporation controlling Bank as a consequence of, or with reference to, the Revolver Commitment and other commitments of this type, below the rate which Bank or such other corporation could have achieved but for such introduction, change or compliance, then within five (5) Business Days after written demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank from time to time as specified by Bank additional amounts sufficient to compensate Bank or such other corporation for such reduction. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to Borrower by Bank shall, in the absence of manifest error, be presumed to be correct and binding for all purposes.
          2.8 Default Rate . In addition to all other rights contained in the Loan Documents, if an Event of Default occurs, the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations, other than Obligations under any Swap Agreements between Borrower and Bank or its affiliates, may, at Bank’s option, bear interest at the Default Rate. The Default Rate shall apply from acceleration until such Obligations or any judgment thereon is paid in full.
          2.9 Calculation of Interest . All fees and other charges provided for in this Agreement that are calculated as a per annum percentage of any amount and all interest shall be calculated daily and shall be computed on the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days. F or purposes of computing interest and other charges hereunder, all payment items and other forms of payment received by Bank shall be deemed applied by Bank on account of the Obligations (subject to final payment of such items) on the first Business Day after Bank receives such items in immediately available funds in the Collections Account. Each determination by Bank of interest and fees hereunder shall be presumptive evidence of the correctness of such interest and fees.
          2.10 Letters of Credit .

15


 

               2.10.1 Issuance of Letters of Credit . Bank shall from time to time issue, upon five (5) Business Days prior written notice, extend or renew letters of credit for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that (i) the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued by Bank which are outstanding at any one time shall not exceed $1,000,000.00, (ii) Bank shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect thereto, the principal amount of all Revolver Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations would exceed the lesser of the Borrowing Base and the Revolver Commitment, and (iii) all other conditions precedent to the issuance of each such Letter of Credit as set forth herein are satisfied or waived in writing by Bank. All payments made by Bank under any such Letters of Credit (whether or not Borrower is the account party) and all fees, commissions, discounts and other amounts owed or to be owed to Bank in connection therewith, shall be paid on demand, unless Borrower instructs Bank to make a Revolver Loan to pay such amount, Bank agrees to do so, and the necessary amount remains available to be drawn as a Revolver Loan hereunder. All Letter of Credit Obligations shall be secured by the Collateral. Borrower shall complete and sign such applications and supplemental agreements and provide such other documentation as Bank may require. The form and substance of all Letters of Credit, including expiration dates, shall be subject to Bank’s approval, and Bank shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit which has a maturity date later than the Termination Date. Bank may charge certain fees or commissions for the issuance, handling, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit. Borrower unconditionally guarantees all obligations of any Subsidiary with respect to Letters of Credit issued by Bank for the account of such Subsidiary. Upon a Default, Borrower shall, on demand, deliver to Bank good funds equal to 105% of Bank’s maximum liability under all outstanding Letters of Credit, to be held as cash Collateral for Borrower’s reimbursement obligations and other Obligations.
               2.10.2 Law Governing Letter of Credit . Any Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall be governed, as applicable, by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) Publication 500 or any subsequent revision or restatement thereof adopted by the ICC and in use by Bank or the International Standby Practices, ICC Publication No. 590 or any subsequent revision or restatement thereof adopted by the ICC and in use by Bank, except to the extent that the terms of such publication would limit or diminish rights granted to Bank hereunder or in any other Loan Document.
          2.11 Fees .
               2.11.1 Revolver Loan Facility Fee . Borrower shall pay to Bank a non-refundable, fully earned Revolver Loan facility fee in the amount of $125,000.00, one-half of which shall be payable on the Closing Date and the other one-half of which shall be payable on or before March 31, 2006.
               2.11.2 Term Loan Facility Fee . If the Term Loan is made, Borrower shall pay to Bank a non-refundable, fully earned Term Loan facility fee in an amount equal to 0.3% of principal amount of each advance of the Term Loan, which fee shall be payable concurrently with the submission by Borrower to Bank of a Term Loan Request for such advance.
               2.11.3 Letter of Credit Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank, at such times as Bank shall require, Bank’s standard fees in connection with Letters of Credit, as in effect from time to time, and with respect to standby Letters of Credit, at the time of issuance of each standby Letter of Credit, a fee equal to the greater of (a) $500.00 or (b) 2.50% per annum on the face amount of the Letter of Credit for the period of time the standby Letter of Credit will be outstanding.
          2.12 Statement of Account . If Bank provides Borrower with a statement of account on a periodic basis, such statement will be presumed complete and accurate and will be definitive and binding on Borrower, unless objected to with specificity by Borrower in writing within forty-five (45) days after receipt.
          2.13 Termination . Upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, Borrower may, at its option, terminate this Agreement and the Revolver Commitment in its entirety but not partially; provided however, no such termination by Borrower shall be effective until the full, final and indefeasible payment of the Obligations in cash or immediately available funds and in the case of any Obligations consisting of contingent obligations, Bank’s receipt of either cash or a direct pay letter of credit naming Bank as beneficiary and in form and

16


 

substance and from an issuing bank acceptable to Bank, in each case in an amount not less than 105% of the aggregate amount of all such contingent obligations. Any notice of termination given by Borrower shall be irrevocable unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing. Bank may terminate this Agreement and the Revolver Commitment at any time, without notice, upon or after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default.
          2.14 USA Patriot Act Notice . To help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each Person who opens an account. For purposes of this section, account shall be understood to include loan accounts.
          2.15 Financial Management Account Agreement . The provisions of this Agreement shall be subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of any Financial Management Account Agreement, which shall control the manner in which funds are transferred between the applicable demand deposit account and the Revolver Loan for credit or debit to the Revolver Loan.
          2.16 Automatic Debit of Checking Account for Loan Payments . Borrower authorizes Bank to debit demand deposit account number 2000026543086, or any other account with Bank (routing number 053101626) designated in writing by Borrower, for any payments due under the Notes. Borrower further certifies that Borrower holds legitimate ownership of this account and preauthorizes this periodic debit as part of its right under said ownership.
      3.  Conditions Precedent to Extensions of Credit .
          3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Revolver Loan . In addition to any other requirement set forth in this Agreement, Bank shall not be required to fund any Revolver Loan or make any other extension of credit hereunder unless and until the following conditions shall have been satisfied, in the sole opinion of Bank and its counsel:
               3.1.1 Loan Documents — Revolver . Borrower and each other party to any Loan Document - Revolver, as applicable, shall have executed and delivered this Agreement, the Revolver Note, and other required Loan Documents — Revolver, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.
               3.1.2 Supporting Documents and Other Conditions . Borrower shall cause to be delivered to Bank the following documents and shall satisfy the following conditions:
                    (a) A copy of the governing instruments of Borrower and each Subsidiary, and good standing certificates of Borrower and each Subsidiary, certified by the appropriate official of their respective states of incorporation and each state in which Borrower or such Subsidiary is qualified to do business;
                    (b) Incumbency certificate and certified resolutions of the board of directors (or other appropriate governing body) of Borrower and each other Person executing any Loan Documents - Revolver, signed by the Secretary or another authorized officer of Borrower or such other Person, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents — Revolver;
                    (c) The legal opinion of Borrower’s legal counsel addressed to Bank regarding such matters as Bank and its counsel may reasonably request;
                    (d) A satisfactory Borrowing Base Certificate duly completed by Borrower, together with all supporting statements, schedules and reconciliations as required by Bank;
                    (e) UCC-11 searches and other Lien searches showing no existing security interests in or Liens on the Collateral, unless such liens are Permitted Liens or are otherwise approved by Bank in writing;

17


 

                    (f) A satisfactory Borrower Information Certificate duly completed by Borrower;
                    (g) Satisfactory evidence of insurance meeting the requirements of Section 5.3;
                    (h) UCC-1 financing statements and, if applicable, certificates of title covering the Collateral shall duly have been recorded or filed in the manner and places required by law to establish, preserve, protect and perfect the interests and rights created or intended to be created by the Security Agreement; and all taxes, fees and other charges in connection with the execution, delivery and filing of the Security Agreement and the financing statements shall duly have been paid;
                    (i) Subordinations satisfactory to Bank from all Affiliates as required by Section 5.9;
                    (j) Third Party Waivers as required by Section 5.12 (c);
                    (k) A complete and final payoff letter from any lender whose outstanding Debt is to be satisfied by remittance of proceeds of the initial Revolver Loan, and, if applicable, such disbursement letter as shall be required to direct the payment of loan proceeds;
                    (l) All required appraisals shall have been completed to Bank’s satisfaction;
                    (m) All additional opinions, documents, certificates and other assurances that Bank or its counsel may require;
                    (n) Satisfactory evidence of payment of all fees due and reimbursement of all costs incurred by Bank, and evidence of payment to other parties of all fees or costs which Borrower is required under the Loan Documents to pay by the date of the initial Revolver Loan;
                    (o) There shall be no litigation in which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party defendant, which may have a Material Adverse Effect;
                    (p) Bank shall have received Borrower’s pro forma, forecasted financial statements and such other financial reports and information concerning Borrower as Bank shall request, and Bank shall be satisfied therewith.
          3.2 Conditions Precedent to Term Loan . In addition to any other requirement set forth in this Agreement, Bank shall not be required to fund the Term Loan unless and until the following conditions shall have been satisfied, in the sole opinion of Bank and its counsel:
                         3.2.1 Loan Documents – Term Loan . Borrower and each other party to any Loan Document – Term Loan, as applicable, shall have executed and delivered this Agreement, the Term Note, and other required Loan Documents — Term Loan, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. In addition, the identity of the Guarantor(s) must be satisfactory to Bank; provided, however, no Guarantor shall be required in connection with the Term Loan if the Guaranty Removal Date shall have then occurred.
                         3.2.2 Supporting Documents and Other Conditions . To the extent not theretofore satisfied in connection with the Revolver Loan, Borrower shall cause to be delivered to Bank the following documents and shall satisfy the following conditions:

18


 

                    (a) A copy of the governing instruments of Borrower and each Subsidiary, and good standing certificates of Borrower and each Subsidiary, certified by the appropriate official of their respective states of incorporation and each state in which Borrower or such Subsidiary is qualified to do business;
                    (b) Incumbency certificate and certified resolutions of the board of directors (or other appropriate governing body) of Borrower and each other Person executing any Loan Documents, signed by the Secretary or another authorized officer of Borrower or such other Person, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents – Term Loan;
                    (c) The legal opinion of Borrower’s and any Guarantor’s legal counsel addressed to Bank regarding such matters as Bank and its counsel may reasonably request;
                    (d) UCC-11 searches and other Lien searches showing no existing security interests in or Liens on the Collateral;
                    (e) A satisfactory Borrower Information Certificate duly completed by Borrower;
                    (f) Satisfactory evidence of insurance meeting the requirements of Section 5.3;
                    (g) UCC-1 financing statements and, if applicable, certificates of title covering the Collateral shall duly have been recorded or filed in the manner and places required by law to establish, preserve, protect and perfect the interests and rights created or intended to be created by the Security Agreement; and all taxes, fees and other charges in connection with the execution, delivery and filing of the Security Agreement and the financing statements shall duly have been paid;
                    (h) Subordinations satisfactory to Bank from all Guarantors and Affiliates as required by Section 5.9;
                    (i) Third Party Waivers as required by Section 5.12 (c);
                    (j) Financial Statements of the Guarantor(s) evidencing a financial condition of the Guarantor(s) satisfactory to Bank;
                    (k) The evidence (e.g., invoices, statements, contracts, purchase orders, etc.) required pursuant to Section 2.5.1 with respect to the first advance of the Term Loan;
                    (l) All additional opinions, documents, certificates and other assurances that Bank or its counsel may require;
                    (m) Satisfactory evidence of payment of all fees due and reimbursement of all costs incurred by Bank, and evidence of payment to other parties of all fees or costs which Borrower is required under the Loan Documents to pay by the date of the initial Term Loan advance;
                    (n) There shall be no litigation in which Borrower or any Guarantor or Subsidiary is a party defendant, which Bank determines may have a Material Adverse Effect;
                    (o) Bank shall have received Borrower’s then updated forecasted financial statements and such other financial reports and information concerning Borrower as Bank shall request, and Bank shall be satisfied therewith.

19


 

               3.3 Conditions Precedent to Each Revolver Loan . In addition to any other requirements set forth in this Agreement, Bank shall not be required to fund any Revolver Loan or issue any Letter of Credit unless and until the following conditions shall have been satisfied, in the sole opinion of Bank and its counsel, and each Notice of Borrowing (whether or not a written Notice of Borrowing is required) shall be deemed to be a representation that all such conditions have been satisfied:
                         3.3.1 Notice of Borrowing . Borrower shall have delivered to Bank a Notice of Borrowing and such other information as Bank may request.
                         3.3.2 No Default . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing or could occur upon the making of the Revolver Loan and, if Borrower is required to deliver a written Notice of Borrowing, Borrower shall have delivered to Bank an officer’s certificate to such effect, which may be incorporated in the Notice of Borrowing.
                         3.3.3 Correctness of Representations . All representations and warranties made by Borrower herein or otherwise in writing in connection herewith shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though the representations and warranties had been made on and as of date of the proposed Revolver Loan or Letter of Credit, and, if Borrower is required to deliver a written Notice of Borrowing, Borrower shall have delivered to Bank an officer’s certificate to such effect, which may be incorporated in the Notice of Borrowing.
                         3.3.4 No Adverse Change . There shall have been no change which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower or any Subsidiary since the date of the most recent financial statements of such Person delivered to Bank from time to time.
                         3.3.5 Limitations Not Exceeded . The proposed Revolver Loan or Letter of Credit shall not cause the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Revolver Loans plus Letter of Credit Obligations to exceed the lesser of the Revolver Commitment and the Borrowing Base.
                         3.3.6 Further Assurances . Borrower shall have delivered such further documentation or assurances as Bank may reasonably require.
               3.4 Conditions Precedent to Each Term Loan Advance . In addition to other requirements set forth in this Agreement, Bank shall not be required to make any advance of the Term Loan unless and until the following conditions shall have been satisfied, in the sole opinion of Bank and its counsel, and each request for a Term Loan advance shall be deemed to be a representation that all such conditions have been satisfied:
                         3.4.1 Request . Borrower shall have delivered to Bank a Term Loan Request for Term Loan advance and such other information, as Bank may request.
                         3.4.2 No Default . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing or could occur upon the making of the Term Loan advance in question.
                         3.4.3 Correctness of Representations . All representations and warranties made by Borrower and any Guarantor herein or otherwise in writing in connection herewith shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though the representations and warranties had been made on and as of date of the proposed Term Loan advance.
                         3.4.4 No Adverse Change . There shall have been no change which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor since the date of the most recent financial statements of such Person delivered to Bank from time to time.

20


 

                         3.4.5 No Termination . Bank shall (i) have timely received all financial information from all Guarantors as required under the Loan Documents, and (ii) not have received notice from any Guarantor or any surety terminating or repudiating such Person’s guaranty of the Term Loan.
                         3.4.6 Further Assurances . Borrower shall have delivered such further documentation or assurances as Bank may reasonably require.
      4.  Representations and Warranties . Except as may be set forth in Exhibit 4 attached hereto and made a part hereof, in order to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans or extend credit as provided for herein, Borrower makes the following representations and warranties, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents. Unless otherwise specified, such representations and warranties shall be deemed made as of the date hereof and as of the date of each request for a Loan or extension of credit hereunder:
          4.1 Valid Existence and Power . Each of Borrower and each Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is duly qualified or licensed to transact business in all places where the failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect on it. Each of Borrower and each other Person which is a party to any Loan Document (other than Bank) has the power to make and perform the Loan Documents executed by it and all such instruments will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Person, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to bankruptcy and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally. Borrower is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.
          4.2 Authority . The execution, delivery and performance thereof by Borrower and each other Person (other than Bank) executing any Loan Document have been duly authorized by all necessary actions of such Person, and do not and will not violate any provision of law or regulation, or any writ, order or decree of any court or governmental or regulatory authority or agency or any provision of the governing instruments of such Person, and do not and will not, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, result in a breach of, or constitute a default or require any consent under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any property or assets of such Person pursuant to, any law, regulation, instrument or agreement to which any such Person is a party or by which any such Person or its respective properties may be subject, bound or affected.
          4.3 Financial Condition . Other than as disclosed in the audited financial statements of the Borrower for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2004, neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary nor (to the knowledge of Borrower) any Guarantor has any direct or contingent obligations or liabilities (including any guarantees or leases) or any material unrealized or anticipated losses from any commitments of such Person. All such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present the financial condition of Borrower, Subsidiary or Guarantor, as the case may be, as of the date thereof. Borrower is not aware of any material adverse fact (other than facts which are generally available to the public and not particular to Borrower, such as general economic trends) concerning the conditions or future prospects of Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor which has not been fully disclosed to Bank, including any adverse change in the operations or financial condition of such Person since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to Bank. Borrower is Solvent, and after consummation of the transactions set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan documents, Borrower will be Solvent.
          4.4 Litigation . There are no suits or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened, before any court or by or before any governmental or regulatory authority, commission, bureau or agency or public regulatory body against or affecting Borrower, any Subsidiary or (to Borrower’s knowledge) any Guarantor, or their assets, which if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect on the financial condition or business of Borrower, such Subsidiary or such Guarantor.
          4.5 Agreements, Etc . Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any court order, governmental decree or any charter or other corporate restriction, adversely

21


 

affecting its business, assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise), nor is any such Person in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party, or any law, regulation, decree, order or the like.
          4.6 Authorizations . All authorizations, consents, approvals and licenses required under applicable law or regulation for the ownership or operation of the property owned or operated by Borrower or any Subsidiary or for the conduct of any business in which it is engaged have been duly issued and are in full force and effect, and it is not in default, nor has any event occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default, under any of the terms or provisions of any part thereof, or under any order, decree, ruling, regulation, closing agreement or other decision or instrument of any governmental commission, bureau or other administrative agency or public regulatory body having jurisdiction over such Person, which default would have a Material Adverse Effect on such Person. Except as noted herein, no approval, consent or authorization of, or filing or registration with, any governmental commission, bureau or other regulatory authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery or performance of any Loan Document.
          4.7 Title . Each of Borrower and each Subsidiary has good title to all of the assets shown in its financial statements free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens. Borrower alone has full ownership rights in all Collateral.
          4.8 Collateral . The security interests granted to Bank herein and pursuant to any other Security Agreement (a) constitute and, as to subsequently acquired property included in the Collateral covered by the Security Agreement, will constitute, security interests under the Code entitled to all of the rights, benefits and priorities provided by the Code and (b) are, and as to such subsequently acquired Collateral will be, fully perfected, superior and prior to the rights of all third persons, now existing or hereafter arising, upon Bank taking all such actions as may be required under the Code in order to perfect such security interests. All of the Collateral is intended for use solely in Borrower’s business.
          4.9 Jurisdiction of Organization; Location . The jurisdiction in which Borrower is organized, existing and in good standing, the chief executive office of Borrower where Borrower’s business records are located, all of Borrower’s other places of business and any other places where any Collateral is kept, are all correctly and completely indicated on the Borrower Information Certificate. The Collateral is located and shall at all times be kept and maintained only at Borrower’s location or locations as described on the Borrower Information Certificate. No such Collateral is attached or affixed to any real property so as to be classified as a fixture unless Bank has otherwise agreed in writing.
          4.10 Taxes . Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed all federal and state income and other tax returns which are required to be filed, and have paid all taxes as shown on said returns and all taxes, including withholding, FICA and ad valorem taxes, shown on all assessments received by it to the extent that such taxes have become due. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is subject to any federal, state or local tax Liens nor has such Person received any notice of deficiency or other official notice to pay any taxes. Borrower and each Subsidiary have paid all sales and excise taxes payable by it.
          4.11 Labor Law Matters . No goods or services have been or will be produced by Borrower or any Subsidiary in violation of any applicable labor laws or regulations or any collective bargaining agreement or other labor agreements or in violation of any minimum wage, wage-and-hour or other similar laws or regulations.
          4.12 Accounts . Each Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper and other writing constituting any portion of the Collateral (a) is genuine and enforceable in accordance with its terms except for such limits thereon arising from bankruptcy and similar laws relating to creditors’ rights; (b) is not subject to any deduction or discount (other than as stated in the invoice and disclosed to Bank in writing), defense, set off, claim or counterclaim of a material nature against Borrower except as to which Borrower has notified Bank in writing; (c) is not subject to any other circumstances that would impair the validity, enforceability or amount of such Collateral except as to which Borrower has notified Bank in writing; (d) arises from a bona fide sale of goods or delivery of services in the ordinary course and in accordance with the terms and conditions of any applicable purchase order, contract or

22


 

agreement; (e) is free of all Liens except Permitted Liens; and (f) is for a liquidated amount maturing as stated in the invoice therefor. Each Account included in any Notice of Borrowing, Borrowing Base Certificate, report or other document as an Eligible Account meets all the requirements of an Eligible Account set forth herein.
          4.13 Judgment Liens . Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary, nor any of their assets, are subject to any unpaid judgments (whether or not stayed) or any judgment liens in any jurisdiction.
          4.14 Corporate Structure . As of the date hereof, the Borrower Information Certificate sets forth (i) the correct name of each Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of organization and the percentage of its equity interests having voting powers owned by each Person, (ii) the name of each of Borrower’s corporate or joint venture Affiliates and the nature of the affiliation, (iii) the number, nature and holder of all outstanding equity interests of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and (iv) the number of authorized and issued equity interests (and treasury shares) of Borrower and each Subsidiary. Borrower has good title to all of the shares it purports to own of the equity interests of each of its Subsidiaries, free and clear in each case of any Lien other than Permitted Liens. All such equity interests have been duly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. Since the date of the last audited financial statements of Borrower delivered to Bank, Borrower has not made, or obligated itself to make, any dividends (other than stock dividends) or other distribution on or with respect to, or any purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of, any equity interests of Borrower, except as otherwise permitted hereunder. There are no outstanding options to purchase, or any rights or warrants to subscribe for, or any commitments or agreements to issue or sell, any equity interests or obligations convertible into equity interests of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. There are no outstanding agreements or instruments binding upon the holders of any of Borrower’s equity interests relating to the ownership of its equity interests.
          4.15 Deposit Accounts . Borrower and its Subsidiaries have no Deposit Accounts other than (a) on the Closing Date, those listed in the Borrower Information Certificate and (b) after the Closing Date, those otherwise permitted by Section 6.15.
          4.16 Environmental . Except for ordinary and customary amounts of solvents, cleaners and similar materials used in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and in strict compliance with all Environmental Laws, neither Borrower, nor to Borrower’s best knowledge any other previous owner or operator of any real property currently owned or operated by Borrower, has generated, stored or disposed of any Regulated Material on any portion of such property, or transferred any Regulated Material from such property to any other location in violation of any applicable Environmental Laws. No Regulated Material has been generated, stored or disposed of on any portion of the real property currently owned or operated by Borrower by any other Person, or is now located on such property. Borrower is in full compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and Borrower has not been notified of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation which calls into question compliance by Borrower with any Environmental Laws or which seeks to suspend, revoke or terminate any license, permit or approval necessary for the generation, handling, storage, treatment or disposal of any Regulated Material.
          4.17 ERISA . As of the date hereof, Borrower has not yet been required to file an annual report pursuant to Section 104 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), with respect to any employee benefit plan or other plan maintained for employees of Borrower or any Subsidiary and covered by Title IV of ERISA (a “Plan”), and no Termination Event (as hereinafter defined) with respect to any Plan has occurred and is continuing. For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Termination Event” shall mean a “reportable event” as defined in Section 4043(b) of ERISA, or the filing of a notice of intent to terminate under Section 4041 of ERISA. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any unfunded liability with respect to any such Plan.
          4.18 Investment Company Act . Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
          4.19 Names . Borrower currently conducts all business only under its legal name as set forth above in the introductory section of this Agreement. Except as disclosed on the Borrower Information Certificate, during the preceding five (5) years Borrower has not (i) been known as or used any other corporate, fictitious or

23


 

trade name, (ii) been the surviving entity of a merger or consolidation or (iii) acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any Person.
          4.20 Insider . Borrower is not, and no Person having “control” (as that term is defined in 12 U.S.C. § 375(b)(5) or in regulations promulgated pursuant thereto) of Borrower is, an “executive officer,” “director,” or “principal shareholder” (as those terms are defined in 12 U.S.C. 375(b) or in regulations promulgated pursuant thereto) of Bank, of a bank holding company of which Bank is a subsidiary, or of any subsidiary of a bank holding company of which Bank is a subsidiary.
          4.21 Sanctioned Persons; Sanctioned Countries . None of Borrower, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates or any Guarantor (i) is a Sanctioned Person or (ii) does business in a Sanctioned Country or with a Sanctioned Person in violation of the economic sanctions of the United States administered by OFAC. The proceeds of any Loan will not be used to fund any operation in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country.
          4.22 Compliance with Covenants; No Default . Borrower is, and upon funding of the initial Loans on the Closing Date will be, in compliance with all of the covenants hereof. No Default has occurred, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the funding of the initial Loans on the Closing Date will not cause a Default.
          4.23 Full Disclosure . There is no material fact which is known or which reasonably should be known by Borrower that Borrower has not disclosed to Bank which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Document, nor any agreement, document, certificate or statement delivered by Borrower to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact which is known or which reasonably should be known by Borrower necessary to keep the other statements from being misleading.
          4.24 Borrower Information Certificate . All representations, warranties and statements made by Borrower in the Borrower Information Certificate executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank in connection with the Loan are true and correct as of the date hereof.
      5.  Affirmative Covenants of Borrower . Borrower covenants and agrees that from the date hereof and until payment in full of the Obligations and the formal termination of this Agreement, Borrower and each Subsidiary:
          5.1 Use of Revolver Loan Proceeds . Shall use the proceeds of Revolver Loans only for working capital to be used in the operation of Borrower’s business and furnish Bank all evidence that it may require with respect to such use.
          5.2 Maintenance of Business and Properties . Shall at all times maintain, preserve and protect all Collateral and all the remainder of its property used or useful in the conduct of its business, and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition, and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all material needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be conducted properly and in accordance with standards generally accepted in businesses of a similar type and size at all times, and maintain and keep in full force and effect all licenses and permits necessary to the proper conduct of its business.
          5.3 Insurance . Shall maintain such liability insurance, workers’ compensation insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance in amounts as may be required by law, if applicable, or as are customary and usual for prudent businesses in its industry and any other insurance that may be reasonably required by Bank and shall insure and keep insured all Collateral and other properties with insurance companies satisfactory to Bank. All hazard insurance covering Collateral shall be in amounts acceptable to Bank, shall name and directly insure Bank as secured party and loss payee under a long-form loss payee clause acceptable to Bank, or its equivalent, and shall not be terminable except upon 30 days’ written notice to Bank. Borrower shall furnish to Bank

24


 

copies of all such policies and shall provide evidence of insurance on an annual basis or such more frequent basis as may be requested by Bank from time to time.
          5.4 Notice of Default . Shall provide to Bank immediate notice of (a) the occurrence of a Default and what action (if any) Borrower is taking to correct the same, (b) any litigation involving an amount at issue in excess of $25,000.00 or material changes in existing litigation or any judgment against it or its assets, (c) any damage or loss to property in excess of $25,000.00, (d) any notice from taxing authorities as to claimed deficiencies or any tax lien or any notice relating to alleged ERISA violations, (e) any Reportable Event, as defined in ERISA, (f) any rejection, return, offset, dispute, loss or other circumstance in an amount greater than $25,000.00 or otherwise having a Material Adverse Effect on any Collateral, (g) the cancellation or termination of, or any default under, any Material Agreement to which Borrower is a party or by which any of its properties are bound, or any acceleration of the maturity of any Debt of Borrower; and (h) any loss or threatened loss of material licenses or permits.
          5.5 Inspections of Books and Records and Field Examinations . Shall permit inspections of the Collateral and the records of such Person pertaining thereto and verification of the Accounts, at such times and in such manner as may be required by Bank and shall further permit such inspections, reviews and field examinations of its other books and records and properties (with such frequency and at such times as Bank may desire) by Bank as Bank may deem necessary or desirable from time to time. The cost of such field examinations, reviews, verifications and inspections, plus Bank’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, shall be borne by Borrower; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such costs and expenses more than two times per fiscal year of Borrower unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
          5.6 Financial Information . Shall maintain books and records in accordance with GAAP and shall furnish to Bank the following periodic financial information:
               (a)  Periodic Borrowing Base Information . Within twenty (20) days of the end of each month (or more frequently if required by Bank), a completed Borrowing Base Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 5.6(a) (a “Borrowing Base Certificate”). Borrower shall attach the following to each Borrowing Base Certificate, which shall be certified by the chief financial officer or president of Borrower to be accurate and complete and in compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents: (i) a report listing all Accounts of Borrower as of the last Business Day of such month (an “Accounts Receivable Report”) which shall include the amount and age of each Account on an original invoice date aging basis, the name and mailing address of each Account Debtor, a detailing of all Accounts which do not constitute Eligible Accounts, and such other information as Bank may require in order to verify the Eligible Accounts, all in reasonable detail and in form acceptable to Bank, (ii) a report listing all Inventory and all Eligible Inventory of Borrower as of the last Business Day of such month, the cost thereof, specifying raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods and all Inventory which has not been timely sold by Borrower in the ordinary course of business, and such other information as Bank may require relating thereto, all in form acceptable to Bank (an “Inventory Report”), and (iii) any other report as Bank may from time to time require in its sole discretion, each prepared with respect to such periods and with respect to such information and reporting as Bank may require.
               (b)  Interim Statements . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (i) a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the end of that period and a consolidated and consolidating income statement and statement of cash flows for that period (and for the portion of the Fiscal Year ending with such period), together with all supporting schedules, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the same period of the preceding Fiscal Year and (ii) a report reconciling (x) the Accounts and Inventory of Borrower as set forth on the Accounts Receivable Report and the Inventory Report attached to the Borrowing Base Certificate to (y) the aggregate Accounts and Inventory set forth in the financial statements delivered to Bank pursuant hereto (which shall be based upon Borrower’s general ledger and verified by a physical Inventory count conducted on a frequency acceptable to Bank). The foregoing statements and report shall be certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as true and correct and fairly representing the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and that such statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, except without footnotes and subject to normal year-end audit adjustments.

25


 

               (c)  Annual Statements . Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a detailed audited financial report of Borrower and its Subsidiaries containing a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet at the end of that period and a consolidated and consolidating income statement and statement of cash flows for that period, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the preceding Fiscal Year, together with all supporting schedules and footnotes, and containing an unqualified audit opinion of independent certified public accountants acceptable to Bank that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Borrower shall obtain such written acknowledgments from Borrower’s independent certified public accountants as Bank may require permitting Bank to rely on such annual financial statements.
               (d)  Compliance and No Default Certificates . Together with each report required by Subsections (b) and (c), a compliance certificate in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 5.6(d) and a certificate of its president or chief financial officer certifying that no Default then exists or if a Default exists, the nature and duration thereof and Borrower’s intention with respect thereto, and in addition, shall cause Borrower’s independent auditors (if applicable) to submit to Bank, together with its audit report, a statement that, in the course of such audit, it discovered no circumstances which it believes would result in a Default or if it discovered any such circumstances, the nature and duration thereof.
               (e)  Auditor’s Management Letters . Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of each report submitted to Borrower by independent public accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of Borrower including, without limitation, each report submitted to Borrower concerning its accounting practices and systems and any final comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in connection with the annual audit of Borrower.
               (f)  Statements of Guarantors . Within thirteen (13) months from the previous statement date on file with Bank, a detailed financial statement of each Guarantor containing a balance sheet at the end of that period (including all contingent liabilities) and a statement of income for that period, all in such form as approved by Bank, and within fifteen (15) days after the filing thereof, personal federal tax returns of each Guarantor.
               (g)  Other Information . Such other information reasonably requested by Bank from time to time concerning the business, properties or financial condition of Borrower, Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries.
               (h)  Projections . Not later than the thirtieth (30th) day after the commencement of each Fiscal Year, deliver Projections to Bank for Borrower for such Fiscal Year. “ Projections ” means Borrower’s forecasted consolidated and consolidating (i) balance sheets, (ii) profit and loss statements, (iii) cash flow statements, (iv) capitalization statements, and (v) Borrowing Base availability calculations, all prepared on a month by month basis and on a consistent basis with Borrower’s historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.
          5.7 Maintenance of Existence and Rights . Shall preserve and maintain its corporate existence, authorities to transact business, rights and franchises, trade names, patents, trademarks and permits necessary to the conduct of its business.
          5.8 Payment of Taxes, Etc . Shall pay before delinquent all of its debts and taxes, except and to the extent only that such taxes are being Properly Contested.
          5.9 Subordination . Shall cause all debt and other obligations now or hereafter owed to any Guarantor or Affiliate to be subordinated in right of payment and security to the Obligations in accordance with subordination agreements satisfactory to Bank.
          5.10 Compliance; Hazardous Materials . Shall strictly comply with all laws, regulations, ordinances and other legal requirements, specifically including, without limitation, ERISA, all securities laws and all laws relating to hazardous materials and the environment. Unless approved in writing by Bank, neither Borrower

26


 

nor any Subsidiary shall engage in the storage, manufacture, disposition, processing, handling, use or transportation of any hazardous or toxic materials, whether or not in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Borrower shall promptly report to Bank any notices of any violations of such laws or regulations received from any regulatory or governmental body, along with Borrower’s proposed corrective action as to such violation.
          5.11 Further Assurances . Shall take such further action and provide to Bank such further assurances as may be reasonably requested to ensure compliance with the intent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
          5.12 Covenants Regarding Collateral . Borrower makes the following covenants with Bank regarding the Collateral for itself and each Subsidiary. Borrower and each Subsidiary:
               (a) will use the Collateral only in the ordinary course of its business and will not permit the Collateral to be used in violation of any applicable law or policy of insurance;
               (b) as agent for Bank, will defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all Persons, except for Permitted Liens;
               (c) will, at Bank’s request, obtain and deliver to Bank such Third Party Waivers as Bank may require;
               (d) will promptly deliver to Bank all promissory notes, drafts, trade acceptances, chattel paper, Instruments or documents of title which are Collateral in tangible form, appropriately endorsed to Bank’s order, and Borrower will not create or permit any Subsidiary to create any Electronic Chattel Paper without taking all steps deemed necessary by Bank to confer control of the Electronic Chattel Paper upon Bank in accordance with the Code;
               (e) except for sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business and the voluntary termination of Swap Agreements to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, will not sell, assign, lease, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Collateral or any interest therein;
               (f) shall promptly notify Bank of any future patents, trademarks or copyrights owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary and any license agreements entered into by Borrower or any Subsidiary authorizing said Person to use any patents, trademarks or copyrights owned by third parties;
               (g) shall give Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any new trade or fictitious name. Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s use of any trade or fictitious name shall be in compliance with all laws regarding the use of such names; and
               (h) shall permit Bank, from time to time not more than once during any Fiscal Year of Borrower, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to cause the Collateral to be appraised by a third-party appraiser satisfactory to Bank, the expenses of which shall be borne by Borrower.
      6.  Negative Covenants of Borrower . Borrower covenants and agrees that from the date hereof and until payment in full of the Obligations and the formal termination of this Agreement, Borrower and each Subsidiary:
          6.1 Debt . Shall not create or permit to exist any Debt, including any guaranties or other contingent obligations, except the following (“Permitted Debt”):
               (a) The Obligations;
               (b) Endorsement of checks for collection in the ordinary course of business;

27


 

               (c) Debt payable to suppliers and other trade creditors in the ordinary course of business on ordinary and customary trade terms and which is not past due;
               (d) Purchase money Debt not exceeding $250,000.00 in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding for Borrower and all Subsidiaries incurred to purchase Equipment, provided that the amount of such Debt shall not at any time exceed the purchase price of the Equipment purchased;
               (e) Debt of any Subsidiary to Borrower or another Subsidiary;
               (f) Any Debt incurred under any Swap Agreements with Bank (or with any of its Affiliates);
               (g) Capital or finance lease obligations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000.00; and
               (h) Debt subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions acceptable to Bank.
          6.2 Liens . Shall not create or permit any Liens on any of its property except the following (“Permitted Liens”):
               (a) Liens securing the Obligations;
               (b) Liens for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies (excluding any Lien imposed pursuant to any of the provisions of ERISA or Environmental Laws) not yet due and payable or which are being Properly Contested;
               (c) The claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, processor or landlords arising out of operation of law so long as the obligations secured thereby are not past due or are being Properly Contested;
               (d) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and similar laws;
               (e) Judgment and other similar non-tax Liens arising in connection with court proceedings but only if and for so long as (a) the execution or enforcement of such Liens is and continues to be effectively stayed and bonded on appeal, (b) the validity and/or amount of the claims secured thereby are being Properly Contested and (c) such Liens do not, in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the assets of the Person whose assets are subject to such Lien or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of such Person’s business; and
               (f) Liens securing Permitted Debt incurred solely for the purpose of purchase money financing or capital or finance lease financing for the acquisition of Equipment, provided that such Lien does not secure more than the purchase price of, or lease obligation with respect to, such Equipment and does not encumber property other than the purchased or leased property.
          6.3 Restricted Payments . Shall not pay or declare any dividends (other than stock dividends) or other distribution or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any stock or other equity interests or pay or acquire any Debt subordinate to the Obligations except the following:
               (a) Any Subsidiary may pay dividends to Borrower or another Subsidiary wholly-owned by Borrower.

28


 

               (b) If Borrower is an S Corporation, it may distribute to its shareholders during each calendar year an aggregate amount (including all dividends or other payments) not exceeding the amount of federal income tax payable by such shareholders in such year with respect to the taxable income of Borrower, assuming such income is taxed at the rate applicable to the highest bracket of income (not to exceed 40% unless Bank shall otherwise permit in writing); provided that at the time of each such distribution, and after giving effect thereto, each of the following conditions is met: (A) no Default or Event of Default exists, (B) Borrower is Solvent, (C) such distribution is permitted under applicable law, and (D) Borrower has given Bank at least ten (10) days prior written notice prior to making such distribution; provided that if the amount of any such dividends and other payments to a shareholder exceeds the tax liability of said shareholder, said shareholder shall promptly after the determination of the amount of such excess make a contribution to capital of Borrower in the amount of such excess.
               (c) Borrower may redeem or repurchase stock from its employees, consultants, directors, officers and service providers upon the termination of their employment or services to Borrower pursuant to options or rights granted Borrower pursuant to the terms of any equity incentive arrangement, equity compensation plan, stock option agreement, restricted stock agreement, employment agreement, consulting agreement, stock purchase plan, management incentive plan or other agreement, arrangement or plan approved by the Board of Directors of Borrower and by the Bank in writing.
          6.4 Loans and Other Investments . Shall not make or permit to exist any advances or loans to, or guarantee or become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, leases, stock or dividends of, or own, purchase or make any commitment to purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, or any interest in, or make any capital contributions to (all of which are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “Investments”) any Person, except for (a) purchases of direct obligations of the federal government, (b) deposits in commercial banks, (c) commercial paper of any U.S. corporation having the highest ratings then given by the Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Corporation, (d) existing investments in Subsidiaries and future advances or loans to, guaranties of the indebtedness of, investments in and capital contributions to Subsidiaries wholly-owned by Borrower that join this Agreement as a Borrower or become a Guarantor prior to the date of such advance, loan, guaranty, investment or capital contribution, (e) endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, (f) advances to employees for business travel and other expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business which do not at any time exceed $50,000.00 in the aggregate, and (g) any Swap Agreements with Bank (or with any of its Affiliates).
          6.5 Change in Business . Shall not enter into any business which is substantially different from the business in which it is engaged on the Closing Date.
          6.6 Accounts . (a) Shall not sell or assign any of its Accounts, Chattel Paper or any promissory notes held by it other than the discount of such notes in the ordinary course of business for collection; (b) shall not create or accept any Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper or other obligation of any kind due from or owed by a Sanctioned Person or enter into any lease that secures the Obligations where the lessee is a Sanctioned Person; and (c) shall notify Bank promptly in writing of any discount, offset or other deductions not shown on the face of an Account invoice and any dispute over an Account, and any information relating to an adverse change in any Account Debtor’s financial condition or ability to pay its obligations or if it learns that any Account Debtor is a Sectioned Person.
          6.7 Transactions with Affiliates . Shall not directly or indirectly purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, pay any management fees to or otherwise deal with, in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, any Affiliate (other than a Subsidiary), except that Borrower may purchase or lease equipment (subject to the limitation in Section 6.1(g)) from an equipment leasing or finance company now or hereafter organized by Billy D. Prim or of which Billy D. Prim is or becomes a director, officer, stockholder, member or owner; provided, however, that any acts or transactions prohibited by this Section may be performed or engaged in after written notice to Bank if upon terms not less favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary than if no such relationship existed.

29


 

          6.8 No Change in Name, Offices or Jurisdiction of Organization; Removal of Collateral . Shall not change its name or the jurisdiction in which Borrower or such Subsidiary is organized or, unless it shall have given 60 days’ advance written notice thereof to Bank, change the location of its chief executive office or other office where books or records are kept, or permit any Inventory or other tangible Collateral to be located at any location other than as specified in the Borrower Information Certificate.
          6.9 No Sale, Leaseback. Shall not enter into any sale-and-leaseback or similar transaction exceeding $500,000.00 in the aggregate.
          6.10 Margin Stock . Shall not use any proceeds of the Loan to purchase or carry any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of Federal Reserve System) or extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.
          6.11 Tangible Collateral . Shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, allow any Inventory or other tangible Collateral to be commingled with, or become an accession to or part of, any property of any other Person so long as such property is Collateral; nor allow any tangible Collateral to become a fixture unless Bank shall have given its prior written authorization; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict any Bottled Water Product Inventory from being in the possession of a Manufacturer, Distributor or Retailer at any time in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.
          6.12 Subsidiaries . Shall not acquire, form or dispose of any Subsidiaries or permit any Subsidiary to issue capital stock except to its parent; provided, however, that Borrower may, without the consent of Bank, form a Subsidiary to act as an equipment leasing or finance company.
          6.13 Liquidation, Mergers, Consolidations and Dispositions of Substantial Assets, Name and Good Standing . Shall not merge, reorganize, consolidate or amalgamate with any Person, liquidate, wind up its affairs or dissolve itself, acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise any of the assets of any Person, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its property or assets, except for the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, the disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business, the disposition of equipment if the proceeds of such disposition are credited or applied to the purchase price of replacement equipment, and the voluntary termination of Swap Agreements to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, or sell or dispose of any equity ownership interests in any Subsidiary, in each case whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions; or change its name or jurisdiction of organization or conduct business under any new fictitious name; change its Federal Employer Identification Number; or fail to remain in good standing and qualified to transact business as a foreign entity in any state or other jurisdiction in which it is required to be qualified to transact business as a foreign entity and in which the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          6.14 Change of Fiscal Year or Accounting Methods . Shall not change its Fiscal Year or its accounting methods. Borrower’s Fiscal Year end is December 31 as of the Closing Date.
          6.15 Depositary Relationship . Borrower shall maintain Borrower’s primary depositary account(s) with Bank.
      7.  Other Covenants of Borrower . Borrower covenants and agrees that from the date hereof and until payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement, Borrower and each Subsidiary shall comply with the following additional covenants:
          7.1 Minimum EBITDA . EBITDA as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters, determined on a rolling four quarter basis (except the first three of such Fiscal Quarters, which shall be on a cumulative three month, six month, or nine month, as the case may be, basis), shall be not less than the amount applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:

30


 

         
FISCAL QUARTER   AMOUNT
Q3 – 2005
  $ (2,204,400.00 )
Q4 – 2005
  $ (3,691,200.00 )
Q1 – 2006
  $ (3,777,600.00 )
Q2 – 2006
  $ (2,824,800.00 )
Q3 – 2006
  $ 626,000.00  
Q4 – 2006
  $ 3,864,800.00  
Q1 – 2007
  $ 6,950,400.00  
Q2 – 2007
  $ 9,624,800.00  
As used herein, “ EBITDA ” means for any period the sum of the following, without duplication: (A) consolidated net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the Fiscal Quarter (computed without regard to any extraordinary items of gain or loss) plus (B) to the extent deducted from revenue in computing consolidated net income for such period, the sum of (1) interest expense, (2) income and franchise taxes, tax expense, and (3) depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future), less interest income and any extraordinary gains.
          7.2 Minimum Gross Revenues . Gross revenues from sales achieved by Borrower as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters, determined on a rolling four quarter basis (except the first three of such Fiscal Quarters, which shall be on a cumulative three month, six month, or nine month, as the case may be, basis), shall be not less than the amounts applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:
         
FISCAL QUARTER   AMOUNT
Q3 – 2005
  $ 1,418,400.00  
Q4 – 2005
  $ 6,602,400.00  
Q1 – 2006
  $ 16,076,800.00  
Q2 – 2006
  $ 31,307,200.00  
Q3 – 2006
  $ 46,646,400.00  
Q4 – 2006
  $ 60,914,400.00  
Q1 – 2007
  $ 75,018,400.00  
Q2 – 2007
  $ 86,172,000.00  
          7.3 Leases . Borrower shall not incur, create, or assume any direct or indirect liability for the payment of rent or otherwise, under any lease or rental arrangement (excluding capitalized leases) if immediately thereafter the sum of such lease or rental payments made by Borrower during the first year after the Closing Date is greater than $1,000,000.00 in the aggregate and during the second year after the date hereof is $2,000,000.00.
      8.  Default .
          8.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default :
               (a) There shall occur any default by Borrower in the payment, when due, of any principal of or interest on any Note or any fee due hereunder; or there shall occur any default by Borrower in the payment of any other amounts due hereunder, under any other Loan Document, or under any other Obligations which continues for 5 days after the same becomes due; or
               (b) There shall occur any default by Borrower in the performance of any agreement, covenant or obligation contained in Section 5.1, 5.5, 5.6, or Section 6 or Section 7 of this Agreement; or
               (c) There shall occur any default by Borrower or any other party to any Loan Document (other than Bank) in the performance of any other agreement, covenant or obligation contained in this

31


 

Agreement or such Loan Document not provided for elsewhere in this Section 8 and the breach of such other agreement, covenant or obligation is not cured to Bank’s satisfaction within 15 days after any Senior Officer’s receipt of notice of such breach from Bank; provided, however, that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not apply in the case of any failure to perform, keep or observe any covenant which is not capable of being cured at all or within such 15-day period or which is a willful and knowing breach by Borrower or such other party; or
               (d) Any representation or warranty made by Borrower or any other party to any Loan Document (other than Bank) herein or therein or in any certificate or report furnished in connection herewith or therewith shall prove to have been untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made; or
               (e) Any other obligation now or hereafter owed by Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor to Bank or any Affiliate of Bank shall be in default and not cured within the grace period, if any, provided therein; or
               (f) Borrower or any Subsidiary or Guarantor shall fail to make any payment in respect of outstanding Debt (other than the Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount of $25,000.00 or more when due after the expiration of any applicable grace period, or any event or condition shall occur which results in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt (including, without limitation, any required mandatory prepayment or “put” of such Debt to any such Person) or enables (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would enable) the holders of such Debt or a commitment related to such Debt (or any Person acting on such holders’ behalf) to accelerate the maturity thereof or terminate any such commitment prior to its normal expiration (including, without limitation, any required mandatory prepayment or “put” of such Debt to such Person); or
               (g) Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor shall (A) voluntarily dissolve, liquidate or terminate operations or apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of such Person or of all or of a substantial part of its assets, (B) admit in writing its inability, or be generally unable, to pay its debts as the debts become due, (C) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (D) commence a voluntary case under the federal Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect), (E) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or adjustment of debts, (F) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under Bankruptcy Code, or (G) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
               (h) An involuntary petition or complaint shall be filed against Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor seeking bankruptcy relief or reorganization or the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, intervenor or liquidator of Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor, of all or substantially all of its assets, and such petition or complaint shall not have been dismissed within sixty (60) days of the filing thereof; or an order, order for relief, judgment or decree shall be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent authority approving or ordering any of the foregoing actions; or
               (i) A judgment in excess of $50,000.00 shall be rendered against Borrower or any Subsidiary or Guarantor and shall remain undischarged, undismissed and unstayed for more than ten days (except judgments validly covered by insurance with a deductible of not more than $50,000.00) or there shall occur any levy upon, or attachment, garnishment or other seizure of, any portion of the Collateral or other assets of Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor in excess of $50,000.00 by reason of the issuance of any tax levy, judicial attachment or garnishment or levy of execution; or
               (j) Any Guarantor shall attempt to repudiate or revoke any Guaranty Agreement; or
               (k) Loss, theft, damage or destruction of any material portion of the tangible Collateral for which there is either no insurance coverage or for which, in the reasonable opinion of Bank, there is insufficient insurance coverage; or

32


 

               (l) There shall occur any change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and/or any Guarantor which, in the reasonable opinion of Bank, could have a Material Adverse Effect; or
               (m) The death (1) of the holder of the majority ownership interests of Borrower, or (2) of any individual Guarantor, and alternate arrangements reasonably acceptable to the Bank shall not have been agreed upon within 90 days thereafter; or
               (n) Billy D. Prim shall cease for any reason to be the chief executive officer of Borrower and a successor CEO reasonably acceptable to the Bank shall not have been employed within 90 days thereafter.
          8.2 Remedies . If any Default shall occur, Bank may, without notice to Borrower, at its option, withhold further Loans or other extensions of credit to Borrower. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Bank may at its option take any or all of the following actions:
               (a) Bank may declare any or all Obligations (other than Obligations under any Swap Agreements, between Borrower and Bank or any Affiliate of Bank, which shall be due in accordance with and governed by the provisions of said Swap Agreements) to be immediately due and payable (if not earlier demanded), terminate its obligation to make Loans and other extensions of credit to Borrower, bring suit against Borrower to collect the Obligations, exercise any remedy available to Bank hereunder or at law and take any action or exercise any remedy provided herein or in any other Loan Document or under applicable law. No remedy shall be exclusive of other remedies or impair the right of Bank to exercise any other remedies.
               (b) Without waiving any of its other rights hereunder or under any other Loan Document, Bank shall have all rights and remedies of a secured party under the Code (and the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction) and such other rights and remedies as may be available hereunder, under other applicable law or pursuant to contract. If requested by Bank, Borrower will promptly assemble the Collateral and make it available to Bank at a place to be designated by Bank. Borrower agrees that any notice by Bank of the sale or disposition of the Collateral or any other intended action hereunder, whether required by the Code or otherwise, shall constitute reasonable notice to Borrower if the notice is mailed to Borrower by regular or certified mail, postage prepaid, at least five days before the action to be taken. Borrower shall be liable for any deficiencies in the event the proceeds of the disposition of the Collateral do not satisfy the Obligations in full.
               (c) Bank may demand, collect and sue for all amounts owed pursuant to Accounts, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents or for proceeds of any Collateral (either in Borrower’s name or Bank’s name at the latter’s option), with the right to enforce, compromise, settle or discharge any such amounts.
          8.3 Receiver . In addition to any other remedy available to it, Bank shall have the absolute right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to seek and obtain the appointment of a receiver to take possession of and operate and/or dispose of the business and assets of Borrower and any costs and expenses incurred by Bank in connection with such receivership shall bear interest at the Default Rate, at Bank’s option, and shall be secured by all Collateral.
          8.4 Deposits; Insurance . After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower authorizes Bank to collect and apply against the Obligations when due any cash or Deposit Accounts in its possession, and any refund of insurance premiums or any insurance proceeds payable on account of the loss or damage to any of the Collateral and irrevocably appoints Bank as its attorney-in-fact to endorse any check or draft or take other action necessary to obtain such funds.
      9.  Security Agreement .
          9.1 Security Interest .

33


 

               (a) As security for the payment and performance of any and all Obligations and the performance of all obligations and covenants of Borrower to Bank and its Affiliates, whether hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, Swap Agreements between Bank or any Affiliate of Bank and Borrower or otherwise, certain or contingent, now existing or hereafter arising, which are now, or may at any time or times hereafter be owing by Borrower to Bank or any of Bank’s Affiliates, Borrower hereby grants to Bank (for itself and its Affiliates) a continuing security interest in and general lien upon and right of set-off against, all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower.
               (b) Except as herein or by applicable law otherwise expressly provided, Bank shall not be obligated to exercise any degree of care in connection with any Collateral in its possession, to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in any of the Collateral or to preserve any rights therein against prior parties, and Borrower agrees to take such steps. In any case Bank shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care if it shall have taken such steps for the care and preservation of the Collateral or rights therein as Borrower may have reasonably requested Bank to take and Bank’s omission to take any action not requested by Borrower shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care. No segregation or specific allocation by Bank of specified items of Collateral against any liability of Borrower shall waive or affect any security interest in or Lien against other items of Collateral or any of Bank’s options, powers or rights under this Agreement or otherwise arising.
               (c) Bank may at any time and from time to time after the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with or without notice to Borrower, (i) transfer into the name of Bank or the name of Bank’s nominee any of the Collateral, (ii) notify any Account Debtor or other obligor of any Collateral to make payment thereon direct to Bank of any amounts due or to become due thereon and (iii) receive and direct the disposition of any proceeds of any Collateral except pursuant to this Agreement.
               (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper or other obligation or property of any kind due from, owed by or belonging to, a Sanctioned Person or (ii) any lease in which the lessee is a Sanctioned Person shall be Collateral or shall be credited toward the payment of the Obligations.
          9.2 Financing Statements; Power of Attorney . Borrower authorizes Bank at Borrower’s expense to file any financing statements and/or amendments thereto relating to the Collateral (without Borrower’s signature thereon) which Bank deems appropriate that (a) indicate the Collateral (i) as “all assets” of Borrower or words of similar effect, if appropriate, regardless of whether any particular asset comprised in the Collateral falls within the scope of Article 9 of the Code, or (ii) by specific Collateral category, and (b) provide any other information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment. Borrower irrevocably appoints Bank as its attorney-in-fact to execute any such financing statements and/or control agreements in Borrower’s name and to perform all other acts, at Borrower’s expense, which Bank deems appropriate to perfect and to continue perfection of the security interest of Bank. Effective upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby appoints Bank as Borrower’s attorney-in-fact to endorse, present and collect on behalf of Borrower and in Borrower’s name any draft, checks or other documents necessary or desirable to collect any amounts which Borrower may be owed. Effective upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks and advertising matter, or any Property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit. The proceeds realized from the sale or other disposition of any Collateral may be applied, first to the reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Bank for collection and for acquisition, completion, protection, removal, storage, sale and delivering of the Collateral; secondly, to interest due upon any of the Obligations; and thirdly, to the principal amount of the Obligations and to any other Obligations then outstanding. If any deficiency shall arise, Borrower and each Guarantor (but only to the extent set forth in such Guaranty Agreement) shall remain jointly and severally liable to Bank therefor.
          9.3 Entry . Borrower hereby irrevocably consents to any act by Bank or its agents in entering upon any premises for the purposes of either (i) inspecting the Collateral or (ii) taking possession of the Collateral

34


 

and Borrower hereby waives its right to assert against Bank or its agents any claim based upon trespass or any similar cause of action for entering upon any premises where the Collateral may be located.
          9.4 Other Rights . Borrower authorizes Bank without affecting Borrower’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document from time to time (i) to take from any party and hold additional Collateral or guaranties for the payment of the Obligations or any part thereof, and to exchange, enforce or release such collateral or guaranty of payment of the Obligations or any part thereof and to release or substitute any endorser or guarantor or any party who has given any security interest in any collateral as security for the payment of the Obligations or any part thereof or any party in any way obligated to pay the Obligations or any part thereof; and (ii) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default to direct the manner of the disposition of the Collateral and the enforcement of any endorsements, guaranties, letters of credit or other security relating to the Obligations or any part thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.
          9.5 Accounts . Bank may require a lockbox arrangement hereunder at any time; and Borrower shall promptly after request from Bank notify Account Debtors on the Accounts to forward payments on the Accounts to the lockbox. After any Event of Default and during the continuance thereof, Bank may notify any Account Debtor of Bank’s security interest and may direct such Account Debtor to make payment directly to Bank for application against the Obligations. Any such payments received by or on behalf of Borrower at any time, whether before or after default, shall be the property of Bank, shall be held in trust for Bank and not commingled with any other assets of any Person (except to the extent they may be commingled with other assets of Borrower in an account with Bank) and shall be immediately delivered to Bank in the form received. Bank shall have the right to apply any proceeds of Collateral to such of the Obligations as it may determine.
          9.6 Waiver of Marshaling . Borrower hereby waives any right it may have to require marshaling of its assets.
          9.7 Control . Borrower will cooperate with Bank in obtaining control of, or control agreements with respect to, Collateral for which control or a control agreement is required for perfection of the Bank’s security interest under the Code.
      10.  Miscellaneous .
          10.1 No Waiver, Remedies Cumulative . No failure on the part of Bank to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and are in addition to any other remedies provided by law, any Loan Document or otherwise.
          10.2 Survival of Representations . All representations and warranties made herein shall survive the making of the Loan hereunder and the delivery of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations is outstanding, there exists any commitment by Bank to Borrower, and until this Agreement is formally terminated in writing.
          10.3 Indemnity By Borrower; Expenses . In addition to all other Obligations, Borrower agrees to defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its Affiliates and all of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, consultants and agents from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, obligations, penalties, fines, fees, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees, costs and expenses, and fees, costs and expenses for investigations and experts) incurred by such indemnitees, whether prior to or from and after the date hereof, as a result of or arising from or relating to (i) the negotiation, preparation, execution and/or performance of any of the Loan Documents or of any document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby and the perfection of Bank’s Liens in the Collateral, maintenance of the Loan by Bank, and any and all amendments, modifications, and supplements of any of the Loan Documents or restructuring of the Obligations, (ii) any suit, investigation, action or proceeding by any Person (other than Borrower), whether threatened or initiated, asserting a claim for any legal or equitable remedy against any

35


 

Person under any statute, regulation or common law principle, arising from or in connection with Bank’s furnishing of funds to Borrower under this Agreement, (iii) Bank’s preservation, administration and enforcement of its rights under the Loan Documents and applicable law, including reasonable attorneys’ fees if collected by or through an attorney at law and disbursements of counsel for Bank in connection therewith, whether suit be brought or not and whether incurred at trial or on appeal, and all costs of repossession, storage, disposition, protection and collection of Collateral, (iv) periodic field exams, audits and appraisals performed by Bank pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof;(v) any civil penalty or fine assessed by OFAC against Bank or any Affiliate of Bank and all reasonable costs and expense (including counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with defense thereof by Bank or such Affiliate, as a result of the funding of Loans or the extension of credit, the acceptance of payments due under the Loan Documents or any Swap Agreement or acceptance of Collateral, and/or (vi) any matter relating to the financing transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or by any document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, other than for such loss, damage, liability, obligation, penalty, fee, cost or expense arising from such indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. If Borrower should fail to pay any tax or other amount required by this Agreement to be paid or which may be reasonably necessary to protect or preserve any Collateral or Borrower’s or Bank’s interests therein, Bank may make such payment and the amount thereof shall be payable on demand, may at Bank’s option be debited against any Deposit Account of Borrower at Bank or converted to a Loan hereunder, shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date of demand until paid and shall be deemed to be Obligations entitled to the benefit and security of the Loan Documents. In addition, Borrower agrees to pay and save Bank harmless against any liability for payment of any state documentary stamp taxes, intangible taxes or similar taxes (including interest or penalties, if any) which may now or hereafter be determined to be payable in respect to the execution, delivery or recording of any Loan Document or the making of any Loan, whether originally thought to be due or not, and regardless of any mistake of fact or law on the part of Bank or Borrower with respect to the applicability of such tax. Borrower’s obligation for indemnification for all of the foregoing losses, damages, liabilities, obligations, penalties, fees, costs and expenses of Bank shall be part of the Obligations, secured by the Collateral, chargeable against Borrower’s loan account, and shall survive termination of this Agreement.
          10.4 Notices . Any notice or other communication hereunder or under the Note to any party hereto or thereto shall be by hand delivery, overnight delivery via nationally recognized overnight delivery service, facsimile with receipt confirmed, telegram, telex or registered or certified United States mail with return receipt and unless otherwise provided herein shall be deemed to have been given or made when delivered, telegraphed, telexed, faxed or, if sent via United States mail, when receipt signed by the receiver, postage prepaid, addressed to the party at its address specified below (or at any other address that the party may hereafter specify to the other parties in writing):
     
 
Bank:
Wachovia Bank, National Association
 
  101 North Main Street
 
  Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27150
 
  Mail Code: NC 6713
 
  Fax No.
 
  Attn:
 
   
 
Borrower:
Primo Water Corporation
 
  101 N. Cherry Street, Suite 700
 
  Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27101
 
  Fax No.
 
  Attn:
          10.5 Governing Law . This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall be deemed contracts made under the laws of the State of the Jurisdiction and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of said state (excluding its conflict of laws provisions if such provisions would require application of the laws of another jurisdiction) except insofar as the laws of another jurisdiction may, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, govern the perfection, priority and enforcement of security interests in the Collateral.

36


 

          10.6 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Borrower and Bank, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, that Borrower may not assign any of its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Bank, and any such assignment made without such consent will be void.
          10.7 Counterparts; Telecopied Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signature delivered by a party by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be an original signature hereto.
          10.8 No Usury . Regardless of any other provision of this Agreement, the Note or in any other Loan Document, if for any reason the effective interest should exceed the maximum lawful interest, the effective interest shall be deemed reduced to, and shall be, such maximum lawful interest, and (i) the amount which would be excessive interest shall be deemed applied to the reduction of the principal balance of the Note and not to the payment of interest, and (ii) if the loan evidenced by the Note has been or is thereby paid in full, the excess shall be returned to the party paying same, such application to the principal balance of the Note or the refunding of excess to be a complete settlement and acquittance thereof.
          10.9 Powers . All powers of attorney granted to Bank are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable.
          10.10 Approvals; Amendments . If this Agreement calls for the approval or consent of Bank, such approval or consent may be given or withheld in the discretion of Bank unless otherwise specified herein. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may not be modified, altered or amended, except by an agreement in writing signed by Borrower and Bank and may not be modified in any manner adverse to a provider under any secured or guarantied Swap Agreement without that provider’s prior written consent.
          10.11 Participations and Assignments . Bank shall have the right to enter into one or more participation with other lenders with respect to the Obligations and to assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its interest, rights and obligations under the Loan Documents. Upon prior notice to Borrower of such participation or assignment, Borrower shall thereafter furnish to such participant or assignee any information furnished by Borrower to Bank pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prohibit Bank from pledging or assigning this Agreement and Bank’s rights under any of the other Loan Documents, including collateral therefor, to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable law.
          10.12 Dealings with Multiple Borrowers . If more than one Person is named as Borrower hereunder or becomes a Borrower hereunder pursuant to a Joinder Agreement, all Obligations, representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities set forth in the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party shall be joint and several. Bank shall have the right to deal with any individual of any Borrower with regard to all matters concerning the rights and obligations of Bank hereunder and pursuant to applicable law with regard to the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. All actions or inactions of the officers, managers, members and/or agents of any Borrower with regard to the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents shall be deemed with full authority and binding upon all Borrowers hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints Primo Water Corporation as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full right and power, for purposes of exercising all rights of such Person hereunder and under applicable law with regard to the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. The foregoing is a material inducement to the agreement of Bank to enter into the terms hereof and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
          10.13 Waiver of Certain Defenses . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, neither Borrower nor anyone claiming by or under Borrower will claim or seek to take advantage of N.C.G.S. 26-7, et seq. or any other law requiring Bank to attempt to realize upon any Collateral or collateral of any surety or guarantor, or any appraisement, evaluation, stay, extension, homestead, redemption or

37


 

exemption laws now or hereafter in force in order to prevent or hinder the enforcement of this Agreement. Borrower, for itself and all who may at any time claim through or under Borrower, hereby expressly waives to the fullest extent permitted by law the benefit of all such laws. All rights of Bank and all obligations of Borrower hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (i) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any provision of the Loan Documents, (ii) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral given as security for the Obligations, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guaranty for all or any of the Obligations, or (iii) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Borrower or any third party, other than payment and performance in full of the Obligations.
          10.14 Integration; Final Agreement . This Agreement and the other loan documents represent the final agreement between the parties and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties. There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties.
          10.15 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; WAIVER OF PUNITIVE DAMAGES . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO, INCLUDING BANK BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IN ANY JUDICIAL, MEDIATION OR ARBITRATION PROCEEDING OR ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM (A “DISPUTE”) THAT MAY ARISE OUT OF OR BE IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM OR THE OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED HEREBY OR RELATED HERETO, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY HAVE A REMEDY OF, OR BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR, (1) INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR (2) PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT OR CLAIM TO PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES THEY MAY HAVE OR WHICH MAY ARISE IN THE FUTURE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER THE DISPUTE IS RESOLVED BY ARBITRATION, MEDIATION, JUDICIALLY OR OTHERWISE.
          10.16 BINDING ARBITRATION; PRESERVATION OF REMEDIES.
               (a)  Binding Arbitration . Upon demand of any party hereto, whether made before or after institution of any judicial proceeding, any claim or controversy between parties hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Documents shall be resolved by binding arbitration conducted under and governed by the Commercial Financial Disputes Arbitration Rules (the “Arbitration Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) and the Federal Arbitration Act. Disputes may include, without limitation, tort claims, counterclaims, a dispute as to whether a matter is subject to arbitration, claims brought as class actions, or claims arising from documents executed in the future. A judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this arbitration provision does not apply to disputes under or related to Swap Agreements.
               (b)  Special Rules . All arbitration hearings shall be conducted in the city named in the address of Bank first stated above. A hearing shall begin within 90 days of demand for arbitration and all hearings shall conclude within 120 days of demand for arbitration. These time limitations may not be extended unless a party shows cause for extension and then for no more than a total of 60 days. The expedited procedures set forth in Rule 51 et seq. of the Arbitration Rules shall be applicable to claims of less than $1,000,000.00. Arbitrators shall be licensed attorneys selected from the Commercial Financial Dispute Arbitration Panel of the AAA. The parties do not waive applicable Federal or state substantive law except as provided herein.
               (c)  Preservation and Limitation of Remedies . Notwithstanding the preceding binding arbitration provisions, the parties agree to preserve, without diminution, certain remedies that any party may exercise before or after an arbitration proceeding is brought. The parties shall have the right to proceed in any court of proper jurisdiction or by self-help to exercise or prosecute the following remedies, as applicable: (i) all rights to foreclose against any real or personal property or other security by exercising a power of sale or under applicable law by judicial foreclosure including a proceeding to confirm the sale; (ii) all rights of self-help including peaceful

38


 

occupation of real property and collection of rents, set-off, and peaceful possession of personal property; (iii) obtaining provisional or ancillary remedies including injunctive relief, sequestration, garnishment, attachment, appointment of receiver and filing an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding; and (iv) when applicable, a judgment by confession of judgment. Any claim or controversy with regard to any party’s entitlement to such remedies is a Dispute.
               (d)  Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT BY AGREEING TO BINDING ARBITRATION THEY HAVE IRREVOCABLY WAIVED ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO JURY TRIAL WITH REGARD TO A DISPUTE.
[Signatures on following page]

39


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed under seal as of the day and year first above written.
         
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION (SEAL)
 
  
  By   /s/ Billy D. Prim    
    Name:   Billy D. Prim    
    Its: President     
 
  Accepted in Winston-Salem, North Carolina:

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (SEAL)
 
  
  By   /s/ Michael L. Rogers    
    Michael L. Rogers, Senior Vice President   
       
 

 

Exhibit 10.2
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
          THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“First Amendment”) made as of the 26 day of April, 2006, by and between PRIMO WATER CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Borrower”), and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, the “Bank”).
BACKGROUND
          The Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 23, 2005 (the “Loan Agreement”). Terms used herein and not herein defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.
          The Borrower has now requested certain amendments to the provisions of the Loan Agreement, which the Bank is willing to accommodate, subject to the terms and conditions of this First Amendment.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower and the Bank hereby agree as follows:
          1. Amendments to Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
          (a) All references in the Loan Agreement to “Term Loan”, “Term Loan Acceptance”, “Term Loan Commitment”, “Term Loan Maturity Date”, “Term Loan Request”, “Term Note”, “Guarantor”, “Guaranty Agreement”, and “Guaranty Removal Date” are hereby deleted, the parties intending that the Term Loan Commitment, having not been requested by Borrower, shall no longer be available to Borrower under the Loan Agreement.
          (b) The definition of “Borrowing Base” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is herby amended and restated to read as follows:
Borrowing Base ” means, on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to:
     (i) until July 1, 2006, 90% of the total amount of Eligible Accounts, and from and after July 1, 2006, 80% of the total amount of Eligible Accounts, plus
     (ii) until October 1, 2005, 20% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory; after October 1, 2005, and until January 1, 2006, 30% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory; and after January 1, 2006, 40% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory; minus

 


 

     (iii) any Reserves;
provided, however, that at no time shall the portion of the Revolver Loan applicable to Inventory exceed 50% of the aggregate Borrowing Base and of the portion applicable to Inventory, no more than one-half shall be applicable to Placed Inventory.
          (c) Item (l) of the definition of “Eligible Accounts” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     (l) Accounts for which the total of all Accounts from an Account Debtor (together with the Affiliates of the Account Debtor) exceed fifty percent (50%) until March 31, 2007, and twenty-five (25%) thereafter of the total Accounts of Borrower (to the extent of such excess); provided, however, that this “concentration limitation” shall not apply to Accounts from Lowes Home Improvement.”
          (d) The definition of “Termination Date” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     “ Termination Date ” means the earliest of (i) June 30, 2008, (ii) the date on which Borrower terminates this Agreement and the credit facilities provided hereunder pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof, and (iii) the date on which Bank terminates its obligation to make Loans and other extensions of credit to Borrower pursuant to Section 8.2(a) hereof.
          (e) Section 6.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     6.3 Restricted Payments . Shall not pay or declare any dividends (other than stock dividends) or other distribution or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any stock or other equity interests or pay or acquire any Debt subordinate to the Obligations except the following:
     (a) Any Subsidiary may pay dividends to Borrower or another Subsidiary wholly-owned by Borrower.
     (b) If Borrower is an S Corporation, it may distribute to its shareholders during each calendar year an aggregate amount (including all dividends or other payments) not exceeding the amount of federal income tax payable by such shareholders in such year with respect to the taxable income of Borrower, assuming such income is taxed at the rate applicable to the highest bracket of income (not to exceed 40% unless Bank shall otherwise permit in writing); provided that at the time of each such distribution, and after giving effect thereto, each of the following conditions is met: (A) no Default or Event of Default exists, (B) Borrower is Solvent, (C) such distribution is permitted under applicable law, and

-2-


 

(D)Borrower has given Bank at least ten (10) days prior written notice prior to making such distribution; provided that if the amount of any such dividends and other payments to a shareholder exceeds the tax liability of said shareholder, said shareholder shall promptly after the determination of the amount of such excess make a contribution to capital of Borrower in the amount of such excess.
     (c) Borrower may redeem or repurchase stock from its employees, consultants, directors, officers and service providers upon the termination of their employment or services to Borrower pursuant to options or rights granted Borrower pursuant to the terms of any equity incentive arrangement, equity compensation plan, stock option agreement, restricted stock agreement, employment agreement, consulting agreement, stock purchase plan, management incentive plan or other agreement, arrangement or plan approved by the Board of Directors of Borrower and by the Bank in writing.
     (d) Borrower may authorize and issue preferred stock which is entitled to receive cumulative dividends at a rate of up to ten percent (10%) per annum (the “Preferred Stock”) and may pay with respect to the Preferred Stock cumulative dividends at a rate of up to ten percent (10%) per annum; provided that at the time of such payment, and after giving effect thereto, each of the following conditions is met: (A) no Default or Event of Default exists, (B) Borrower is Solvent, and (C) such payment is permitted under applicable law.
          (f) Section 6.9 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     6.9 No Sale, Leaseback . Shall not enter into any sale-and-leaseback or similar transaction exceeding $500,000.00 in the aggregate with any Person except PWC Leasing, LLC with respect to the sale-and-leaseback of racking and shelving, trailers, return bins and other Equipment used in Borrower’s business.
     (g) Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     7.1 Minimum EBITDA . EBITDA as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters, determined on a rolling four quarter basis (except the first three of such Fiscal Quarters, which shall be on a cumulative three month, six month, or nine month, as the case may be, basis), shall be not less than the amount applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:
         
FISCAL QUARTER   AMOUNT  
Q2 — 2006
  (6,263,000.00 )
Q3 — 2006
  (8,911,000.00 )

-3-


 

         
FISCAL QUARTER   AMOUNT  
Q4 — 2006
  (9,750,000.00 )
Q1 — 2007
  (7,711,000.00 )
Q2 — 2007
  (3,800,000.00 )
Q3 — 2007
  (200,000.00 )
Q4 — 2007
  $ 1,580,000.00  
As used herein, “ EBITDA ” means for any period the sum of the following, without duplication: (A) consolidated net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the Fiscal Quarter (computed without regard to any extraordinary items of gain or loss) plus (B) to the extent deducted from revenue in computing consolidated net income for such period, the sum of (1) interest expense, (2) income and franchise taxes, tax expense, and (3) depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future), less interest income and any extraordinary gains.
          (h) Section 7.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     7.2 Minimum Gross Revenues . Gross revenues from sales achieved by Borrower as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters, determined on a rolling four quarter basis (except the first such Fiscal Quarter, which shall be for Fiscal Year 2006, regardless of the actual number of Fiscal Quarters in 2006 in which Borrower’s business was conducted) shall be not less than the amounts applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:
         
FISCAL QUARTER   AMOUNT  
Q4 — 2006
  $ 11,000,000.00  
Q1 — 2007
  $ 21,525,000.00  
Q2 — 2007
  $ 35,400,000.00  
Q3 — 2007
  $ 47,800,000.00  
Q4 — 2007
  $ 58,700,000.00  
Q1 — 2008
  $ 70,000,000.00  
          (i) Section 7.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     7.3 Leases . Borrower shall not incur, create, or assume any direct or indirect liability for the payment of rent or otherwise, under any lease or rental arrangement (excluding capitalized leases) during any Fiscal Year if immediately thereafter the sum of such lease or rental payments made by Borrower is greater than $1,000,000.00 in the aggregate; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 7.3 shall

-4-


 

not apply to leases by Borrower from PWC Leasing, LLC of racking and shelving, trailers, return bins and other Equipment utilized in Borrower’s business.
          (j) The Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 7.4 thereto, which new Section 7.4 shall read as follows:
     7.4 Funded Debt to EBITDA Ratio . Borrower shall, commencing as of the last day of the first Fiscal Quarter of 2008 and as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter thereafter, maintain a ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA (determined on a rolling four quarter basis) of not more than 4.00 to 1.00. As used herein, Funded Debt means, as applied to Borrower, the sum of all indebtedness for borrowed money (including, without limitation, capital lease [and synthetic lease] obligations and unreimbursed drawings under letters of credit), or any other monetary obligation evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or other agreement or similar instrument of Borrower but excluding Debt of Borrower subordinated to the Obligations by subordination agreement(s) satisfactory to Bank.
          2. Payment of Revolver Loan Facility Fee . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.11.1 of the Loan Agreement, Borrower shall pay to Bank $62,500 (which is the remaining unpaid portion of the 125,000 Revolver Loan facility fee payable under such Section 2.11.1) on the date of this First Amendment.
          3 Warranties and Representations . The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement and in any Schedule to the Loan Agreement or any document or instrument delivered to Bank or its representatives under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement, are true and correct in all material respects on the date of this First Amendment as if made on such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier specific date and except to the extent set forth on Schedule 1 attached to this First Amendment.
          4. Further Assurances . The Borrower will execute such confirmatory instruments with respect to the Loan Agreement and this First Amendment as the Bank may reasonably request.
          5. Ratification by Borrower . The Borrower ratifies and confirms all of its representations, warranties, covenants, liabilities and obligations under the Loan Agreement (except as set forth in paragraph 3 above) and agrees that: (i) except as expressly modified by this First Amendment, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if set forth specifically herein; and (ii) the Borrower has no right of setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment and performance of its obligations under the Loan Agreement. The Borrower and the Bank agree that this First Amendment shall not be construed as an agreement to extinguish the Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Agreement and shall not constitute a novation as to the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement. The Bank hereby expressly reserves all

-5-


 

rights and remedies it may have against all parties who may be or may hereafter become secondarily liable for the repayment of the obligations under the Loan Agreement.
          6. Amendments . This First Amendment may not be amended, changed, modified, altered, or terminated without in each instance the prior written consent of the Bank. This First Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina.
          7. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute one agreement.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment has been executed as of the date first above written.
         
  BORROWER:

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION (SEAL)
 
 
  By   /s/ Douglas A. Fullerton    
    Name:   Douglas A. Fullerton   
    Its: CFO   
 
  BANK:

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (SEAL)
 
 
  By   /s/ Michael L. Rogers    
    Michael L. Rogers, Senior Vice President   

-6-

Exhibit 10.3
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
          THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Second Amendment”) made as of the 30th day of April, 2007, by and between PRIMO WATER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Borrower”), and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, the “Bank”).
BACKGROUND
          The Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 23, 2005, as amended by First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 26, 2006 (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”). Terms used herein and not herein defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.
          The Borrower has now requested certain additional amendments to the provisions of the Loan Agreement, which the Bank is willing to accommodate, subject to the terms and conditions of this Second Amendment.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower and the Bank hereby agree as follows:
          1. Amendments to Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
          (a) The definition of “Applicable Margin” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
     “ Applicable Margin ” means as to any Revolver Loan, or portion thereof, that is a LMIR Loan, 2.75%.
          (b) The definition of “Borrowing Base” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
“Borrowing Base” means, on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to:
     (i) 90% of the total amount of Eligible Accounts until the Change Date, and from and after the Change Date, 80% of the total amount of Eligible Accounts, plus
     (ii) 60% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory until the Change Date, and from and after the Change Date, 40% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory; minus
     (iii) any Reserves;

 


 

provided, however, that at no time from and after (but not before) the Change Date (i) shall the portion of the Revolver Loan applicable to Inventory exceed 50% of the aggregate Borrowing Base and (ii) of the portion applicable to Inventory, no more than one-half shall be applicable to Placed Inventory.
     (c) The definition of “ Bottled Water Product Inventory ” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by inserting the following sentence at the end of such definition as a part thereof:
     “Bottled Water Product Inventory” shall be treated as Inventory for purposes of the Borrowing Base at the lower of cost or market, whether classified on the books of Borrower as inventory or as fixed assets.
     (d) Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definition thereto immediately following the definition of “Business Day”:
     “ Change Date ” means the earlier of (a) November 30, 2007, or (b) that date after April 30, 2007, as of which Borrower shall have received additional capital contributions of at least $10,000,000 in the aggregate.
     (e) Section 6.4 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
      6.4 Loans and Other Investments . Shall not make or permit to exist any advances or loans to, or guarantee or become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, leases, stock or dividends of, or own, purchase or make any commitment to purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, or any interest in, or make any capital contributions to (all of which are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “Investments”) any Person, except for (a) purchases of direct obligations of the federal government, (b) deposits in commercial banks, (c) commercial paper of any U.S. corporation having the highest ratings then given by the Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Corporation, (d) existing investments in Subsidiaries and future advances or loans to, guaranties of the indebtedness of, investments in and capital contributions to Subsidiaries wholly-owned by Borrower that join this Agreement as a Borrower or become a Guarantor prior to the date of such advance, loan, guaranty, investment or capital contribution, (e) endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, (f) advances to employees for business travel and other expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business which do not at any time exceed $50,000.00 in the aggregate, (g) any Swap Agreements with Bank (or with any of its Affiliates), and (h) additional Investments not exceeding $200,000 in the aggregate.

2


 

     (f) Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
      7.1 Minimum EBITDAR . EBITDAR as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters, determined on a rolling four quarter basis (except the first two of such Fiscal Quarters, which shall be on a cumulative six month or nine month, as the case may be, basis), shall be not less than the amount applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:
         
FISCAL OUARTER ENDING   AMOUNT  
June 30, 2007
  (6,049,000.00 )
September 30, 2007
  (7,643,000.00 )
December 31, 2007
  (7,434,000.00 )
March 31, 2008
  (4,733,000.00 )
As used herein, “ EBITDAR ” means for any period the sum of the following, without duplication: (A) consolidated net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the Fiscal Quarter (computed without regard to any extraordinary items of gain or loss) plus (B) to the extent deducted from revenue in computing consolidated net income for such period, the sum of (1) interest expense, (2) income and franchise taxes, tax expense, (3) depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future), and (4) operating lease payments made to PWC Leasing, LLC, less interest income and any extraordinary gains.
     (g) Section 7.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
      7.2 Minimum Gross Revenues . Gross revenues from sales achieved by Borrower as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters, determined on a rolling four quarter basis (except the first two of such Fiscal Quarters, which shall be on a cumulative six or nine month basis, respectively), shall be not less than the amounts applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:
         
FISCAL OUARTER ENDING   AMOUNT
June 30, 2007
  $ 5,537,000.00  
September 30, 2007
  $ 9,856,000.00  
December 31, 2007
  $ 19,491,000.00  
March 30, 2008
  $ 26,963,000.00  
               2.  Warranties and Representations . The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement and in any Schedule to the Loan Agreement or any document or instrument delivered to Bank or its representatives under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement, are true and correct in all material respects on the date of this Second Amendment as if made on such date, except to the extent

3


 

such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier specific date and except to the extent set forth on Schedule 1 attached to this Second Amendment.
               3.  Further Assurances . The Borrower will execute such confirmatory instruments with respect to the Loan Agreement and this Second Amendment as the Bank may reasonably request.
               4.  Ratification by Borrower . The Borrower ratifies and confirms all of its representations, warranties, covenants, liabilities and obligations under the Loan Agreement (except as set forth in paragraph 2 above) and agrees that: (i) except as expressly modified by this Second Amendment, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as if set forth specifically herein; and (ii) the Borrower has no right of setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment and performance of its obligations under the Loan Agreement. The Borrower and the Bank agree that this Second Amendment shall not be construed as an agreement to extinguish the Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Agreement and shall not constitute a novation as to the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement. The Bank hereby expressly reserves all rights and remedies it may have against all parties who may be or may hereafter become secondarily liable for the repayment of the obligations under the Loan Agreement.
               5.  Amendments . This Second Amendment may not be amended, changed, modified, altered, or terminated without in each instance the prior written consent of the Bank. This Second Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina.
               6.  Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute one agreement.
               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Second Amendment has been executed as of the date first above written.
         
  BORROWER:

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION (SEAL)

 
 
  By   /s/ Douglas A. Fullerton    
    Name: Douglas A. Fullerton   
    Its: Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary   
 
         
  BANK:

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION (SEAL)
 
 
 
  By   /s/ Michael L. Rogers  
    Michael L. Rogers, Senior Vice President   

4

Exhibit 10.4
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
          THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Third Amendment”) made as of the 24 day of June, 2008, by and between PRIMO WATER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Existing Borrower”), PRIMO TO GO, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company, PRIMO PRODUCTS, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company, and PRIMO DIRECT, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (each a “New Borrower” and together, the “New Borrowers”), and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, the “Bank”).
BACKGROUND
          The Existing Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 23, 2005, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 26, 2006 and by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2007 (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”). Terms used herein and not herein defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.
          The New Borrowers are Subsidiaries of the Existing Borrower. The Existing Borrower and the New Borrowers have requested that the New Borrowers become Borrowers under the Loan Agreement, in accordance with Section 10.12 of the Loan Agreement. The Existing Borrower and the New Borrowers are referred to herein collectively as the “Borrowers”. The Borrowers have also requested certain additional amendments to the provisions of the Loan Agreement, which the Bank is willing to accommodate, subject to the terms and conditions of this Third Amendment.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Existing Borrower, the New Borrowers and the Bank hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Amendments to Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     (a) The definition of “Applicable Margin” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
Applicable Margin ” means as to any Revolver Loan, or portion thereof, that is: (i) a LMIR Loan, 3.25%; and (ii) a Base Rate Loan, 0.75%. The Revolver Loans, at any time, shall either be all LMIR Loans or all Base Rate Loans.
     (b) The definition of “Borrowing Base” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
Borrowing Base ” means, on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to:

 


 

     (i) 85% of the total amount of Eligible Accounts, plus
     (ii) 40% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory that is not “Cooler Inventory” and 45% of the total amount of Eligible Inventory that is “Cooler Inventory,” plus
     (iii) 60% of the undrawn amount of Approved Trade Letters of Credit; minus
     (iv) any Reserves;
provided, however, that: (i) at no time shall the portion of the Revolver Loan applicable to Inventory exceed 50% of the aggregate Borrowing Base; and (ii) of the portion of the Revolver Loan applicable to Inventory, no more than 75% shall be applicable to Placed Inventory.
     (c) the definition of “Controlled Inventory” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
Controlled Inventory ” means (i) Bottled Water Product Inventory in the possession of Borrower or a Manufacturer or Distributor; and (ii) Cooler Inventory in the possession of Borrower.
     (d) the definition of “Eligible Inventory” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
Eligible Inventory ” means all Controlled Inventory and Placed Inventory acquired by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business as presently conducted consisting of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods, valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis, but excluding , however , in any event, without limitation of the foregoing, unless otherwise approved by Bank, any such Inventory which
     (a) is not at all times subject to a duly perfected, first priority (and only) security interest in favor of Bank (other than any rights of Distributors and Manufacturers in the ordinary course of business and with respect to the rights of Retailers and others under the Code as to Placed Inventory);
     (b) is not in good and saleable condition;
     (c) is on consignment from, or subject to any repurchase agreement with any supplier (other than with respect to Placed Inventory);
     (d) constitutes returned (other than empty bottles for Borrower’s bottled water products returned to Borrower or a Distributor or Manufacturer in the ordinary course of business); or repossessed,

2


 

damaged, defective, obsolete, or slow-moving goods as determined by Bank;
     (e) does not conform in any material respect to the warranties and representations set forth in the Loan Documents in respect of Inventory Collateral or Collateral generally;
     (f) is subject to a negotiable document of title (unless issued or endorsed to Bank);
     (g) is subject to any license or other agreement that limits or restricts Borrower’s or Bank’s right to sell or otherwise dispose of such inventory (unless the licensor and Borrower enter into a licensor waiver in form and substance satisfactory to Bank);
     (h) is located at a Collateral Location with respect to which, if not owned and controlled by Borrower, Bank has not received from the Person owning such property or in control thereof a Third Party Waiver (unless Reserves are imposed with regard thereto as determined by Bank in its sole and absolute discretion) (other than Placed Inventory in the possession of a Retailer);
     (i) consists of any packaging materials (other than bottles for Borrower’s bottled water products, caps and labels therefor and minerals for use with such bottled water), supplies or promotional materials;
     (j) has been returned to, or repossessed by, Borrower (other than empty bottles for Borrower’s bottled water products returned to Borrower or a Distributor or Manufacturer in the ordinary course of business); or
     (k) which Bank otherwise in its reasonable discretion deems to not be Eligible Inventory.
     (e) The definition of “Placed Inventory” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
Placed Inventory ” means Bottled Water Product Inventory placed by Borrower with a Retailer at a location within the United States of America for sale or exchange to consumers in any situation where a final sale of such Bottled Water Product Inventory to such Retailer has not occurred such that no Account with respect to such sale has been created.
     (f) The definition of “Revolver Commitment” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
Revolver Commitment ” means the commitment of Bank, subject to the terms and conditions herein, to make Revolver Loans and issue Letters of Credit in

3


 

accordance with the provisions of Section 2 hereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000.00 at any one time.
     (g) The definition of “Termination Date” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
Termination Date ” means the earliest of (i) June 30, 2010; (ii) the date on which Borrower terminates this Agreement and the credit facilities provided hereunder pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof; and (iii) the date on which Bank terminates its obligation to make Loans and other extensions of credit to Borrower pursuant to Section 8.2(a) hereof.
     (h) Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following definition thereto immediately following the definition of “Controlled Inventory”:
Cooler Inventory ” means all Inventory of the Borrower that consists of containers that hold, dispense, refrigerate and warm Borrower’s 3 or 5 gallon Bottled Water Product Inventory, in each case whether Controlled Inventory or Placed Inventory. The Cooler Inventory shall be treated as Inventory for purposes of the Borrowing Base at the lower of cost or market.
     (i) Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following definition thereto immediately following the definition of “Applicable Margin”:
Approved Trade Letters of Credit ” means irrevocable letters of credit, in form and substance acceptable to the Bank (in its sole discretion) that are issued by an issuer satisfactory to the Bank (in its sole discretion) (and if requested by the Bank, such letter of credit or the proceeds thereof, as the Bank (in its sole discretion), shall require, has been assigned to the Bank) which names the Borrower as beneficiary and support purchase orders from customers of the Borrower in form, content and all other respects satisfactory to the Bank (in its sole discretion) which cover the purchase of Inventory that is not otherwise included in the Borrowing Base.
     (j) Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following definition thereto immediately following the definition of “Arbitration Rules”:
Base Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 1 / 2 of 1% or (ii) the Prime Rate in effect on such day. If for any reason Bank shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable after due inquiry to ascertain the Federal Funds Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of Bank to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms hereof, the Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (i) of the first sentence of this definition until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or

4


 

the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate, respectively.
     (k) Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following definition thereto immediately following the definition of “Base Rate”:
Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan, or portion thereof, during any period in which it bears interest at a rate based upon the Base Rate.
     (l) Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following definition thereto immediately following the definition of “Placed Inventory”:
Prime Rate ” means that rate announced by Bank from time to time as its prime rate and is one of several interest rate bases used by Bank. Bank lends at rates both above and below Bank’s Prime Rate, and Borrower acknowledges that Bank’s Prime Rate is not represented or intended to be the lowest or most favorable rate of interest offered by Bank.
     (m) Section 2.1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by adding the following sentence at the end of such section:
“Revolver Loans may be Base Rate Loans or LMIR Loans.”
     (n) Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
     2.3 Interest . Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of all unpaid principal amounts of the Loans from the respective dates such principal amounts are advanced until paid (whether at stated maturity, on acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable rate indicated below:
     2.3.1 For Loans made or outstanding as Base Rate Loans, the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time for such Base Rate Loans plus the Base Rate in effect from time to time.
     2.3.2 LMIR Loans . For Loans made or outstanding as LMIR Loans, the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time for such LMIR Loans plus the LMIR in effect from time to time.
     (o) Section 2.4.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
     2.4.1 Base Rate Loan . When a Base Rate Loan is selected, the interest rate shall be adjusted from time to time, effective as of the date of each change in the Base Rate, and the Base Rate shall continue to apply until another interest rate option is selected by Borrower for that Loan.

5


 

     (p) A new Section 2.4.2 is added to the Loan Agreement immediately following the text of Section 2.4.1 thereof, which new section 2.4.2 shall read as follows:
     2.4.2 LMIR Loan . When a LMIR Loan is selected, the interest rate shall be adjusted daily as applicable to reflect LIBOR Market Index Rate then in effect and the LIBOR Market Index-based Rate shall continue to apply until another interest rate option is selected by Borrower for that Loan.
     (q) Section 2.5 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
     2.5 Notice and Manner of Borrowing and Rate Conversion .
     2.5.1 Loans . Borrower shall give Bank irrevocable telephonic notice of each proposed Revolver Loan or permitted rate conversion not later than 11:00 a.m. (local time in Charlotte, North Carolina) (a) on the same business day as each proposed Loan or rate conversion to a Base Rate Loan or a LMIR Loan. Each such notice shall specify (i) the date of such Loan or rate conversion, which shall be a Business Day, (ii) the amount of each Loan or the amount to be converted, and (iii) the interest rate selected by Borrower from the interest rate options set forth in this Agreement. The Loans, at any time, shall either be all LMIR Loans or all Base Rate Loans. All Loans shall initially be Base Rate Loans. Notices received after 11:00 a.m. (local time in Charlotte, North Carolina) shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Bank’s acceptance of such a request shall be indicated by its making the Loan or advance requested. Such a Loan or advance shall be made available to Borrower in immediately available funds by deposit into the Disbursement Account.
     2.5.2 Additional Provisions for Requests for Revolver Loans . Bank, in its discretion, may require from Borrower a signed written request for a Revolver Loan in form of a Notice of Borrowing satisfactory to Bank, which request shall be irrevocable and shall be delivered to Bank no later than 11:00 a.m. (local time in Charlotte, North Carolina) on the date determined in accordance with Section 2.5.1, and shall set forth the calculation of the Borrowing Base and a reconciliation to the previous request or Borrowing Base Certificate, specify the information required by Section 2.5.1 for the proposed Revolver Loan and provide such other information as Bank may require.
     (a) Subject to subsection 2.5.2(c) below, unless payment is otherwise timely made by Borrower, the becoming due of any amount required to be paid with respect to any of the Obligations (whether as principal, accrued interest, fees or other

6


 

charges owed to Bank or any Affiliate of Bank) shall be deemed irrevocably to be a request (without the requirement for the submission of a Notice of Borrowing) for Revolver Loans on the due date of, and in an aggregate amount required to pay, such Obligations, and Bank may disburse the proceeds of such Revolver Loans by way of direct payment of the relevant Obligations, and such Revolver Loans shall bear interest as Base Rate Loans.
     (b) Subject to subsection 2.5.2(c) below, the presentation for payment of any check or other item of payment drawn on the Disbursement Account at a time when there are insufficient funds in such account to cover such item shall be deemed irrevocably to be a request (without any requirement for the submission of a Notice of Borrowing) for Revolver Loans on the date of such presentation in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the items presented for payment, and Bank may disburse the proceeds of such Revolver Loans to the Disbursement Account and such Revolver Loans shall bear interest as Base Rate Loans.
     (c) Bank shall have no obligation to Borrower to honor any deemed request for a Revolver Loan under Section 2.5.2(a) or Section 2.5.2(b) above after the Termination Date or when the principal amount of such Revolver Loan, when added to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolver Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations would exceed the lesser of the Revolver Commitment and the Borrowing Base at such time or when any condition precedent in Section 3.3 hereof is not satisfied, but may do so in its discretion and without regard to the existence of, and without being deemed to have waived, any Default or Event of Default.
     2.5.3 Excess Outstandings . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, make or permit to remain outstanding Revolver Loans which, when added to the principal amount of all other Revolver Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations, exceed the Revolver Commitment or the Borrowing Base, and all such amounts shall (i) be part of the Obligations evidenced by the Revolver Note, (ii) bear interest as provided herein, (iii) be payable upon demand by Bank, and (iv) be secured by the Collateral and be entitled to all rights and security as provided under the Loan Documents.
     (r) Section 2.6.1(a) is amended by adding the following sentence at the end of such section:

7


 

Unless otherwise specified by Borrower, all principal repayment of Revolver Loans shall be applied by Bank first to outstanding Base Rate Loans and then to outstanding LMIR Loans.
     (s) A new Section 2.11.4 is added to the Loan Agreement immediately following the text of Section 2.11.3 thereof, which new Section 2.11.4 shall read as follows:
     2.11.4. Unused Line Fee . Borrower shall pay to Bank quarterly, an unused line fee equal to a rate equal to one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum calculated upon the amount, if any, by which the lesser of: (a) the Revolver Commitment; and (b) the Borrowing Base exceeds the average daily principal balance of the outstanding Revolver Loans during the immediately preceding quarter while this Agreement is in effect and for so long thereafter as any of the Obligations are outstanding, which fee shall be payable on the first day of each quarter in arrears.
     (t) Section 2.10.1(i) of the Loan Agreement is amended to replace the term “$1,000,000.00” with “$10,000,000.00”.
     (u) Section 2.11.3 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     2.11.3. Letter of Credit Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank, at such times as Bank shall require, Bank’s standard fees in connection with Letters of Credit, as in effect from time to time, and with respect to standby Letters of Credit, at the time of issuance of each standby Letter of Credit, a fee equal to the greater of (a) $500.00 or (b) 3.25% per annum on the face amount of the Letter of Credit for the period of time the standby Letter of Credit will be outstanding.
     (v) Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     7.1 Minimum EBITDAR . EBITDAR as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters, determined on a rolling four quarter basis (except the first three of such Fiscal Quarters, which shall be on a cumulative three month, six month or nine month, as the case may be, basis), shall be not less than the amount applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:
     
FISCAL QUARTER ENDING   AMOUNT
Q2-2008   ($3,686,000.00)
Q3-2008   ($5,300,000.00)
Q4-2008   ($6,300,000.00)
Q1-2009   ($8,500,000.00)
Q2-2009   ($5,300,000.00)
Q-3-2009   ($3,000,000.00)
Q4-2009   ($1,000,000.00)

8


 

     
Q1-2010   $700,000.00
As used herein, “ EBITDAR ” means for any period the sum of the following, without duplication: (A) consolidated net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the Fiscal Quarter (computed without regard to any extraordinary items of gain or loss) plus (B) to the extent deducted from revenue in computing consolidated net income for such period, the sum of (1) interest expense, (2) income and franchise taxes, tax expense, (3) depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future), [and (4) operating lease payments made to PWC Leasing, LLC,] less interest income and any extraordinary gains.
     (w) Section 7.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     7.2 Minimum Gross Revenues . Gross revenues from sales achieved by Borrower as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters, determined on a rolling four quarter basis (except the first three of such Fiscal Quarters, which shall be on a cumulative three month, six month and nine month, as the case may be, basis), shall be not less than the amounts applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:
     
FISCAL QUARTER ENDING   AMOUNT
Q2-2008   10,671,000
Q3-2008   25,573,000
Q4-2008   42,418,000
Q1-2009   54,294,000
Q2-2009   58,500,000
Q3-2009   62,337,000
Q4-2009   64,702,000
Q1-2010   67,580,000
     (x) A new Section 7.4 is added to the Loan Agreement immediately following the text of Section 7.3 thereof, which new Section 7.4 shall read as follows:
      Net Worth . Borrower shall at all times maintain a Net Worth of at least $11,000,000.00. “ Total Liabilities ” means all liabilities of Borrower, including capitalized leases and all reserves for deferred taxes and other deferred sums appearing on the liabilities side of a balance sheet of Borrower, in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis. “ Net Worth ” means the Shareholders’ equity of Borrower, determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, plus the sum of Debt subordinated to the Obligations by subordination agreements satisfactory in all respects to the Bank in its sole discretion.

9


 

     2.  Joinder .
     (a) The New Borrowers and the Existing Borrower hereby acknowledge, agree and confirm that, by their execution of this Agreement, each of the New Borrowers will be deemed to be a party to the Loan Agreement and a “Borrower” for all purposes of the Loan Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents, and shall have all of the obligations of a Borrower thereunder as if it had executed the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that the term Eligible Accounts for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base shall include only Accounts of the Existing Borrower and the term Eligible Inventory for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base shall include only Inventory of the Existing Borrower. Each of the New Borrowers assumes and agrees to be bound by and comply with, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents and all duties and obligations thereunder, as fully and completely as all other Borrowers thereunder, jointly and severally, individually and collectively, with all other Borrowers, including without limitation (i) all of the representations, warranties, covenants, undertakings and obligations set forth in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (ii) all waivers set forth in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In furtherance, but not in limitation, of the foregoing, the New Borrowers shall promptly deliver to the Bank all of the documents and satisfy all of the conditions required under Section 3.1.2 of the Loan Agreement.
     (b) Each of the New Borrowers has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits thereto and the other Loan Documents. The information on the Exhibits and Schedules to the Loan Agreement are amended to provide the information in respect of the New Borrowers shown on the attached Schedule 2. In furtherance and not in limitation of the terms of the Loan Agreement, each of the New Borrowers acknowledges its present grant of a first priority security interest in all of its Collateral to the Bank. In furtherance and not in limitation thereof, each of the New Borrowers hereby, as security for the payment of the Notes and all Obligations whatsoever of the Borrower (which term includes the Existing Borrower and the New Borrowers) to Bank, grants to the Bank a continuing, general lien upon and security interest in and to all property of such New Borrower, wherever located and whether now owned by such New Borrower or hereafter acquired, including but not limited to: (a) all Inventory; (b) all General Intangibles; (c) all Accounts; (d) all Chattel Paper; (e) all Instruments and Documents and any other instrument or intangible representing payment for goods or services; (f) all Equipment; (g) all Investment Property; (h) all Commercial Tort Claims; (i) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; (j) all Deposit Accounts and funds on deposit therein, including but not limited to any Disbursements Account, Collections Account or funds otherwise on deposit with or under the control of Bank or its agents or correspondents; (k) all Fixtures; and (l) all parts, replacements, substitutions, profits, products, Accessions and cash and non-cash Proceeds and Supporting Obligations of any of the foregoing (including, but not limited to, insurance proceeds) in any form and wherever located. Collateral shall include all written or electronically recorded books and records relating to any such Collateral and other rights relating thereto.

10


 

     (c) Each of the New Borrowers hereby waives presentment, demand, protest, acceptance, notice of demand, protest and nonpayment and any other notice required by law relative to the Loan Agreement, the Obligations, the Notes and the other Loan Documents.
     (d) Except as set forth expressly herein, all terms of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Existing Borrower and the New Borrowers to the Bank. To the extent any terms and conditions in any of the Loan Documents shall contradict or be in conflict with any terms or conditions of the Loan Agreement, after giving effect to this Section, such terms and conditions are hereby deemed modified and amended accordingly to reflect the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement as modified and amended hereby.
     (e) To induce the Bank to enter into this Agreement, the Existing Borrower and New Borrowers hereby (a) restate and renew each and every representation and warranty heretofore made by them under, or in connection with the execution and delivery of, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier specific date and except to the extent set forth on Schedule 1 and 2 attached to this Third Amendment; (b) restate, ratify and reaffirm each and every term and condition set forth in the Loan Agreement and in the Loan Documents, effective as of the date hereof; (c) acknowledge and agree that, as of the date hereof, there exists no right of offset, defense, counterclaim or objection in favor of the Existing Borrower as against the Bank with respect to the payment or performance of its Obligations; and (d) certifies that no Default or Event of Default exists.
     3.  Amendment Fee . The Borrowers hereby agree to pay to Bank an amendment fee on the date hereof in an amount equal to the product of: (X) the Revolver Commitment (as such term is defined after giving effect to the amendment set forth in paragraph 1(c) hereof) multiplied by (Y) 0.50%.
     4.  Further Assurances . The Borrowers will execute such confirmatory instruments with respect to the Loan Agreement and this Third Amendment as the Bank may reasonably request.
     5.  Modification . The Borrowers and the Bank agree that this Third Amendment shall not be construed as an agreement to extinguish the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Agreement and shall not constitute a novation as to the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement. The Bank hereby expressly reserves all rights and remedies it may have against all parties who may be or may hereafter become secondarily liable for the repayment of the obligations under the Loan Agreement.
     6.  Amendments . This Third Amendment may not be amended, changed, modified, altered, or terminated without in each instance the prior written consent of the Bank. This Third Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina.

11


 

     7.  Counterparts . This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute one agreement.
     8.  Deliveries . On the date of this Amendment Borrower shall deliver to the Bank UCC lien searches satisfactory to the Bank confirming the Lender’s first priority security interest in the Collateral.
[signature pages follow]

12


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amendment has been executed as of the date first above written.
         
 
  BORROWER:
 
       
 
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION            (SEAL)
 
       
 
  By   /s/ Doug Fullerton
 
       
 
  Name:   Douglas A. Fullerton
 
  Its:   Chief Strategy Officer, Vice President, Corporate Secretary
 
       
 
  PRIMO TO GO, LLC            (SEAL)
 
       
 
  By   /s/ Doug Fullerton
 
       
 
  Name:   Douglas A. Fullerton
 
  Its:   Chief Strategy Officer, Vice President, Corporate Secretary
 
       
 
  PRIMO PRODUCTS, LLC            (SEAL)
 
       
 
  By   /s/ Doug Fullerton
 
       
 
  Name:   Douglas A. Fullerton
 
  Its:   Chief Strategy Officer, Vice President, Corporate Secretary
 
       
 
  PRIMO DIRECT, LLC            (SEAL)
 
       
 
  By   /s/ Doug Fullerton
 
       
 
  Name:   Douglas A. Fullerton
 
  Its:   Chief Strategy Officer, Vice President, Corporate Secretary
 
       
 
  BANK:
 
       
 
  WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (SEAL)
 
       
 
  By   /s/ Michael L. Rogers
 
       
 
  Michael L. Rogers, Senior Vice President

Exhibit 10.5
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
           THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Fourth Amendment”) made as of the 7th day of January, 2009, by and between PRIMO WATER CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “Existing Borrower”), PRIMO TO GO, LLC , a North Carolina limited liability company, PRIMO PRODUCTS, LLC , a North Carolina limited liability company, and PRIMO DIRECT, LLC , a North Carolina limited liability company (each a “New Borrower” and together, the “New Borrowers”), and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, the “Bank”).
BACKGROUND
          The Existing Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 23, 2005, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2006, by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2007, and by that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 24 , 2008 (“Third Amendment”) (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”). Terms used herein and not herein defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.
          The New Borrowers are Subsidiaries of the Existing Borrower. The New Borrowers become Borrowers under the Loan Agreement, in accordance with Section 10.12 of the Loan Agreement, pursuant to the Third Amendment. The Existing Borrower and the New Borrowers are referred to herein collectively as the “Borrowers”. The Borrowers have now requested certain additional amendments to the provisions of the Loan Agreement, which the Bank is willing to accommodate, subject to the terms and conditions of this Fourth Amendment.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrowers and the Bank hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Amendments to Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
          (a) The definition of “Applicable Margin” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
Applicable Margin ” means as to any Revolver Loan, or portion thereof, that is: (i) a LMIR Loan, 5% until the Reversion Date and 3.25% from and after the Reversion Date; and (ii) a Base Rate Loan, 2.5% until the Reversion Date and 0.75% thereafter. The Revolver Loans, at any time, shall either be all LMIR Loans or all Base Rate Loans.”

 


 

          (b) The definition of “Revolver Commitment” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
Revolver Commitment ” means the commitment of Bank, subject to the terms and conditions herein, to make Revolver Loans and issue Letters of Credit in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 hereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000.00 at any one time.
(c) The Loan Agreement is hereby amended:
               (i) By adding the following definitions thereto immediately following the definition of “Joinder Agreement”:
Junior Indebtedness ” means the Debt and other obligations of Borrowers to Bank pursuant to the Junior Loan Agreement.
Junior Loan Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January ___, 2009, among Borrowers and Bank.
               (ii) By adding the following definition thereto immediately following the definition of “Placed Inventory”:
Prime To Go ” means Prime To Go, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company.
               (iii) By adding the following definition thereto immediately following the definition of “Reserves”:
Reversion Date ” means that date as of which the Junior Indebtedness has been paid and satisfied in full.
          (d) Section 2.11 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     2.11 Automatic Debit of Checking Account for Loan Payments . Borrower authorizes Bank to debit demand deposit account number 2000026543086, or any other account with Bank (routing number 053101626) designated in writing by Borrower, for any payments due under the Note, provided, that Bank shall provide written notice to Borrower at least one (1) business day prior to debiting any such account. Borrower further certifies that Borrower holds legitimate ownership of this account and preauthorizes this periodic debit as part of its right under said ownership.
          (e) Section 5.6(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

2


 

     (b) Annual Statements . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a detailed audited financial report of Borrower and its Subsidiaries containing a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet at the end of that period and a consolidated and consolidating income statement and statement of cash flows for that period, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the preceding Fiscal Year, together with all supporting schedules and footnotes, and containing an unqualified audit opinion of independent certified public accountants acceptable to Bank that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Borrower shall obtain such written acknowledgments from Borrower’s independent certified public accountants as Bank may require permitting Bank to rely on such annual financial statements.
          (f) Section 5.12(e) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     (e) except for sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, sales of assets permitted by Section 6.13 hereof and the grant to Bank of Liens securing the Junior Indebtedness , will not sell, assign, lease, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Collateral or any interest therein;
          (g) Section 6.1(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
          “(a) The Obligations and the Junior Indebtedness;”
          (h) Section 6.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
  “(a)   Liens securing the Obligations and Liens securing the Junior Indebtedness; provided, however, the Liens securing the Junior Indebtedness shall at all times while any Obligations (excluding the Junior Indebtedness) are unpaid or otherwise outstanding shall be junior and subordinate to the Liens securing the Obligations (excluding the Junior Indebtedness).”
          (i) Section 6.3(d) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     (d) Borrower may pay with respect to its Series B Preferred Equity, dividends aggregating not more than ten percent (10%) of such Series B Preferred Equity annually (or, in lieu of paying such dividends for any year, Borrower may accrue dividends aggregating up to fifteen percent (15%) of such Series B Preferred Equity annually); provided that at the time of such payment, and after giving effect thereto, each of the

3


 

following conditions is met: (A) no Event of Default exists, (B) Borrower is Solvent, and (C) such payment is permitted under applicable law.
          (j) Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     6.12 Subsidiaries . Shall not acquire, form or dispose of any Subsidiaries or permit any Subsidiary to issue capital stock except to its parent; provided, however, that Borrower may sell Prime To Go, so long as the sale proceeds thereof are applied as set forth in the Junior Loan Agreement, and may, without the consent of Bank, form a Subsidiary to act as an equipment leasing or finance company.
          (k) Section 6.13 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     6.13 Liquidation, Mergers, Consolidations and Dispositions of Substantial Assets, Name and Good Standing . Shall not merge, reorganize, consolidate or amalgamate with any Person, liquidate, wind up its affairs or dissolve itself, acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise any of the assets of any Person, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its property or assets, except for the sale of Prime To Go, so long as the sale proceeds thereof are applied as set forth in the Junior Loan Agreement, the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, the disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business, the disposition of equipment if the proceeds of such disposition are credited or applied to the purchase price of replacement equipment, and the voluntary termination of Swap Agreements to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, or sell or dispose of any equity ownership interests in any Subsidiary, in each case whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions; or change its name or jurisdiction of organization or conduct business under any new fictitious name; change its Federal Employer Identification Number; or fail to remain in good standing and qualified to transact business as a foreign entity in any state or other jurisdiction in which it is required to be qualified to transact business as a foreign entity and in which the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (l) Section 9.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:
     “Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein or in any other agreement among Borrowers and Bank, the Bank’s interest in and Lien on any of the Collateral securing the Obligations (excluding the Junior Indebtedness) shall in all respects and at all times be deemed senior and prior to any interest in the Collateral which secures the Junior Indebtedness.”

4


 

          (m) Article 7 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “7.1 Minimum EBITDA . EBITDA as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters shall be not less than the amount applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:
         
FISCAL QUARTER ENDING   AMOUNT
Q4-2008 (for one Fiscal Quarter only)
  $ (2,100,000 )
Q1-2009 (for one Fiscal Quarter only)
  $ (775,000 )
Q2-2009 (for two Fiscal Quarters only)
  $ (400,000 )
Q-3-2009 (for three Fiscal Quarters only)
  $ 1,300,000  
Q4-2009 (on a rolling four quarter basis)
  $ 3,200,000  
Q1-2010 (on a rolling four quarter basis)
  $ 3,600,000  
As used herein, “ EBITDA ” means for any period the sum of the following, without duplication: (A) consolidated net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries from continuing operations (computed without regard to any extraordinary items of gain or loss) plus (B) to the extent deducted from revenue in computing consolidated net income for such period, the sum of (1) interest expense, (2) income and franchise taxes, tax expense, and (3) depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges (except to the extent that such non-cash charges are reserved for cash charges to be taken in the future), less interest income and any extraordinary gains.
     7.2 Minimum Gross Revenues . Gross revenues from sales achieved by Borrower and its Subsidiaries from continuing operations as of the end of each of the following Fiscal Quarters, determined on a rolling four quarter basis, shall be not less than the amounts applicable to such Fiscal Quarter set forth in the table below:
         
FISCAL QUARTER ENDING   AMOUNT
Q4-2008
  $ 28,000,000  
Q1-2009
  $ 31,000,000  
Q2-2009
  $ 32,500,000  
Q3-2009
  $ 37,000,000  
Q4-2009
  $ 44,000,000  
Q1-2010
  $ 45,000,000  
     7.3 Leases . Borrower shall not incur, create, or assume any direct or indirect liability for the payment of rent or otherwise, under any lease or rental arrangement (excluding capitalized leases) during any Fiscal Year if immediately thereafter the sum of such lease or rental payments made by Borrower is greater than $2,000,000.00 in the aggregate.

5


 

     7.4 Net Worth . Borrower shall at all times maintain a Net Worth of at least $12,000,000.00. “ Net Worth ” means the shareholders’ equity of Borrower, plus the sum of Debt subordinated to the Obligations by subordination agreements satisfactory in all respects to the Bank in its sole discretion, less Total Liabilities. “ Total Liabilities ” means all liabilities of Borrower, including capitalized leases and all reserves for deferred taxes and other deferred sums appearing on the liabilities side of a balance sheet of Borrower.”
          (n) The address for the Borrower set forth in Section 10.4 of the Loan Agreement is hereby changed to the following:
         
 
  Borrower:   Primo Water Corporation
 
      104 Cambridge Plaza Drive
 
      Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104
 
      Fax No.
 
      Attn:
     2.  Further Assurances . The Borrowers will execute such confirmatory instruments with respect to the Loan Agreement and this Fourth Amendment as the Bank may reasonably request.
     3.  Modification . The Borrowers and the Bank agree that this Fourth Amendment shall not be construed as an agreement to extinguish the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Agreement and shall not constitute a novation as to the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement. The Bank hereby expressly reserves all rights and remedies it may have against all parties who may be or may hereafter become secondarily liable for the repayment of the obligations under the Loan Agreement.
     4.  Amendments . This Fourth Amendment may not be amended, changed, modified, altered, or terminated without in each instance the prior written consent of the Bank. This Fourth Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina.
     5.  Counterparts . This Fourth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute one agreement.
[signature pages follow]

6


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fourth Amendment has been executed as of the date first above written.
         
  BORROWERS:  
 
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION (SEAL)
 
 
  By   /s/ Mark Castaneda    
    Name:   Mark Castaneda   
    Its: CFO   
 
  PRIMO TO GO, LLC (SEAL)
 
 
  By   Primo Water Corporation, Its Manager    
 
  By   /s/ Billy D. Prim  
    Name:   Billy D. Prim   
    Its:   President   
 
  PRIMO PRODUCTS, LLC (SEAL)
 
 
  By   Primo Water Corporation, Its Manager    
 
  By   /s/ Billy D. Prim    
    Name:   Billy D. Prim   
    Its: President   
 
  PRIMO DIRECT, LLC (SEAL)
 
 
  By  /s/ Billy D. Prim    
     Name: Billy D. Prim   
    Its:      Manager   
 
 
BANK:
 
 
  WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (SEAL)    
 
  By   /s/ Michael L. Rogers    
    Michael L. Rogers, Senior Vice President   
       
 

7

Exhibit 10.6
EXECUTION VERSION
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
           THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Fifth Amendment”) made as of the 30th day of December, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), by and between PRIMO WATER CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “Primo”), PRIMO TO GO, LLC , a North Carolina limited liability company (“Primo To Go”), PRIMO PRODUCTS, LLC , a North Carolina limited liability company (“Primo Products”), and PRIMO DIRECT, LLC , a North Carolina limited liability company (“Primo Direct” and together with Primo To Go and Primo Products, the “New Borrowers”), and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, the “Bank”).
BACKGROUND
          Primo and the Bank entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 23, 2005, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2006, by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2007, by that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2008 (“Third Amendment”), and by that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 7, 2009 (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”). Terms used herein and not herein defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.
          The New Borrowers are Subsidiaries of Primo. The New Borrowers became Borrowers under the Loan Agreement, in accordance with Section 10.12 of the Loan Agreement, pursuant to the Third Amendment. Primo and the New Borrowers are referred to herein collectively as the “Borrowers”.
          The Borrowers and the Bank also entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 7, 2009, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan And Security Agreement dated as of November 16, 2009 (as amended, the “Junior Wachovia Loan Agreement”).
          Primo desires to enter into arrangements with certain lenders (collectively, “Creditor”) to obtain loans from Creditor in the maximum aggregate principal amount of up to $15,500,000.00, which loans will be subordinate to the Loan and the Loan Documents, and the proceeds of which loans will be used, inter alia , to repay in full the obligations of the Borrowers under the Junior Wachovia Loan Agreement.
          The Borrowers have requested that the Loan Agreement be amended to permit the above-referenced loans from Creditor, and have requested certain additional amendments to, or waivers of, the provisions of the Loan Agreement; and the Bank is

 


 

willing to accommodate such requests, subject to the terms and conditions of this Fifth Amendment.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrowers and the Bank hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Amendments to Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
          (a) The definition of “Applicable Margin” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:
Applicable Margin ” means as to any Revolver Loan, or portion thereof, that is: (i) a LMIR Loan, 3.50%; and (ii) a Base Rate Loan, 1.00%. The Revolver Loans, at any time, shall either be all LMIR Loans or all Base Rate Loans.”
          (b) The definition of “Prime To Go” is hereby deleted and replaced with the following definition of “Primo to Go”:
Primo to Go ” means Primo To Go, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company.
          (c) The Loan Agreement is hereby amended:
               (i) By adding the following definitions thereto immediately following the definition of “Solvent”:
Subordinate Creditors ” means, collectively, the lenders of the Subordinate Indebtedness party to the Subordinated Debt Documents (each, individually, a “ Subordinated Creditor ”).
Subordinate Indebtedness ” means the Debt and other obligations of Primo to Subordinate Creditors pursuant to the Subordinated Debt Documents.
Subordinated Debt Documents ” means, collectively, those Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes dated as of December 30 , 2009, executed by Primo in favor of the Subordinated Creditors, in the aggregate principal amount of up to $15,500,000.00 (the “ Subordinated Notes ”), the Security Agreement dated as of December 30 , 2009 by and between Primo and John H. Muehlstein as collateral agent for the Secured Creditors (“ Collateral Agent ”) securing the repayment of the Subordinated Notes, the Agency Agreement dated as of December 30 , 2009 by and among the Collateral Agent and the Subordinate Creditors, the warrants issued to the Subordinate Creditors by Primo in connection with the

2


 

Subordinate Indebtedness, and such other documents as are executed in connection with the foregoing and necessary to the effectiveness thereof.
               (ii) By deleting in its entirety the definition of “Reversion Date”.
          (d) Section 2.11 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “ 2.11 Fees.
     2.11.1 Revolver Loan Facility Fee . Borrower shall pay to Bank a non-refundable, fully earned Revolver Loan facility fee in the amount of $125,000.00, one-half of which shall be payable on the Closing Date and the other one-half of which shall be payable on or before March 31, 2006.
     2.11.2 Intentionally Deleted .
     2.11.3 Letter of Credit Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank, at such times as Bank shall require, Bank’s standard fees in connection with Letters of Credit, as in effect from time to time, and with respect to standby Letters of Credit, at the time of issuance of each standby Letter of Credit, a fee equal to the greater of (a) $500.00 or (b) 3.50% per annum on the face amount of the Letter of Credit for the period of time the standby Letter of Credit will be outstanding.
     2.11.4 Unused Line Fee . Borrower shall pay to Bank quarterly, an unused line fee equal to a rate equal to one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum calculated upon the amount, if any, by which the lesser of: (a) the Revolver Commitment; and (b) the Borrowing Base exceeds the average daily principal balance of the outstanding Revolver Loans during the immediately preceding quarter while this Agreement is in effect and for so long thereafter as any of the Obligations are outstanding, which fee shall be payable on the first day of each quarter in arrears.”
          (e) Section 2.16 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “2.16 Automatic Debit of Checking Account for Loan Payments . Borrower authorizes Bank to debit demand deposit account number 2000026543086, or any other account with Bank (routing number 053101626) designated in writing by Borrower, for any payments due under the Note, provided, that Bank shall provide written notice to Borrower at least one (1) business day prior to

3


 

debiting any such account. Borrower further certifies that Borrower holds legitimate ownership of this account and preauthorizes this periodic debit as part of its right under said ownership.”
          (f) Sections 5.6(b) and 5.6(c) of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:
     “(b) Interim Statements . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (i) a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the end of that period and a consolidated and consolidating income statement and statement of cash flows for that period (and for the portion of the Fiscal Year ending with such period), together with all supporting schedules, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the same period of the preceding Fiscal Year and (ii) a report reconciling (x) the Accounts and Inventory of Borrower as set forth on the Accounts Receivable Report and the Inventory Report attached to the Borrowing Base Certificate to (y) the aggregate Accounts and Inventory set forth in the financial statements delivered to Bank pursuant hereto (which shall be based upon Borrower’s general ledger and verified by a physical Inventory count conducted on a frequency acceptable to Bank). The foregoing statements and report shall be certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as true and correct and fairly representing the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and that such statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, except without footnotes and subject to normal year-end audit adjustments.
     (c) Annual Statements . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a detailed audited financial report of Borrower and its Subsidiaries containing a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet at the end of that period and a consolidated and consolidating income statement and statement of cash flows for that period, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the preceding Fiscal Year, together with all supporting schedules and footnotes, and containing an unqualified audit opinion of independent certified public accountants acceptable to Bank that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Borrower shall obtain such written acknowledgments from Borrower’s independent certified public accountants as Bank may require permitting Bank to rely on such annual financial statements.”
          (g) Section 5.12(e) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

4


 

     “(e) except for sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business and the grant to Subordinate Creditors of Liens securing the Subordinate Indebtedness, will not sell, assign, lease, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Collateral or any interest therein;”
          (h) Section 6.1(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
“(a) The Obligations;”
          (i) Section 6.1(h) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
“(h) Debt subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions acceptable to Bank, which shall specifically include the Subordinate Indebtedness.”
          (j) Section 6.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to add the following sentence immediately following subsection (h) thereof:
“Notwithstanding the foregoing, the principal amount of the Obligations and all other Debt senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Notes shall not exceed $15,000,000.00 in the aggregate.”
          (k) Section 6.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
“(a)   Liens securing the Obligations and Liens securing the Subordinate Indebtedness; provided, however, the Liens securing the Subordinate Indebtedness shall at all times while any Obligations are unpaid or otherwise outstanding be junior and subordinate to the Liens securing the Obligations.”
          (l) Section 6.3(d) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.
          (m) Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     “6.12 Subsidiaries . Shall not acquire, form or dispose of any Subsidiaries or permit any Subsidiary to issue capital stock except to its parent; provided, however, that Borrower may, without

5


 

the consent of Bank, form a Subsidiary to act as an equipment leasing or finance company.”
          (n) Section 6.13 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     “6.13 Liquidation, Mergers, Consolidations and Dispositions of Substantial Assets, Name and Good Standing . Shall not merge, reorganize, consolidate or amalgamate with any Person, liquidate, wind up its affairs or dissolve itself, acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise any of the assets of any Person, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its property or assets, except for the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business, the disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business, the disposition of equipment if the proceeds of such disposition are credited or applied to the purchase price of replacement equipment, and the voluntary termination of Swap Agreements to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, or sell or dispose of any equity ownership interests in any Subsidiary, in each case whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions; or change its name or jurisdiction of organization or conduct business under any new fictitious name; change its Federal Employer Identification Number; or fail to remain in good standing and qualified to transact business as a foreign entity in any state or other jurisdiction in which it is required to be qualified to transact business as a foreign entity and in which the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.”
          (o) Section 9.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof:
     “Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein or in any other agreement among Borrowers and Bank, the Bank’s interest in and Lien on any of the Collateral securing the Obligations shall in all respects and at all times be deemed senior and prior to any interest in the Collateral which secures the Subordinate Indebtedness.”
     2.  Waivers . The Bank hereby waives, for the benefit of Borrowers, as Events of Default under the Loan Agreement the failure by Borrowers to comply, as of the Fiscal Quarter ended September 30, 2009, with the Minimum EBITDA and Net Worth covenants set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.4, respectively, of the Loan Agreement.

6


 

     3.  Conditions Precedent . In addition to any other requirement set forth herein, the effectiveness of this Fifth Amendment shall be expressly conditioned upon the satisfaction on or before the Effective Date of the following conditions precedent:
          (a) Execution and delivery by the Borrowers of an original counterpart of this Fifth Amendment;
          (b) Receipt by the Bank of a Subordination Agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto signed by Borrowers, the Subordinate Creditors and the Collateral Agent;
          (c) Payment by Borrowers of all fees and out-of-pocket charges and other expenses of Bank, including fees and charges of Bank’s attorneys, incurred in connection with this Fifth Amendment and the administration of the Loan Documents; and
          (d) Payment in full by Borrowers to Bank of all amounts outstanding under the Junior Wachovia Loan Agreement.
     4.  Further Assurances . The Borrowers will execute such confirmatory instruments with respect to the Loan Agreement and this Fifth Amendment as the Bank may reasonably request.
     5.  Modification . The Borrowers and the Bank agree that this Fifth Amendment shall not be construed as an agreement to extinguish the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Agreement and shall not constitute a novation as to the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement. The Bank hereby expressly reserves all rights and remedies it may have against all parties who may be or may hereafter become secondarily liable for the repayment of the obligations under the Loan Agreement.
     6.  Amendments . This Fifth Amendment may not be amended, changed, modified, altered, or terminated without in each instance the prior written consent of the Bank. This Fifth Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina.
     7.  Counterparts . This Fifth Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which when taken together shall constitute one agreement.
[signature pages follow]

7


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amendment has been executed as of the date first above written.
         
  BORROWERS:

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION (SEAL)

 
 
  By  /s/ Mark Castaneda    
    Name:   Mark Castaneda   
    Its:       CFO   
 
 
  PRIMO TO GO, LLC (SEAL)
 
 
  By:    PRIMO WATER CORPORATION, Its Manager    
 
  By   /s/ Billy D. Prim    
    Name:   Billy D. Prim   
    Its:        President   
 
 
  PRIMO PRODUCTS, LLC (SEAL)
 
 
  By:    PRIMO WATER CORPORATION, Its Manager    
 
  By   /s/ Billy D. Prim    
    Name:   Billy D. Prim   
    Its:       President   
 
 
  PRIMO DIRECT, LLC (SEAL)
 
 
  By   /s/ Billy D. Prim    
    Name:   Billy D. Prim   
    Its:        Manager   
 
  BANK:

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (SEAL)

 
 
  By   /s/ Michael L. Rogers    
    Michael L. Rogers, Senior Vice President   
       
 

8

Exhibit 10.7
SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT,
WAIVER AND CONSENT
     THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, WAIVER AND CONSENT (“ Amendment ”) dated as of the 30th day of December, 2009, is entered into by and among Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Primo ”); Primo To Go, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (“ Primo To Go ”); Primo Products, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (“ Products ”); and Primo Direct, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (“ Direct ”, and together with Primo, Primo to Go and Products, the “ Borrowers ”), and Wachovia Bank, National Association, a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Bank ”).
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE
     WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Bank have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 23, 2005, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 26, 2006, by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2007, by that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 24, 2008, by that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 7, 2009, and by that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 30 , 2009 (as so amended, the “ Loan Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Bank has extended certain credit facilities to the Borrowers. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment which are not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings attributed to such terms in the Loan Agreement;
     WHEREAS, Primo To Go is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Primo;
     WHEREAS, Primo desires to convert Primo To Go from a North Carolina limited liability company into a North Carolina corporation, which conversion may include changing the name of Primo To Go (the “ Conversion ”);
     WHEREAS, following the Conversion, Primo desires to distribute all of the shares of the common stock of Primo To Go, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ PTG Common Stock ”) to the stockholders of Primo in a pro rata distribution transaction, in accordance with Primo’s Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended, the “Certificate of Incorporation ”), qualifying under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Spin-off ”);
     WHEREAS, in order to consummate the Conversion and the Spin-off, the Borrowers must obtain (i) the release of Primo To Go from its obligations as a “Borrower” and “Subsidiary” under the Loan Agreement (the “ PTG Release ”), (ii) the release of the Bank’s security interest in the capital stock and equity interests of Primo To Go pledged as collateral by Primo pursuant to the Loan Agreement (the “ Collateral Release ”), and (iii) the wavier of certain Defaults and Events of Default under the Loan and Security Agreement that would otherwise occur upon the effectiveness of the Conversion and the Spin-off.
     WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Bank (i) consent to and permit the Conversion; (ii) consent to and permit the Spin-off; (iii) consent to and permit the PTG Release; (iv) consent to and permit the Collateral Release; (v) waive any Defaults or Events of Default arising from the Conversion and Spin-off; and (iv) amend the Loan Agreement to effect the PTG Release and the Collateral Release and in certain other respects as set forth herein; and

 


 

     WHEREAS, the Bank, on the terms and conditions stated below, is willing to grant the request of the Borrowers, and the Borrowers and the Bank have agreed to modify the Loan Agreement as hereinafter set forth.
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:
     Section 1. Limited Waivers and Consents .
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, including, without limitation, the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, the Bank hereby consents to the Conversion, the Spin-off, the PTG Release and the Collateral Release and all actions and transactions necessary to and in furtherance of the foregoing.
     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, including, without limitation, the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, the Bank hereby waives any Defaults or Events of Default that would otherwise occur under Sections 5.7, 5.12, 6.3, 6.12 and 6.13 of the Loan Agreement as a result of the consummation of the Conversion, Spin-off, PTG Release and Collateral Release.
     Section 2. Amendments to Loan Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, including, without limitation, the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof:
     (a) The Bank hereby agrees that, as of the Effective Date (as defined below), Primo To Go shall no longer be a “Borrower” or a “Subsidiary” under the Loan Agreement, and all rights and obligations of Primo To Go under the Loan Agreement will be terminated as of the Effective Date;
     (b) The Bank hereby agrees that, as of the Effective Date, all liens, security interests and other encumbrances in or on the capital stock and equity interests of Primo To Go created pursuant to the security interest granted to the Bank by Primo under the Loan Agreement shall terminate automatically and without further action, and within a reasonable time after the Effective Date, the Bank will file Uniform Commercial Code amendments terminating the Bank’s financing statements covering such capital stock and equity interests of Primo To Go; and
     (c) The Loan Agreement is amended as of the Effective Date as follows:
     (i) The definition of “Borrower” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:
     “ Borrower ” means Primo, Primo Products, LLC and Primo Direct, LLC, and any Subsidiary who hereafter executes and delivers to Bank a Joinder Agreement, collectively.
     (ii) The definition of “Primo To Go” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.
     (iii) Any reference or information pertaining to Primo To Go set forth on any exhibit or schedule to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

2


 

     Section 3. Conditions of Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective when, and only when:
     (a)  Effective Date . The Conversion and the Spin-off occur (the “ Effective Date ”), provided that the Conversion and Spin-off occur no later than December 31, 2009.
     (b)  Fifth Amendment Effective . The Fifth Amendment to the Loan Agreement dated as of December ___, 2009 shall have been executed by the Borrowers and the Bank and shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.
     (c)  Executed Amendment . The Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank, counterparts of this Amendment executed by the Borrowers and the Bank;
     (d)  Fees and Expenses . The Borrowers shall have paid all heretofore unreimbursed fees and out-of-pocket charges and other expenses of the Bank incurred in connection with this Amendment and the administration of the Loan Documents, including reasonable fees and out-of-pocket charges of the Bank’s attorneys; and
     (e)  Other Documents . The receipt by the Bank of any other documents or instruments reasonably requested by the Bank in connection with the execution of this Amendment.
     Section 4. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Borrowers represents and warrants that (a) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are not, and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment will not be, in violation of any of the covenants contained in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) since September 30, 2009, there has been (and prior to the Effective Date there will be) no transfer of assets from any of the other Borrowers to Primo To Go outside of the ordinary course of business, except for such assets as were reflected on the financial statements and used in the operations of Primo To Go as of Septemeber 30, 2009, and (c) after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing, except as waived hereby. Each of the Borrowers further represents and warrants that it has satisfied each of the closing conditions set forth in Section 3 of this Amendment.
     Section 5. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents .
     (a) Upon the date hereof, each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Loan Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Loan Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Loan Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.
     (b) Except as specifically amended above, or previously amended, the Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. The Borrowers and the Bank agree that this Amendment shall not be construed as an agreement to extinguish the Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Agreement and shall not constitute a novation as to the obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement, except with respect to Primo To Go as expressly provided herein.
     (c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Bank under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

3


 

     Section 6. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.
     Section 7. Facsimile Transmission . A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Amendment may be executed by one or more parties hereto, and an executed copy of this Amendment may be delivered by one or more parties hereto by facsimile or similar instantaneous electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute an original of this Amendment as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.
     Section 8. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.
     Section 9. Entire Agreement . This Amendment is the entire agreement, and supersedes any prior agreements and contemporaneous oral agreements, of the parties concerning its subject matter.
     Section 10. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, beneficiaries, successors and assigns.
     Section 11. Further Assurances . The parties hereto shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take such additional action as may be necessary or desirable to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Amendment.
[Signature pages to follow]

4


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed under seal by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first written above.
         
  BORROWERS:  
 
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Castaneda    
    Name:   Mark Castaneda   
    Title:   CFO   
 
  PRIMO TO GO, LLC
 
 
  By: Primo Water Corporation, its Manager    
 
  By:   /s/ Billy D. Prim    
    Name:   Billy D. Prim   
    Title:   President   
 
  PRIMO PRODUCTS, LLC  
 
  By: Primo Water Corporation, its Manager    
 
  By:   /s/ Billy D. Prim    
    Name:   Billy D. Prim   
    Title:   President   
 
  PRIMO DIRECT, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Billy D. Prim    
    Name:   Billy D. Prim   
    Title:   Manager   
 
[Signature Page – Sixth Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Loan and Security Agreement]

 


 

         
  BANK:

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael L. Rogers    
    Name:   Michael L. Rogers   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
[Signature Page – Sixth Amendment, Waiver and Consent to Loan and Security Agreement]

 

Exhibit 10.8
THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS INSTRUMENT IS SUBORDINATED TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT OF THE BANK DEBT (AS DEFINED IN THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO) PURSUANT TO, AND TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN, THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER ___, 2009, IN FAVOR OF WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.
SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
 
$                        Winston-Salem, North Carolina   December 30, 2009
 
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, PRIMO WATER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Maker ”) promises to pay to                      , a                      (the “ Holder ”), the sum of                      Dollars ($                      ), or so much thereof as may from time to time hereafter be outstanding hereunder, whichever is less, together with interest thereon, all on the terms and conditions hereinafter provided.
     1.  Notes . This Note is one of                      subordinated convertible promissory notes issued by Maker on the date hereof having an aggregate original principal amount of $                      (each a “ Note ” and, collectively, the “ Notes ”). Notwithstanding any provision of this Note to the contrary, the Notes shall be pari passu insofar as their priority or preference and relative rights are concerned, and Maker shall not pay interest or principal on any of the Notes other than on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate principal amount outstanding under each Note on the date of payment relative to the aggregate principal amount outstanding under all of the Notes on the date of payment); provided , however , that the rights of the holders of the Notes (each individually a “ Note Holder ” and, collectively, the “ Note Holders ”) with respect to optional redemption by the Note Holders in Section 3(b) of the Notes or conversion by the Note Holders in Section 4 of the Notes may be exercised independently by each Note Holder.
     2.  Interest Rate; Principal and Interest Payments .
     (a) From the date hereof to the date this Note is paid or otherwise discharged, the unpaid principal amount of this Note shall bear simple interest per annum at the rate of fourteen percent (14%).
     (b) Principal and accrued interest under this Note shall be payable as follows: (i) accrued interest shall be payable on the first business day of each fiscal quarter of Maker beginning on January 1, 2010, computed through the last calendar day of the preceding fiscal quarter, with a final payment of all accrued interest to be payable on the date on which the entire principal hereunder becomes payable; and (ii) subject to the prepayment rights in Section 3 below and the conversion right of the Holder in Section 4 below, the entire principal hereunder shall be payable in a single installment on March 31, 2011 (the “ Maturity Date ”).
     (c) All payments of principal and interest under this Note shall be made in currency of the United States and shall be made to Holder by wire transfer to an account designated by Holder or in such other manner as Holder may designate to Maker in writing.
     (d) All payments in connection with this Note shall be applied first to accrued interest, if any, and then to unpaid principal.

 


 

     (e) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (as defined below), this Note shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the rate otherwise applicable.
     3.  Prepayments .
     (a) This Note may be prepaid in full or in part at any time in amounts among all of the Notes aggregating not less than $100,000.00 or, if less, the principal amount of the Notes outstanding, such prepayments to be made on a pro rata basis among all Note Holders (based on the aggregate principal amount outstanding under each Note on the date of payment relative to the aggregate principal amount outstanding under all of the Notes on the date of payment); provided , that Maker pays to Holder a prepayment premium equal to two percent (2%) of the principal amount of the Note being redeemed at such time (the “ Premium Percentage ”), unless the Notes are redeemed in connection with an initial public offering of Maker’s common stock, in which case no Premium Percentage shall be owed to Holder. Any principal amount under this Note which is repaid may not be re-borrowed.
     (b) Upon (i) an initial public offering of Maker’s common stock resulting in net proceeds to the Maker of at least $30,000,000 (a “ Qualified IPO ”), or (ii) the consummation by Maker of a merger or consolidation, with or into another entity or other corporate reorganization in which Maker is not the surviving entity, or (iii) the sale of all of the capital stock of Maker, or (iv) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Maker prior to the payment in full of this Note, Holder may elect to sell to Maker and Maker shall be required to purchase the Note in full by payment of an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance hereof, plus , all unpaid interest accrued thereon through the date of redemption, plus in the case of subparagraphs (ii), (iii), and (iv) above the principal amount of the Note being redeemed multiplied by the Premium Percentage.
     4.  Conversion .
     (a) If a Qualified IPO has not occurred by the Maturity Date, then, at the option of the Holder, all unpaid principal on this Note and all unpaid accrued interest shall be automatically converted into the type, kind and character of securities (the “ Securities ”) issued or to be issued in a Qualified Equity Financing (as defined below), with the same rights, preferences and privileges as are received by other investors in the Qualified Equity Financing, and such Securities shall be issued pursuant to and governed by the same agreements relating to the issuance of the Securities in the Qualified Equity Financing, which agreements the Holder will evidence its consent to by execution of appropriate documentation. If converted into Securities in the Qualified Equity Financing, the Holder shall receive the number of Securities calculated by dividing the amount of principal and accrued interest due under this Note by the price per share at which Maker sells and issues such Securities pursuant to the Qualified Equity Financing. Maker shall not issue fractional shares but any fractional share shall be rounded to the nearest whole share with 0.5 shares rounded up to the nearest whole share. For purposes of this Note, a “ Qualified Equity Financing ” shall mean Maker’s sale of shares of capital stock in one transaction or a series of related transactions resulting in net proceeds of at least $5 million to Maker (not including the conversion of the Notes) that occurs (i) within ninety (90) days prior to the Maturity Date or (ii) at any time on or after the Maturity Date and prior to the payment in full of this Note.
     (b) Upon conversion of this Note pursuant to the election of the Holder as described in Section 4(a), the applicable amount of outstanding principal and accrued interest of this Note shall be converted without any further action by the Holder and whether or not this Note is surrendered to Maker or its transfer agent. Maker shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of the Securities issuable upon such conversion unless this Note is either delivered to Maker or its transfer agent, or the Holder notifies Maker or its transfer agent that this Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed

2


 

and executes an agreement satisfactory to Maker to indemnify Maker from any loss incurred by them in connection with this Note. Maker shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such Holder of this Note, a certificate or certificates for the Securities to which the Holder shall be entitled. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made concurrently with the close of the Qualified Equity Financing. The Person(s) (as defined below in Section 12(c)) entitled to receive Securities issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such securities on such date.
     5.  Subordination . This Note is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner set forth in the Subordination Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Subordination Agreement ”) among Wachovia Bank, National Association, as senior lender (“ Wachovia ”), the Collateral Agent (as defined in Section 6 below), Maker and the Note Holders, to all Bank Debt (as defined in the Subordination Agreement).
     6.  Security Interest . The indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of Maker under the Notes are secured by a security interest granted by Maker to John Muehlstein, in his capacity as collateral agent for the ratable benefit of all of the Note Holders (the “ Collateral Agent ”), pursuant to a Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Maker and the Collateral Agent (the “ Security Agreement ”).
     7.  Warrant . In connection with the loan evidenced by this Note and as a condition to making such loan, Maker shall issue to the Holder on the date hereof a warrant, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ Warrant ”), to purchase shares of Maker’s common stock having a value at the time of the Warrant’s issuance representing four percent (4%) of the original principal amount of this Note (based upon a third party appraised valuation). The Maker and the Holder acknowledge that under the regulations of the United States Department of Treasury, the issuance of this Note and the Warrant for an aggregate, combined purchase price will result in the creation of “original issue discount” on this Note equal to the value of the Warrant. After taking into account all relevant factors (including the fact that no public market for the Warrant currently exists, the general condition of the financial markets at this time, and all other matters concerning the loan evidenced by this Note), the Maker and the Holder agree that the original issue discount on this Note (i.e., the value of the Warrant) is four percent (4%) of the original principal amount of this Note. Neither the Maker nor the Holder will take any position for United States federal income tax purposes that is inconsistent with the foregoing sentence.
     8.  Covenants . For so long as any obligations of Maker under any Note remain outstanding:
     (a) The principal amount of the Bank Debt and any other indebtedness senior to or pari passu with the Notes shall not exceed Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) in the aggregate; and
     (b) Maker shall not pay or declare any dividends (other than stock dividends) or other distribution or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any stock or other equity interests or pay or acquire any debt subordinate to the obligations evidenced by the Notes, except the following:
(i) Any subsidiary of Maker may pay dividends to Maker or another subsidiary wholly-owned by Maker.
(ii) If Maker is an S Corporation, it may distribute to its shareholders during each calendar year an aggregate amount (including all dividends or other payments) not exceeding the amount of federal income tax payable by such shareholders in such year with respect to the taxable income of Maker, assuming such income is taxed at the rate applicable to the highest bracket of income (not

3


 

to exceed 40% unless the Required Holders shall otherwise permit in writing); provided that at the time of each such distribution, and after giving effect thereto, each of the following conditions is met: (A) no Event of Default exists, (B) Maker has capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions in which it is currently engaged and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage, is able to pay its debts as they mature, and has assets having a fair value greater than its liabilities, at fair valuation, (C) such distribution is permitted under applicable law, and (D) Maker has given the Note Holders at least ten (10) days prior written notice prior to making such distribution; provided that if the amount of any such dividends and other payments to a shareholder exceeds the tax liability of said shareholder, said shareholder shall promptly after the determination of the amount of such excess make a contribution to capital of Maker in the amount of such excess.
(iii) Maker may redeem or repurchase stock from its employees, consultants, directors, officers and service providers upon the termination of their employment or services to Maker pursuant to options or rights granted Maker pursuant to the terms of any equity incentive arrangement, equity compensation plan, stock option agreement, restricted stock agreement, employment agreement, consulting agreement, stock purchase plan, management incentive plan or other agreement, arrangement or plan approved by the Board of Directors of Maker in writing.
     9.  Events of Default . The occurrence or existence of any one of the following events or conditions shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Note:
     (a) Maker shall fail to pay the principal of, or interest on, this Note when the same becomes due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof and such amount remains unpaid for ten (10) days;
     (b) (i) Maker shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant or agreement on its part contained in this Note or in the Security Agreement which failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after Maker’s receipt of written notice thereof from Holder or the Collateral Agent or (ii) any representation or warranty made by Maker herein shall prove to have been untrue or incorrect in any material respect when made;
     (c) Maker makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or applies to any tribunal for the appointment of a trustee or receiver of a substantial part of its assets, or commences any proceedings under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debts, dissolution or other liquidation law of any jurisdiction; or any such application is filed, or any such proceedings are commenced against Maker and Maker indicates its consent to such proceedings, or an order or decree is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction appointing such trustee or receiver, or adjudicating Maker bankrupt or insolvent, or approving the petition in any such proceedings, and such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for sixty (60) days;
     (d) There is a default under that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 23, 2005, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement among Maker, certain of its affiliates, and Wachovia, dated as of April 26, 2006, by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 30, 2007, by that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 24, 2008, by that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 7, 2009, and by that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof, and as further amended or modified from time to time (the “ Loan and Security Agreement ”), pursuant to which Wachovia accelerated any Bank Debt; or

4


 

     (e) The occurrence of an “Event of Default” under (and as defined in) any other Note.
     10.  Remedies .
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Subordination Agreement, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Note Holders holding at least a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes (the “ Required Note Holders ”) may, by notice in writing to Maker, declare the entire unpaid principal of all of the Notes to be due and payable immediately (except that the entire unpaid principal of all of the Notes shall automatically become due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Sections 9(a) or 9(c)), and upon any such declaration (or upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Sections 9(a) or 9(c)) the principal and unpaid interest on all of the Notes (including this Note) shall become and be immediately due and payable, and the Collateral Agent may thereupon proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the Note Holders either by suit in equity or by action at law or by other appropriate proceedings, whether for specific performance (to the extent permitted by law) of any covenant or agreement contained herein or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or proceed to enforce the payment of the Notes or to enforce any other legal or equitable right of Note Holders, including, without limitation, to exercise the Collateral Agent’s rights under the Security Agreement.
     (b) In the event this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or for enforcement, or in the event that the Collateral Agent or any Note Holder incurs any costs incident to the collection of any indebtedness evidenced hereby, Maker agrees to pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, all court and other costs and the reasonable costs of any other collection efforts. Forbearance to exercise the remedies set forth herein with respect to any failure or breach of Maker shall not constitute a waiver by the Collateral Agent or any Note Holder of any of such remedies.
     11.  Representations and Warranties of Maker . Maker hereby represents and warrants to Holder, as of the date hereof, as follows:
     (a)  Valid Existence and Power . Maker is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and is duly qualified or licensed to transact business in all places where the failure to be so qualified would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, property or results of operations of Maker (“ Material Adverse Effect ”) on Maker. Borrower has the power to make and perform this Note and the Security Agreement, which when executed will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to bankruptcy and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.
     (b)  Authority . The execution, delivery and performance by Maker of this Note and the Security Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary actions of Maker, and do not and will not violate any provision of law or regulation, or any writ, order or decree of any court or governmental or regulatory authority or agency or any provision of the governing instruments of Maker, and do not and will not, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, result in a breach of, or constitute a default or require any consent under, or result in the creation of any lien upon any property or assets of Maker (except as set forth in this Note and the Security Agreement) pursuant to, any law, regulation, instrument or agreement to which Maker is a party or by which Maker or its properties may be subject, bound or affected, other than the consent of Wachovia under the Loan and Security Agreement.
     (c)  Financial Condition . Other than as disclosed on Schedule 11(c) attached hereto or in the audited financial statements of Maker for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 or its unaudited financial statements (including balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows) as of

5


 

September 30, 2009 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2009 (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”), neither Maker nor any of its subsidiaries has any direct or contingent obligations or liabilities (including any guarantees or leases) or any material unrealized or anticipated losses from any commitments of such Person. The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and fairly present the financial condition of Maker or its subsidiaries, as the case may be, as of the date thereof. Maker is not aware of any material adverse fact (other than facts which are generally available to the public and not particular to Maker, such as general economic trends) concerning the conditions or future prospects of Maker or any of its subsidiaries that has not been fully disclosed to Holder, including any adverse change in the operations or financial condition of Maker since the date of the Financial Statements. Maker has, and after the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Notes, will have capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions in which it is currently engaged and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage, is able to pay its debts as they mature, and has assets having a fair value greater than its liabilities, at fair valuation.
     (d)  Litigation . There are no suits or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Maker threatened, before any court or by or before any governmental or regulatory authority, commission, bureau or agency or public regulatory body against or affecting Maker or its assets, which if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect on Maker.
     (e)  Governmental Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by Holder in Section 12 of this Note, no registration, qualification, designation or filing with any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of Maker in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by his Note, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.
     12.  Representations and Warranties of the Holder . The Holder, by acceptance of this Note, represents and warrants as to itself only and not as to any other Note Holder as follows: (i) the Holder has the power to make and perform its obligations under this Note, and when fully executed, this Note will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject only to bankruptcy and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Note by the Holder have been duly authorized by all necessary actions, and do not and will not violate any provision of law or regulation; (iii) the Note and Warrant are being or will be acquired by the Holder for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof in any transaction which would be in violation of state or federal securities laws; (iv) the Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); (v) the Holder understands that (A) the Note and the Warrant constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act, (B) the offer and sale of the Note and the Warrant is not registered under the Securities Act or under any “blue sky” laws in reliance upon certain exemptions from such registration and that Maker is relying on the representations made herein by the Holder in its determination of whether such specific exemptions are available, and (C) the Note and the Warrant may not be transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or under an exemption from such registration available under the Securities Act and under applicable “blue sky” laws or in a transaction exempt from such registration; and (vi) the Holder has made its own investment decision with respect to the purchase of the Note and the Warrant and has not relied on any other Note Holder in making this decision.
     13.  Notices; Miscellaneous .
     (a) All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted under this Note shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, or upon confirmed

6


 

delivery by facsimile, or on the next day (or, for international deliveries, three days) following mailing by a reputable express air carrier, addressed to the address specified below:
     
(i)
  If to the Holder, to:
 
   
 
   
(ii)
  If to Maker, to:
 
   
 
  Primo Water Corporation
104 Cambridge Plaza Drive
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27104
Fax No.
Attn:
Maker, Holder or any other Holder may designate a different address by notice given in accordance with the foregoing.
     (b) Without waiving notices contemplated by Section 9(b) hereof, Maker hereby waives protest, presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration of maturity and notice of enforcement of the Collateral Agent or any Note Holder’s rights against any collateral securing this Note and agrees to continue to remain bound for the payment of principal, interest and all other sums due under this Note, notwithstanding any change or changes by way of any extension or extensions of time for the payment of principal and interest or any substitution, exchange or release of any collateral securing this Note, with or without consideration; and Maker waives all and every kind of notice of such change or changes and agrees that the same may be made without notice or consent of Maker. Maker further agrees that it will not be necessary for the Collateral Agent or any Note Holder, in order to enforce payment of this Note, first to enforce its rights against any collateral securing this Note.
     (c) The terms of this Note shall apply to, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Maker and the Holder and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that neither the Maker nor Holder may assign this Note or any of their respective rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, except that Holder may assign this Note in its entirety to one of Holder’s Affiliates (as defined below), so long as (i) Holder provides advance notice of such assignment to Wachovia and Maker and (ii) such assignee executes and delivers to Wachovia a joinder to the Subordination Agreement, agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth therein. As an additional condition to any assignment of this Note by the Holder, the assignee must agree to be bound by the terms of the Agency Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Note Holders and the Collateral Agent (the “ Agency Agreement ”) and execute and deliver a counterpart of the Agency Agreement to the Collateral Agent. Any assignment of this Note in violation of this Section 13(c) shall be void and of no force or effect. Affiliate ” of a Person (as defined below) means (a) any Person directly or indirectly owning twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting stock or equity interests of such named Person or of which the named Person owns twenty-five percent (25%) or more of such voting stock or equity interests; (b) any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such named Person; (c) any officer, director or employee of such named Person or any Affiliate of the named Person; and (d) any family member of the named Person or any Affiliate of such named Person. “ Person ” means any natural person, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust, joint-stock company, joint venture, association, company, limited or general partnership, limited liability company, any government or any agency or political subdivision of any government, or any other entity or organization.

7


 

     (d) Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of Maker and the Note Holders holding at least sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, without the prior written consent of each Note Holder affected thereby, an amendment, waiver, supplement or modification of this Note or the Notes or any consent to departure from a term or provision hereof or thereof may not: (i) reduce the rate or extend the time for payment of principal or interest on any Note; (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Note; (iii) make a Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note; (iv) reduce the amount or extend the time of payment of fees or other compensation payable to the holders of the Notes; (v) treat any Note in a manner different from the other Notes; or (vi) modify, amend or delete Section 4 herein.
     (e) This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of North Carolina, without reference to the conflicts or choice of law principles thereof. Maker and Holder hereby irrevocably consent to the personal jurisdiction of any state or federal courts located in North Carolina, in any action, claim or other proceeding arising out of any dispute in connection with this Note, any rights or obligations hereunder or the performance of such rights and obligations. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of Maker under this Note shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not be required to the extent that receipt of any such payment by the Holder would be contrary to provisions of law applicable to the Holder limiting the maximum rate of interest that may be charged to or collected by the Holder. If any provision of this Note shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or any remaining provisions of this Note.
     (f) All of the representations and warranties made herein shall survive the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Note and shall not be waived by the execution and delivery of this Note.
     (g) Maker will not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws as in effect on the date hereof, or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, willfully avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Note, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder under this Note against wrongful impairment.
[The next page is the signature page]

8


 

[Signature Page to Subordinated Promissory Note]
     This Note has been executed by the undersigned as of the date first above written.
         
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION (SEAL)
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Mark Castaneda   
    Its: CFO   
 
         
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written:    
 
 
       
     
 
       
By:
       
 
 
   
Name: 
   
 
 
 
   
 
Title:
   
 
 
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.9
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.
     
Dated: December 30, 2009                                             Shares
     
    Certificate No. W-___
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
     THIS CERTIFIES THAT for value received, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,                                           , or its/his/her permitted assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled to purchase up to                      shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) of Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at a purchase price per share as set forth in Section 1.b. (as adjusted from time to time as herein provided, the “ Purchase Price ”) upon presentation of this Warrant and payment of the Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock purchased at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as shall have been designated by the Company. The number of shares of Common Stock which are purchasable hereunder, as adjusted pursuant to the provisions below, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Warrant Shares .” This Warrant is being issued to the Holder in connection with, and as a condition to, a loan made by the Holder to the Company, evidenced by that certain Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note dated as of the date hereof made by the Company in favor of the Holder (the “ Note ”).
     This Warrant is subject to the following provisions:
     1.  Exercise of Warrant; Purchase Price .
     a. This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, at the Holder’s election, at any time prior to December ___, 2019. The Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivery to the Company of a written notice of such exercise and the tender to the Company of the Purchase Price for the Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to such exercise of this Warrant. In case of an exercise to purchase less than all Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, the Company shall cancel this Warrant and shall execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor for the balance of the shares which may be purchased hereunder.
     b. The Purchase Price per share of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be equal to either (i) if a Qualified Public Offering (as defined below) has occurred as of the time of exercise, then eighty-percent (80%) of the purchase price per share of Common Stock in the Qualified Public Offering, or (ii) if no Qualified Public Offering has occurred as of the time of exercise, then One and 25/100 Dollars ($1.25) per share of Common Stock (as adjusted from time to time as herein provided). As used herein, “ Qualified Public Offering ” means the closing of an initial public offering of shares of Common Stock resulting in aggregate proceeds to the Company of an amount greater than Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000).


 

     c. At any time prior to, or in connection with, an initial public offering of shares of Common Stock, the Holder shall have the right to pay all or a portion of the aggregate Purchase Price by making a “Cashless Exercise” pursuant to this Section 1.c., in which case the portion of the Purchase Price to be so paid shall be paid by reducing the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant by an amount equal to (i) the aggregate Purchase Price to be so paid divided by (ii) the fair market value per share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith as of the business day immediately preceding the date of exercise of such Warrant. The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Holder as a result of a Cashless Exercise will therefore be (x) the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased, minus (y) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Purchase Price is being paid by Cashless Exercise pursuant to this Section 1.c.
     2.  Compliance with Securities Laws . The Holder of this Warrant, by its/his/her acceptance hereof, represents and acknowledges that this Warrant is acquired for the Holder’s own account for investment purposes only and that this Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise hereof, respectively, have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, any transfer of this Warrant and such Warrant Shares shall be subject to legal restrictions. The Holder agrees that it/he/she will not offer for sale or sell, assign or pledge, or otherwise dispose of (except through exercise) this Warrant or any Warrant Shares issued to the Holder pursuant to exercise hereof, except in accordance with applicable securities laws.
     3.  Shares of Common Stock in Reserve . The Company agrees at all times to reserve a sufficient number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for the purposes of the exercise of this Warrant, and to take such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable.
     4.  No Voting or Dividend Rights : This Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company, and no dividend or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the interest represented hereby or the Warrant Shares which may be purchased hereunder until and unless, and except to the extent that, this Warrant shall be exercised.
     5.  Adjustment of Purchase Price and Number of Shares . The following adjustments to the Purchase Price shall apply (1) upon and after a Qualified Public Offering, to the Purchase Price established pursuant to Section 1.b.(i), and (2) prior to a Qualified Public Offering, to the Purchase Price established pursuant to Section 1.b.(ii).
     a. The Purchase Price hereof shall be subject to adjustment from time to time. In case the Company shall (i) pay a dividend on its Common Stock in Common Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then, in such an event, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted proportionately so that the adjusted Purchase Price will bear the same relation to the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to any such event as the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to any such event shall bear to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this Subsection 5.a. (a) shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend and (b) shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision or combination. The

2


 

Purchase Price, as so adjusted, shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of any successive event or events described herein.
     b. Upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to Subsection 5.a., the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted to the number of shares of Common Stock, rounded down to the nearest whole share, obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment upon the exercise of this Warrant, (ii) by the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment, and (iii) dividing the product so obtained by the new Purchase Price. For avoidance of doubt, the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted in the same manner as provided in this Subsection 5.b. in connection with any change in the Purchase Price from the Purchase Price established pursuant to Section 1.b.(ii) to the Purchase Price established pursuant to Section 1.b.(i) upon a Qualified Public Offering.
     c. In case of any capital reorganization of the Company, or of any reclassification of the Common Stock, this Warrant shall be exercisable after such capital reorganization or reclassification upon the terms and conditions specified in this Warrant, for the number of shares of stock or other securities which the Common Stock issuable (at the time of such capital reorganization or reclassification) upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled to receive upon such capital reorganization or reclassification if such exercise had taken place immediately prior to such action. The subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed to be a reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company for the purposes of this Subsection 5.c.
     d. Whenever the Purchase Price is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall compute the adjusted Purchase Price in accordance with Subsection 5.a. and shall prepare a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth the adjusted Purchase Price and showing in reasonable detail the method of such adjustment and the fact requiring the adjustment and upon which such calculation is based, and such certificate shall forthwith be forwarded to the Holder.
     e. The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any change in the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 5, and any Warrant issued after such change may state the same Purchase Price and the same number of shares of Common Stock as are stated in this Warrant as initially issued. The Company, however, may at any time in its sole discretion (which shall be conclusive) make any change in the form of this Warrant that it may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof. Any Warrant thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.
     6.  Replacement Warrant for Lost Certificate : Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto (and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant if mutilated), the Company will execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant.
     7.  Assignability and Binding Effect : This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any and all successors and assigns of the Holder and the Company; provided, however, that no

3


 

Assignment (as defined below) may be made by the Holder except for an Assignment to an Approved Party (as defined below). Any Assignment made without first complying with the provisions of this Section 7 shall be void and of no legal effect.
     8.  Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Warrant may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the prior written consent of the Holder.
     9.  Entire Agreement . This Warrant (together with the Note) supersedes any and all other understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and constitutes the only agreement between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
     10.  Definitions . As used herein:
     a. “ Affiliates ” means with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including correlative meanings, such as the terms “ controlling ” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly, indirectly or beneficially, of either: (i) fifty-one (51%) equity ownership; or (ii) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.
     b. “ Approved Party ” means: (i) Affiliates; (ii) parents (including step-parents and adoptive parents) and children (including step-children, adopted children and children of the half-blood); (iii) partners or retired partners of a partnership, or members or retired members in a limited liability company; or (iv) Persons to whom an Assignment is made with the prior written approval of the Company. The Company’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that, it may refuse such approval if the proposed assignee is reasonably believed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company.
     c. “ Assignment ” means any sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance or other transfer or disposition of this Warrant;
     d. “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
     11.  Governing Law . THIS WARRANT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND ENFORCED UNDER, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW OF SUCH STATE.
[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

4


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Warrant under seal effective as of the date first above written.
             
 
           
    COMPANY:    
 
           
    PRIMO WATER CORPORATION    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
       Its:
     
 
           
         
Acknowledged and accepted:    
 
       
     
 
       
By:
   
     Its:
 
   
 
       

Exhibit 10.10
THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT AND SUCH LAWS. THE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER SAID ACT AND SUCH LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE SECURITIES ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER CONTAINED IN THIS SUBSCRIPTION AND THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY.
THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OR THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
                     ___, 200_
Primo Water Corporation
101 N. Cherry Street, Suite 700
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27101
Gentlemen:
     1.  Subscription; Reduction of Subscription Amount; Additional Common Stock .
          a. The undersigned,                                           (“ Subscriber ”), hereby subscribes for and agrees to purchase                                            (                                            ) shares (as such number may be reduced by the Company as provided below, the “ Series C Shares ”) of the Series C Preferred Stock of Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at the price of Two Dollars and 40/100 ($2.40) per share for an aggregate purchase price of                                             ($                                             ), which amount shall be tendered to the Company by Subscriber at the closing of the purchase and sale of the Series C Shares hereunder in the form of a certified check made payable to the Company or a wire transfer of funds to the Company’s account in accordance with the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto. The closing of the purchase and sale of the Series C Shares hereunder shall take place on or before May 31, 2008 on such date and at such time and place as may be designated by the Company by written notice to Subscriber.
          b. This subscription has been executed and delivered in connection with the “ Private Placement ” as defined in the Amended and Restated Investment Summary of the Company dated April 23, 2008 (as amended from time to time, the “ Amended and Restated Investment Summary ”). Notwithstanding any provision of this subscription to the contrary, Subscriber hereby agrees that the Company may, by written notice to Subscriber at any time

 


 

prior to the issuance of the Series C Shares and delivery to Subscriber of a certificate therefor pursuant to Section 3 below, reduce the number of Series C Shares that may be purchased by Subscriber under this subscription in such amount as may be determined by the Company in its sole discretion in order to make available shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company for purchase by other investors whose subscriptions are accepted in writing by the Company, with the result that the maximum number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company to be issued in the Private Placement will be 12,500,000 (unless the Company elects to increase the maximum subscription amount as described in the Amended and Restated Investment Summary). If the Company so reduces the number of Series C Shares that may be purchased by Subscriber under this subscription, then the aggregate purchase price for such Series C Shares payable by Subscriber hereunder shall be reduced accordingly so that such aggregate purchase price is an amount equal to Two Dollars and 40/100 ($2.40) multiplied by the number of Series C Shares to be purchased by Subscriber under this subscription after such reduction, with payment of such aggregate purchase price to be made in the same manner described in Section 1.a. above. Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that such reduction of the number of Series C Shares that may be purchased by Subscriber under this subscription shall not release Subscriber from his obligation to purchase such reduced number of Series C Shares under this subscription or otherwise affect Subscriber’s obligations hereunder, and Subscriber shall be and remain obligated to purchase such reduced number of Series C Shares in accordance with this subscription. Subscriber further hereby acknowledges and agrees that such reduction of the number of Series C Shares that may be purchased by Subscriber under this subscription is not required to be, and may not be, equal in amount or percentage to similar reductions by the Company of the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company that may be purchased under subscriptions executed by other investors in the Private Placement.
     2.  Acceptance by Company . Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) the Company, in its discretion, may accept or reject all or part of this subscription in its discretion; (b) this subscription shall not be deemed to have been accepted by the Company until the Company indicates its acceptance by returning to Subscriber an executed copy of this subscription, and (c) acceptance by the Company of this subscription is conditioned upon the information and representations of Subscriber hereunder being complete, true and correct as of the date of this subscription and as of the date of closing of the purchase and sale of the Series C Shares hereunder.
     3.  Issuance of Shares . Upon (a) the Company’s receipt of two signed copies of this subscription from Subscriber; (b) the Company’s acceptance of this subscription by executing and returning to Subscriber one executed copy of this subscription, and (c) the Company’s receipt of the full purchase price for the Series C Shares in the amount and in the manner set forth above, the Company will issue the Series C Shares registered in the name of Subscriber and deliver a certificate(s) therefor to Subscriber.
     4.  Issuance of Warrant . Upon the satisfaction of the conditions listed in Section 3 hereof, the Company will issue to Subscriber a common stock purchase warrant, in substantially the form attached to the Amended and Restated Investment Summary, exercisable to purchase that number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock as is equal to the product of the aggregate number of Series C Shares purchased by Subscriber multiplied by 0.10, rounded down to the nearest whole Share (the “ Warrant ”).

2


 

     5.  Representations and Warranties of Subscriber . Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to Company, and covenants with Company, as follows:
     a. If Subscriber is an individual, Subscriber is a citizen of                      and an individual resident of                      , and Subscriber is not a resident of any other state. If Subscriber is an entity, Subscriber’s state of formation or incorporation is                      and Subscriber’s principal place of business is located in                      .
     b. Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D enacted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) by reason of the following:                                           (Indicate the appropriate number from Exhibit B attached hereto).
     c. Subscriber is acquiring the Series C Shares, any shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable upon conversion thereof, the Warrant, and any shares of Common Stock of the Company issued upon exercise of the Warrant or any part thereof (collectively, the “ Securities ”) for Subscriber’s own account for investment and not with a view to or in connection with any distribution or resale thereof. Subscriber does not have any contract, understanding, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell or transfer the Securities.
     d. Subscriber understands that (i) the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, or the securities laws of any jurisdiction, and (ii) the economic risk of Subscriber’s investment in the Securities must be borne for an indefinite period of time because the Securities may not be sold or otherwise transferred unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available. Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company will be under no obligation to register the Securities or take any other action necessary in order to make compliance with an exemption from registration available. Subscriber further acknowledges and agrees that the Company may require as a condition to its registration of any transfer of the Securities an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Company to the effect that such transfer will not violate the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.
     e. Subscriber has been informed that the Securities will not be able to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act unless all conditions of the Rule are met. Subscriber understands that the Company is not currently required to file periodic reports with the SEC and does not comply with the “ Current Public Information ” requirements of Rule 144, and further understands that the Company will not be required to comply with these requirements after the issuance of the Securities. Subscriber further understands that the Company is not currently contemplating complying with the Current Public Information requirements and consequently Subscriber may not be able to make any offer or sale of the Securities without registration under the Securities Act except upon compliance with some other exemption from registration.

3


 

     f. In addition to restrictions under federal and state securities laws, Subscriber understands that the Securities will be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company.
     g. Subscriber (i) has such knowledge and experience with respect to the financial, tax and business aspects of ownership of the Securities and of the business contemplated by the Company that Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investment in the Company and making an informed investment decision with respect thereto, and (ii) can bear the economic risk of an investment in the Securities including the complete loss thereof. Subscriber understands that no public market now exists for the Securities and that there is no assurance that there will ever exist a public market for the Securities.
     h. The proposed investment is suitable for Subscriber based upon Subscriber’s financial situation. Subscriber’s overall commitment to investments which are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to Subscriber’s net worth, and Subscriber’s investment in the Company will not cause such overall commitment to become excessive. Subscriber understands that investment in the Company may lead to a total loss of invested funds, or to illiquidity of invested funds for an extended period of time. Subscriber has adequate means of providing for possible personal contingencies and needs, has no need for liquidity in the proposed investment and can afford the loss of Subscriber’s entire investment.
     i. Subscriber recognizes that investing in the Company is speculative and involves a high degree of risk, and Subscriber has taken full cognizance of and understands the risks related to the purchase of the Securities. Subscriber has reviewed and understands the Amended and Restated Investment Summary, including the Summary of Terms and Risk Factors set forth therein.
     j. Subscriber has not been provided with any formal private placement memorandum, but Subscriber acknowledges the Company has made available to Subscriber all records, documents, books of account and other materials requested by Subscriber which the Company has in its possession or which are readily obtainable. Subscriber has had during the course of the transaction and prior to the execution of this subscription, the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the sale of the Securities and the Company’s business, management and financial affairs, and to obtain additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to Subscriber. There is no information Subscriber has requested that has not been provided to Subscriber. Subscriber understands that Subscriber may request additional information at any time prior to the acceptance of this subscription by the Company.
     k. Subscriber recognizes and understands that the Amended and Restated Investment Summary contains forward-looking statements about the Company’s performance and that there are numerous factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements. Subscriber understands and accepts that forward-looking statements are beyond the ability of the Company to control and, in many cases, the Company cannot predict all factors that

4


 

would cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements. In addition, Subscriber understands that the Amended and Restated Investment Summary reflects management’s plan for the business of the Company. There is no representation that the projections or other forward-looking statements in the Amended and Restated Investment Summary (including without limitation in the Business Overview included therewith) will be achieved.
     l. Subscriber agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, and each other person, if any, subject to liability because of such person’s connection with the Company, against all claims, losses, damages, judgments and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses, resulting from any breach by Subscriber of, or any misrepresentation by Subscriber in, this subscription and to reimburse the Company and each such other person for any legal and other expenses incurred by the Company and each such other person in connection with investigating and defending any such claim, loss, damage, judgment, liability or action.
     6.  Legends . The Company may at any time place legends referencing the transfer restrictions set forth in the Bylaws of the Company and applicable federal or state securities law restrictions on all certificates representing Securities. Subscriber shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing Securities in the possession of Subscriber in order to effectuate the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, legends in substantially the following form:
  a.   THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, OR THE CORPORATION RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO CORPORATION, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND LAWS.
 
  b.   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, AND THE TRANSFER THEREOF, ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE IN, AND MAY BE EXAMINED AT, THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE CORPORATION.

5


 

     7.  Initial Public Offering .
          a. Subscriber hereby agrees that during the “Lock-Up Period” (as hereinafter defined) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and any underwriter, sell, pledge, transfer, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any shares of capital stock of the Company held by Subscriber at any time during such period except shares included in such registration; provided , however , that such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers its Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering. Market stand-off agreements for subsequent registration statements, if any, shall be as agreed to by the Company, the underwriters and any other party thereto.
          b. For purposes of this Section 7, the “ Lock-Up Period ” shall be the period applicable to all officers and directors of Company who enter into similar agreements but in any event shall be not less than ninety (90) days from the effective date of the registration statement.
     8.  Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested, or on the date personally delivered, (a) if to Subscriber, to the address set forth below for Subscriber, and (b) if to the Company, to the address set forth above for the Company.
     9.  Miscellaneous . This Agreement (a) supersedes any and all other understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and constitutes the only agreement between the parties with respect to said subject matter, (b) shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of North Carolina, excluding the conflict of laws provisions thereof, and (c) shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns; provided , however , that Subscriber may not transfer or assign this subscription or any interest herein or rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. Any such transfer or assignment by Subscriber without the prior written consent of the Company shall be void and of no force or effect. No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties hereto unless such change or modification shall be in writing and shall be signed by the parties hereto; provided , however , that the adjustment of the number of Series C Shares that may be purchased by Subscriber under this subscription pursuant to Section 1.b. above may be made by the Company unilaterally in accordance with such Section 1.b. and without the consent of, or any writing signed by, Subscriber. Subscriber agrees that all of the representations, warranties and covenants of Subscriber set forth in this subscription shall survive the purchase of the Series C Shares. If for any reason any provision of this subscription is determined to be invalid, such invalidity shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this subscription which are valid. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
[The next page is the signature page]

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Subscriber has executed this subscription this ___day of                      , 200       .
         
Number of Series C Shares:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Total Purchase Price: 
  $
 
   
         
 
 
 
 
(Name of Subscriber)
   
 
 
 
 
(Signature)
   
 
 
Social Security or Tax ID Number
 
 
(Title, if Subscriber is an entity)
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(Address)
   
 
 
 
 
(Telephone)
   
 
       
 
 
 
(Facsimile)
   
 
 
 
 
(Email address)
   
ACCEPTANCE
     The foregoing subscription is accepted on this the                      day of                      , 200       .
         
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Its:    
       

 


 

         
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Subscriber has executed this subscription this                      day of                                            , 200     .
         
Number of Series C Shares:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Total Payment Enclosed: 
  $
 
   
 
         
 
 
 
(Name of Subscriber)
   
 
 
 
 
(Signature)
   
 
 
Social Security or Tax ID Number
 
 
(Title, if Subscriber is an entity)
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(Address)
   
 
 
 
 
(Telephone)
   
 
 
 
 
(Facsimile)
   
 
 
 
 
(Email address)
   
ACCEPTANCE
     The foregoing subscription is accepted on this the                      day of                                              . 200     .
         
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Its: 
 
       
 

 

Exhibit 10.11
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.
     
Dated:                                             Shares
     
    Certificate No. PCW-___
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
     THIS CERTIFIES THAT for value received, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,                      , or its/his/her permitted assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled to purchase up to                       shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) of Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at a purchase price of Two Dollars and 40/100 ($2.40) per share (as adjusted from time to time as herein provided, the “ Purchase Price ”) upon presentation of this Warrant and payment of the Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock purchased at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as shall have been designated by the Company. The number of shares of Common Stock which are purchasable hereunder, as adjusted pursuant to the provisions below, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Warrant Shares .”
     This Warrant is subject to the following provisions:
     1.  Exercise of Warrant . This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, at the Holder’s election, at any time prior to expiration of the Warrant (subject to Section 6 hereof), which expiration shall occur upon the earlier of (i) the sixteenth (16 th ) day after delivery of a notice of an Exercise Event (as defined below) or (ii)                      . The Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivery to the Company of a written notice of such exercise and the tender to the Company of the Purchase Price for the Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to such exercise of this Warrant. In case of an exercise to purchase less than all Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, the Company shall cancel this Warrant and shall execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor for the balance of the shares which may be purchased hereunder. As used herein, “ Exercise Event ” means (i) the closing of a public offering of shares of Common Stock resulting in aggregate proceeds to the Company of an amount greater than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) (a “Qualified Public Offering ”), or (ii) closing of a consolidation, merger or other corporate reorganization, transfer of voting power or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, which, pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Charter ”), may be deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 


 

     2.  Compliance with Securities Laws . The Holder of this Warrant, by its/his/her acceptance hereof, represents and acknowledges that this Warrant is acquired for the Holder’s own account for investment purposes only and that this Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise hereof, respectively, have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, any transfer of this Warrant and such Warrant Shares shall be subject to legal restrictions. The Holder agrees that it/he/she will not offer for sale or sell, assign or pledge, or otherwise dispose of (except through exercise) this Warrant or any Warrant Shares issued to the Holder pursuant to exercise hereof, except in accordance with applicable securities laws.
     3.  Shares of Common Stock in Reserve . The Company agrees at all times to reserve a sufficient number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for the purposes of the exercise of this Warrant, and to take such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable.
     4.  No Voting or Dividend Rights : This Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company, and no dividend or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the interest represented hereby or the Warrant Shares which may be purchased hereunder until and unless, and except to the extent that, this Warrant shall be exercised.
     5.  Adjustment of Purchase Price and Number of Shares :
     a. The Purchase Price hereof shall be subject to adjustment from time to time. In case the Company shall (a) pay a dividend on its Common Stock in Common Stock, (b) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (c) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then, in such an event, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted proportionately so that the adjusted Purchase Price will bear the same relation to the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to any such event as the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to any such event shall bear to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this Subsection 5.a. (a) shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend and (b) shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision or combination. The Purchase Price, as so adjusted, shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of any successive event or events described herein.
     b. Upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to subsection 5.a., the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted to the number of shares of Common Stock, rounded down to the nearest whole share, obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment upon the exercise of this Warrant, (ii)

2


 

by the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment, and (iii) dividing the product so obtained by the new Purchase Price.
     c. In case of any capital reorganization of the Company, or of any reclassification of the Common Stock, this Warrant shall be exercisable after such capital reorganization or reclassification upon the terms and conditions specified in this Warrant, for the number of shares of stock or other securities which the Common Stock issuable (at the time of such capital reorganization or reclassification) upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled to receive upon such capital reorganization or reclassification if such exercise had taken place immediately prior to such action. The subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed to be a reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company for the purposes of this Subsection 5.c.
     d. Whenever the Purchase Price is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall compute the adjusted Purchase Price in accordance with Subsection 5.a. and shall prepare a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth the adjusted Purchase Price and showing in reasonable detail the method of such adjustment and the fact requiring the adjustment and upon which such calculation is based, and such certificate shall forthwith be forwarded to the Holder.
     e. The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any change in the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 5, and any Warrant issued after such change may state the same Purchase Price and the same number of shares of Common Stock as are stated in this Warrant as initially issued. The Company, however, may at any time in its sole discretion (which shall be conclusive) make any change in the form of this Warrant that it may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof. Any Warrant thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.
     6.  Notices to Holder of an Exercise Event . In case of an Exercise Event, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause to be delivered to the Holder at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date of consummation of such Exercise Event a notice setting forth (i) the occurrence of the Exercise Event, (ii) the anticipated date of consummation of such Exercise Event, and (iii) a summary of the material terms and conditions of such Exercise Event. For purposes hereof, notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon confirmed delivery by facsimile, on the next day following delivery by a reputable overnight courier, or on the third day following mailing by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the address set forth in the Company’s records.
     7.  Replacement Warrant for Lost Certificate : Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the

3


 

Company, and reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto (and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant if mutilated), the Company will execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant.
     8.  Assignability and Binding Effect : This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any and all successors and assigns of the Holder and the Company; provided, however, that no Assignment (as defined below) may be made by the Holder except for an Assignment to an Approved Party (as defined below). Any Assignment made without first complying with the provisions of this Section 8 shall be void and of no legal effect.
     9.  Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Warrant may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the prior written consent of the Holder.
     10.  Entire Agreement . This Warrant and the Subscription Agreement dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Holder, supersede any and all other understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and constitute the only agreement between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
     11.  Definitions . As used herein:
     a. “ Affiliates ” means with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including correlative meanings, such as the terms “ controlling ” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly, indirectly or beneficially, of either: (i) fifty-one (51%) equity ownership; or (ii) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.
     b. “ Approved Party ” means: (i) Affiliates; (ii) parents (including step-parents and adoptive parents) and children (including step-children, adopted children and children of the half-blood); (iii) partners or retired partners of a partnership, or members or retired members in a limited liability company; or (iv) Persons to whom an Assignment is made with the prior written approval of the Company. The Company’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that, it may refuse such approval if the proposed assignee is reasonably believed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company.
     c. “ Assignment ” means any sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance or other transfer or disposition of this Warrant;

4


 

     d. “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
     12.  Governing Law . THIS WARRANT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND ENFORCED UNDER, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW OF SUCH STATE.
[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Warrant under seal effective as of the date first above written.
         
  COMPANY:  
 
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
 
     
  Doug Fullerton, Secretary   
     
 

Exhibit 10.12
FIRST AMENDMENT TO COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
     This First Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Warrant (the “ Amendment ”) is dated as of April ___, 2008 by and between Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                           (the “ Holder ”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, the Holder is entitled to purchase up to                       shares of Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $2.40 per share pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated as of December                      , 2007 (the “ Warrant ”); and
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Holder desire to amend the Warrant to reduce the exercise price to $1.98 per share and to make certain other modifications as set forth in this Amendment (capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Warrant).
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Amendment to Warrant . The Company and the Holder hereby agree that the Warrant is hereby amended as follows:
     (a) The reference in the first paragraph of the Warrant to “Two Dollars and 40/100 ($2.40)” is hereby deleted and replaced with “One Dollar and 98/100 ($1.98)”.
     (b) The last sentence of Section 1 of the Warrant is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof:
     “As used herein, “ Exercise Event ” means (i) the closing of a public offering of shares of Common Stock resulting in aggregate proceeds to the Company of an amount greater than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”), or (ii) closing of a consolidation, merger or other corporate reorganization, transfer of voting power or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, which, pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Charter ”), may be deemed a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.”
     (c) Section 1 of the Warrant is hereby amended and restated by identifying the current Section 1, as amended hereby, as “Section 1(a)” and inserting the following as a new “Section 1(b)” thereunder:
     “(b) Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one share of the Company’s Common Stock is greater than the Purchase Price (at the date of exercise), in lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion

 


 

thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company and notice of such election in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:
X = Y (A-B)
A
     Where X = the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Holder
     
 
  Y = the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)
 
   
 
  A = the fair market value of one share of the Company’s Common Stock (at the date of such calculation)
 
   
 
  B = Purchase Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)
For purposes of the above calculation, fair market value of one share of Common Stock shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith.”
     2.  Reaffirmation of Warrant . All terms and provisions of the Warrant, except as amended and modified hereby, remain in full force and effect and are hereby reaffirmed by all parties hereto.
     3.  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument.
[Signature Page Follows]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto shall have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.
         
  COMPANY:

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  HOLDER:
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 

Exhibit 10.13
THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT AND SUCH LAWS. THE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER SAID ACT AND SUCH LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE SECURITIES ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER CONTAINED IN THIS SUBSCRIPTION AND THE BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY.
THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OR THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
                     ___,                     
Primo Water Corporation
101 N. Cherry Street, Suite 700
Winston-Salem, N.C. 27101
Gentlemen:
     1.  Subscription .
          a. The undersigned,                                           (“ Subscriber ”), hereby subscribes for and agrees to purchase                                            (                      ) shares of the Series B Non-voting Non-convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at the price of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, in cash or equivalent, for an aggregate purchase price of                                           ($                      ) (the “ Subscription Commitment ”), which amount will be tendered in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 1(b) hereof in the form of a certified check(s) made payable to the Company or wire transfer(s) of funds to the Company’s account in accordance with the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto. Subscriber understands and agrees that the number of Shares it may purchase is limited by Subscriber’s pro rata portion of all Series B Non-voting Non-convertible Preferred Stock being sold by the Company contemporaneously herewith. Subscriber’s pro rata portion is based on Subscriber’s percentage ownership of the Company’s capital stock as of the Offering Record Date (as defined in that certain Investment Summary, dated                                           , and delivered to Subscriber) (the “ Investment Summary ”). The number of Shares Subscriber may subscribe for hereunder is set forth in Exhibit E of the Investment Summary.

 


 

          b. The Company currently anticipates consummating the offering of the Shares in four tranches (each, a “ Tranche ”) on or about following dates: (i). April 28, 2006, (ii) June 30, 2006, (iii) September 29, 2006, and (iv) December 29, 2006. Payment for the initial Tranche shall be an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of Subscriber’s Subscription Commitment (the “ Initial Payment ”). Thereafter, the Company may at any time, in its sole discretion, call the balance of Subscriber’s outstanding Subscription Commitment, or any portion thereof, which amount(s) (each, a “ Subsequent Payment ”) will be due and payable within twenty (20) days of demand therefor by the Company (each such twenty (20) day period, a “ Call Period ”). Notwithstanding the anticipated consummation dates for the Tranches, the Company, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to demand payment of the entire Subscription Commitment, or any portion thereof, on different dates than those listed herein, and from different subscribers at different times. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as providing Subscriber with a right to make any payment of its Subscription Commitment prior to a demand therefor by the Company; provided, however, that if payment of any portion of the Subscription Commitment has not been demanded by the Company by December 31, 2007, Subscriber may pay such remaining portion within ten (10) days of such date.
          c. If Subscriber fails to make any Subsequent Payment within the applicable Call Period, the Company may, in its sole discretion, (i) immediately terminate this Agreement, without further notice thereof and, thereafter, offer the unissued balance of the Shares hereunder to any person or entity designated by the Company, including, without limitation, any existing stockholder, and (ii) pursue any other remedies available to it at law or in equity.
          d. The Subscriber will submit to the Company two signed copies of this Subscription Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), along with the Initial Payment, on or before April 28, 2006.
     2.  Acceptance by Company . Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) the Company, in its discretion, may accept or reject all or part of this Agreement; (b) this Agreement shall not be deemed to have been accepted by the Company until the Company indicates its acceptance by returning to Subscriber an executed copy of this Agreement, and (c) acceptance by the Company of this Agreement is conditioned upon the information and representations of Subscriber hereunder being complete, true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of closing of sale of the Shares to Subscriber.
     3.  Issuance of Shares . Upon (a) the Company’s receipt of two signed copies of this Agreement from Subscriber; (b) the Company’s acceptance of this Agreement evidenced by the Company’s execution and delivery to Subscriber of one executed copy of this Agreement, and (c) the Company’s receipt of the Initial Payment or the applicable Subsequent Payment within the Call Period, as the case may be, the Company will issue in the name of Subscriber within a reasonable period of time after satisfaction of the foregoing, a certificate evidencing that number of Shares as is equal to the aggregate amount of the Shares set forth in Section 1 hereof divided by the amount of the Subscription Payment at such time being paid by Subscriber. The Company will deliver to Subscriber such certificate.

2


 

     4.  Issuance of Warrant . Upon the satisfaction of the conditions listed in Sections 3(a) and (b) hereof, the Company’s receipt of the Initial Payment, and subject to the terms and conditions of that certain Company common stock purchase warrant, dated as of the date hereof, executed by the Company in favor of Subscriber (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), the Company will issue to Subscriber a warrant exercisable to purchase that amount of shares of the Company’s Common Stock as is equal to the product of the Subscription Commitment multiplied by 0.267, rounded down to the nearest whole Share (the “ Warrant ”).
     5.  Representations and Warranties of Subscriber . Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to Company, and covenants with Company, as follows:
     a. If Subscriber is an individual, Subscriber is a citizen of                      and an individual resident of                      , and Subscriber is not a resident of any other state. If Subscriber is an entity, Subscriber’s state of formation or incorporation is                      and Subscriber’s principal place of business is located in                      .
     b. Subscriber is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D enacted under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) by reason of the following:                                           (Indicate the appropriate number from Exhibit B attached hereto).
     c. Subscriber is acquiring the Shares, the Warrant and the shares issued upon exercise of the Warrant, or any part thereof (collectively, the “ Securities ”) for Subscriber’s own account for investment and not with a view to or in connection with any distribution or resale thereof. Subscriber does not have any contract, understanding, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell or transfer the Securities.
     d. Subscriber understands that (i) the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, or the securities laws of any jurisdiction, and (ii) the economic risk of Subscriber’s investment in the Securities must be borne for an indefinite period of time because the Securities may not be sold or otherwise transferred unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or an exemption from such registration is available. Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company will be under no obligation to register the Securities or take any other action necessary in order to make compliance with an exemption from registration available. Subscriber further acknowledges and agrees that the Company may require as a condition to its registration of any transfer of the Securities an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Company to the effect that such transfer will not violate the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.
     e. Subscriber has been informed that the Securities will not be able to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act unless all conditions of the Rule are met. Subscriber understands that the Company is not currently required to file periodic reports with the SEC and does not comply with the “ Current Public Information ” requirements of Rule 144, and further understands that the Company will

3


 

not be required to comply with these requirements after the issuance of the Securities. Subscriber further understands that the Company is not currently contemplating complying with the Current Public Information requirements and consequently Subscriber may not be able to make any offer or sale of the Securities without registration under the Securities Act except upon compliance with some other exemption from registration.
     f. In addition to restrictions under federal and state securities laws, Subscriber understands that the Securities will be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company.
     g. Subscriber (i) has such knowledge and experience with respect to the financial, tax and business aspects of ownership of the Securities and of the business contemplated by the Company that Subscriber is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investment in the Company and making an informed investment decision with respect thereto, and (ii) can bear the economic risk of an investment in the Shares including the complete loss thereof. Subscriber understands that no public market now exists for the Securities and that there is no assurance that there will ever exist a public market for the Securities.
     h. The proposed investment is suitable for Subscriber based upon Subscriber’s financial situation. Subscriber’s overall commitment to investments which are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to Subscriber’s net worth, and Subscriber’s investment in the Company will not cause such overall commitment to become excessive. Subscriber understands that investment in the Company may lead to a total loss of invested funds, or to illiquidity of invested funds for an extended period of time. Subscriber has adequate means of providing for possible personal contingencies and needs, has no need for liquidity in the proposed investment and can afford the loss of Subscriber’s entire investment.
     i. Subscriber recognizes that investing in the Company is speculative and involves a high degree of risk, and Subscriber has taken full cognizance of and understands the risks related to the purchase of the Securities. Subscriber acknowledges the Company has made available to Subscriber all records, documents, books of account and other materials requested by Subscriber which the Company has in its possession or which are readily obtainable. Subscriber has had during the course of the transaction and prior to the execution of this subscription, the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the sale of the Securities and the Company’s business, management and financial affairs, and to obtain additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to Subscriber. There is no information Subscriber has requested that has not been provided to Subscriber. Subscriber understands that Subscriber may request additional information at any time prior to the acceptance of this subscription by the Company.
     j. Subscriber recognizes and understands that the Investment Summary and the business plan of the Company included therein (the “ Business Plan ”), contain forward-looking statements about the Company’s performance and that there are

4


 

numerous factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements. Subscriber understands and accepts that forward-looking statements are beyond the ability of the Company to control and, in many cases, the Company cannot predict all factors that would cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements. In addition, Subscriber understands that the Investment Summary and Business Plan reflect management’s plan for the business of the Company. There is no representation that the Business Plan or other forward-looking statements in the Investment Summary will be achieved.
     k. Subscriber agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, and each other person, if any, subject to liability because of such person’s connection with the Company, against all claims, losses, damages, judgments and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses, resulting from any breach by Subscriber of, or any misrepresentation by Subscriber in, this subscription and to reimburse the Company and each such other person for any legal and other expenses incurred by the Company and each such other person in connection with investigating and defending any such claim, loss, damage, judgment, liability or action.
     6.  Legends . The Company may at any time place legends referencing the transfer restrictions set forth in the Bylaws of the Company and applicable federal or state securities law restrictions on all certificates representing Shares. Subscriber shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing Shares in the possession of Subscriber in order to effectuate the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, legends in substantially the following form:
a. THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, OR THE CORPORATION RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO CORPORATION, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND LAWS.
b. THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, AND THE TRANSFER THEREOF, ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE BYLAWS OF THE

5


 

CORPORATION, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE IN, AND MAY BE EXAMINED AT, THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE CORPORATION.
     7.  Initial Public Offering .
          a. Subscriber hereby agrees that during the “Lock-Up Period” (as hereinafter defined) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and any underwriter, sell, pledge, transfer, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any shares of capital stock of the Company held by Subscriber at any time during such period except shares included in such registration; provided , however , that such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers its Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering. Market stand-off agreements for subsequent registration statements, if any, shall be as agreed to by the Company, the underwriters and any other party thereto.
          b. For purposes of this Section 7, the “ Lock-Up Period ” shall be the period applicable to all officers and directors of Company who enter into similar agreements but in any event shall be not less than ninety (90) days from the effective date of the registration statement.
     8.  Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date mailed, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested, or on the date personally delivered, (a) if to Subscriber, to the address set forth below for Subscriber, and (b) if to the Company, to the address set forth above for the Company.
     9.  Miscellaneous . This Agreement and the Warrant Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed by the Company in favor of Subscriber (a) supersede any and all other understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and constitute the only agreement between the parties with respect to said subject matter, (b) shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of North Carolina, excluding the conflict of laws provisions thereof, and (c) shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns; provided , however , that Subscriber may not transfer or assign this subscription or any interest herein or rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. Any such transfer or assignment by Subscriber without the prior written consent of the Company shall be void and of no force or effect. No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties hereto unless such change or modification shall be in writing and shall be signed by the parties hereto. Subscriber agrees that all of the representations, warranties and covenants of Subscriber set forth in this subscription shall survive the purchase of the Shares. If for any reason any provision of this subscription is determined to be invalid, such invalidity shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this subscription which are valid. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

6


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Subscriber has executed this subscription this                      day of                                           ,                      .
       
Number of Shares:
     
 
     
Total Payment Enclosed:  $
     
         
 
 
       
 
  (Name of Subscriber)    
 
       
 
 
       
 
  (Signature)    
 
       
 
 
       
Social Security or Tax ID Number
  (Title, if Subscriber is an entity)    
 
       
 
 
       
 
       
 
 
       
 
       
 
 
       
 
  (Address)    
 
       
 
 
       
 
  (Telephone)    
 
       
 
 
       
 
  (Facsimile)    
 
       
 
 
       
 
  (Email address)    
ACCEPTANCE
     The foregoing subscription is accepted on this the                      day of                                            ,                       .
         
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Its:     
       
 

Exhibit 10.14
THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.
     
Dated:                                             Shares
     
    Certificate No. W-___
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
     THIS CERTIFIES THAT for value received, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,                      , or its/his/her permitted assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled to purchase up to                       shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) of Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), at a purchase price of One Dollar and 25/100 ($1.25) per share (as adjusted from time to time as herein provided, the “ Purchase Price ”) upon presentation of this Warrant, payment of the Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock purchased at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as shall have been designated by the Company, and subject to the vesting provisions set forth in Section 1.b. hereof. The number of shares of Common Stock which are purchasable hereunder, as adjusted pursuant to the provisions below, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Warrant Shares .”
     This Warrant is subject to the following provisions:
     1.  Exercise of Warrant .
          a. The vested portion of this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, at the Holder’s election, at any time prior to expiration of the Warrant (subject to Section 6 hereof), which expiration shall occur upon the earlier of (i) the sixteenth (16 th ) day after delivery of a notice of an Exercise Event (as defined below), (ii)                      , or (iii) five (5) years after the date of exercise of either the put or repurchase rights with respect to the Series B Non-voting Non-convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Series B Preferred ”), as set forth in that certain Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated April 27, 2006 (the “ Charter ”). The Holder may exercise the vested portion of this Warrant by delivery to the Company of a written notice of such exercise and the tender to the Company of the Purchase Price for the Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to such exercise of the vested portion of this Warrant. In case of an exercise to purchase less than all Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, the Company shall cancel this Warrant and shall execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor for the balance of the shares which may be purchased hereunder. As used herein, “ Exercise Event ” means (i) the closing of a public offering of shares of Common

 


 

Stock resulting in aggregate proceeds to the Company of an amount greater than Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000) (a “Qualified Public Offering ”), or (ii) closing of a consolidation, merger or other corporate reorganization, transfer of voting power or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, which, pursuant to the Charter, may be deemed by the holders of Series B Preferred as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
          b. Right to Exercise . Since the Holder’s Subscription Commitment (as defined and set forth in that certain Subscription Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Holder (the “ Subscription Agreement ”)) may be paid in multiple tranches, and the total amount of the Warrant Shares purchasable by exercise hereof is calculated based upon payment of the Holder’s total Subscription Commitment, this Warrant shall vest according to this Section 1.b. At any and all times, this Warrant shall vest and become exercisable in cumulative amounts (expressed as a percentage of the total Warrant) equal to that percentage of the total Subscription Commitment as is paid by the Holder to the Company at any such time, with such applicable percentage of this Warrant becoming vested and exercisable immediately upon each payment towards the total Subscription Commitment. This Warrant shall become fully vested and exercisable upon Holder’s payment to the Company of the entire Subscription Commitment. The foregoing vesting provision is cumulative, such that the Warrant Shares as to which the Warrant has become exercisable, may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant at any subsequent date prior to the termination or expiration of this Warrant.
     2.  Compliance with Securities Laws . The Holder of this Warrant, by its/his/her acceptance hereof, represents and acknowledges that this Warrant is acquired for the Holder’s own account for investment purposes only and that this Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise hereof, respectively, have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, any transfer of this Warrant and such Warrant Shares shall be subject to legal restrictions. The Holder agrees that it/he/she will not offer for sale or sell, assign or pledge, or otherwise dispose of (except through exercise) this Warrant or any Warrant Shares issued to the Holder pursuant to exercise hereof, except in accordance with applicable securities laws.
     3.  Shares of Common Stock in Reserve . The Company agrees at all times to reserve a sufficient number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for the purposes of the exercise of this Warrant, and to take such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable.
     4.  No Voting or Dividend Rights : This Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company, and no dividend or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the interest represented hereby or the Warrant Shares which may be purchased hereunder until and unless, and except to the extent that, this Warrant shall be exercised.
     5.  Adjustment of Purchase Price and Number of Shares :

2


 

          a. The Purchase Price hereof shall be subject to adjustment from time to time. In case the Company shall (a) pay a dividend on its Common Stock in Common Stock, (b) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (c) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then, in such an event, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted proportionately so that the adjusted Purchase Price will bear the same relation to the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to any such event as the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to any such event shall bear to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this Subsection 5.a. (a) shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend and (b) shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision or combination. The Purchase Price, as so adjusted, shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of any successive event or events described herein.
          b. Upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to subsection 5.a., the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted to the number of shares of Common Stock, rounded down to the nearest whole share, obtained by multiplying (i) the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment upon the exercise of this Warrant, (ii) by the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment, and (iii) dividing the product so obtained by the new Purchase Price.
          c. In case of any capital reorganization of the Company, or of any reclassification of the Common Stock, this Warrant shall be exercisable after such capital reorganization or reclassification upon the terms and conditions specified in this Warrant, for the number of shares of stock or other securities which the Common Stock issuable (at the time of such capital reorganization or reclassification) upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled to receive upon such capital reorganization or reclassification if such exercise had taken place immediately prior to such action. The subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed to be a reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company for the purposes of this Subsection 5.c.
          d. Whenever the Purchase Price is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall compute the adjusted Purchase Price in accordance with Subsection 5.a. and shall prepare a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth the adjusted Purchase Price and showing in reasonable detail the method of such adjustment and the fact requiring the adjustment and upon which such calculation is based, and such certificate shall forthwith be forwarded to the Holder.
          e. The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any change in the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 5, and any Warrant issued after such change may state the same Purchase Price and the same number of shares of Common Stock as

3


 

are stated in this Warrant as initially issued. The Company, however, may at any time in its sole discretion (which shall be conclusive) make any change in the form of this Warrant that it may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof. Any Warrant thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.
     6.  Notices to Holder of an Exercise Event . In case of an Exercise Event, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause to be delivered to the Holder at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date of consummation of such Exercise Event a notice setting forth (i) the occurrence of the Exercise Event, (ii) the anticipated date of consummation of such Exercise Event, and (iii) a summary of the material terms and conditions of such Exercise Event. For purposes hereof, notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon confirmed delivery by facsimile, on the next day following delivery by a reputable overnight courier, or on the third day following mailing by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the address set forth in the Company’s records.
     7.  Replacement Warrant for Lost Certificate : Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto (and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant if mutilated), the Company will execute and deliver a new warrant of like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant.
     8.  Assignability and Binding Effect : This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any and all successors and assigns of the Holder and the Company; provided, however, that no Assignment (as defined below) may be made by the Holder except for an Assignment to an Approved Party (as defined below). Any Assignment made without first complying with the provisions of this Section 8 shall be void and of no legal effect.
     9.  Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Warrant may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the prior written consent of the Holder.

4


 

     10.  Entire Agreement . This Warrant and the Subscription Agreement supersede any and all other understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and constitute the only agreement between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
     11.  Definitions . As used herein:
     a. “ Affiliates ” means with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including correlative meanings, such as the terms “ controlling ” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly, indirectly or beneficially, of either: (i) fifty-one (51%) equity ownership; or (ii) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.
     b. “ Approved Party ” means: (i) Affiliates; (ii) parents (including step-parents and adoptive parents) and children (including step-children, adopted children and children of the half-blood); (iii) partners or retired partners of a partnership, or members or retired members in a limited liability company; or (iv) Persons to whom an Assignment is made with the prior written approval of the Company. The Company’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that, it may refuse such approval if the proposed assignee is reasonably believed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company.
     c. “ Assignment ” means any sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance or other transfer or disposition of this Warrant;
     d. “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.
     12.  Governing Law . THIS WARRANT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND ENFORCED UNDER, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW OF SUCH STATE.
[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]

5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Warrant under seal effective as of the date first above written.
         
  COMPANY:

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION

 
 
  By:      
    Its:      
       
 

Exhibit 10.15
PRIMIER CORPORATION
2004 STOCK PLAN
     1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Plan is to advance the interests of Primier Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), by providing an opportunity to its selected key employees (as defined in Section 2(b)) and consultants (as defined in Section 2(a)) to purchase shares (the “Shares” ) of the Common stock, par value $0.00l per share (the “Common Stock” ), of the Company. By encouraging stock ownership, the Company seeks to attract, retain and motivate key employees and consultants. It is intended that this purpose will be effected by the granting of (i) incentive stock options ( “Incentive Options” ) as described in § 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ); (ii) nonqualified stock options ( “Nonqualified Options,” and, together with the incentive options, the “Options” ) as provided herein; and (iii) rights to purchase shares of Common Stock ( “Restricted Stock” ) of the Company pursuant to restricted stock agreements and/or subscription agreements as provided herein ( “Purchase Rights” and collectively with the options, the “Stock Incentives” ).
     2. DEFINITIONS.
          (a) The term “consultants” means those persons, other than employees of the Company, who provide services to the Company, including nonemployee directors of the Company, and who are determined by the Compensation Committee to be eligible for Stock Incentives under this Plan.
          (b) The term “key employees” means those executive, administrative, operational, engineering or managerial employees who are determined by the Compensation Committee to be eligible for Stock Incentives under this Plan.
          (c) The term “optionee” means an individual to whom an Option is granted under this Plan.
          (d) The term “grantee” menus an individual to whom a Purchase Right is granted under this Plan.
     3. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Plan became effective as of November 1, 2004, the date it was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company.
     4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. The Shares that may be purchased (through the exercise of options or the purchase of Restricted Stock) under this Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate Four Million Five Hundred Thousand (4,500,000) Shares. If any Stock Incentives granted under the Plan shall terminate, expire or be canceled as to any Shares, new Stock Incentives may thereafter be granted covering such Shares. In addition, any Shares purchased under this Plan subsequently repurchased by the Company pursuant to the terms hereof may again be granted under the Plan. The Shares issued upon exercise of Stock Incentives under this Plan may, in whole or in part, be either authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares reacquired by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the aggregate

 


 

number of Shares subject to outstanding Options granted under the Plan, plus the aggregate number of Shares issued upon the exercise of all Options granted under the Plan, plus the aggregate number of Shares issued pursuant to all Purchase Rights granted under the Plan, shall never be permitted to exceed the number of Shares specified in the first sentence of Section 4, except in accordance with subsection 8(a) below.
     5. ADMINISTRATION.
          (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board” ), or by a committee appointed by the Board which shall not have less than two (2) members (in either case, the “Compensation Committee” ). The Compensation Committee may delegate nondiscretionary administrative duties to such employees of the Company as it deems proper.
          (b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Compensation Committee shall have the sole authority, in its discretion:
               (i) to determine to which of the eligible individuals, and the time or times at which, Stock Incentives shall be granted;
               (ii) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to Stock Incentives granted to each eligible individual;
               (iii) to determine the price to be paid for the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of each Option or upon the issuance of Restricted Stock;
               (iv) to determine the term and the exercise schedule of each Option;
               (v) to determine the terms and conditions of each agreement for the grant of Stock Incentives (which need not be identical) entered into between the Company and any eligible individual to whom the Compensation Committee has granted Stock Incentives;
               (vi) to interpret the Plan; and
               (vii) to make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
          (c) The Compensation Committee, if any, shall be appointed by and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company. No member of the Compensation Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made with respect to the Plan.
     6. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES AND CONSULTANTS. Incentive Options may be granted to such key employees of the Company, including members of the Board of Directors who are also employees of the Company, as are selected by the Compensation Committee or Board of Directors. Nonqualified Options and Purchase Rights may be granted to such key

2


 

employees and consultants of the Company, including members of the Board of Directors, as are selected by the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors. The term “ employee ” includes an officer or director who is an employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary of it, as well as a nonofficer, nondirector employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary of it.
     7. DURATION OF THE PLAN. This Plan shall terminate ten (10) years from the effective date of this Plan, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 18 hereof, and no Stock Incentives may be granted after such termination.
     8. RESTRICTIONS ON INCENTIVE OPTIONS. Incentive Options (but not Nonqualified Options) granted under this Plan shall be subject to the following restrictions:
          (a) Limitation on Number of Shares . The aggregate fair market value, determined as of the date the Incentive Option is granted, of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Options are exercisable for the first time by an employee during any calendar year shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). If an employee is eligible to participate in any other incentive stock option plans of the Company which are also intended to comply with the provisions of § 422 of the Code, the applicable annual limitation shall apply to the aggregate number of Shares for which Incentive Options may be granted under all such plans. An Incentive Option may be granted which exceeds the One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation, as long as under then applicable law the portion of such Option which is exercisable for shares in excess of the One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation shall be treated as a Nonqualified Option. No Incentive Options may be exercised until and unless the Plan is approved by the stockholders within one year of the date hereof, such approval to be expressed in any legal way under Delaware law.
          (b) 10% Stockholder , If any employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan is on the date of grant the owner of stock (as determined under Treas. Reg. §1.422-2(h)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or of any parent or subsidiary of the Company), then the following special provisions shall be applicable to the Incentive Option granted to such individual:
     (i) The Option price per Share subject to such Incentive Option shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of one Share on the date of grant; and
     (ii) The Incentive Option shall not have a term in excess of five (5) years from the date of grant.
In determining stock ownership, an optionee shall be considered as owning the voting capital stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his brothers and sisters, spouse, ancestors, and lineal descendants. Voting capital stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate or trust shall be considered as being owned proportionately by or for its stockholders, partners, or beneficiaries, as applicable. Common Stock with respect to which any such optionee holds an option shall not be counted. Additionally, outstanding capital stock shall

3


 

include all capital stock actually issued and outstanding immediately after the grant of the option to the optionee. Outstanding capital stock shall not include capital stock authorized for issue under outstanding options held by the optionee or by any other person.
     9. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS. Incentive and Nonqualified Options granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by stock option agreements in such form and not inconsistent with the Plan as the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors shall approve from time to time, which agreements shall evidence the following terms and conditions:
          (a) Price .
               (i)  Incentive Options . Subject to the condition of subsection (b)(i) of Section 8, if applicable, with respect to each Incentive Option, the purchase price per Share payable upon the exercise of each Incentive Option granted hereunder shall be determined by the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors and shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of one Share on the day the Option is granted.
               (ii)  Nonqualified Options . With respect to each Nonqualified Option, the purchase price per Share payable upon the exercise of each Nonqualified Option granted hereunder shall be determined by the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors at the time the Nonqualified Option is granted.
          (b) Number of Shares . Each stock option agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which it pertains.
          (c) Exercise . Subject to the conditions of subsections (a) and (b)(ii) of Section 8, if applicable, each Option shall be exercisable for the full amount or for any part thereof and at such intervals or in such installments as the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors may determine at the time it grants such Option; provided, however , that no Option shall be exercisable with respect to any Shares later than ten (10) years after the date of the grant of such Option.
          (d) Notice of Exercise and Payment . An Option shall be exercisable only by delivery of a written notice to the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors, any member of the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors, the Company’s Treasurer, or any other officer of the Company designated by the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors to accept such notices on its behalf, specifying the number of Shares for which it is exercised. If such Shares are not at the time effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the optionee shall include with such notice a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, confirming that such Shares are being purchased for the optionee’s own account for investment and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof. Payment shall be made in full at the time of delivery to the optionee of a certificate or certificates covering the number of Shares for which the Option was exercised. Payment shall be made (i) by cash or check, (ii) if permitted by the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors, by delivery and assignment to the Company of shares of the Company’s stock having a fair market value (as determined by the Compensation Committee) equal to the exercise price, or (iii) by a

4


 

combination of the foregoing. The value of a share of the Company’s stock for such purpose shall be its fair market value as of the date the Option is exercised, as determined in accordance with procedures to be established by the Compensation Committee.
          (e) Withholding_Taxes; Delivery of Shares . The Company’s obligation to deliver Shares upon exercise of a Nonqualified Option, in whole or in part, shall be subject to the optionee’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state, and local income and employment tax withholding obligations. If Common Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to this Plan is disposed of within two (2) years from the date of grant of the Option or within one (1) year after the transfer of the Common Stock to the optionee, the holder of the Common Stock immediately prior to the disposition shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition and shall provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Company may reasonably require.
          (f) Nontransferability . No Option shall be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent or distribution, and each Option shall be exercisable during the optionee’s lifetime only by the optionee (except as otherwise provided for in subsection (g) below).
          (g) Termination of Options . Each Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised if the optionee ceases to be an employee of, or consultant to, the Company, as follows:
     (i) if the optionee’s employment or performance of services shall have terminated by reason of the action of the Company under circumstances not constituting Cause, or the optionee’s resignation, retirement, or other voluntary action of the optionee, the optionee may, at any time within a period of thirty (30) days after such termination of employment or performance of services, exercise the Option to the extent that the Option was exercisable by the optionee on the date of termination of the optionee’s employment or performance of services, after which time each Option shall terminate and may not thereafter be exercised;
     (ii) if the optionee’s employment or performance of services shall have been terminated because of disability within the meaning of § 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, the optionee may, at any time within a period of one (1) year after the termination of employment or performance of services, exercise the Option to the extent that the Option was exercisable by the optionee on the date of termination of the optionee’s employment or performance of services, after which time each Option shall terminate and may not thereafter be exercised;
     (iii) if the optionee dies at a time when the Option was exercisable by the optionee, then the optionee’s estate, personal representative or beneficiary to whom it has been transferred may, at any time within a period of one (1) year following the optionee’s death if the

5


 

optionee’s employment or performance of services shall have been terminated by the optionee’s death, or for the period following the termination of the optionee’s employment or performance of services during which the Option would have remained exercisable under clauses (i) or (ii) above if the optionee’s employment or performance of services shall have been terminated prior to the optionee’s death, exercise the Option to the extent the optionee might have exercised it at the time of the optionee’s death, after which time each Option shall terminate and may not thereafter be exercised; and
     (iv) if the optionee’s employment or performance of services shall have terminated by Company for Cause, each Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination and may not thereafter be exercised. “Cause” for termination of the optionee’s performance of services shall exist in the event of acts or omissions by the optionee which constitute misconduct, gross negligence, unlawfulness, dishonesty, or inattention to the business of the Company, which have a material adverse effect upon the Company, or the conviction of the optionee of a crime involving moral turpitude.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option may be exercised to any extent by anyone after the date of expiration of the Option.
          (h) Rights as Stockholder . The optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the optionee’s Option until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to the optionee for such Shares.
          (i) Repurchase of Shares by the Company . Any Shares purchased by an optionee upon exercise of an Option may in the discretion of the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors be subject to repurchase by the Company if and to the extent specifically set forth in the agreement pursuant to which the Shares were purchased.
          10. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE RIGHTS. Purchase Rights granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by restricted stock agreements and/or subscription agreements in such form and not inconsistent with the Plan as the Compensation Committee or Board of Directors shall approve from time to time, which agreements shall include the following terms and conditions:
          (a) Price . The purchase price of each Share purchased by key employees or consultants pursuant to a Purchase Right hereunder shall be the price determined by the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors at the time such Purchase Right is granted.
          (b) Number of Shares . Each restricted stock agreement and/or subscription agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which it pertains.

6


 

          (c) Investment Intent and Payment . If the Shares purchased are not at the time effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the restricted stock agreement and/or subscription agreement shall provide that the grantee is purchasing such Shares for the grantee’s own account for investment and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof. Payment shall be made in full at the time of delivery to the Company by the grantee of an executed restricted stock agreement and/or subscription agreement covering the number of Shares for which the Purchase Right was granted. An officer or an agent of the Company shall be entitled to retain in escrow for the benefit of the grantee stock certificates representing Shares which are subject to a repurchase option of the Company, as described in subsection (f) below. Payment for Shares shall be made (i) by cash or check, (ii) if permitted by the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors, by delivery and assignment to the Company of shares of the Company’s stock having a fair market value (as determined by the Compensation Committee) equal to the purchase price. or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii). The value of the shares of the Company’s stock for such purpose shall be its fair market value as of the date of the restricted stock agreement, as determined in accordance with procedures to be established by the Compensation Committee.
          (d) Withholding Taxes . The Company’s obligation to deliver the Shares to the grantee shall be subject to the grantee’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state, and local income and employment tax withholding obligations.
          (e) Nontransferability . Any Shares purchased by a grantee pursuant to a Purchase Right hereunder may, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee or Board of Directors, be subject to transfer restrictions if and to the extent specifically set forth in the restricted stock agreement governing such purchase.
          (f) Repurchase of Shares by the Company . Any Shares purchased by a grantee pursuant to a Purchase Right hereunder may, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors, be subject to repurchase by the Company if and to the extent set forth in the restricted stock agreement governing such purchase.
          (g) Rights as Stockholder . Except for the limitations on transferability and the Company’s repurchase rights set forth above, the grantee of a Purchase Right shall, upon purchase of Shares, possess all rights as a holder of Common Stock of the Company.
     11. STOCK DIVIDENDS; STOCK SPLITS; STOCK COMBINATIONS; RECAPITALIZATIONS, Appropriate adjustment shall be made in the maximum number of Shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan and in the number, kind and price of Shares covered by any Stock Incentive granted hereunder to give effect to any stock dividends or other distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, recapitalizations and other similar changes in the capital structure of the Company after the effective date of the Plan.
     12. MERGER; SALE OF ASSETS; DISSOLUTION. In the event of a change of the Common Stock resulting from a merger or similar reorganization as to which the Company is the surviving corporation, the number and kind of shares which thereafter may be subject to Stock Incentives granted under this Plan and the number, kind and price of Shares then subject to Stock

7


 

Incentives shall be appropriately adjusted in such manner as the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors may deem equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights available or granted hereunder. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, a merger or a similar reorganization that the Company does not survive, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, shall cause every Incentive Option and Nonqualified Option outstanding hereunder to terminate, to the extent not then exercised, unless any surviving entity agrees to assume the obligations hereunder.
     13. NO RIGHTS. Except as hereinabove expressly provided in Sections 11 and 12, no optionee shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of the capital stock of any class or the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or by reason of any dissolution, liquidation, merger or consolidation or spin-off of assets or stock of another corporation, and any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class or of securities convertible into shares of stock of any class shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares subject to any Option granted hereunder. The grant of an Option pursuant to this Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
     14. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no liability to issue any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance would comply with all applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity. Prior to the issuance of any Shares under the Plan, the Company may require a written statement that the recipient is acquiring the Shares for investment and not for the purpose or with the intention of distributing the Shares.
     15. DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT. In the event of the death of an optionee, any Options which the optionee was entitled to exercise on the date immediately preceding his or her death shall be exercisable by the person or persons to whom those rights pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Any such exercise shall be by written notice thereof filed with the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s corporate headquarters prior to the Qption’s expiration or termination date (taking into account a termination pursuant to Section 9(g)(iii) hereof), and any person exercising such an Option shall be treated as an optionee for purposes of the provisions of this Plan.
     16. EMPLOYMENT AND STOCKHOLDER STATUS. The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and selection as a recipient of Stock Incentives will not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company. The grant of an Option under the Plan shall not confer upon the holder thereof any right as a stockholder of the Company. As of the date on which an optionee exercises an Option, the optionee shall have all rights of a stockholder of record with respect to the number of Shares of Common Stock as to which the Option is exercised, irrespective of whether certificates to evidence the Shares of stock have been issued on such date. If the redistribution of Shares is restricted pursuant to Section 14, certificates representing such Shares may bear a legend referred to such restrictions.

8


 

     17. TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN. The Board of Directors may at any time terminate this Plan or make such changes in or additions to the Plan as it deems advisable without further action on the part of the stockholders of the Company, provided that no such termination or amendment shall adversely affect or impair any then outstanding Stock Incentive without the consent of the person holding such Stock Incentive.
     18. TERMINATION. The Plan shall terminate automatically at 11:59 p.m. on October 31, 2014, and may be terminated at any earlier date by the Board. No Option shall be granted hereunder after termination of the Plan, but such termination shall not affect the validity of any Option then outstanding.
     19. TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS. The date of grant of an Option hereunder shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Compensation Committee makes the determination granting such Option.
     20. RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company, during the terms of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
     21. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Plan was adopted as of November 1, 2004 by the Board of Directors in accordance with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and the Delaware General Corporation Law, and shall be effective on said date, provided the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months of said date. Options may be granted, but may not be exercised, prior to the date of such stockholder approval.

9

Exhibit 10.16
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
2010 OMNIBUS LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
     Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), sets forth herein the terms of its Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as follows:
1. PURPOSE
     The Plan is intended to enhance the Company’s and its Affiliates’ (as defined herein) ability to attract and retain highly qualified officers, non-employee members of the Board, key employees, consultants and advisors, and to motivate such officers, non-employee members of the Board, key employees, consultants and advisors to serve the Company and its Affiliates and to expend maximum effort to improve the business results and earnings of the Company, by providing to such persons an opportunity to acquire or increase a direct proprietary interest in the operations and future success of the Company. To this end, the Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock, other stock-based awards and cash awards. Any of these awards may, but need not, be made as performance incentives to reward attainment of performance goals in accordance with the terms hereof. Stock options granted under the Plan may be non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options, as provided herein.
2. DEFINITIONS
     For purposes of interpreting the Plan and related documents (including Award Agreements), the following definitions shall apply:
      2.1. “Affiliate” means any company or other trade or business that “controls,” is “controlled by” or is “under common control” with the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any Subsidiary.
      2.2. “Award” means a grant of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, other Stock-based Award or cash award under the Plan.
      2.3. “Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Grantee, or notice from the Company or an Affiliate to a Grantee that evidences and sets out the terms and conditions of an Award.
      2.4. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
      2.5. “Cause” shall be defined as hat term is defined in a Grantee’s offer letter or other applicable employment agreement; or, if there is no such definition “Cause” means, as determined by the Company and unless otherwise provided in an applicable


 

Award Agreement with the Company or an Affiliate: (i) engaging in any act, or failing to act, or misconduct that in any such case is injurious to the Company or its Affiliates; (ii) gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of duties; (iii) conviction of (or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to) a criminal offense (other than a minor traffic offense); (iv) fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation of funds or property of the Company or an Affiliate; (v) material breach of any term of any employment, consulting or other services, confidentiality, intellectual property or non-competition agreement, if any, between the Service Provider and the Company or an Affiliate; (vi) the entry of an order duly issued by any regulatory agency (including federal, state and local regulatory agencies and self-regulatory bodies) having jurisdiction over the Company or an Affiliate requiring the removal from any office held by the Service Provider with the Company or prohibiting or materially limiting a Service Provider from participating in the business or affairs of the Company or any Affiliate; or (vii) the revocation or threatened revocation of any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s government licenses, permits or approvals, which is primarily due to the Service Provider’s action or inaction and such revocation or threatened revocation would be alleviated or mitigated in any material respect by the termination of the Service Provider’s Services.
      2.6. “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2 .
      2.7. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.
      2.8. “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee as determined by the Board. The Compensation Committee of the Board may, in its discretion, designate a subcommittee of its members to serve as the Committee (to the extent the Board has not designated another person, committee or entity as the Committee). Following the Company’s initial public offering, (i) the Board will cause the Committee to satisfy the applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed; (ii) for purposes of Awards to Covered Employees intended to constitute Performance Awards, to the extent required by Code Section 162(m), Committee means all of the members of the Compensation Committee who are “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; and (iii) for purposes of Awards to Grantees who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, Committee means all of the members of the Compensation Committee who are “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 adopted under the Exchange Act.
      2.9. “Company” means Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation.

-2-


 

      2.10. “Common Stock” or “Stock” means a share of common stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share.
      2.11. “Covered Employee ” means a Grantee who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code as qualified by Section 12.4 herein.
      2.12. “Disability” means as determined by the Company and unless otherwise provided in an applicable Award Agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, the Grantee is unable to perform each of the essential duties of such Grantee’s position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; provided , however , that, with respect to rules regarding expiration of an Incentive Stock Option following termination of the Grantee’s Service, “Disability” means “permanent and total disability” as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
      2.13. “Effective Date” means April 22, 2010.
      2.14. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.
      2.15. “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock as of a particular date shall mean (1) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing or last price of the Common Stock on the composite tape or other comparable reporting system for the applicable date, or if the applicable date is not a trading day, the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date, or (2) if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange, or the value of such shares is not otherwise determinable, such value as determined by the Board in good faith in its sole discretion (but in any event not less than fair market value within the meaning of Section 409A); notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock for purposes of determining Awards with a Grant Date as of the Company’s initial public offering shall be the price per share of Common Stock set in the final prospectus for such initial public offering.
      2.16. “Family Member” means a person who is a spouse, former spouse, child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother, sister, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of the applicable individual, any person sharing the applicable individual’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which any one or more of these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which any one or more of these persons (or the applicable individual)

-3-


 

control the management of assets, and any other entity in which one or more of these persons (or the applicable individual) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.
      2.17. “Grant Date” means, as determined by the Board, the latest to occur of (i) the date as of which the Board approves an Award, (ii) the date on which the recipient of an Award first becomes eligible to receive an Award under Section 6 hereof, or (iii) such other date as may be specified by the Board in the Award Agreement.
      2.18. “Grantee” means a person who receives or holds an Award under the Plan.
      2.19. “Incentive Stock Option” means an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or the corresponding provision of any subsequently enacted tax statute, as amended from time to time.
      2.20. Initial Public Offering” shall mean the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement (other than a Form S-8 or successor forms) filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission.
      2.21. “Non-qualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
      2.22. “Option” means an option to purchase one or more shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan.
      2.23. “Option Price” means the exercise price for each share of Stock subject to an Option.
      2.24. “Outside Director” means a member of the Board who is not an officer or employee of the Company or an Affiliate, determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.
      2.25. “Performance Award” means an Award made subject to the attainment of performance goals (as described in Section 12 ) over a performance period of from one (1) to five (5) years.

-4-


 

      2.26. “Plan” means this Primo Water Corporation 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan.
      2.27. “Purchase Price” means the purchase price for each share of Stock pursuant to a grant of Restricted Stock.
      2.28. “Reporting Person” means a person who is required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.
      2.29. “Restricted Stock” means shares of Stock, awarded to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10 hereof.
      2.30. “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of shares of Stock, awarded to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10 hereof.
      2.31. “SAR Exercise Price” means the per share exercise price of a SAR granted to a Grantee under Section 9 hereof.
      2.32. “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
      2.33. “Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and all formal guidance and regulations promulgated thereunder.
      2.34. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.
      2.35. “Separation from Service” means a termination of Service by a Service Provider, as determined by the Board, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive; provided if any Award governed by Section 409A is to be distributed on a Separation from Service, then the definition of Separation from Service for such purposes shall comply with the definition provided in Section 409A.
      2.36. “Service” means service as a Service Provider to the Company or an Affiliate. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, a Grantee’s change in position or duties shall not result in interrupted or terminated Service, so long as such Grantee continues to be a Service Provider to the Company or an Affiliate.

-5-


 

      2.37. “Service Provider” means an employee, officer, non-employee member of the Board, consultant or advisor of the Company or an Affiliate.
      2.38. Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted to a Grantee under Section 9 hereof.
      2.39. “Subsidiary” means any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.
      2.40. “Substitute Award” means any Award granted in assumption of or in substitution for an award of a company or business acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary or with which the Company or an Affiliate combines, shares issued or issuable.
      2.41. “Ten Percent Stockholder” means an individual who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its parent or any of its Subsidiaries. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.
      2.42. “Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date, unless the Plan is earlier terminated by the Board under Section 5.2 hereof.
      2.43. “Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2 .
      2.44. “Transition Period” means the period beginning with the consummation of an Initial Public Offering and ending as of the earlier of (i) the date of the first annual meeting of shareholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Initial Public Offering occurs and (ii) the expiration of the “reliance period” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(2).
3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
      3.1. General.
     The Board shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of the Plan as are consistent with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law. The Board shall have the power and authority to delegate its responsibilities hereunder to the Committee, which shall have full authority to act in accordance with its charter, and with respect

-6-


 

to the authority of the Board to act hereunder, all references to the Board shall be deemed to include a reference to the Committee, to the extent such power or responsibilities have been delegated. Except as specifically provided in Section 14 or as otherwise may be required by applicable law, regulatory requirement or the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Company, the Board shall have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement, and shall have full power and authority to take all such other actions and make all such other determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of the Plan that the Board deems to be necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan. Following the Company’s initial public offering, the Committee shall administer the Plan; provided that, the Board shall retain the right to exercise the authority of the Committee to the extent consistent with applicable law and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed. The interpretation and construction by the Board of any provision of the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive. Without limitation, the Board shall have full and final authority, subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan, to:
     (i) designate Grantees;
     (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be made to a Grantee;
     (iii) determine the number of shares of Stock to be subject to an Award;
     (iv) establish the terms and conditions of each Award (including, but not limited to, the Option Price of any Option, the nature and duration of any restriction or condition (or provision for lapse thereof) relating to the vesting, exercise, transfer, or forfeiture of an Award or the shares of Stock subject thereto, and any terms or conditions that may be necessary to qualify Options as Incentive Stock Options);
     (v) prescribe the form of each Award Agreement; and
     (vi) amend, modify, or supplement the terms of any outstanding Award including the authority, in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan, to modify Awards to foreign nationals or individuals who are employed outside the United States to recognize differences in local law, tax policy, or custom.
     To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate its authority as identified herein to any individual or committee of individuals (who need not be directors), including without limitation the authority to make Awards to Grantees who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or who are not Covered Employees. To the extent that the Board delegates its authority to make Awards as provided by this Section 3.1, all references in the Plan to the Board’s authority to make Awards and determinations with respect thereto shall be deemed to include the Board’s delegate. Any such delegate shall serve at the pleasure of, and may be removed at any time by the Board.
      3.2. Restrictions; No Repricing.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification may be made to an outstanding Option or SAR that causes the Option or SAR to become subject to Section 409A,

-7-


 

without the Grantee’s written prior approval. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the repricing of Options or SARs is prohibited without prior approval of the Company’s stockholders. For this purpose, a “repricing” means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (A) changing the terms of an Option or SAR to lower its Option Price or SAR Exercise Price; (B) any other action that is treated as a “repricing” under generally accepted accounting principles; and (C) repurchasing for cash or canceling an Option or SAR at a time when its Option Price or SAR Exercise Price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares in exchange for another Award, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a change in capitalization or similar change under Section 15. A cancellation and exchange under clause (C) would be considered a “repricing” regardless of whether it is treated as a “repricing” under generally accepted accounting principles and regardless of whether it is voluntary on the part of the Grantee.
      3.3. Award Agreements.
     The grant of any Award may be contingent upon the Grantee executing the appropriate Award Agreement. The Company may retain the right in an Award Agreement to cause a forfeiture of the gain realized by a Grantee on account of actions taken by the Grantee in violation or breach of or in conflict with any employment agreement, non-competition agreement, any agreement prohibiting solicitation of employees or clients of the Company or any Affiliate thereof or any confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or any Affiliate thereof or otherwise in competition with the Company or any Affiliate thereof, to the extent specified in such Award Agreement applicable to the Grantee. Furthermore, the Company may annul an Award if the Grantee is terminated for Cause as defined in the applicable Award Agreement or the Plan, as applicable.
          If any of the Company’s financial statements are required to be restated, the Company may recover all or a portion of any Award made to any Grantee with respect to any fiscal year of the Company the financial results of which are negatively affected by such restatement. The amount to be recovered shall be the amount, as determined by the Committee, by which the affected Award exceeds the amount that would have been payable had the financial statements been initially filed as restated. In no event shall the amount to be recovered by the Company be less than the amount required to be repaid or recovered as a matter of law.
      3.4. Deferral Arrangement.
     The Board may permit or require the deferral of any Award payment into a deferred compensation arrangement, subject to such rules and procedures as it may establish and in accordance with Section 409A, which may include provisions for the payment or crediting of interest or dividend equivalents, including converting such credits into deferred Stock units.
      3.5. No Liability .
     No member of the Board or of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Award or Award Agreement.

-8-


 

      3.6. Book Entry.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company may elect to satisfy any requirement under this Plan for the delivery of stock certificates through the use of book-entry.
4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
          Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 15 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be 7,500,000. In addition, there shall be added the number of shares subject to stock options granted under the Company’s 2004 Stock Plan that are canceled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash, settled by issuance of fewer shares than the number of shares underlying stock option or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares to the Grantees.
          7,500,000 of such shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be available for issuance pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Stock issued or to be issued under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued shares; or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company. Following the end of the Transition Period and subject to adjustments in accordance with Section 15 , the maximum number of each type of Award (other than cash-based Performance Awards) intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) granted to any Grantee in any thirty-six (36) month period shall not exceed the following: Options: 1,000,000; SARs: 1,000,000; Restricted Stock: 1,000,000; Restricted Stock Units: 1,000,000; and other Stock-based Performance Awards :1,000,000.
     The Board may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or Substitute Awards) and make adjustments in accordance with Section 15 . If the Option Price of any Option granted under the Plan, or if pursuant to Section 17.3 the withholding obligation of any Grantee with respect to an Option or other Award, is satisfied by tendering shares of Stock to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation) or by withholding shares of Stock, the number of shares of Stock issued net of the shares of Stock tendered or withheld shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Stock available for delivery under the Plan. To the extent that an Award under the Plan or a stock option granted under the Company’s 2004 Stock Plan is canceled, expired, forfeited, settled in cash, settled by issuance of fewer shares than the number underlying the Award or stock option, or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares to the Grantee, the shares retained by or returned to the Company will be available under the Plan; and shares that are withheld from such an Award or stock option granted under the Company’s 2004 Stock Plan, or separately surrendered by the Grantee in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to such an Award or stock option shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the Grantee and will be available under the Plan. In addition, in the case of any Substitute Award, such Substitute Award shall not be counted against the number of shares reserved under the Plan.
      5. EFFECTIVE DATE, DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

-9-


 

      5.1. Term.
     The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall terminate automatically as of the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the initial public offering occurs unless the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company prior to such meeting but subsequent to the Effective Date. The Plan shall terminate automatically on the ten (10) year anniversary of the Effective Date and may be terminated on any earlier date as provided in Section 5.2 .
      5.2. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.
     The Board may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan as to any Awards which have not been made. An amendment shall be contingent on approval of the Company’s stockholders to the extent stated by the Board, required by applicable law or required by applicable stock exchange listing requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to Section 3.2 shall be contingent upon the approval of the Company’s stockholders. No Awards shall be made after the Termination Date. The applicable terms of the Plan, and any terms and conditions applicable to Awards granted prior to the Termination Date shall survive the termination of the Plan and continue to apply to such Awards. No amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Grantee, materially impair rights or obligations under any Award theretofore awarded.
6. AWARD ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS
      6.1. Service Providers.
     Subject to this Section 6 , Awards may be made to any Service Provider, including any Service Provider who is an officer, Non-employee member of the Board, consultant or advisor of the Company or of any Affiliate, as the Board shall determine and designate from time to time in its discretion.
      6.2. Successive Awards.
     An eligible person may receive more than one Award, subject to such restrictions as are provided herein.
      6.3. Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards.
     Awards may, in the discretion of the Board, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, any Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate, or any other right of a Grantee to receive payment from the Company or any Affiliate. Such additional, tandem, and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award, the Board shall

-10-


 

have the right to require the surrender of such other Award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. The Board shall have the right, in its discretion, to make Awards in substitution or exchange for any other award under another plan of the Company, any Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate. In addition, Awards may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company or any Affiliate, in which the value of Stock subject to the Award is equivalent in value to the cash compensation (for example, Restricted Stock Units or Restricted Stock).
7. AWARD AGREEMENT
     Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, in such form or forms as the Board shall from time to time determine. Without limiting the foregoing, an Award Agreement may be provided in the form of a notice which provides that acceptance of the Award constitutes acceptance of all terms of the Plan and the notice. Award Agreements granted from time to time or at the same time need not contain similar provisions but shall be consistent with the terms of the Plan. Each Award Agreement evidencing an Award of Options shall specify whether such Options are intended to be Non-qualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options, and in the absence of such specification such options shall be deemed Non-qualified Stock Options.
8. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS
      8.1. Option Price.
     The Option Price of each Option shall be fixed by the Board and stated in the related Award Agreement. The Option Price of each Option (except those that constitute Substitute Awards) shall be at least the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date of a share of Stock; provided , however , that in the event that a Grantee is a Ten Percent Stockholder as of the Grant Date, the Option Price of an Option granted to such Grantee that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date. In no case shall the Option Price of any Option be less than the par value of a share of Stock.
      8.2. Vesting.
          Subject to Section 8.3 hereof, each Option shall become exercisable at such times and under such conditions (including, without limitation, performance requirements) as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement.
      8.3. Term.
     Each Option shall terminate, and all rights to purchase shares of Stock thereunder shall cease, upon the expiration of ten (10) years from the Grant Date, or under such circumstances and on such date prior thereto as is set forth in the Plan or as may be fixed by the Board and stated in the related Award Agreement; provided , however , that in the event that the Grantee is a Ten Percent Stockholder, an Option granted to such Grantee that is intended to be an Incentive

-11-


 

Stock Option at the Grant Date shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from its Grant Date.
      8.4. Limitations on Exercise of Option.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event may any Option be exercised, in whole or in part, (i) prior to the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company as provided herein or (ii) after the occurrence of an event which results in termination of the Option.
      8.5. Method of Exercise.
     An Option that is exercisable may be exercised by the Grantee’s delivery of a notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the shares. To be effective, notice of exercise must be made in accordance with procedures established by the Company from time to time.
      8.6. Rights of Holders of Options.
     Unless otherwise stated in the related Award Agreement, an individual holding or exercising an Option shall have none of the rights of a stockholder (for example, the right to receive cash or dividend payments or distributions attributable to the subject shares of Stock or to direct the voting of the subject shares of Stock ) until the shares of Stock covered thereby are fully paid and issued to him. Except as provided in Section 15 hereof or the related Award Agreement, no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such issuance.
      8.7. Delivery of Stock Certificates.
     Promptly after the exercise of an Option by a Grantee and the payment in full of the Option Price, such Grantee shall be entitled to the issuance of a stock certificate or certificates evidencing his or her ownership of the shares of Stock subject to the Option.
      8.8. Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.
     An Option shall constitute an Incentive Stock Option only (i) if the Grantee of such Option is an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) to the extent specifically provided in the related Award Agreement; and (iii) to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the Option is granted) of the shares of Stock with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options held by such Grantee become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other plans of the Grantee’s employer and its Affiliates) does not exceed $100,000. This limitation shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

-12-


 

9. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
      9.1. Right to Payment.
     A SAR shall confer on the Grantee a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the SAR Exercise Price, as determined by the Board. The Award Agreement for an SAR shall specify the SAR Exercise Price, which shall be fixed at the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date. SARs may be granted alone or in conjunction with all or part of an Option or at any subsequent time during the term of such Option or in conjunction with all or part of any other Award. A SAR granted in tandem with an outstanding Option following the Grant Date of such Option shall have a grant price that is equal to the Option Price; provided , however , that the SAR’s grant price may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date of the SAR.
      9.2. Other Terms.
          The Board shall determine at the Grant Date or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the time or times at which SARs shall cease to be or become exercisable following Separation from Service or upon other conditions, the method of exercise, whether or not a SAR shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR.
      9.3. Term of SARs.
          The term of a SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that such term shall not exceed ten (10) years.
      9.4. Payment of SAR Amount.
          Upon exercise of a SAR, a Grantee shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company (in cash or Stock, as determined by the Board) in an amount determined by multiplying:
     (i) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over the SAR Exercise Price; by
     (ii) the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

-13-


 

10. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
      10.1. Restrictions.
     At the time of grant, the Board may, in its sole discretion, establish a period of time (a “restricted period”) and any additional restrictions including the satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives applicable to an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units in accordance with Section 12.1 and 12.2 . Each Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units may be subject to a different restricted period and additional restrictions. Neither Restricted Stock nor Restricted Stock Units may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the restricted period or prior to the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions.
      10.2. Restricted Stock Certificates.
     The Company shall issue stock, in the name of each Grantee to whom Restricted Stock has been granted, stock certificates or other evidence of ownership representing the total number of shares of Restricted Stock granted to the Grantee, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Grant Date. The Board may provide in an Award Agreement that either (i) the Secretary of the Company shall hold such certificates for the Grantee’s benefit until such time as the Restricted Stock is forfeited to the Company or the restrictions lapse, or (ii) such certificates shall be delivered to the Grantee; provided , however , that such certificates shall bear a legend or legends that comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and makes appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed under the Plan and the Award Agreement.
      10.3. Rights of Holders of Restricted Stock.
     Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement, holders of Restricted Stock shall have rights as stockholders of the Company, including voting and dividend rights.
      10.4. Rights of Holders of Restricted Stock Units.
      10.4.1. Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.
          Restricted Stock Units may be settled in cash or Stock, as determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Award Agreement shall also set forth whether the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled (i) within the time period specified in Section 17.9.1 for short term deferrals or (ii) otherwise within the requirements of Section 409A, in which case the Award Agreement shall specify upon which events such Restricted Stock Units shall be settled.

-14-


 

      10.4.2. Voting and Dividend Rights.
     Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, holders of Restricted Stock Units shall not have rights as stockholders of the Company, including no voting or dividend or dividend equivalents rights.
      10.4.3. Creditor’s Rights.
     A holder of Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Restricted Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement.
      10.5. Purchase of Restricted Stock.
     The Grantee shall be required, to the extent required by applicable law, to purchase the Restricted Stock from the Company at a Purchase Price equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate par value of the shares of Stock represented by such Restricted Stock or (ii) the Purchase Price, if any, specified in the related Award Agreement. If specified in the Award Agreement, the Purchase Price may be deemed paid by Services already rendered. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 11 or, in the discretion of the Board, in consideration for past Services rendered.
      10.6. Delivery of Stock.
     Upon the expiration or termination of any restricted period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Board, the restrictions applicable to shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units settled in Stock shall lapse, and, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, a stock certificate for such shares shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions, to the Grantee or the Grantee’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.
11. FORM OF PAYMENT FOR OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK
      11.1. General Rule.
     Payment of the Option Price for the shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock shall be made in cash or in cash equivalents acceptable to the Company, except as provided in this Section 11 .
      11.2. Surrender of Stock.
     To the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price for shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock may be made all or in part through the tender to the Company of shares of Stock, which shares shall be valued, for purposes of determining the extent to which the Option Price or Purchase Price for Restricted Stock has been paid thereby, at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise or surrender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to

-15-


 

make payment in the form of already owned shares of Stock may be authorized only at the time of grant.
      11.3. Cashless Exercise.
     With respect to an Option only (and not with respect to Restricted Stock), to the extent permitted by law and to the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form acceptable to the Board) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of the Option Price and any withholding taxes described in Section 17.3 .
      11.4. Other Forms of Payment.
          To the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules, including, but not limited to, the Company’s withholding of shares of Stock otherwise due to the exercising Grantee.
12. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS
      12.1. Performance Conditions.
          The right of a Grantee to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions, except as limited under Sections 12.2 hereof in the case of a Performance Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m).
      12.2. Performance Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees.
          If and to the extent that the Committee determines that a Performance Award to be granted to a Grantee who is designated by the Committee as likely to be a Covered Employee should qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Code Section 162(m), the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Award shall be contingent upon achievement of pre-established performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 12.2 .
      12.2.1. Performance Goals Generally.
     The performance goals for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 12.2 . Following the end of the Transition Period, performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder including the requirement that

-16-


 

the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain.” The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. Performance goals may, in the discretion of the Committee, be established on a Company-wide basis, or with respect to one or more business units, divisions, subsidiaries or business segments, as applicable. Performance goals may be absolute or relative (to the performance of one or more comparable companies or indices). Measurement of performance goals may exclude (in the discretion of the Committee) the impact of charges for restructuring, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes (each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles and as identified in the Company’s financial statements or other SEC filings). Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Grantee or to different Grantees.
      12.2.2. Business Criteria.
     One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or specified subsidiaries or business units of the Company (except with respect to the total stockholder return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used exclusively by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Performance Awards: net sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre-or after-tax income (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonuses; net earnings; earnings per share; net income (before or after taxes); return on equity; total shareholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of, share price; market share; gross profits; earnings (including earnings before taxes, earnings before interest and taxes or earnings before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization); economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; reduction in costs; cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital; cash flow return on investment; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels; operating margins; gross margins or cash margin; year-end cash; debt reductions; shareholder equity; regulatory performance; implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, products or projects and recruiting and maintaining personnel and, prior to the end of the Transition Period, any other business criteria established by the Committee.
      12.2.3. Timing for Establishing Performance Goals.
     Performance goals shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Awards, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m).
      12.2.4. Settlement of Performance Awards; Other Terms.
     Settlement of Performance Awards shall be in cash, Stock, other Awards or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a

-17-


 

settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards. Following the end of the Transition Period, the maximum amount of each cash-based Performance Award intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) granted to any Grantee in any twelve (12) month period shall not exceed $2,000,000.
      12.3. Written Determinations.
          All determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount of any Performance Award pool or potential individual Performance Awards and as to the achievement of performance goals relating to Performance Awards, shall be made in writing in the case of any Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m) to the extent required by Code Section 162(m). To the extent permitted by Code Section 162(m), the Committee may delegate any responsibility relating to such Performance Awards.
      12.4. Status of Section 12.2 Awards under Code Section  162(m) .
          It is the intent of the Company that Performance Awards under Section 12.2 hereof granted to persons who are designated by the Committee as likely to be Covered Employees within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder shall, if so designated by the Committee, constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, the terms of Section 12.2 , including the definitions of Covered Employee and other terms used therein, shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, because the Committee cannot determine with certainty whether a given Grantee will be a Covered Employee with respect to a fiscal year that has not yet been completed, the term Covered Employee as used herein shall mean only a person designated by the Committee, at the time of grant of Performance Awards, as likely to be a Covered Employee with respect to that fiscal year. If any provision of the Plan or any agreement relating to such Performance Awards does not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 162(m) or regulations thereunder, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.
13.   OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS
      13.1. Grant of Other Stock-based Awards.
          Other Stock-based Awards, consisting of Stock units, or other Awards, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, may be granted either alone or in addition to or in conjunction with other Awards under the Plan. Other Stock-based Awards may be granted in lieu of other cash or other compensation to which a; Service Provider is entitled from the Company or may be used in the settlement of amounts payable in shares of Common Stock under any other compensation plan or arrangement of the Company, including without limitation, the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Awards shall be made, the number of shares of Common Stock to be granted pursuant to such Awards, and all other conditions of such Awards.

-18-


 

Unless the Committee determines otherwise, any such Award shall be confirmed by an Award Agreement, which shall contain such provisions as the Committee determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent of this Plan with respect to such Award.

-19-


 

      13.2. Terms of Other Stock-based Awards.
          Any Common Stock subject to Awards made under this Section 13 may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered prior to the date on which the shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period lapses.
14. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW
      14.1. General.
     The Company shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under any Award if the sale or issuance of such shares would constitute a violation by the Grantee, any other individual exercising an Option, or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations. If at any time the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares subject to an Award upon any securities exchange or under any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares hereunder, no shares of Stock may be issued or sold to the Grantee or any other individual exercising an Option pursuant to such Award unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the Award. Specifically, in connection with the Securities Act, upon the exercise of any Option or the delivery of any shares of Stock underlying an Award, unless a registration statement under such Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered by such Award, the Company shall not be required to sell or issue such shares unless the Board has received evidence satisfactory to it that the Grantee or any other individual exercising an Option may acquire such shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Any determination in this connection by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The Company may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the exercise of an Option or the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority. As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the requirement that an Option shall not be exercisable until the shares of Stock covered by such Option are registered or are exempt from registration, the exercise of such Option (under circumstances in which the laws of such jurisdiction apply) shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such registration or the availability of such an exemption.
      14.2. Rule 16b-3.
     During any time when the Company has a class of equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of the Company that Awards and the exercise of Options granted to officers and directors hereunder will qualify for the exemption provided by

-20-


 

Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. To the extent that any provision of the Plan or action by the Board or Committee does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, it shall be deemed inoperative to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board, and shall not affect the validity of the Plan. In the event that Rule 16b-3 is revised or replaced, the Board may exercise its discretion to modify this Plan in any respect necessary to satisfy the requirements of, or to take advantage of any features of, the revised exemption or its replacement.
15. EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION
      15.1.1. Changes in Stock.
     If (i) the number of outstanding shares of Stock is increased or decreased or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company occurring after the Effective Date or (ii) there occurs any spin-off, split-up, extraordinary cash dividend or other distribution of assets by the Company, the number and kinds of shares for which grants of Options and other Stock-based Awards may be made under the Plan (including the per-Grantee maximums set forth in Section 4 ) shall be equitably adjusted by the Company; provided that any such adjustment shall comply with Section 409A. In addition, in the event of any such increase or decease in the number of outstanding shares or other transaction described in clause (ii) above, the number and kind of shares for which Awards are outstanding and the Option Price per share of outstanding options and SAR Exercise Price per share of outstanding SARs shall be equitably adjusted; provided that any such adjustment shall comply with Section 409A.
      15.1.2. Effect of Certain Transactions.
          Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event of (a) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or (b) a reorganization, merger, exchange or consolidation of the Company or involving the shares of Common Stock (a “Transaction”), the Plan and the Awards issued hereunder shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms, except that following a Transaction either (i) each outstanding Award shall be treated as provided for in the agreement entered into in connection with the Transaction or (ii) if not so provided in such agreement, each Grantee shall be entitled to receive in respect of each share of Common Stock subject to any outstanding Awards, upon exercise or payment or transfer in respect of any Award, the same number and kind of stock, securities, cash, property or other consideration that each holder of a share of Common Stock was entitled to receive in the Transaction in respect of a share of Common stock; provided, however, that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, such stock, securities, cash, property or other consideration shall remain subject to all of the conditions, restrictions and performance criteria which were applicable to the Awards prior to such Transaction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the treatment of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to this Section 15.1.2 in connection with a Transaction in which the consideration paid or distributed to the Company’s stockholders is not entirely shares of common stock of the acquiring or resulting corporation may include the

-21-


 

cancellation of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights upon consummation of the Transaction as long as, at the election of the Committee, (x) the holders of affected Options and SARs have been given a period of at least fifteen days prior to the date of the consummation of the Transaction to exercise the Options or SARs (whether or not they were otherwise exercisable) or (y) the holders of the affected Options and SARs are paid (in cash or cash equivalents) in respect of each Share covered by the Option or SAR being canceled an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per share price paid or distributed to stockholders in the transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration to be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) over the Price Option or SAR Exercise Price, as applicable. For avoidance of doubt, (1) the cancellation of Options and SARs pursuant to clause (y) of the preceding sentence may be effected notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan or any Award Agreement and (2) if the amount determined pursuant to clause (y) of the preceding sentence is zero or less, the affected Option or SAR may be cancelled without any payment therefore. The treatment of any Award as provided in this Section 15.1.2 shall be conclusively presumed to be appropriate for purposes of Section 15.1.1.
      15.2. Definition of Change in Control.
     “Change in Control” means:
  (1)   Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section 15.2, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliated Company, or (iv) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 1(d)(3)(A), 1(d)(3)(B) and 1(d)(3)(C).
 
  (2)   Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;

-22-


 

  (3)   Consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or
 
  (4)   Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that an Award hereunder is subject to the requirements of Section 409A, the Company will not be deemed to have undergone a Change in Control unless the Company is deemed to have undergone a “change in control event” pursuant to the definition of such term in Section 409A.
      15.3. Effect of Change in Control
     The Board shall determine the effect of a Change in Control upon Awards, and such effect may be set forth in the appropriate Award Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board may provide in the Award Agreements at the time of grant, or any time thereafter with the consent of the Grantee, the actions that will be taken upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, including, but not limited to, accelerated vesting, termination or assumption. The Board

-23-


 

may also provide in the Award Agreements at the time of grant, or any time thereafter with the consent of the Grantee, for different provisions to apply to an Award in place of those described in Sections 15.1 and 15.2 .
      15.4. Reorganization Which Does Not Constitute a Change in Control.
     If the Company undergoes any reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Company with one or more other entities which does not constitute a Change in Control, any Option or SAR theretofore granted pursuant to the Plan shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Option or SAR would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the Option Price or SAR Exercise Price per share so that the aggregate Option Price or SAR Exercise Price thereafter shall be the same as the aggregate Option Price or SAR Exercise Price of the shares remaining subject to the Option or SAR immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation. Subject to any contrary language in an Award Agreement, any restrictions applicable to such Award shall apply as well to any replacement shares received by the Grantee as a result of the reorganization, merger or consolidation.
      15.5. Adjustments.
     Adjustments under this Section 15 related to shares of Stock or securities of the Company shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares or other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share.
16. NO LIMITATIONS ON COMPANY
          The making of Awards pursuant to the Plan shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
17. TERMS APPLICABLE GENERALLY TO AWARDS GRANTED UNDER THE PLAN
      17.1. Disclaimer of Rights.
     No provision in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall be construed to confer upon any individual the right to remain in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Company either to increase or decrease the compensation or other payments to any individual at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between any individual and the Company. In

-24-


 

addition, notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, no Award granted under the Plan shall be affected by any change of duties or position of the Grantee, so long as such Grantee continues to be a Service Provider. The obligation of the Company to pay any benefits pursuant to this Plan shall be interpreted as a contractual obligation to pay only those amounts described herein, in the manner and under the conditions prescribed herein. The Plan shall in no way be interpreted to require the Company to transfer any amounts to a third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment to any Grantee or beneficiary under the terms of the Plan.
      17.2. Nonexclusivity of the Plan.
     Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations upon the right and authority of the Board to adopt such other incentive compensation arrangements (which arrangements may be applicable either generally to a class or classes of individuals or specifically to a particular individual or particular individuals), including, without limitation, the granting of stock options as the Board in its discretion determines desirable.
      17.3. Withholding Taxes.
     The Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Grantee any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld (i) with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to an Award, (ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option or SAR, or (iii) otherwise due in connection with an Award. At the time of such vesting, lapse, or exercise, the Grantee shall pay to the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, any amount that the Company or the Affiliate may reasonably determine to be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation. Subject to the prior approval of the Company or the Affiliate, which may be withheld by the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, in its sole discretion, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or the Affiliate to withhold the minimum required number of shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Grantee as may be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation or (ii) by delivering to the Company or the Affiliate shares of Stock already owned by the Grantee. The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding obligations. The Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock used to satisfy such withholding obligation shall be determined by the Company or the Affiliate as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. A Grantee who has made an election pursuant to this Section 17.3 may satisfy his or her withholding obligation only with shares of Stock that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements.
      17.4. Captions.
     The use of captions in this Plan or any Award Agreement is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement.

-25-


 

      17.5. Other Provisions.
     Each Award Agreement may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.
      17.6. Number and Gender.
     With respect to words used in this Plan, the singular form shall include the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, etc., as the context requires.
      17.7. Severability.
     If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.
      17.8. Governing Law.
     The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Sate of North Carolina without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law, provided that the provisions set forth herein that are required to be governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law shall be governed by such law.
      17.9. Section 409A.
      17.9.1. Short-Term Deferrals.
     For each Award intended to comply with the short-term deferral exception provided for under Section 409A, the related Award Agreement shall provide that such Award shall be paid out by the later of (i) the 15 th day of the third month following the Grantee’s first taxable year in which the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (ii) the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s first taxable year in which the Award is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture.
      17.9.2. Adjustments.
     To the extent that the Board determines that a Grantee would be subject to the additional 20% tax imposed on certain deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 409A as a result of any provision of any Award, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax. The Board shall determine the nature and scope of such amendment.

-26-


 

      17.10. Stockholder Approval; Effective Date of Plan.
     The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. Any Option that is designated as an Incentive Stock Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option if the Plan is not approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the Effective Date of the Plan. Following the end of the Transition Period, no award that is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code shall be effective unless and until the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company.
      17.11. Separation from Service.
          The Board shall determine the effect of a Separation from Service upon Awards, and such effect shall be set forth in the appropriate Award Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board may provide in the Award Agreements at the time of grant, or any time thereafter with the consent of the Grantee, the actions that will be taken upon the occurrence of a Separation from Service, including, but not limited to, accelerated vesting or termination, depending upon the circumstances surrounding the Separation from Service.
      17.12. Transferability of Awards.
      17.12.1. Transfers in General.
     Except as provided in Section 17.12.2 , no Award shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee to whom it is granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only the Grantee personally (or the Grantee’s personal representative) may exercise rights under the Plan.
      17.12.2. Family Transfers.
     If authorized in the applicable Award Agreement, a Grantee may transfer, not for value, all or part of an Award (other than Incentive Stock Options) to any Family Member. For the purpose of this Section 17.12.2 , a “not for value” transfer is a transfer which is (i) a gift, (ii) a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights; or (iii) a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent of the voting interests are owned by Family Members (or the Grantee) in exchange for an interest in that entity. Following a transfer under this Section 17.12.2 , any such Award shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer. Subsequent transfers of transferred Awards are prohibited except to Family Members of the original Grantee in accordance with this Section 17.12.2 or by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
      17.13. Dividends and Dividend Equivalent Rights.
          If specified in the Award Agreement, the recipient of an Award under this Plan may be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to the Common Stock or other securities covered by an Award. The terms and conditions

-27-


 

of a dividend equivalent right may be set forth in the Award Agreement. Dividend equivalents credited to a Grantee may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock or other securities of the Company at a price per unit equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date that such dividend was paid to shareholders, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.
         
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Billy D. Prim   
  Title:  CEO   
       
 

-28-

Exhibit 10.17
NOTICE OF GRANT OF [INCENTIVE/NON-QUALIFIED] STOCK OPTION AWARD
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
2010 OMNIBUS LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
     FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, Primo Water Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants, pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to the Optionee designated in this Notice of Grant of [Incentive/Non-Qualified] Stock Option Award (the “Notice”) an option to purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock of the Company set forth in the Notice (the “Shares”), subject to certain restrictions as outlined below in this Notice and the additional provisions set forth in the attached Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Award (collectively, the “Agreement”).
     
Optionee : [                      ]
  Type of Option : [Incentive/Non-Qualified] Stock Option
 
   
Exercise Price per Share : $                     
  Date of Grant :                     
 
   
Total Number of Shares Granted :                     
  Expiration Date :                     
Vesting Schedule : Subject to the Terms and Conditions and the provisions of the Plan, this Option shall vest and become exercisable, in accordance with the following schedule, in the event the Optionee does not have a Separation from Service prior to the applicable vesting date:
     
Date of Vesting
  Cumulative Amount Vested
     
     
     
     
     
     
Acceleration of Vesting: Notwithstanding the foregoing Vesting Schedule, the Option shall be deemed fully vested and exercisable in the event of the Optionee’s death or Disability. Further, vesting of the Option shall be accelerated in accordance with the terms of any applicable employment, change in control or similar agreement between the Optionee and the Company or an Affiliate which is in effect during the Term (the “Employment Agreement”).
Exercise After Separation from Service :
Separation from Service for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause : any non-vested portion of the Option expires immediately and any vested portion of the Option remains exercisable for [thirty (30) days] following the Separation from Service;
Separation from Service due to death or Disability : the entire Option, including any non-vested portion for which vesting is accelerated above, is exercisable by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s beneficiary in the event of the Optionee’s death) for [twelve (12) months] following the Optionee’s Separation from Service;
Separation from Service for Cause : the entire Option, including any vested and non-vested portion, expires immediately upon Separation from Service.
IN NO EVENT MAY THIS OPTION BE EXERCISED AFTER THE EXPIRATION DATE AS PROVIDED ABOVE .
By signing below, the Optionee agrees that this [Incentive/Non-Qualified] Stock Option Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan and the attached Terms and Conditions.
             
Optionee     Primo Water Corporation    
 
    By:      
        Title:      
Date:        Date:     

 


 

         
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION AWARD
     1.  Grant of Option . The Option granted to the Optionee and described in the Notice of Grant is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety into these Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Award.
          The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and approved the 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which has been approved by the stockholders of the Company. The [Board/Committee] has approved an award to the Optionee of a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, conditioned upon the Optionee’s acceptance of the provisions set forth in the Notice and these Terms and Conditions within 60 days after the Notice and these Terms and Conditions are presented to the Optionee for review. For purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions, any reference to the Company shall include a reference to any Affiliate.
          If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that the Option fails to meet the requirements of an ISO under Section 422 of the Code, this Option shall be treated as a Non-qualified Stock Option (“NSO”).
          The Company intends that this Option not be considered to provide for the deferral of compensation under Section 409A of the Code and that this Agreement shall be so administered and construed. Further, the Company may modify the Plan and this Award to the extent necessary to fulfill this intent.
     2.  Exercise of Option .
          (a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares. The [Board/Committee] may, in its discretion and pursuant to its administrative authority under Section 3.1 of the Plan, (i) accelerate vesting of the Option, or (ii) extend the applicable exercise period of the Option.
          (b) Method of Exercise . The Optionee may exercise the Option by delivering an exercise notice in a form approved by the Company (the “Exercise Notice”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Shares exercised. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.
     3.  Method of Payment . If the Optionee elects to exercise the Option by submitting an Exercise Notice under Section 2(b) of this Agreement, the aggregate Exercise Price (as well as any applicable withholding or other taxes) shall be paid by cash or check; provided, however , that the [Board/Committee] may accept, in its discretion, payment in any of the following forms, or a combination of them:
          (a) cash or check;
          (b) a “net exercise” under which the Company reduces the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that

- 1 -


 

does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price and any applicable withholding, or such other consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program approved by the Company in connection with the Plan;
          (c) surrender of other shares of Common Stock owned by the Optionee which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the exercised Shares and any applicable withholding; or
          (d) any other consideration that the [Board/Committee] deems appropriate and in compliance with applicable law.
     4.  Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares upon exercise or the method of payment of consideration for those shares would constitute a violation of any applicable law, regulation or Company policy.
     5.  Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee [IF THE OPTION IS A NSO, THE FOLLOWING LANGUAGE MAY BE INCLUDED PERMITTING LIMITED TRANSFER OF THE OPTION] [; provided, however, that the Optionee may transfer the Option (i) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined by the Code or the rules thereunder) or (ii) to any Family Member of the Optionee in accordance with Section 17.12.2 of the Plan by delivering to the Company a Notice of Assignment in a form acceptable to the Company. No transfer or assignment of the Option to or on behalf of a Family Member under this Section 5 shall be effective until the Company has acknowledged such transfer or assignment in writing]. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.
     6.  Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.
     7.  Withholding .
          (a) The [Board/Committee] shall determine the amount of any withholding or other tax required by law to be withheld or paid by the Company with respect to any income recognized by the Optionee with respect to the Option Award.
          (b) The Optionee shall be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligation in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.3 of the Plan.
          (c) Subject to any rules prescribed by the [Board/Committee], the Optionee shall have the right to elect to meet any withholding requirement (i) by having withheld from this Award at the appropriate time that number of whole shares of common stock whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award, (ii) by direct payment to the Company in cash of the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award or (iii) by a combination of shares and cash.
     8.  Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined in the Notice and these Terms and Conditions shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan, unless such term is defined in any employment or similar agreement between the Optionee and the Company or an Affiliate. Any terms used in the Notice and these Terms and Conditions, but defined in an employment or similar agreement with the Optionee are incorporated herein by reference and shall be effective for purposes of the Notice

2


 

and these Terms and Conditions without regard to the continued effectiveness of such employment or similar agreement.
     9.  Optionee Representations . The Optionee hereby represents to the Company that the Optionee has read and fully understands the provisions of the Notice, these Terms and Conditions and the Plan and the Optionee’s decision to participate in the Plan is completely voluntary. Further, the Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee is relying solely on his or her own advisors with respect to the tax consequences of this stock option award.
     10.  Regulatory Limitations on Exercises . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the [Board/Committee] shall have the sole discretion to impose such conditions, restrictions and limitations (including suspending the exercise of the Option and the tolling of any applicable exercise period during such suspension) on the issuance of Common Stock with respect to this Option unless and until the [Board/Committee] determines that such issuance complies with (i) any applicable registration requirements under the Securities Act or the [Board/Committee] has determined that an exemption therefrom is available, (ii) any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, (iii) any applicable Company policy or administrative rules, and (iv) any other applicable provision of state, federal or foreign law, including foreign securities laws where applicable.
     11.  Miscellaneous .
(a) Notices . All notices, requests, deliveries, payments, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under these Terms and Conditions shall be in writing and shall be either delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, or by private courier, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the parties at their respective addresses set forth herein, or to such other address as either shall have specified by notice in writing to the other. Notice shall be deemed duly given hereunder when delivered or mailed as provided herein.
(b) Waiver . The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of the Notice or these Terms and Conditions shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
(c) Entire Agreement . These Terms and Conditions, the Notice, the Plan and any applicable Employment Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(d) Binding Effect; Successors . These Terms and Conditions shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and to the extent not prohibited herein, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives. Nothing in these Terms and Conditions, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto and as provided above, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities.
(e) Governing Law . The Notice and these Terms and Conditions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law, provided that the provisions set forth herein that are required to be governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law shall be governed by such law.
(f) Headings . The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of these Terms and Conditions.

3


 

(g) Conflicts; Amendment . The provisions of the Plan are incorporated in these Terms and Conditions in their entirety. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. Further, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any Employment Agreement, the provisions of such Employment Agreement shall control. The Agreement may be amended at any time by the [Board/Committee] , provided that no amendment may, without the consent of the Optionee, materially impair the Optionee’s rights with respect to the Option.
(h) No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in the Notice or these Terms and Conditions shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate the Optionee’s employment or service at any time.
(i) Further Assurances . The Optionee agrees, upon demand of the Company or the [Board/Committee], to do all acts and execute, deliver and perform all additional documents, instruments and agreements which may be reasonably required by the Company or the [Board/Committee], as the case may be, to implement the provisions and purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions and the Plan.

4

Exhibit 10.18
NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
2010 OMNIBUS LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
     FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, Primo Water Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants, pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to the Grantee designated in this Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Award (the “Notice”) the number of shares of the Common Stock of the Company set forth in the Notice, subject to certain restrictions as outlined below in this Notice and the additional provisions set forth in the attached Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Award (collectively, the “Agreement”).
     
Grantee:
  [                      ]
 
   
Grant Date:
  [                      ]
     
# of Shares of Restricted Stock:    [                      ]
Purchase Price: The Grantee is not required to pay any cash Purchase Price for the Restricted Shares. The Grantee’s service to the Company during the Restricted Period is deemed to be the consideration for the Restricted Shares.
Vesting Schedule: Subject to the provisions contained in Paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of the Terms and Conditions, this Restricted Stock Award shall vest, and the applicable Restrictions set forth in the Terms and Conditions shall lapse, in accordance with the following schedule, in the event the Grantee does not have a Separation from Service prior to the applicable vesting date:
     
Date of Vesting   Cumulative Amount Vested
     
     
     
     
     
     
Acceleration of Vesting: Notwithstanding the foregoing Vesting Schedule, the Restricted Stock Award shall be deemed fully vested and no longer subject to forfeiture in the event of the Grantee’s death or Disability. Further, vesting of the Restricted Stock Award shall be accelerated in accordance with the terms of any applicable employment, change in control or similar agreement between the Grantee and the Company or an Affiliate which is in effect during the Restricted Period (the “Employment Agreement”).
By signing below, the Grantee agrees that this Restricted Stock Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan and the attached Terms and Conditions.
                 
 
               
Grantee   Primo Water Corporation    
 
               
 
      By:        
           
 
        Title:      
 
               
Date:
        Date:      
 
               


 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD
The Restricted Stock Award granted to the Grantee and described in the Notice of Grant is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety into these Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Award.
The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and approved the 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which has been approved by the stockholders of the Company. The [Board/Committee] has approved an award to the Grantee of a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, conditioned upon the Grantee’s acceptance of the provisions set forth in the Notice and these Terms and Conditions within 60 days after the Notice and these Terms and Conditions are presented to the Grantee for review. For purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions, any reference to the Company shall include a reference to any Affiliate.
1.   Grant of Restricted Stock .
     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, as of the Grant Date, the Company grants to the Grantee the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in the Notice (the “Restricted Shares”), subject to the restrictions set forth in Paragraph 2 of these Terms and Conditions, the provisions of the Plan and the other provisions contained in these Terms and Conditions. If and when the restrictions set forth in Paragraph 2 expire in accordance with these Terms and Conditions without forfeiture of the Restricted Shares, and upon the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions as to the Restricted Shares, such shares shall no longer be considered Restricted Shares for purposes of these Terms and Conditions.
     (b) As soon as practicable after the Grant Date, the Company shall direct that a stock certificate or certificates representing the applicable Restricted Shares be registered in the name of and issued to the Grantee. Such certificate or certificates shall be held in the custody of the Company or its designee until the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period (as defined in Paragraph 3). Upon the request of the Company, the Grantee shall deliver to the Company one or more stock powers endorsed in blank relating to the Restricted Shares.
     (c) Except as provided in Paragraph 1(d), in the event that a certificate for the Restricted Shares is delivered to the Grantee, such certificate shall bear the following legend (the “Legend”):
The ownership and transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the Primo Water Corporation 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock Award Notice entered into between the registered owner and Primo Water Corporation. Copies of such Plan and Notice are on file in the executive offices of Primo Water Corporation.
In addition, the stock certificate or certificates for the Restricted Shares shall be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed, and any applicable federal or state securities law, and the Company may cause a legend or legends to be placed on such certificate or certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

1


 

     (d) As soon as administratively practicable following the expiration of the Restricted Period without a forfeiture of the Restricted Shares, and upon the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions as to the Restricted Shares, including, but not limited to, the payment by the Grantee of all applicable withholding taxes, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Grantee a certificate or certificates for the applicable Restricted Shares which shall not bear the Legend.
     (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that this Agreement or the Plan provide for or otherwise refer to issuance of certificates to reflect the transfer of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Award, the transfer of such shares may be effected, in the Company’s discretion, on a book entry or such other noncertificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which such shares are listed.
2.   Restrictions .
     (a) The Grantee shall have all rights and privileges of a stockholder as to the Restricted Shares, including the right to vote [and receive dividends or other distributions] with respect to the Restricted Shares, except that the following restrictions shall apply:
     (i) the Grantee shall not be entitled to delivery of the certificate or certificates for the Restricted Shares until the expiration of the Restricted Period without a forfeiture of the Restricted Shares and upon the satisfaction of all other applicable conditions;
     (ii) none of the Restricted Shares may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the Restricted Period applicable to such shares, except a transfer to a Family Member as provided in Section 17.12.2 of the Plan or as otherwise permitted by the [Board/Committee] in its sole discretion or pursuant to rules adopted by the [Board/Committee] in accordance with the Plan; and
     (iii) all of the Restricted Shares shall be forfeited and returned to the Company and all rights of the Grantee with respect to the Restricted Shares shall terminate in their entirety on the terms and conditions set forth in Paragraph 4.
     (b) Any attempt to dispose of Restricted Shares or any interest in the Restricted Shares in a manner contrary to the restrictions set forth in these Terms and Conditions shall be void and of no effect.
3.   Restricted Period and Vesting . The “Restricted Period” is the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date the Restricted Shares, or such applicable portion of the Restricted Shares, are deemed vested under the schedule set forth in the Notice. The Restricted Shares shall be deemed vested and no longer subject to forfeiture under Paragraph 4 in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice.
4.   Forfeiture .
     (a) Subject to Paragraph 6 below, if during the Restricted Period (i) the Grantee incurs a Separation from Service, (ii) there occurs a material breach of the Notice or these Terms and Conditions by the Grantee or (iii) the Grantee fails to meet the tax withholding obligations described in Paragraph 5(b), all rights of the Grantee to the Restricted Shares that have not vested in accordance with Paragraph 3 as of the date of such Separation from Service (including pursuant to any applicable accelerated vesting provisions set forth in the Notice) shall terminate immediately and be forfeited in their entirety.

2


 

     (b) In the event of any forfeiture under this Paragraph 4, the certificate or certificates representing the forfeited Restricted Shares shall be canceled to the extent of any Restricted Shares that were forfeited.
5.   Withholding .
     (a) The [Board/Committee] shall determine the amount of any withholding or other tax required by law to be withheld or paid by the Company with respect to any income recognized by the Grantee with respect to the Restricted Shares.
     (b) The Grantee shall be required to meet any applicable tax withholding obligation in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.3 of the Plan.
     (c) Subject to any rules prescribed by the [Board/Committee], the Grantee shall have the right to elect to meet any withholding requirement (i) by having withheld from this Award at the appropriate time that number of whole shares of common stock whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award, (ii) by direct payment to the Company in cash of the amount of any taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Award or (iii) by a combination of shares and cash.
6.   [Board/Committee] Discretion . Notwithstanding any provision of the Notice or these Terms and Conditions to the contrary, the [Board/Committee] shall have discretion under the Plan to waive any forfeiture of the Restricted Shares as set forth in Paragraph 4, the Restricted Period and any other conditions set forth in the Notice or these Terms and Conditions.
7.   Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined in the Notice and Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan, unless such term is defined in any Employment Agreement. Any terms used in the Notice and Agreement, but defined in the Grantee’s Employment Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and shall be effective for purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions without regard to the continued effectiveness of such Employment Agreement.
8.   Nonassignability . The Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or a transfer to a Family Member as provided in Section 17.12.2 of the Plan), pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until the restrictions on such Shares, as set forth in the Agreement, have lapsed or been removed.
9.   Grantee Representations . The Grantee hereby represents to the Company that the Grantee has read and fully understands the provisions of the Notice, these Terms and Conditions and the Plan and the Grantee’s decision to participate in the Plan is completely voluntary. Further, the Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee is relying solely on his or her own advisors with respect to the tax consequences of this restricted stock award.
10.   Regulatory Restrictions on the Restricted Shares . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the [Board/Committee] shall have the sole discretion to impose such conditions, restrictions and limitations on the issuance of Common Stock with respect to this Award unless and until the [Board/Committee] determines that such issuance complies with (i) any applicable registration requirements under the Securities Act or the [Board/Committee] has determined that an exemption therefrom is available, (ii) any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, (iii) any applicable Company policy or administrative

3


 

    rules, and (iv) any other applicable provision of state, federal or foreign law, including foreign securities laws where applicable
11.   Miscellaneous .
  11.1   Notices . All notices, requests, deliveries, payments, demands and other communications which are required or permitted to be given under these Terms and Conditions shall be in writing and shall be either delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, or by private courier, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the parties at their respective addresses set forth herein, or to such other address as either shall have specified by notice in writing to the other. Notice shall be deemed duly given hereunder when delivered or mailed as provided herein.
 
  11.2   Waiver . The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of the Notice or these Terms and Conditions shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
 
  11.3   Entire Agreement . These Terms and Conditions, the Notice, the Plan and any applicable Employment Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
 
  11.4   Binding Effect; Successors . These Terms and Conditions shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and to the extent not prohibited herein, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives. Nothing in these Terms and Conditions, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto and as provided above, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities.
 
  11.5   Governing Law . The Notice and these Terms and Conditions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law, provided that the provisions set forth herein that are required to be governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law shall be governed by such law.
 
  11.6   Headings . The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of these Terms and Conditions.
 
  11.7   Conflicts; Amendment . The provisions of the Plan are incorporated in these Terms and Conditions in their entirety. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. Further, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any Employment Agreement, the provisions of such Employment Agreement shall control. The Agreement may be amended at any time by the [Board/Committee] , provided that no amendment may, without the consent of the Grantee, materially impair the Grantee’s rights with respect to the Restricted Stock Award.
 
  11.8   No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in the Notice or these Terms and Conditions shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or affect the right of the Company to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service at any time.

4


 

  11.9   Further Assurances . The Grantee agrees, upon demand of the Company or the [Board/Committee], to do all acts and execute, deliver and perform all additional documents, instruments and agreements which may be reasonably required by the Company or the [Board/Committee], as the case may be, to implement the provisions and purposes of the Notice and these Terms and Conditions and the Plan.

5

Exhibit 10.19
PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
2010 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
     The purposes of this Primo Water Corporation 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) are to assist Eligible Employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company pursuant to a plan which is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code, and to help Eligible Employees provide for their future security and to encourage them to remain in the employment of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
     Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.
     2.1 “ Administrator ” means the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided herein. The term “ Administrator ” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan generally as provided in Article 3.
     2.2 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.3 “ Change in Control ” means and includes each of the following:
     (a) Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act (a “Person”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either (i) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section 2.3, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company, (B) any acquisition by the Company, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, (D) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 2.3(c)(i), 2.3(c)(ii) and 2.3(c)(iii); or
     (b) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such

 


 

individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
     (c) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or
     (d) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
     2.4 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations issued thereunder.
     2.5 “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee as determined by the Board. The Compensation Committee of the Board may, in its discretion, designate a subcommittee of its members to serve as the Committee (to the extent the Board has not designated another person, committee or entity as the Committee). Following the Company’s initial public offering, (i) the Board will cause the Committee to satisfy the applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed; and (ii) “Committee” means all of the members of the Compensation Committee who are “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 adopted under the Exchange Act.
     2.6 “ Company ” shall mean Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation.

- 2 -


 

     2.7 “ Compensation ” of an Eligible Employee shall mean the gross base compensation received by such Eligible Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, excluding overtime payments, sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments.
     2.8 “ Designated Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary designated by the Administrator in accordance with Section 3.3(ii).
     2.9 “ Eligible Employee ” shall mean an Employee of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary: (i) who does not, immediately after any rights under this Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Stock or other stock of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code); (ii) whose customary employment is for more than twenty hours per week; and (iii) whose customary employment is for more than five months in any calendar year; provided , however , that the Administrator may provide in an Offering Document that (x) Employees who are highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code, and/or (y) Employees who have not met a service requirement designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 423(b)(4)(A) of the Code (which service requirement may not exceed two years), shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period. For purposes of clause (i) above, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock which an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-7(h)(2).
     In addition, “Eligible Employee” shall not include any Employee of a Designated Subsidiary who is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction if the grant of a right to purchase Stock under the Plan to such Employee would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of an option to such Employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
     2.10 “ Employee ” means any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary.
     2.11 “ Enrollment Date ” shall mean the first day of each Offering Period.
     2.12 “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
     2.13 “ Fair Market Value ” of a share of Stock as of a particular date shall mean (1) if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing or last price of the Stock on the composite tape or other comparable reporting system for the applicable date, or if the applicable date is not a trading day, the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date, or (2) if the shares of Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange, or the value of such shares is not otherwise determinable, such value as determined by the Board in good faith in its sole discretion (but in any event not less than fair market value within the meaning of Section 409A).

- 3 -


 

     2.14 “ Offering Document ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 5.1.
     2.15 “ Offering Period ” shall mean each Offering Period designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document pursuant to Section 5.1.
     2.16 “ Parent ” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
     2.17 “ Participant ” means any Eligible Employee who has executed a participation agreement and been granted rights to purchase Stock pursuant to the Plan.
     2.18 “ Plan ” shall mean this Primo Water Corporation 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.
     2.19 “ Public Trading Date ” shall mean the first date upon which the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
     2.20 “ Purchase Date ” shall mean the last day of each Purchase Period.
     2.21 “ Purchase Period ” shall mean each Purchase Period designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document pursuant to Section 5.1. A new Purchase Period will begin on the day immediately following a Purchase Date.
     2.22 “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the purchase price designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which purchase price shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided , however , that, in the event no purchase price is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase price for the Offering Periods covered by such Offering Document shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided , further , that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Article 9; provided , further , that the Purchase Price shall not be less than the par value of a share of Stock.
     2.23 “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
     2.24 “ Stock ” means a share of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share.
     2.25 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION

- 4 -


 

     3.1 Administrator . The Administrator of the Plan shall be the Committee. Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.
     3.2 Authority of Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:
     (i) To determine when and how rights to purchase stock of the Company shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).
     (ii) To designate from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Subsidiaries, which designation may be made without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.
     (iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.
     (iv) To amend the Plan as provided in Article 10.
     (v) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.
     3.4 Decisions Binding . The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any rights granted pursuant to the Plan, any participation agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.
ARTICLE IV
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
     4.1 Number of Shares . Subject to Article 9, the aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be 250,000 shares. Any Stock distributed pursuant to the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
ARTICLE V
OFFERING PERIODS; OFFERING DOCUMENTS; PURCHASE DATES
     5.1 Offering Periods . The Administrator may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Stock of the Company under the Plan to Eligible Employees during one or more periods (each, an “Offering Period”) selected by the Administrator commencing on such dates (each, an “Enrollment Date”) selected by the Administrator. The

- 5 -


 

terms and conditions applicable to each Offering Period shall be set forth in an “Offering Document” adopted by the Administrator, which Offering Document shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be incorporated by reference into and made part of the Plan and shall be attached hereto as part of the Plan. The Administrator shall establish in each Offering Document one or more dates during an Offering Period (the “Purchase Date(s)”) on which rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised and purchases of Stock carried out during such Offering Period in accordance with such Offering Document and the Plan. The provisions of separate Offering Periods under the Plan need not be identical.
     5.2 Offering Documents . Each Offering Document with respect to an Offering Period shall specify (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference or otherwise):
          (i) the length of the Offering Period, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven (27) months;
          (ii) the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period;
          (iii) the Purchase Price for such Offering Period;
          (iv) the Purchase Date(s) during such Offering Period;
          (v) the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during such Offering Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 50,000 shares;
          (vi) in connection with each Offering Period that contains more than one Purchase Date, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be purchased by any Eligible Employee on any given Purchase Date during the Offering Period; and
          (vii) such other provisions as the Administrator determines are appropriate, subject to the Plan.
     5.3 Initial Offering Terms . The first Offering Period under the Plan (the “Initial Offering”) shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
          (i) The Initial Offering shall begin on the Public Trading Date and shall end on December 31, 2010.
          (ii) The Initial Offering shall consist of one Purchase Period with a Purchase Date of December 31, 2010.
          (iii) The Purchase Price for the Initial Offering shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on (A) the Public Trading Date or (B) the Purchase Date, whichever is lower, and in each case rounded up to the nearest whole cent per share. For the Initial Offering, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Public Trading Date shall be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.
          (iv) A Participant may increase the amount of the Participant’s payroll deductions to the Plan (up to the maximum percentage permitted under Section 6.2) once during

- 6 -


 

a Purchase Period and may decrease such deductions (including a decrease to zero percent (0%)) once during a Purchase Period. Any such change in participation level shall be made by delivering a notice to the Company on a form approved by the Administrator.
     5.4 Subsequent Offerings . Subject to the Committee’s authority to terminate any Offering Period or establish different terms for any Offering Period in accordance the provisions of the Plan and an applicable Offering Document, a new Offering Period shall automatically begin over the term of the Plan (each, a “Subsequent Offering”) subject to the following terms and conditions:
          (i) Each Subsequent Offering shall start as of each January 1st, beginning with January 1, 2011.
          (ii) Each Subsequent Offering shall be approximately twelve (12) months in duration and shall consist of two (2) Purchase Periods approximately six (6) months in length ending with Purchase Dates on June 30 and December 31 of each year (or the nearest business day immediately prior to each such dates).
          (iii) The Purchase Price for each Subsequent Offering shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on (A) the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period, or (B) the Purchase Date, whichever is lower, and in each case rounded up to the nearest whole cent per share.
          (iv) With respect to each Subsequent Offering, a Participant may increase the amount of the Participant’s payroll deductions to the Plan (up to the maximum percentage permitted under Section 6.2) once during a Purchase Period and may decrease such deductions (including a decrease to zero percent (0%)) once during a Purchase Period. Any such change in participation level shall be made by delivering a notice to the Company on a form approved by the Administrator.
ARTICLE VI
PARTICIPATION
     6.1 Eligibility . Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the day immediately preceding a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of this Article VI and the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.
     6.2 Enrollment in Plan . Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan for an Offering Period by delivering a participation agreement to the Company prior to the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period (or such other date specified in the Offering Document), in such form as the Administrator provides. Each such agreement shall designate a whole percentage of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation to be withheld by the Company or the Designated Subsidiary employing such Eligible Employee on each payday during the Offering Period as payroll deductions under the Plan. An Eligible Employee may designate any whole percentage of Compensation which is not less than 1% and not more than the maximum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which percentage shall be 15% in the absence of any such

- 7 -


 

designation) as payroll deductions. The payroll deductions made for each Participant shall be credited to an account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company. A Participant may change the percentage of Compensation designated in his or her participation agreement, subject to the limits of this Section 6.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, or may resume payroll deductions pursuant to a new participation agreement, at any time during an Offering Period; provided , however , that the Administrator may limit the number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period and/or Purchase Period in the applicable Offering Document. Any such change, suspension or resumption of payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period following five business days after the Company’s receipt of the new participation agreement (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). In the event a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions, such Participant’s cumulative payroll deductions prior to the suspension shall remain in his or her account and shall not be paid to such Participant unless he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Article 8. Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document, a Participant may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction and may not make contributions by lump sum payment for any Offering Period.
     6.3 Payroll Deductions . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Offering Document, payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first payroll following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll in the Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Article 8.
     6.4 Effect of Enrollment . A Participant’s completion of a participation agreement will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each successive Purchase Period and each subsequent Offering Period on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new participation agreement, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Article 8 or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.
     6.5 Limitation on Purchase of Stock . An Eligible Employee may be granted rights under the Plan only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such Eligible Employee under an “employee stock purchase plan” of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of fair market value of such stock (determined as of the first day of the Offering Period during which such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. This limitation shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.
     6.6 Decrease or Suspension of Payroll Deductions . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 6.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be suspended by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant which has not been applied to the purchase of shares of Stock by reason of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, Section 6.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

- 8 -


 

     6.  Foreign Employees . In order to facilitate participation in the Plan, the Administrator may provide for such special terms applicable to Participants who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction, or who are employed by a Designated Subsidiary outside of the United States, as the Administrator may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Such special terms may not be more favorable than the terms of rights granted under the Plan to Eligible Employees who are residents of the United States. Moreover, the Administrator may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of, this Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of this Plan as in effect for any other purpose. No such special terms, supplements, amendments or restatements shall include any provisions that are inconsistent with the terms of this Plan as then in effect unless this Plan could have been amended to eliminate such inconsistency without further approval by the stockholders of the Company.
ARTICLE VII
GRANT AND EXERCISE OF RIGHTS
     7.1 Grant of Rights . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted a right to purchase the maximum number of shares of Stock specified under Section 5.2(iv), subject to the limits in Section 6.5, and shall have the right to buy, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price), such number of shares of the Company’s Stock as is determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Purchase Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date, by (b) the applicable Purchase Price. The right shall expire on the last day of the Offering Period.
     7.2 Exercise of Rights . On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and any other additional payments specifically provided for in the applicable Offering Document will be applied to the purchase of whole shares of Stock of the Company, up to the maximum number of shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering Document, at the Purchase Price. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan, unless the Offering Document specifically provides otherwise. Any cash in lieu of fractional shares of Stock remaining after the purchase of whole shares of Stock upon exercise of purchase right will be credited to such Participant’s account and carried forward and applied toward the purchase of whole shares of Stock for the next following Offering Period. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may determine and may be issued in certificated form or issued pursuant to book-entry procedures.
     7.3 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares . If the Administrator determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of shares of Stock with respect to which rights are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Stock that were available for issuance under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable

- 9 -


 

among all Participants for whom rights to purchase Stock are to be exercised pursuant to this Article 7 on such Purchase Date, and shall either (x) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (y) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Article 10. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant which has not been applied to the purchase of shares of Stock shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.
     7.4 Withholding . At the time a Participant’s rights under the Plan are exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the right or the disposition of the Stock. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Stock by the Participant.
     7.5 Conditions to Issuance of Stock . The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for, or make any book entries evidencing, shares of Stock upon the exercise of rights under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
          (a) The admission of such shares to listing on all stock exchanges, if any, on which the Stock is then listed; and
          (b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; and
          (c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and
          (d) The payment to the Company of all amounts which it is required to withhold under federal, state or local law upon exercise of the rights, if any; and
          (e) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the rights as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.
ARTICLE VIII
WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR ELIGIBILITY
     8.1 Withdrawal . A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her rights under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in a form acceptable to the Administrator. All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after

- 10 -


 

receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the next Offering Period unless the Participant delivers to the Company a new participation agreement.
     8.2 Future Participation . A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary or in subsequent Offering Periods which commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.
     8.3 Cessation of Eligibility . Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to this Article 8 and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under 13.4, as soon as reasonably practicable and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated.
ARTICLE IX
ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK
     9.1 Changes in Capitalization . Subject to Section 9.3, if (i) the number of outstanding shares of Stock is increased or decreased or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company occurring after the Effective Date or (ii) there occurs any spin-off, split-up, extraordinary cash dividend or other distribution of assets by the Company, the Administrator shall make such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the limitations established in each Offering Document pursuant to Section 5.2 on the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be purchased); (b) the class(es) and number of shares and price per share of Stock subject to outstanding rights; and (c) the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.
     9.2 Other Adjustments . Subject to Section 9.3, in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 9.1 or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change in Control), or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, and whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions:

- 11 -


 

          (a) To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding right in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such right had such right been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding right with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;
          (b) To provide that the outstanding rights under the Plan be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar rights covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; and
          (d) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding rights under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding rights and rights which may be granted in the future;
          (d) To provide that Participants’ accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase Stock prior to the next occurring Purchase Date on such date as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion and the Participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering Period(s) terminated; and
          (e) To provide that all outstanding rights shall terminate without being exercised.
     9.3 No Adjustment Under Certain Circumstances . No adjustment or action described in this Article 9 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.
     9.4 No Other Rights . Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.

- 12 -


 

ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION
     10.1 Amendment, Modification and Termination . The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided, however , that an amendment shall be contingent on approval of the Company’s stockholders to the extent that it : (a) changes the aggregate number or type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Plan under Section 4.1 (other than any adjustment as provided by Article 9); (b) changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees may be granted rights under the Plan; or (c) changes the Plan in any manner that would cause the Plan to no longer be an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code.
     10.2 Rights Previously Granted . Except as provided in Article 9 or this Article 10, no termination, amendment or modification may make any change in any right theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any Participant without the consent of such Participant, provided that an Offering Period may be terminated, amended or modified by the Administrator if the Administrator determines that the termination of the Offering Period or the Plan is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.
     10.3 Certain Changes to Plan . Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected, to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code, the Administrator shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan.
ARTICLE XI
TERM OF PLAN
     The Plan shall be effective on the day prior to the Public Trading Date (the “Effective Date”). The effectiveness of the Plan shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company prior to the Effective Date. No right may be granted under the Plan prior to such stockholder approval. The Plan shall be in effect until the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, unless sooner terminated under Article 10. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

- 13 -


 

ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
     12.1 Restriction upon Assignment . A right granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. Except as provided in Section 12.4 hereof, a right under the Plan may not be exercised to any extent except by the Participant. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or alienation of the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant’s rights under the Plan or any rights thereunder.
     12.2 Rights as a Stockholder . With respect to shares of Stock subject to a right granted under the Plan, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company, and the Participant shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder, until such shares have been issued to the Participant or his or her nominee following exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. No adjustments shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities, or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.
     12.3 Interest . No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions or lump sum contributions of a Participant under the Plan.
     12.4 Designation of Beneficiary .
          (a) A Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to a Purchase Date on which the Participant’s rights are exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse.
          (b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.
     12.5 Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

- 14 -


 

     12.6 Equal Rights and Privileges . Subject to Section 6.7, all Eligible Employees of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary will have equal rights and privileges under this Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Subject to Section 6.7, any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Administrator, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code.
     12.7 Use of Funds . All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.
     12.8 Reports . Statements of account shall be given to participating Employees at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.
     12.9 No Employment Rights . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or to affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time, with or without cause.
     12.10 Notice of Disposition of Shares . Each Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of stock purchased upon exercise of a right under the Plan if such disposition or transfer is made: (a) within two years from the Enrollment Date of the Offering Period in which the shares were purchased or (b) within one year after the Purchase Date on which such shares were purchased. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.
     12.11 Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law, provided that the provisions set forth herein that are required to be governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law shall be governed by such law.

- 15 -

Exhibit 10.20
Primo Water Corp.
2010 Executive Incentive Plan
 
Purpose of Plan
This Executive Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is established to assist Primo Water Corp. (the “Company”) in creating equitable compensation for key employees. The Plan is adopted in accordance with and will be subject to the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”). The Plan is intended to incent performance with a mix of short term and long term compensation through cash and equity:
  Cash Award Pay for performance for exceeding Company objectives
 
  Equity Award — Provide an opportunity for annual equity award [subject to both performance and service conditions,] comprised of 50% options and 50% restricted stock
 
  Motivate teamwork among all key employees
Award Formula
    Cash Award = Incentive pool for exceeding targeted EBITDA.
    Incentive pool = Actual EBITDA — target EBITDA subject to following:
    50% of first $1,000,000 in excess of target
 
    30% of the next $1,000,000 in excess of target
 
    20% of any remainder excess over target EBITDA
    Incentive pool to be split by executive team based on portion of individual 2010 salary paid over total salaries of participants in the pool during the year.
    Equity Award = Issuance based on Company and employee specific performance as recommended by CEO and approved by Compensation Committee
    Target: percent of salary based on position
 
    50% Options, 50% Restricted Stock
    Options will be valued using a Black-Scholes model
Calculation and Payment of Awards:
    Awards will be calculated after year-end financial results are known, generally after completion of the audited financial statements.
 
    Award payment is dependent on the Company being in compliance with all applicable loan agreements, as such may be amended. If any loan agreements are not satisfied, awards shall not be paid for that fiscal year and eliminated.
 
    The Compensation Committee shall review and approve the cash and equity awards at its first meeting following the calculation of the award. Equity awards are to be subjective based on Company and individual performance.
 
    Equity awards may be subject to additional conditions or vesting requirements, including continued periods of service beyond the performance period.

 


 

Separation of Employment:
    A participant that leaves the Company voluntarily, is dismissed for Cause (as defined in the Omnibus Plan), or is terminated by the Company shall forfeit all rights to his/her current-year award.
 
    A participant who separates employment because of death, Disability or Change in Control (Disability and Change in Control have the same meanings as in the Omnibus Plan) shall be eligible for a current-year award. In the event of a participant’s retirement from the Company, the Committee shall have discretion to award the participant a full or pro-rata share of his or her current-year award. In the case of a participant’s death, payments shall be made to the participant’s estate.
    Upon separation, awards for the current year shall be at the sole discretion of the Board.
Eligibility
    It is anticipated that the following executive officers shall be eligible to participate in the Plan:
    B. Prim (29%), M. Castaneda (18%), R. Belmont (14%), M. Gunter (16%), A. Leff (11%), M. Reeves (12%)
    The Board may add or remove employees in the Plan at any time without prior notice.
General Requirements:
    Nothing contained in this Plan shall give any employee the right to be retained in the employment of the Company or effect the right of the Company to relocate, change positions, or dismiss any employee.
 
    The Compensation Committee reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to make adjustments to the Plan or to individual awards when it believes the integrity, purpose and fairness of the Plan would be better served. Any decisions of the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.
 
    It is intended that the Plan be ongoing, however, it may be necessary for the Board to amend or terminate the Plan at any time without prior notification.
 
    This Plan will be in effect starting January 1, 2010.
 
    For subsequent years, the Plan must be reviewed and approved or amended by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of each fiscal year.
 
    To the extent the Company is subject to any tax deduction limits under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, this Plan is intended to comply with the “performance-based compensation” requirements of Section 162(m) and will be administered and interpreted accordingly.
Signature:                        /s/ Billy D. Prim                                              Date:                         April 23, 2010                      

 

Exhibit 10.21
Primo Water Corporation
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
The purpose of this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (this “Policy”) of Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is to provide a total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, high caliber directors who are not employees or officers of the Company or its subsidiaries, while at the same time preserving the Company’s cash.
In furtherance of the purposes stated above, all non-employee directors shall be paid compensation for services provided to the Company comprised of restricted stock and stock options as follows:
On the date of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders following the Effective Date (defined below), each non-employee director shall be granted an annual retainer in restricted common stock of the Company (“Restricted Stock”) and options to purchase common stock of the Company (“Options”) having an aggregate value equal to $75,000. The Restricted Stock and the Options shall each have a value of $37,500 on the date of the grant.
Valuation of the Restricted Stock, and the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be granted each year, shall be determined based on the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Valuation of the Options, and the number of Options to be granted each year, shall be determined based on the Black—Scholes value of an Option measured as of the close of business (post-market closing) on the date of grant.
Any director who is initially appointed or elected to the board of directors other than at the annual meeting of stockholders will receive a grant of Restricted Stock and Options upon such appointment or election calculated on a pro rata basis based upon the period between the date of such appointment or election and the anticipated date of the next annual meeting of stockholders.
Each grant of Restricted Stock and Options under this Policy shall be made pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).
Each grant of Restricted Stock and Options under this Policy shall vest in full one year and one day from the date of grant. Vesting shall be accelerated upon a “Change in Control,” as that term is defined in the Plan. All vesting of the Restricted Stock and Option grants described in this Policy shall immediately cease upon cessation of service as a director for any reason.
The foregoing compensation is in addition to reimbursement of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors in attending meetings of the board.
This Policy shall become effective on the date of the closing of Company’s initial public offering (the “Effective Date”).

Exhibit 10.26
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
          THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of                      , 2008, between PRIMO WATER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) , and                      (“Indemnitee”) .
     WITNESSETH THAT:
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The By-laws of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The By-laws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;
     WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;
     WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;
     WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
     WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the By-laws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;
     WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s By-laws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional

 


 

service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:
               (a)  Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.
               (b)  Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.
               (c)  Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2


 

          2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.
          3. Contribution .
               (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.
               (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the Law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

3


 

               (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.
               (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
          4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.
          5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.
          6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:
               (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
               (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the

4


 

following four methods, which shall be at the election of the board: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (3) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company. For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
               (c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
               (d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
               (e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including

5


 

financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
               (f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.
               (g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
               (h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay,

6


 

distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
               (i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
          7. Remedies of Indemnitee .
               (a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a) . The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.
               (b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b) .
               (c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.
               (d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or

7


 

to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.
               (e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
               (f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.
          8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .
               (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
               (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the

8


 

Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
               (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
               (d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
               (e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.
          9. Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:
               (a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or
               (b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or
               (c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
          10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and for three years thereafter and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any

9


 

Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.
          11. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.
          12. Enforcement .
               (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.
               (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          13. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:
               (a)  “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.
               (b)  “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
               (c)  “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
               (d)  “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with

10


 

any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.
               (e)  “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
               (f)  “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.
          14. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.
          15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
          16. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation,

11


 

subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.
          17. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:
               (a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.
               (b) To the Company at:
Primo Water Corporation
104 Cambridge Plaza Drive
Winston-Salem, NC 27104
Attention: Billy D. Prim
or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
          18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
          19. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
          20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court” ), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to

12


 

make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

13


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.
         
  PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Billy D. Prim   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
         
  INDEMNITEE
 
 
     
  Name:      
 
Address: 
 
 
     
     
     

14

Exhibit 10.27
PWC LEASING, LLC
MASTER EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT
(Primo Water Corporation)
     This MASTER EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 29 th day of March, 2006, by and between PWC Leasing, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (the “ Lessor ”), and Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Lessee ”).
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE
     A. Lessee desires to lease from Lessor, and Lessor desires to lease to Lessee, upon the terms and conditions contained herein, certain equipment to be used in Lessee’s business, as set forth below.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Leased Property . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee the equipment and materials specified on Schedule 1 , which is attached hereto and is hereby made a part hereof. Additional Schedules (consecutively numbered and referencing this Agreement) may be added to this Agreement, from time to time, if such additional Schedules are signed by a duly authorized representative of both Lessor and Lessee. Such additional Schedules shall become part of this Agreement as of the effective date indicated in the respective Schedule. All equipment and materials specified on a Schedule which is made a part hereof are referred to collectively or individually, as appropriate to the context, as the “ Equipment ”. The Schedules attached to this Agreement are collectively referred to as the “ Schedules ” and individually as a “ Schedule ”, as circumstances require.
     2.  Use of Equipment . The Equipment shall be used solely in connection with Lessee’s business, which is the sale and distribution of bottled water. Lessee shall not (a) abandon the Equipment, (b) sublease the Equipment without the prior written consent of Lessor, or (c) directly or indirectly create, incur or suffer to exist any lien, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind on the Equipment. Any payments received by Lessee under any permitted sublease in excess of the rent due hereunder shall be paid to Lessor. Lessee shall at all times use the Equipment in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances promulgated by any federal, state or local governmental body, agency or authority.
     3.  Term . The term of the leases applicable to Equipment referenced in the Schedules shall commence upon the date, and continue for the period, specified in the applicable Schedule. Each lease term applicable to a particular item of Equipment is referred to herein as the “ Term ”. This Agreement may be terminated by either party effective upon no less than thirty (30) days notice to the other party. Upon termination, no additional Schedules shall be entered into or become effective under this Agreement. Leases in effect pursuant to Schedules

 


 

approved prior to the termination of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect following such termination for their respective Terms, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.
     4.  Title to Property . Title to the Equipment at all times shall remain with Lessor. In the event that Lessor deems it advisable at any time to prepare or file notices, filings or other documents (e.g., UCC-1’s or other forms of financing statements) in order to protect its interest in and to the Equipment, Lessee shall cooperate fully with Lessor and shall sign each such document. Lessee hereby irrevocably consents to and authorizes Lessor to act as Lessee’s attorney-in-fact to sign each and every such document in Lessee’s name, place and stead, with as much force and effect as if Lessee had itself manually signed such document.
     5.  Rent . Upon commencement of a Term, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor rent with respect to applicable Equipment (“ Rent ”), at the rates specified in the applicable Schedule, in advance on or before the first (1 st ) day of each subject month during the Term. All payments shall specify the applicable invoice number with the payment. Payments may be made by check, electronic transfer (with confirmation) or any other means agreed to by the parties. Any payment not designated may be applied to any outstanding or overdue amounts owed by Lessee to Lessor in Lessor’s sole discretion.
     6.  Taxes, Assessments . Unless otherwise agreed to by Lessor, Lessee shall (a) pay all taxes, assessments and any other fees or expenses associated, with or resulting from, Lessee’s possession use or operation of the Equipment during the Term, (b) file all returns required of Lessee in that regard, and (c) furnish, to Lessor’s reasonable satisfaction, verification that payment has been made before said taxes, assessments or fees become delinquent. Lessee may contest any tax, assessment or fee charged, at its expense.
     7.  Maintenance . Lessee, at its own cost and expense, at all times during the applicable Term shall maintain the Equipment in good operating order, repair, condition and appearance in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended procedures. Upon expiration or other termination of the Term, to the extent Lessee has not exercised the option to purchase described in Section 19, Lessee shall return to Lessor the Equipment in good operating order, repair, condition and appearance, normal wear and tear, damage by fire or other casualty, or theft alone excepted.
     8.  Alterations . Lessee shall not alter any item of Equipment or affix or install any accessory, equipment or device that would (a) impair any applicable warranty or the originally intended function or use or (b) reduce the value of the Equipment. All repairs, parts, accessories, equipment and devices installed to or on the Equipment (excluding temporary replacements) shall remain property of Lessor. Lessee may paint the Equipment and place names, signs or designs thereon; provided, however , that Lessee must repaint the Equipment upon the expiration of the applicable Term, if so requested by Lessor.
     9.  Risk of Loss; Casualties . All risk of loss with respect to Equipment shall be borne by Lessee from and after delivery of the same by Lessor through and until surrender and redelivery to Lessor. If any piece of Equipment is lost, stolen destroyed or irreparably damaged from any cause whatsoever, prior to its return to Lessor, Lessee promptly shall notify Lessor. Within ninety (90) days thereafter (or within such longer period as may be agreed to by Lessor if

2


 

Lessee is prosecuting claims for recovery) Lessee shall pay to Lessor the lesser of the balance of Rent due or the “ Stipulated Loss Value ” specified on the applicable Schedule. Upon such payment, the lease of such Equipment shall cease.
     10.  Insurance . Lessee, at its own cost and expense, at all times during the applicable Term shall keep the Equipment insured against all risks for the full value of the Equipment (and in no event for less than the Stipulated Loss Value) and shall maintain public liability insurance against such risks and in such amounts as may be determined reasonably from time-to-time by Lessor. All such policies of insurance shall name Lessor as a co-insured, shall be in such form and with such carriers as are reasonably acceptable to Lessor and shall provide that they may not be canceled as to Lessor or altered to lessen the coverage of Lessor, without at least thirty (30) days’ notice to Lessor. All such insurance shall be primary, without right of contribution from any other insurance carried by Lessor, and shall provide that all proceeds are to be payable solely to Lessor.
     11.  Location of Equipment on Premises Other Than Lessee’s . Lessee may locate Equipment on property other than its own; provided, however , that (a) Lessee shall so notify Lessor; (b) Lessee shall require the owner of the premises upon which the Equipment is located to allow Lessor access to such premises during normal working hours and upon reasonable notice to inspect the Equipment; (c) if the policies of insurance which Lessee is required to maintain hereunder will not cover the Equipment at such location, Lessee shall require the owner of the premises on which the Equipment is located to maintain property and general liability insurance covering such Equipment and Lessor in the amounts and of the nature required of Lessee hereunder; and (d) to the extent requested by Lessor, Lessee shall obtain a waiver, in a form acceptable to Lessor, from the owner of such property of any rights to the Equipment.
     12.  Lessor’s Right of Inspection . Lessor shall have the right at any time during business hours to enter the premises of Lessee at which Lessee keeps the Equipment and shall be given free access thereto and afforded necessary facilities for the purpose of inspection.
     13.  Warranties .
     a. Lessee acknowledges and agrees that each item of Equipment listed on any Schedule has been selected by Lessee for inclusion in this Agreement, based solely upon Lessee’s own judgment and without reliance upon any representations or warranties by Lessor.
     b. LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT (I) LESSOR IS NOT THE MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT; (II) LESSOR HAS NOT MADE ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY AS TO THE MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS OR SUITABILITY OF THE EQUIPMENT FOR THE PARTICULAR PURPOSES OR INTENDED USES OF LESSEE; (III) LESSOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE EQUIPMENT; (IV) THE ONLY APPLICABLE WARRANTIES SHALL BE WARRANTIES, IF ANY, PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT, WHICH WARRANTIES MAY OR MAY NOT BE TRANSFERABLE TO LESSEE; (V) CERTAIN PIECES OF THE

3


 

EQUIPMENT MAY BE USED, AND ARE PROVIDED, WITHOUT WARRANTY; (VI) LESSOR’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY WITH REGARD TO ANY CLAIM OF DEFECT OR BREACH OF MANUFACTURERS’ WARRANTY WILL BE TO LEND REASONABLE ASSISTANCE TO LESSEE IN THE PROSECUTION OF A CLAIM AGAINST THE MANUFACTURER; AND (VII) LESSOR SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY TO LESSEE OR ANY USER OF THE EQUIPMENT FOR ANY CLAIM, LOSS OR DAMAGE CAUSED OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED DIRECTLY, INDIRECTLY, INCIDENTALLY OR CONSEQUENTIALLY BY THE EQUIPMENT, BY ANY INADEQUACY THEREOF OR DEFECT OR DEFICIENCY THEREIN OR BY ANY INCIDENT WHATSOEVER THEREWITH, WHETHER ARISING IN TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, NEGLIGENCE, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM THIS AGREEMENT.
     c. Lessor hereby assigns to Lessee any warranties covenants and representations of the manufacturer or seller of the Equipment, to the extent assignable. Neither party will take any actions or fail to take any action the effect of which would be to invalidate any such warranty. Any amounts received by Lessee as payments under any warranty or as the result of the prosecution of any claim against any manufacturer shall be applied first to the repair, restoration or replacement of the Equipment, with any balance, less out-of-pocket expenses of Lessee, being paid to Lessor.
     14.  Indemnity . Lessee assumes liability for, and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, successors and assigns, harmless from any and all actions, suits, liabilities, obligations and claims of every nature (including, without limitation, those arising from contracts, strict or absolute liability in tort, product liability, negligence or any other cause) and from any and all damages, awards, penalties, fines, forfeitures, settlements, interest and reasonable attorneys’ fees awarded to any person whomsoever and regardless of the reason, which directly or indirectly result from or relate to the manufacture, delivery, leasing, use, possession, operation, condition, repossession, recovery, return, disablement or storage of the Equipment.
     15.  Default . Each of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:
     a. Non-payment by Lessee of any sum required hereunder (including Rent), which non-payment shall continue beyond five (5) days after notice from Lessor;
     b. A petition being filed against Lessee under any bankruptcy statute, or any receiver, trustee, custodian or similar official is appointed to take possession of the properties of Lessee, unless such petition or appointment is set aside or withdrawn or ceases to be in effect within sixty (60) days from the date of filing or appointment;
     c. Lessee making an assignment for the benefit of creditors or filing any petition or action under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or moratorium law, or any other law or laws for the relief of, or relating to, debtors;
     d. Lessee liquidating, dissolving, or ceasing to conduct its business, without the written consent of Lessor;

4


 

     e. Any person in possession of, or otherwise claiming an interest in, the Equipment taking action against the Equipment or otherwise asserting a claim against the Equipment, which action or claim Lessee has not caused to be dismissed within sixty (60) days of notice to Lessee; or
     f. Any other circumstance of non-performance by a party of any covenant or condition of this Agreement applicable to such party, which non-performance continues beyond thirty (30) days after notice from the non-defaulting party, unless the non-defaulting party is satisfied that the defaulting party is diligently pursuing a cure of such non-performance.
     16.  Lessor’s Remedies for Default . In the case of an Event of Default with respect to which Lessee is the defaulting party, Lessor may:
     a. Proceed by appropriate court action, in law or equity, to enforce performance by Lessee of the applicable covenants of this Agreement or to recover damages for the breach thereof;
     b. Peacefully enter, with or without legal process, upon the premises where the Equipment is located and by reasonable action remove the same without being liable to any suit, action or other proceeding by Lessee, and upon such retaking of Equipment, the applicable Term shall cease; provided, however , that Lessor shall have the right to recover from Lessee any and all amounts that under the terms of this Agreement may then be due or that may have accrued through the date of such cessation, including all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in the repossession, and together with all damages to which Lessor may be entitled as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, the loss of its bargain, the present value of all Rent that would otherwise have accrued from the date of cessation to the date the Term would otherwise have ended, less the present value of the Rent which Lessor reasonably estimates to be obtainable by Lessor for the Equipment during such period (present value in all cases to be computed by discounting at a rate equal to the judgment rate of interest in effect under the laws of the State of North Carolina as of the date of calculation, compounded at the same frequency as rent is payable hereunder had the Term not ceased);
     c. Terminate this Agreement; and/ or
     d. Avail itself of any other remedy that might be available under applicable law.
     17.  Lessee’s Remedies for Default . In the case of an Event of Default with respect to which Lessor is the defaulting party, Lessee may:
     a. Terminate this Agreement; and/ or
     b. Avail itself of any other remedy that might be available under applicable law.

5


 

     18.  Non Waiver of Default . No failure or delay by a party in exercising any rights under this Agreement shall prevent the exercise of such rights at a later date. A waiver of any breach shall not be deemed a waiver of subsequent breaches of the same or other nature.
     19.  Option to Purchase .
     a. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or any event which the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default), Lessee shall be entitled, at its option, upon written notice to Lessor at least one-hundred eighty (180) days prior to the purchase date specified in the notice, which shall be not later than the date of the expiration of the Term (“ Purchase Date ”), to purchase on the Purchase Date all or the portion of the Equipment specified in such notice (“ Purchased Equipment ”), for an amount, payable in immediately available funds, equal to the fair market sales value of the Purchased Equipment as of the Purchase Date, determined in accordance with Section 19.c. hereof, plus any applicable sales, excise or other taxes imposed as a result of such sale (other than gross or net income taxes attributable to such sale). On the Purchase Date Lessor shall convey to Lessee marketable title to the Purchased Equipment, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances not specifically assumed by Lessee, against payment of the purchase price to Lessor by Lessee in immediately available funds. Lessor’s sale of the Purchased Equipment shall be on an as-is, where-is basis, without any representation or warranty by or recourse to Lessor. Lessor specifically excludes any warranty of merchantability or fitness for particular use or purpose with respect to the Purchased Equipment.
     b. If Lessee has elected to exercise its purchase option, as provided in Section 19.a. hereof, then as soon as practicable following Lessor’s receipt of the written notice from Lessee of Lessee’s intent to exercise such option, Lessor and Lessee shall consult for the purpose of determining the fair market sales value of the Purchased Equipment as of the Purchase Date, and any values agreed upon in writing shall constitute such fair market sales value for the purposes of this Section 19. If Lessor and Lessee fail to agree upon such value prior to four (4) months before the Purchase Date, either party may request that such values be determined by the appraisal procedure as set forth in Section 19.c. hereof (“ Appraisal Procedure ”). Lessee shall pay all costs and expenses of all appraisers required in connection with the Appraisal Procedure. For all purposes of this Section 19, fair market sales value shall be determined on the basis of, and shall equal in value, the amount which would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction between an informed and willing buyer-user (other than a scrap dealer) and an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell, and in such determination, costs of removal of the Purchased Equipment from its then location shall not be a deduction from such fair market sales value, and it shall be assumed (whether or not the same be true) that the Purchased Equipment has been maintained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and would have been returned to Lessor in compliance with the requirements of Section 7 hereof.
     c. The procedure for determining the fair market sales value of the Purchased Equipment in the event that Lessor and Lessee fail to agree upon such value under the circumstances described in Section 19.b. hereof shall be as follows: If either party hereto

6


 

shall have given written notice to the other requesting determination of such value by the Appraisal Procedure, the parties shall consult for the purpose of appointing a qualified independent appraiser by mutual agreement. If no such appraiser is so appointed within ten (10) days after such notice is given, each party shall appoint an independent appraiser within fifteen (15) days after such notice is given, and the two (2) appraisers so appointed shall within twenty (20) days after such notice is given appoint a third independent appraiser. Any appraiser or appraisers appointed pursuant to the foregoing procedure shall be instructed to determine, within forty-five (45) days after appointment, the fair market sales value of the Purchased Equipment. If the parties shall have appointed a single appraiser, his or her determination of value shall be final. If three (3) appraisers shall be appointed, the values determined by the three (3) appraisers shall be averaged, and, unless such average shall equal the value determined by the middle appraisal (in which event such average shall be controlling) the appraisal that differs the most shall be excluded, the remaining two (2) determinations shall be averaged, and such average shall be final.
     20.  Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed duly given when sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient at the last address provided by each party to the other party for such purposes; provided, however , that any party may send any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at such address using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger service, telecopy, telex, ordinary mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the intended recipient.
     21.  Limited Assignment . Lessor and Lessee agree that the rights and obligations under this Agreement shall inure to, and be binding on, their respective successors and assigns; provided, however , that Lessee shall not assign or convey its interest hereunder, including an assignment by operation of law pursuant to a merger, consolidation, or other business combination, without the prior written consent of Lessor.
     22.  Merger Clause; Amendments . There is no arrangement, agreement or understanding by or between the contracting parties, expressed or implied in any manner, relating to the subject matter hereof not herein specifically stated. This Agreement shall not be altered or amended except by a writing signed by both Lessor and Lessee.
     23.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of North Carolina without giving affect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of North Carolina or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of North Carolina. Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement may be brought only in the courts of the State of North Carolina in Forsyth County, or of the United States for the District encompassing Forsyth County. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, Lessee hereby irrevocably accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of such courts.

7


 

     24.  Severability . If any provision herein is found to be invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be considered deleted herefrom, and shall not invalidate the remaining provisions.
     25.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
[The Next Page is the Signature Page]

8


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives, all as of the date first above written.
         
  Lessor

PWC LEASING, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Billy D. Prim    
    Billy D. Prim   
    Manager   
 
  Lessee

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Douglas A. Fullerton    
    Douglas A. Fullerton   
    Chief Financial Officer   
 
Signature Page to Master Equipment Lease Agreement

Exhibit 10.28
TERMINATION AGREEMENT
     This TERMINATION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of this 30 th day of June, 2008, is made by and between PWC Leasing, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (“ Lessor ”), and Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Lessee ”).
WITNESSETH:
     WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee are parties to that certain Master Equipment Lease Agreement dated March 29, 2006 (the “ Lease Agreement ”), pursuant to which Lessor leased to Lessee certain equipment and materials described therein (the “ Equipment ”);
     WHEREAS, pursuant to a Bill of Sale by and between Lessor and Lessee dated the date hereof (the “ Bill of Sale ”), Lessee is purchasing the Equipment from Lessor by exercising its option to purchase provided by Section 19(a) of the Lease Agreement; and
     WHEREAS, in connection with the Bill of Sale and Lessor’s purchase of the Equipment, Lessor and Lessee wish to terminate the Lease Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Lessor’s purchase of the Equipment, the recitals above and the mutual agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Waiver of Notice Period . Lessor hereby waives any default under the Lease Agreement caused by Lessee’s failure to provide Lessor with written notice of its intention to exercise its option to purchase the Equipment pursuant to Section 19(a) of the Lease Agreement at least 180 days prior to the anticipated purchase date.
     2.  Acknowledgement of Purchase Price . Lessor hereby agrees that the purchase price for the Equipment set forth in the Bill of Sale totaling Three Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($3,500,000.00) is equal to the fair market sales value of the Equipment as of the date hereof.
     3.  Termination of Lease Agreement . The Lease Agreement is hereby terminated as of the date hereof.
     4.  Release . Lessor and Lessee do hereby release each other and their respective shareholders, members, directors, managers, employees, and affiliates from any and all claims, obligations, or liability, arising out of or existing by reason of the Lease Agreement, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether known or unknown.
     5.  Miscellaneous . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all prior written or oral agreements related to such subject matter. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to its conflicts of law principles. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[Signature Page Follows]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have caused this Termination Agreement to be executed as of the day first above written.
         
  LESSOR:

PWC LEASING, LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Billy D. Prim    
    Name:   Billy D. Prim   
    Title:   Manager   
 
  LESSEE:

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark Castaneda    
    Name:   Mark Castaneda   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 
Signature Page to Termination Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.29
ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
Primo Water Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Assignor ”), by way of dividend pursuant to Section 170 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, does hereby assign and transfer unto those persons listed on Schedule A attached hereto (collectively, the “ Assignees ”), the number set opposite their respective names of the shares of Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Shares ”), of Prima Bottled Water, Inc., a North Carolina corporation (the “ Corporation ”), standing in Assignor’s name on the books of the Corporation, represented by Certificate Number 1 herewith, and does hereby appoint any officer of the Corporation attorney to transfer said Shares on the books of the Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Assignor does hereby represent and warrant unto, and covenant with, Assignees, their successors and assigns, as follows:
     (a) As of the execution date hereof, Assignor is the legal owner, beneficial owner, and owner of record of the Shares.
     (b) Assignor has good and valid title to the Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges, agreements, warrants, options, claims, rights and interests of all others whomsoever and subject to no restrictions; provided, however , that the Shares are subject to the provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”), which contain among their provisions certain restrictions on transfer of the Shares.
     (c) Assignor has full right, power and authority: (i) to execute and deliver this Assignment; (ii) to perform Assignor’s obligations under this Assignment; and (iii) to transfer, assign and deliver to Assignees (as their interest may appear) full title to the Shares pursuant to this Assignment and neither the execution of nor the delivery of this Assignment will constitute a breach or default under any agreement, indenture, trust or other obligation to which Assignor is a party or otherwise bound.
     (d) Upon the delivery of this Assignment to Assignees, Assignees (as their interests may appear) will acquire good and valid title to the Shares and will be the full, absolute, legal and beneficial owner of the Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, charges, agreements, warrants, options, claims, rights and interests of all others whomsoever and subject to no restrictions, other than pursuant to the Bylaws.
     (e) Assignor understands the meaning and legal consequences of all representations, warranties and covenants contained herein. Assignor acknowledges that the Corporation is a third party beneficiary of the representations, warranties, and covenants of Assignor contained herein. Assignor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Assignees and the Corporation from any and all damages, liability, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which Assignees or the Corporation may incur by reason of Assignor’s failure to fulfill any of the terms and conditions contained herein or by reason of Assignor’s breach of any of the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein.
[Signature Page Follows]


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor has executed this Assignment Separate from Certificate under seal effective as of December 31, 2009, at 11:59:59 p.m., Raleigh, North Carolina time.
         
ASSIGNOR:

PRIMO WATER CORPORATION (SEAL)
 
   
By:   /s/ Billy D. Prim      
  Billy D. Prim     
  President     
Signature Page to Assignment Separate from Certificate

Exhibit 16.1
April 23, 2010
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, DC 20549
We have read the Form S-1 dated April 23, 2010, of Primo Water Corporation and Subsidiaries and are in agreement with the statements contained in the fourth and sixth paragraphs on page 119 therein. We have no basis to agree or disagree with other statements of the registrant contained therein.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Exhibit 21.1
List of Subsidiaries of Primo Water Corporation
1.   Primo Direct, LLC (North Carolina)
 
2.   Primo Products, LLC (North Carolina)

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Primo Water Corporation of our report dated March 12, 2010, relating to our audit of the consolidated financial statements appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to our firm under the headings “Experts” and “Change In Independent Registered Accounting Firm” in this Prospectus.
/s/ MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
April 23, 2010